Update of POT and PO files for the manual

author: Frans Pop <elendil@planet.nl> 2006-11-17 09:36:29 +0000
committer: Frans Pop <elendil@planet.nl> 2006-11-17 09:36:29 +0000
commit: ca35cec15ed95478bc396da5b31b1f0d9bdc4a59 (patch)
tree: 03941b233077d716d902259e0a54d24717b1b40a
parent: 865d32d2890ccc736b63de6f566cf85960f4b3fc (diff)
download: installation-guide-ca35cec15ed95478bc396da5b31b1f0d9bdc4a59.zip
12 files changed, 7036 insertions, 2488 deletions
diff --git a/po/el/using-d-i.po b/po/el/using-d-i.po
index d5bf8d73d..2c9477e1d 100644
--- a/po/el/using-d-i.po
+++ b/po/el/using-d-i.po
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: using-d-i\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-29 17:11+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-11-17 09:33+0000\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-04-02 23:58+0300\n"
 "Last-Translator: quad-nrg.net <galaxico@quad-nrg.net>\n"
 "Language-Team: Greek <debian-l10n-greek@lists.debian.org>\n"
@@ -3046,7 +3046,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:1944
-#, no-c-format
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "So, you have the ability to choose <emphasis>tasks</emphasis> first, and "
 "then add on more individual packages later. These tasks loosely represent a "
@@ -3054,8 +3054,8 @@ msgid ""
 "as <quote>Desktop environment</quote>, <quote>Web server</quote>, or "
 "<quote>Print server</quote><footnote> <para> You should know that to present "
 "this list, the installer is merely invoking the <command>tasksel</command> "
-"program. It can be run at any time after installation to install (or remove) "
-"more packages, or you can use a more fine-grained tool such as "
+"program. It can be run at any time after installation to install more "
+"packages or remove them), or you can use a more fine-grained tool such as "
 "<command>aptitude</command>. If you are looking for a specific single "
 "package, after installation is complete, simply run <userinput>aptitude "
 "install <replaceable>package</replaceable></userinput>, where "
@@ -3084,6 +3084,39 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:1969
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Some tasks may be pre-selected based on the characteristics of the computer "
+"you are installing. If you disagree with these selections you can un-select "
+"the tasks. You can even opt to install no tasks at all at this point."
+msgstr ""
+"Σημειώστε ότι μερικά καθήκοντα μπορεί να έχουν προ-επιλεχθεί με βάση τα "
+"χαρακτηριστικά του υπολογιστή στον οποίον κάνετε την εγκατάσταση. Αν "
+"διαφωνείτε με αυτές τις επιλογές, μπορείτε να απο-επιλέξετε τα \"καθήκοντα"
+"\". Μπορείτε ακόμα και να επιλέξετε να μην εγκαταστήσετε οποιοδήποτε από τα "
+"\"καθήκοντα\" αυτά σ' αυτό το σημείο."
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:1976
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"The <quote>Desktop environment</quote> task will install the Gnome desktop "
+"environment. The options offered by the installer currently do not allow to "
+"select a different desktop environment like for example KDE."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:1982
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"It is however possible to get the installer to install KDE by using "
+"preseeding (see <xref linkend=\"preseed-pkgsel\"/>) or by adding "
+"<literal>tasksel/first=kde-desktop</literal> at the boot prompt when "
+"starting the installer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:1990
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Once you've selected your tasks, select <guibutton>Ok</guibutton>. At this "
@@ -3094,7 +3127,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "εγκαταστήσει τα πακέτα που έχετε διαλέξει."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1976
+#: using-d-i.xml:1998
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "In the standard user interface of the installer, you can use the space bar "
@@ -3105,22 +3138,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "\"."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1983
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"Note that some tasks may be pre-selected based on the characteristics of the "
-"computer you are installing. If you disagree with these selections you can "
-"un-select the tasks. You can even opt to install no tasks at all at this "
-"point."
-msgstr ""
-"Σημειώστε ότι μερικά καθήκοντα μπορεί να έχουν προ-επιλεχθεί με βάση τα "
-"χαρακτηριστικά του υπολογιστή στον οποίον κάνετε την εγκατάσταση. Αν "
-"διαφωνείτε με αυτές τις επιλογές, μπορείτε να απο-επιλέξετε τα \"καθήκοντα"
-"\". Μπορείτε ακόμα και να επιλέξετε να μην εγκαταστήσετε οποιοδήποτε από τα "
-"\"καθήκοντα\" αυτά σ' αυτό το σημείο."
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1991
+#: using-d-i.xml:2007
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Each package you selected with <command>tasksel</command> is downloaded, "
@@ -3136,13 +3154,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "αυτής."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2000
+#: using-d-i.xml:2016
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Configuring Your Mail Transport Agent"
 msgstr "Ρύθμιση του Πράκτορα Μεταφοράς Αλληλογραφίας (MTA)"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2002
+#: using-d-i.xml:2018
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Today, email is a very important part of many people's life, so it's no "
@@ -3159,7 +3177,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "και εύκολο στην εκμάθηση."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2010
+#: using-d-i.xml:2026
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "You may ask if this is needed even if your computer is not connected to any "
@@ -3175,7 +3193,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "σημαντικές πληροφορίες μέσω του ηλεκτρονικού ταχυδρομείου."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2018
+#: using-d-i.xml:2034
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "So on the first screen you will be presented with several common mail "
@@ -3186,13 +3204,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "στις δικές σας ανάγκες:"
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2027
+#: using-d-i.xml:2043
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "internet site"
 msgstr "Διαδικτυακός τόπος"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2028
+#: using-d-i.xml:2044
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Your system is connected to a network and your mail is sent and received "
@@ -3207,13 +3225,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "μεταβιβάζετε αλληλογραφία."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2039
+#: using-d-i.xml:2055
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "mail sent by smarthost"
 msgstr "αλληλογραφία που αποστέλλεται μέσω smarthost"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2040
+#: using-d-i.xml:2056
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "In this scenario is your outgoing mail forwarded to another machine, called "
@@ -3232,13 +3250,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "επιλογή αυτή είναι κατάλληλη για χρήστες dial-up."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2053
+#: using-d-i.xml:2069
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "local delivery only"
 msgstr "Μόνο τοπική παράδοση"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2054
+#: using-d-i.xml:2070
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Your system is not on a network and mail is sent or received only between "
@@ -3257,13 +3275,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "βολική για νέους χρήστες καθώς δεν συνοδεύεται από άλλες επιπλέον ερωτήσεις."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2067
+#: using-d-i.xml:2083
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "no configuration at this time"
 msgstr "όχι ρύθμιση αυτή τη φορά"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2068
+#: using-d-i.xml:2084
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Choose this if you are absolutely convinced you know what you are doing. "
@@ -3278,7 +3296,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "συστήματός σας."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2079
+#: using-d-i.xml:2095
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If none of these scenarios suits your needs, or if you need a finer setup, "
@@ -3294,13 +3312,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "μπορούν να βρεθούν στον κατάλογο <filename>/usr/share/doc/exim4</filename>."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2094
+#: using-d-i.xml:2110
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Making Your System Bootable"
 msgstr "Καθιστώντας το Σύστημα Εκκινήσιμο"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2096
+#: using-d-i.xml:2112
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you are installing a diskless workstation, obviously, booting off the "
@@ -3315,7 +3333,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Δείτε το  <xref linkend=\"boot-dev-select-sun\"/>.</phrase>"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2104
+#: using-d-i.xml:2120
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still "
@@ -3332,13 +3350,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "οδηγίες χρήσης του φορτωτή σας εκκίνησης."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2119
+#: using-d-i.xml:2135
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Detecting other operating systems"
 msgstr "Ανίχνευση άλλων λειτουργικών συστημάτων"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2121
+#: using-d-i.xml:2137
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Before a boot loader is installed, the installer will attempt to probe for "
@@ -3355,7 +3373,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "λειτουργικά συστήματα."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2129
+#: using-d-i.xml:2145
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still "
@@ -3373,13 +3391,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "σας εκκίνησης."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2147
+#: using-d-i.xml:2163
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Install <command>aboot</command> on a Hard Disk"
 msgstr "Εγκατάσταση του <command>aboot</command> σε Σκληρό Δίσκο"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2148
+#: using-d-i.xml:2164
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you have booted from SRM, if you select this option, the installer will "
@@ -3402,13 +3420,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "το GNU/Linux από δισκέτα. "
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2168
+#: using-d-i.xml:2184
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<command>palo</command>-installer"
 msgstr "εγκαταστάτης του <command>palo</command>"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2169
+#: using-d-i.xml:2185
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The bootloader on PA-RISC is <quote>palo</quote>. <command>PALO</command> is "
@@ -3425,20 +3443,20 @@ msgstr ""
 "πράγματι να διαβάσει τμήματα Linux."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2178
+#: using-d-i.xml:2194
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "hppa FIXME ( need more info )"
 msgstr "hppa FIXME ( need more info )"
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2190
+#: using-d-i.xml:2206
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Install the <command>Grub</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk"
 msgstr ""
 "Εγκατάσταση στο Σκληρό Δίσκο του Φορτωτή Εκκίνησης <command>Grub</command>"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2192
+#: using-d-i.xml:2208
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The main &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>grub</quote>. Grub is a "
@@ -3450,7 +3468,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "ορισμοί επιλογή του debian εγκαταστάτη για αρχάριους όπως και για βετεράνους."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2198
+#: using-d-i.xml:2214
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "By default, grub will be installed into the Master Boot Record (MBR), where "
@@ -3463,7 +3481,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "βιβλίο οδηγιών του  grub."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2204
+#: using-d-i.xml:2220
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you do not want to install grub at all, use the Back button to get to the "
@@ -3474,14 +3492,14 @@ msgstr ""
 "εκκίνησης θέλετε."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2218
+#: using-d-i.xml:2234
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Install the <command>LILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk"
 msgstr ""
 "Εγκατάσταση στο Σκληρό Δίσκο του Φορτωτή Εκκίνησης <command>Lilo</command>"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2220
+#: using-d-i.xml:2236
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The second &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>LILO</quote>. It is "
@@ -3499,7 +3517,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "\">LILO mini-HOWTO</ulink> ιστοσελίδα."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2230
+#: using-d-i.xml:2246
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Currently the LILO installation will only create menu entries for other "
@@ -3514,7 +3532,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "συστήματα όπως GNU/Linux και GNU/Hurd. "
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2238
+#: using-d-i.xml:2254
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "&d-i; presents you three choices where to install the <command>LILO</"
@@ -3524,13 +3542,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "εκκίνησης <command>LILO</command>:"
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2245
+#: using-d-i.xml:2261
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Master Boot Record (MBR)"
 msgstr "Κύρια Εγγραφή Εκκίνησης (MBR)"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2245
+#: using-d-i.xml:2261
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "This way the <command>LILO</command> will take complete control of the boot "
@@ -3540,13 +3558,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "διαδικασίας εκκίνησης."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2252
+#: using-d-i.xml:2268
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "new Debian partition"
 msgstr "νέο τμήμα Debian"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2252
+#: using-d-i.xml:2268
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Choose this if you want to use another boot manager. <command>LILO</command> "
@@ -3558,13 +3576,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "τμήματος Debian και θα χρησιμεύσει ως δευτερεύον φορτωτής εκκίνησης."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2261
+#: using-d-i.xml:2277
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Other choice"
 msgstr "Άλλη επιλογή"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2261
+#: using-d-i.xml:2277
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Useful for advanced users who want to install <command>LILO</command> "
@@ -3583,7 +3601,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "sda</filename>."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2273
+#: using-d-i.xml:2289
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you can no longer boot into Windows 9x (or DOS) after this step, you'll "
@@ -3602,14 +3620,14 @@ msgstr ""
 "παρακαλούμε να διαβάσετε το <xref linkend=\"reactivating-win\"/>."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2290
+#: using-d-i.xml:2306
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Install the <command>ELILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk"
 msgstr ""
 "Εγκατάσταση του Φορτωτή Εκκίνησης <command>ELILO</command> στο Σκληρό Δίσκο"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2292
+#: using-d-i.xml:2308
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>elilo</quote>. It is modeled "
@@ -3639,7 +3657,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "συντελεστεί στην πραγματικότητα η φόρτωση και εκκίνηση του πυρήνα Linux."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2308
+#: using-d-i.xml:2324
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The <quote>elilo</quote> configuration and installation is done as the last "
@@ -3657,13 +3675,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "σύστημα αρχείων <emphasis>root</emphasis>."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2320
+#: using-d-i.xml:2336
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Choose the correct partition!"
 msgstr "Επιλέξτε το σωστό τμήμα!"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2322
+#: using-d-i.xml:2338
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The criteria for selecting a partition is that it is FAT format filesystem "
@@ -3683,13 +3701,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "εγκατάστασης, διαγράφοντας τα πάντα."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2337
+#: using-d-i.xml:2353
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "EFI Partition Contents"
 msgstr "Περιεχόμενα του Τμήματος EFI"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2339
+#: using-d-i.xml:2355
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The EFI partition is a FAT filesystem format partition on one of the hard "
@@ -3720,13 +3738,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "αρχείων στη διάρκεια αναβάθμισης του συστήματος ή επαναρύθμισής του."
 
 #. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2361
+#: using-d-i.xml:2377
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "elilo.conf"
 msgstr "elilo.conf"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2362
+#: using-d-i.xml:2378
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "This is the configuration file read by the boot loader when it starts. It is "
@@ -3738,13 +3756,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "αλλαγμένα  έτσι ώστε να αναφέρονται στα αρχεία του τμήματος EFI."
 
 #. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2371
+#: using-d-i.xml:2387
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "elilo.efi"
 msgstr "elilo.efi"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2372
+#: using-d-i.xml:2388
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "This is the boot loader program that the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> "
@@ -3758,13 +3776,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "Εκκίνησης EFI</quote> του <guimenuitem>Debian GNU/Linux</guimenuitem>."
 
 #. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2382
+#: using-d-i.xml:2398
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "initrd.img"
 msgstr "initrd.img"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2383
+#: using-d-i.xml:2399
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "This is the initial root filesystem used to boot the kernel. It is a copy of "
@@ -3779,13 +3797,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "συμβολικού δεσμού το <filename>/initrd.img</filename>."
 
 #. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2395
+#: using-d-i.xml:2411
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "readme.txt"
 msgstr "readme.txt"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2396
+#: using-d-i.xml:2412
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "This is a small text file warning you that the contents of the directory are "
@@ -3798,13 +3816,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "το <filename>/usr/sbin/elilo</filename>."
 
 #. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2406
+#: using-d-i.xml:2422
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "vmlinuz"
 msgstr "vmlinuz"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2407
+#: using-d-i.xml:2423
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "This is the compressed kernel itself. It is a copy of the file referenced in "
@@ -3818,13 +3836,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "δείχνει μεσώ συμβολικού δεσμού το αρχείο <filename>/vmlinuz</filename>."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2427
+#: using-d-i.xml:2443
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<command>arcboot</command>-installer"
 msgstr "εγκαταστάτης του <command>arcboot</command>"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2428
+#: using-d-i.xml:2444
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The boot loader on SGI machines is <command>arcboot</command>. It has to be "
@@ -3869,13 +3887,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "στη συνέχεια <command>boot</command>."
 
 #. Tag: replaceable
-#: using-d-i.xml:2447
+#: using-d-i.xml:2463
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "scsi"
 msgstr "scsi"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2448
+#: using-d-i.xml:2464
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "is the SCSI bus to be booted from, this is <userinput>0</userinput> for the "
@@ -3885,13 +3903,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "<userinput>0</userinput> για ελεγκτές ενσωματωμένους στην μητρική"
 
 #. Tag: replaceable
-#: using-d-i.xml:2456
+#: using-d-i.xml:2472
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "disk"
 msgstr "disk"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2457
+#: using-d-i.xml:2473
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>arcboot</command> is "
@@ -3901,13 +3919,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "<command>arcboot</command>."
 
 #. Tag: replaceable
-#: using-d-i.xml:2465 using-d-i.xml:2534
+#: using-d-i.xml:2481 using-d-i.xml:2550
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "partnr"
 msgstr "partnr"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2466
+#: using-d-i.xml:2482
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</"
@@ -3917,13 +3935,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "conf</filename>."
 
 #. Tag: replaceable
-#: using-d-i.xml:2474
+#: using-d-i.xml:2490
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "config"
 msgstr "config"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2475
+#: using-d-i.xml:2491
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</"
@@ -3933,13 +3951,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "filename>, το οποίο εξ ορισμού είναι <quote>linux</quote>."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2496
+#: using-d-i.xml:2512
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<command>delo</command>-installer"
 msgstr "εγκαταστάτης του <command>delo</command>"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2497
+#: using-d-i.xml:2513
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The boot loader on DECstations is <command>DELO</command>. It has to be "
@@ -3969,13 +3987,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "</screen></informalexample>"
 
 #. Tag: replaceable
-#: using-d-i.xml:2516
+#: using-d-i.xml:2532
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<replaceable>#</replaceable>"
 msgstr "<replaceable>#</replaceable>"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2517
+#: using-d-i.xml:2533
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "is the TurboChannel device to be booted from, on most DECstations this is "
@@ -3986,13 +4004,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "μητρική αυτό είναι <userinput>3</userinput> "
 
 #. Tag: replaceable
-#: using-d-i.xml:2525
+#: using-d-i.xml:2541
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<replaceable>id</replaceable>"
 msgstr "<replaceable>id</replaceable>"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2526
+#: using-d-i.xml:2542
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>DELO</command> is installed"
@@ -4001,7 +4019,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "<command>DELO </command>."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2535
+#: using-d-i.xml:2551
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> "
@@ -4011,13 +4029,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "delo.conf</filename>."
 
 #. Tag: replaceable
-#: using-d-i.xml:2543
+#: using-d-i.xml:2559
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "name"
 msgstr "name"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2544
+#: using-d-i.xml:2560
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/delo.conf</"
@@ -4027,7 +4045,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "filename>, το οποίο εξ ορισμού είναι <quote>linux</quote>."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2554
+#: using-d-i.xml:2570
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "In case <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> is on the first partition on the "
@@ -4038,19 +4056,19 @@ msgstr ""
 "ρύθμισης, το σωστό είναι να χρησιμοποιήσετε"
 
 #. Tag: screen
-#: using-d-i.xml:2560
+#: using-d-i.xml:2576
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<userinput>boot #/rz<replaceable>id</replaceable></userinput>"
 msgstr "<userinput>boot #/rz<replaceable>id</replaceable></userinput>"
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2570
+#: using-d-i.xml:2586
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Install <command>Yaboot</command> on a Hard Disk"
 msgstr "Εγκατάσταση στον Σκληρό Δίσκο του <command>Yaboot</command> "
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2571
+#: using-d-i.xml:2587
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Newer (mid 1998 and on) PowerMacs use <command>yaboot</command> as their "
@@ -4071,13 +4089,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "OpenFirmware θα είναι ρυθμισμένο να ξεκινά το &debian;."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2589
+#: using-d-i.xml:2605
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Install <command>Quik</command> on a Hard Disk"
 msgstr "Εγκατάσταση στον Σκληρό Δίσκο του <command>Quik</command>"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2590
+#: using-d-i.xml:2606
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The boot loader for OldWorld Power Macintosh machines is <command>quik</"
@@ -4092,13 +4110,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "όπως επίσης και σε μερικούς τύπους Power Computing."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2606
+#: using-d-i.xml:2622
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<command>zipl</command>-installer"
 msgstr "εγκαταστάτης του <command>zipl</command>"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2607
+#: using-d-i.xml:2623
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The boot loader on &arch-title; is <quote>zipl</quote>. <command>ZIPL</"
@@ -4115,14 +4133,14 @@ msgstr ""
 "quote> στον δικτυακό τόπο των developerWorks της IBM."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2624
+#: using-d-i.xml:2640
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Install the <command>SILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk"
 msgstr ""
 "Εγκατάσταση στον Σκληρό Δίσκο του Φορτωτή Εκκίνησης <command>SILO</command>"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2626
+#: using-d-i.xml:2642
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The standard &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>silo</quote>. It is "
@@ -4156,13 +4174,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "SunOS/Solaris. "
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2651
+#: using-d-i.xml:2667
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Continue Without Boot Loader"
 msgstr "Συνεχίστε Χωρίς Φορτωτή Εκκίνησης"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2653
+#: using-d-i.xml:2669
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "This option can be used to complete the installation even when no boot "
@@ -4182,7 +4200,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "σύστημα και να χρησιμοποιηθεί για την εκκίνηση του GNU/Linux.</phrase>"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2662
+#: using-d-i.xml:2678
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you plan to manually configure your bootloader, you should check the name "
@@ -4205,13 +4223,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "επίσης να γνωρίζετε το σύστημα αρχείων του <filename>/boot</filename>. "
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2679
+#: using-d-i.xml:2695
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Finishing the Installation"
 msgstr "Τελειώνοντας την Εγκατάσταση"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2680
+#: using-d-i.xml:2696
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "These are the last bits to do before rebooting to your new system. It mostly "
@@ -4222,13 +4240,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "μετά την χρήση του &d-i;."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2692
+#: using-d-i.xml:2708
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Finish the Installation and Reboot"
 msgstr "Ολοκλήρωση της Εγκατάστασης και Επανεκκίνηση"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2694
+#: using-d-i.xml:2710
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "This is the last step in the initial Debian installation process. You will "
@@ -4243,7 +4261,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "να εισέλθετε στο νέο σας Debian σύστημα. "
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2701
+#: using-d-i.xml:2717
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Select the <guimenuitem>Finish the installation</guimenuitem> menu item "
@@ -4259,13 +4277,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "στην διάρκεια του πρώτου σταδίου της εγκατάστασης."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2715
+#: using-d-i.xml:2731
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Miscellaneous"
 msgstr "Διάφορα"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2716
+#: using-d-i.xml:2732
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The components listed in this section are usually not involved in the "
@@ -4277,13 +4295,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "για να βοηθήσουν τον χρήστη σε περίπτωση που κάτι δεν πάει καλά."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2729
+#: using-d-i.xml:2745
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Saving the installation logs"
 msgstr "Αποθήκευση αρχείων ημερολογίου εγκατάστασης"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2731
+#: using-d-i.xml:2747
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If the installation is successful, the logfiles created during the "
@@ -4296,7 +4314,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Debian."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2738
+#: using-d-i.xml:2754
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Choosing <guimenuitem>Save debug logs</guimenuitem> from the main menu "
@@ -4313,13 +4331,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "σε ένα άλλο σύστημα ή να τα επισυνάψετε σε μια αναφορά εγκατάστασης."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2758
+#: using-d-i.xml:2774
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Using the Shell and Viewing the Logs"
 msgstr "Χρήση του Κελύφους και Παρακολούθηση των Καταγραφών Εγκατάστασης"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2761
+#: using-d-i.xml:2777
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "There is an <guimenuitem>Execute a Shell</guimenuitem> item on the menu. If "
@@ -4343,7 +4361,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "τύπο κελύφους Bourne ονομαζόμενο <command>ash</command>. "
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2773
+#: using-d-i.xml:2789
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "At this point you are booted from the RAM disk, and there is a limited set "
@@ -4362,7 +4380,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "και το ιστορικό."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2782
+#: using-d-i.xml:2798
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Use the menus to perform any task that they are able to do &mdash; the shell "
@@ -4384,13 +4402,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "κέλυφος, πληκτρολογήστε <command>exit</command>. "
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2801
+#: using-d-i.xml:2817
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Installation Over the Network"
 msgstr "Εγκατάσταση μέσω δικτύου"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2803
+#: using-d-i.xml:2819
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "One of the more interesting components is <firstterm>network-console</"
@@ -4409,7 +4427,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "<xref linkend=\"automatic-install\"/>)."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2813
+#: using-d-i.xml:2829
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "This component is not loaded into the main installation menu by default, so "
@@ -4434,7 +4452,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "guimenuitem>."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2826
+#: using-d-i.xml:2842
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "For installations on &arch-title;, this is the default method after setting "
@@ -4444,7 +4462,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "μέθοδος μετά την ρύθμιση του δικτύου."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2831
+#: using-d-i.xml:2847
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "<phrase arch=\"not-s390\">After selecting this new entry, you</phrase> "
@@ -4468,7 +4486,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "εγκατάσταση από μακριά</quote>."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2843
+#: using-d-i.xml:2859
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Should you decide to continue with the installation locally, you can always "
@@ -4480,7 +4498,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "μπορείτε να διαλέξετε ένα άλλο συστατικό του εγκαταστάτη."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2849
+#: using-d-i.xml:2865
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Now let's switch to the other side of the wire. As a prerequisite, you need "
@@ -4514,7 +4532,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "επιβεβαιώσετε ότι είναι σωστό."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2866
+#: using-d-i.xml:2882
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you install several computers in turn and they happen to have the same IP "
@@ -4533,7 +4551,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "filename> και να ξαναπροσπαθήσετε."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2875
+#: using-d-i.xml:2891
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "After the login you will be presented with an initial screen where you have "
@@ -4554,7 +4572,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "μπορείτε να ξεκινήσετε πολλαπλά κελύφη."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2885
+#: using-d-i.xml:2901
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "After you have started the installation remotely over SSH, you should not go "
@@ -4571,7 +4589,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "εγκατεστημένο σύστημα."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2893
+#: using-d-i.xml:2909
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Also, if you are running the SSH session from an X terminal, you should not "
diff --git a/po/fi/using-d-i.po b/po/fi/using-d-i.po
index fbb975241..8849a64a4 100644
--- a/po/fi/using-d-i.po
+++ b/po/fi/using-d-i.po
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Installation Guide using-d-i\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-29 17:11+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-11-17 09:33+0000\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-13 04:48+0200\n"
 "Last-Translator: Tapio Lehtonen <tale@debian.org>\n"
 "Language-Team: Finnish <debian-l10n-finnish@lists.debian.org>\n"
@@ -1184,7 +1184,12 @@ msgid ""
 "LVM<footnote> <para> The installer will encrypt the LVM volume group using a "
 "256 bit AES key and makes use of the kernel's <quote>dm-crypt</quote> "
 "support. </para> </footnote>."
-msgstr "Ohjatussa osionnissa saattaa olla kolmekin vaihtoehtoa: luodaan osiot suoraan kiintolevylle (perinteinen tapa), käytetään loogisten levyniteiden hallintaohjelmaa (LVM) tai käytetän salattua LVM:ää<footnote> <para> Asennin salaa LVM-levyniteen 256 bitin AES-avaimella ja käyttää ytimen <quote>dm-crypt</quote>-tukea </para> </footnote>. "
+msgstr ""
+"Ohjatussa osionnissa saattaa olla kolmekin vaihtoehtoa: luodaan osiot "
+"suoraan kiintolevylle (perinteinen tapa), käytetään loogisten levyniteiden "
+"hallintaohjelmaa (LVM) tai käytetän salattua LVM:ää<footnote> <para> Asennin "
+"salaa LVM-levyniteen 256 bitin AES-avaimella ja käyttää ytimen <quote>dm-"
+"crypt</quote>-tukea </para> </footnote>. "
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:766
@@ -1218,7 +1223,12 @@ msgid ""
 "makes it impossible to tell which parts of the disk are in use and also "
 "makes sure that any traces of previous installations are erased), but may "
 "take some time depending on the size of your disk."
-msgstr "Salattua LVM:ää käytettäessä asennin myös pyyhkii levyn tiedot kirjoittamalla sinne satunnaista tietoa. Tämä parantaa tietoturvaa vielä lisää (koska ei enää voi tietää mitkä kohdat levystä ovat käytössä ja myös koska näin on varmasti pyyhitty kaikki tiedot aikaisemmista asennuksista), mutta saattaa viedä jonkin aikaa, levyn koosta riippuen."
+msgstr ""
+"Salattua LVM:ää käytettäessä asennin myös pyyhkii levyn tiedot "
+"kirjoittamalla sinne satunnaista tietoa. Tämä parantaa tietoturvaa vielä "
+"lisää (koska ei enää voi tietää mitkä kohdat levystä ovat käytössä ja myös "
+"koska näin on varmasti pyyhitty kaikki tiedot aikaisemmista asennuksista), "
+"mutta saattaa viedä jonkin aikaa, levyn koosta riippuen."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:789
@@ -1968,7 +1978,13 @@ msgid ""
 "RAID0 (fast 300 GB video editing partition) and use the other three "
 "partitions (2 active and 1 spare) for RAID1 (quite reliable 100 GB partition "
 "for <filename>/home</filename>)."
-msgstr "MD-laitteita voi aivan hyvin olla eri tyyppisiä samalla kertaa. Jos esimerkiksi MD-laitteille on käytettävissä kolme 200 Gt kiintolevyä, joissa jokaisessa on kaksi 100 Gt osiota, voidaan kunkin levyn ensimmäisestä osiosta muodostaa RAID0 (nopea 300 Gt osio videon käsittelyyn) ja käyttää muut kolme osiota (2 käytössä ja yksi varalla) RAID1:een (hyvin luotettava 100 Gt <filename>/home</filename>-osio)."
+msgstr ""
+"MD-laitteita voi aivan hyvin olla eri tyyppisiä samalla kertaa. Jos "
+"esimerkiksi MD-laitteille on käytettävissä kolme 200 Gt kiintolevyä, joissa "
+"jokaisessa on kaksi 100 Gt osiota, voidaan kunkin levyn ensimmäisestä "
+"osiosta muodostaa RAID0 (nopea 300 Gt osio videon käsittelyyn) ja käyttää "
+"muut kolme osiota (2 käytössä ja yksi varalla) RAID1:een (hyvin luotettava "
+"100 Gt <filename>/home</filename>-osio)."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:1216
@@ -3086,7 +3102,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:1944
-#, no-c-format
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "So, you have the ability to choose <emphasis>tasks</emphasis> first, and "
 "then add on more individual packages later. These tasks loosely represent a "
@@ -3094,8 +3110,8 @@ msgid ""
 "as <quote>Desktop environment</quote>, <quote>Web server</quote>, or "
 "<quote>Print server</quote><footnote> <para> You should know that to present "
 "this list, the installer is merely invoking the <command>tasksel</command> "
-"program. It can be run at any time after installation to install (or remove) "
-"more packages, or you can use a more fine-grained tool such as "
+"program. It can be run at any time after installation to install more "
+"packages or remove them), or you can use a more fine-grained tool such as "
 "<command>aptitude</command>. If you are looking for a specific single "
 "package, after installation is complete, simply run <userinput>aptitude "
 "install <replaceable>package</replaceable></userinput>, where "
@@ -3120,6 +3136,37 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:1969
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Some tasks may be pre-selected based on the characteristics of the computer "
+"you are installing. If you disagree with these selections you can un-select "
+"the tasks. You can even opt to install no tasks at all at this point."
+msgstr ""
+"Huomaa joidenkin tehtävien saattavan olla esivalittuja, tähän vaikuttavat "
+"asennettavan tietokoneen ominaisuudet. Valinnat voidaan poistaa jos niitä ei "
+"haluta. Tässä kohtaa voi jopa poistaa valinnan kaikista tehtävistä. "
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:1976
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"The <quote>Desktop environment</quote> task will install the Gnome desktop "
+"environment. The options offered by the installer currently do not allow to "
+"select a different desktop environment like for example KDE."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:1982
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"It is however possible to get the installer to install KDE by using "
+"preseeding (see <xref linkend=\"preseed-pkgsel\"/>) or by adding "
+"<literal>tasksel/first=kde-desktop</literal> at the boot prompt when "
+"starting the installer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:1990
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Once you've selected your tasks, select <guibutton>Ok</guibutton>. At this "
@@ -3129,7 +3176,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "komento <command>aptitude</command> asentaa valitut paketit."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1976
+#: using-d-i.xml:1998
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "In the standard user interface of the installer, you can use the space bar "
@@ -3139,20 +3186,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "välilyöntinäppäimellä."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1983
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"Note that some tasks may be pre-selected based on the characteristics of the "
-"computer you are installing. If you disagree with these selections you can "
-"un-select the tasks. You can even opt to install no tasks at all at this "
-"point."
-msgstr ""
-"Huomaa joidenkin tehtävien saattavan olla esivalittuja, tähän vaikuttavat "
-"asennettavan tietokoneen ominaisuudet. Valinnat voidaan poistaa jos niitä ei "
-"haluta. Tässä kohtaa voi jopa poistaa valinnan kaikista tehtävistä. "
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1991
+#: using-d-i.xml:2007
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Each package you selected with <command>tasksel</command> is downloaded, "
@@ -3166,13 +3200,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "pyytävät ne käyttäjältä."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2000
+#: using-d-i.xml:2016
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Configuring Your Mail Transport Agent"
 msgstr "Sähköpostit välittävän ohjelman (MTA) asetukset"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2002
+#: using-d-i.xml:2018
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Today, email is a very important part of many people's life, so it's no "
@@ -3188,7 +3222,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "oppia."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2010
+#: using-d-i.xml:2026
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "You may ask if this is needed even if your computer is not connected to any "
@@ -3203,7 +3237,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "ilmoituksia sähköpostilla."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2018
+#: using-d-i.xml:2034
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "So on the first screen you will be presented with several common mail "
@@ -3213,13 +3247,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "Valitse parhaiten omiin tarpeisiin sopiva:"
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2027
+#: using-d-i.xml:2043
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "internet site"
 msgstr "Internetiin kytketty kone"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2028
+#: using-d-i.xml:2044
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Your system is connected to a network and your mail is sent and received "
@@ -3233,13 +3267,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "vastaanotetaan tai välitetään."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2039
+#: using-d-i.xml:2055
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "mail sent by smarthost"
 msgstr "lähetys smarthostin kautta"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2040
+#: using-d-i.xml:2056
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "In this scenario is your outgoing mail forwarded to another machine, called "
@@ -3257,13 +3291,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "Tämä valinta sopii soittoyhteyttä käyttäville."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2053
+#: using-d-i.xml:2069
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "local delivery only"
 msgstr "vain paikallinen sähköpostien toimitus"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2054
+#: using-d-i.xml:2070
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Your system is not on a network and mail is sent or received only between "
@@ -3282,13 +3316,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "lisäkysymystä."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2067
+#: using-d-i.xml:2083
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "no configuration at this time"
 msgstr "ei tehdä asetuksia nyt"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2068
+#: using-d-i.xml:2084
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Choose this if you are absolutely convinced you know what you are doing. "
@@ -3302,7 +3336,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "järjestelmän lähettämiä tärkeitä viestejä."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2079
+#: using-d-i.xml:2095
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If none of these scenarios suits your needs, or if you need a finer setup, "
@@ -3317,13 +3351,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "command>:stä löytyy hakemistosta <filename>/usr/share/doc/exim4</filename>."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2094
+#: using-d-i.xml:2110
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Making Your System Bootable"
 msgstr "Järjestelmä käynnistymään kiintolevyltä"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2096
+#: using-d-i.xml:2112
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you are installing a diskless workstation, obviously, booting off the "
@@ -3337,7 +3371,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "verkkokäynnistystä; katso <xref linkend=\"boot-dev-select-sun\"/>.</phrase>"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2104
+#: using-d-i.xml:2120
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still "
@@ -3353,13 +3387,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "olisi etsittävä lisätietoa."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2119
+#: using-d-i.xml:2135
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Detecting other operating systems"
 msgstr "Etsitään muita käyttöjärjestelmiä"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2121
+#: using-d-i.xml:2137
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Before a boot loader is installed, the installer will attempt to probe for "
@@ -3374,7 +3408,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "myös tämän käyttöjärjestelmän käynnistyminen Debianin lisäksi."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2129
+#: using-d-i.xml:2145
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still "
@@ -3390,13 +3424,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "alkulatausohjelman ohjeista etsittävä lisätietoa."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2147
+#: using-d-i.xml:2163
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Install <command>aboot</command> on a Hard Disk"
 msgstr "Asennetaan <command>aboot</command> kiintolevylle"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2148
+#: using-d-i.xml:2164
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you have booted from SRM, if you select this option, the installer will "
@@ -3418,13 +3452,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "käynnistettävä levykkeeltä."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2168
+#: using-d-i.xml:2184
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<command>palo</command>-installer"
 msgstr "Käynnistyslataimen <command>palo</command> asennin"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2169
+#: using-d-i.xml:2185
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The bootloader on PA-RISC is <quote>palo</quote>. <command>PALO</command> is "
@@ -3440,19 +3474,19 @@ msgstr ""
 "mahdollistaa <command>PALO</command>:n kyky lukea Linux-osioiden tiedostoja."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2178
+#: using-d-i.xml:2194
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "hppa FIXME ( need more info )"
 msgstr "hppa KORJAAMUT ( tarvitaan lisätietoja )"
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2190
+#: using-d-i.xml:2206
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Install the <command>Grub</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk"
 msgstr "Asennetaan käynnistyslatain <command>GRUB</command> kiintolevylle"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2192
+#: using-d-i.xml:2208
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The main &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>grub</quote>. Grub is a "
@@ -3464,7 +3498,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "että vanhoille parroille."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2198
+#: using-d-i.xml:2214
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "By default, grub will be installed into the Master Boot Record (MBR), where "
@@ -3476,7 +3510,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Lisätietoja löytyy grub:n man-sivulta."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2204
+#: using-d-i.xml:2220
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you do not want to install grub at all, use the Back button to get to the "
@@ -3486,13 +3520,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "päävalikkoon valitsemaan haluttu käynnistyslatain."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2218
+#: using-d-i.xml:2234
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Install the <command>LILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk"
 msgstr "Asennetaan käynnistyslatain <command>LILO</command> kiintolevylle"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2220
+#: using-d-i.xml:2236
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The second &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>LILO</quote>. It is "
@@ -3509,7 +3543,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "howto;\">LILO mini-HOWTO</ulink>."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2230
+#: using-d-i.xml:2246
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Currently the LILO installation will only create menu entries for other "
@@ -3522,7 +3556,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "lisäämään rivit GNU/Linux- ja GNU/Hurd-järjestelmille asennuksen jälkeen."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2238
+#: using-d-i.xml:2254
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "&d-i; presents you three choices where to install the <command>LILO</"
@@ -3532,13 +3566,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "asennusapaikaksi:"
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2245
+#: using-d-i.xml:2261
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Master Boot Record (MBR)"
 msgstr "Pääkäynnistyslohko (MBR)"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2245
+#: using-d-i.xml:2261
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "This way the <command>LILO</command> will take complete control of the boot "
@@ -3546,13 +3580,13 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr "Komento <command>LILO</command> ohjaa käynnistyksen kokonaan."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2252
+#: using-d-i.xml:2268
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "new Debian partition"
 msgstr "uusi Debianin osio"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2252
+#: using-d-i.xml:2268
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Choose this if you want to use another boot manager. <command>LILO</command> "
@@ -3564,13 +3598,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "toissijaisena käynnistyslataimena."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2261
+#: using-d-i.xml:2277
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Other choice"
 msgstr "Muu valinta"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2261
+#: using-d-i.xml:2277
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Useful for advanced users who want to install <command>LILO</command> "
@@ -3594,7 +3628,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "<filename>/dev/sda</filename>."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2273
+#: using-d-i.xml:2289
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you can no longer boot into Windows 9x (or DOS) after this step, you'll "
@@ -3612,13 +3646,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "kohdasta <xref linkend=\"reactivating-win\"/>."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2290
+#: using-d-i.xml:2306
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Install the <command>ELILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk"
 msgstr "Asennetaan käynnistyslatain <command>ELILO</command> kiintolevylle"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2292
+#: using-d-i.xml:2308
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>elilo</quote>. It is modeled "
@@ -3646,7 +3680,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "käynnistämään Linux-ytimen."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2308
+#: using-d-i.xml:2324
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The <quote>elilo</quote> configuration and installation is done as the last "
@@ -3663,13 +3697,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "tiedostojärjestelmä."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2320
+#: using-d-i.xml:2336
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Choose the correct partition!"
 msgstr "Valitse oikea levyosio!"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2322
+#: using-d-i.xml:2338
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The criteria for selecting a partition is that it is FAT format filesystem "
@@ -3688,13 +3722,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "tiedostojärjestelmän."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2337
+#: using-d-i.xml:2353
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "EFI Partition Contents"
 msgstr "EFI-osion sisältö"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2339
+#: using-d-i.xml:2355
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The EFI partition is a FAT filesystem format partition on one of the hard "
@@ -3734,13 +3768,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "niitä kertyy järjestelmää päivitettäessä tai asetuksia muokattaessa."
 
 #. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2361
+#: using-d-i.xml:2377
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "elilo.conf"
 msgstr "elilo.conf"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2362
+#: using-d-i.xml:2378
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "This is the configuration file read by the boot loader when it starts. It is "
@@ -3755,13 +3789,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "tiedostoihin."
 
 #. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2371
+#: using-d-i.xml:2387
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "elilo.efi"
 msgstr "elilo.efi"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2372
+#: using-d-i.xml:2388
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "This is the boot loader program that the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> "
@@ -3775,13 +3809,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "valinta."
 
 #. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2382
+#: using-d-i.xml:2398
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "initrd.img"
 msgstr "initrd.img"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2383
+#: using-d-i.xml:2399
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "This is the initial root filesystem used to boot the kernel. It is a copy of "
@@ -3796,13 +3830,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "hakemistossa <filename>/boot</filename>."
 
 #. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2395
+#: using-d-i.xml:2411
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "readme.txt"
 msgstr "readme.txt"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2396
+#: using-d-i.xml:2412
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "This is a small text file warning you that the contents of the directory are "
@@ -3814,13 +3848,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "elilo</filename> suoritetaan seuraavan kerran."
 
 #. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2406
+#: using-d-i.xml:2422
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "vmlinuz"
 msgstr "vmlinuz"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2407
+#: using-d-i.xml:2423
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "This is the compressed kernel itself. It is a copy of the file referenced in "
@@ -3834,13 +3868,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "filename> osoitettu tiedosto hakemistossa <filename>/boot</filename>."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2427
+#: using-d-i.xml:2443
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<command>arcboot</command>-installer"
 msgstr "Käynnistyslataimen <command>arcboot</command> asennin"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2428
+#: using-d-i.xml:2444
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The boot loader on SGI machines is <command>arcboot</command>. It has to be "
@@ -3885,13 +3919,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "sitten <command>boot</command>."
 
 #. Tag: replaceable
-#: using-d-i.xml:2447
+#: using-d-i.xml:2463
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "scsi"
 msgstr "scsi"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2448
+#: using-d-i.xml:2464
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "is the SCSI bus to be booted from, this is <userinput>0</userinput> for the "
@@ -3901,13 +3935,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "yhdysrakenteisille ohjaimille"
 
 #. Tag: replaceable
-#: using-d-i.xml:2456
+#: using-d-i.xml:2472
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "disk"
 msgstr "levy"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2457
+#: using-d-i.xml:2473
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>arcboot</command> is "
@@ -3915,13 +3949,13 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr "on SCSI ID sille levylle johon <command>arcboot</command> on asennettu"
 
 #. Tag: replaceable
-#: using-d-i.xml:2465 using-d-i.xml:2534
+#: using-d-i.xml:2481 using-d-i.xml:2550
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "partnr"
 msgstr "partnr"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2466
+#: using-d-i.xml:2482
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</"
@@ -3930,13 +3964,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "on sen osion numero jossa <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</filename> sijaitsee"
 
 #. Tag: replaceable
-#: using-d-i.xml:2474
+#: using-d-i.xml:2490
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "config"
 msgstr "config"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2475
+#: using-d-i.xml:2491
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</"
@@ -3946,13 +3980,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "oletusarvona <quote>linux</quote>."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2496
+#: using-d-i.xml:2512
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<command>delo</command>-installer"
 msgstr "Käynnistyslataimen <command>delo</command> asennin"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2497
+#: using-d-i.xml:2513
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The boot loader on DECstations is <command>DELO</command>. It has to be "
@@ -3983,13 +4017,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "varusohjelmiston kehotteeseen."
 
 #. Tag: replaceable
-#: using-d-i.xml:2516
+#: using-d-i.xml:2532
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<replaceable>#</replaceable>"
 msgstr "<replaceable>#</replaceable>"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2517
+#: using-d-i.xml:2533
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "is the TurboChannel device to be booted from, on most DECstations this is "
@@ -3999,20 +4033,20 @@ msgstr ""
 "on <userinput>3</userinput> yhdysrakenteisille ohjaimille."
 
 #. Tag: replaceable
-#: using-d-i.xml:2525
+#: using-d-i.xml:2541
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<replaceable>id</replaceable>"
 msgstr "<replaceable>id</replaceable>"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2526
+#: using-d-i.xml:2542
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>DELO</command> is installed"
 msgstr "on SCSI ID sille levylle johon <command>DELO</command> on asennettu"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2535
+#: using-d-i.xml:2551
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> "
@@ -4021,13 +4055,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "on sen osion numero jossa <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> sijaitsee"
 
 #. Tag: replaceable
-#: using-d-i.xml:2543
+#: using-d-i.xml:2559
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "name"
 msgstr "name"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2544
+#: using-d-i.xml:2560
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/delo.conf</"
@@ -4037,7 +4071,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "oletusarvona <quote>linux</quote>."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2554
+#: using-d-i.xml:2570
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "In case <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> is on the first partition on the "
@@ -4047,19 +4081,19 @@ msgstr ""
 "ja käynnistetäään oletuskokoonpano, riittää käyttää"
 
 #. Tag: screen
-#: using-d-i.xml:2560
+#: using-d-i.xml:2576
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<userinput>boot #/rz<replaceable>id</replaceable></userinput>"
 msgstr "<userinput>boot #/rz<replaceable>id</replaceable></userinput>"
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2570
+#: using-d-i.xml:2586
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Install <command>Yaboot</command> on a Hard Disk"
 msgstr "Asennetaan käynnistyslatain <command>Yaboot</command> kiintolevylle"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2571
+#: using-d-i.xml:2587
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Newer (mid 1998 and on) PowerMacs use <command>yaboot</command> as their "
@@ -4079,13 +4113,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "käynnistämään &debian;."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2589
+#: using-d-i.xml:2605
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Install <command>Quik</command> on a Hard Disk"
 msgstr "Asennetaan käynnistyslatain <command>Quik</command> kiintolevylle"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2590
+#: using-d-i.xml:2606
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The boot loader for OldWorld Power Macintosh machines is <command>quik</"
@@ -4100,13 +4134,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "Computingin klooneille."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2606
+#: using-d-i.xml:2622
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<command>zipl</command>-installer"
 msgstr "Käynnistyslataimen <command>zipl</command> asennin"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2607
+#: using-d-i.xml:2623
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The boot loader on &arch-title; is <quote>zipl</quote>. <command>ZIPL</"
@@ -4122,13 +4156,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "sivustolta jos haluat tietää ohjelmasta <command>ZIPL</command> enemmän."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2624
+#: using-d-i.xml:2640
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Install the <command>SILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk"
 msgstr "Asennetaan käynnistyslatain <command>SILO</command> kiintolevylle"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2626
+#: using-d-i.xml:2642
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The standard &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>silo</quote>. It is "
@@ -4159,13 +4193,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "SunOS/Solaris-asennuksen rinnalle."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2651
+#: using-d-i.xml:2667
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Continue Without Boot Loader"
 msgstr "Jatketaan ilman käynnistyslatainta"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2653
+#: using-d-i.xml:2669
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "This option can be used to complete the installation even when no boot "
@@ -4184,7 +4218,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "koska GNU/Linux käynnistetään sen kautta.</phrase>"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2662
+#: using-d-i.xml:2678
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you plan to manually configure your bootloader, you should check the name "
@@ -4205,13 +4239,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "osio."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2679
+#: using-d-i.xml:2695
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Finishing the Installation"
 msgstr "Päätetään asennus"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2680
+#: using-d-i.xml:2696
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "These are the last bits to do before rebooting to your new system. It mostly "
@@ -4221,13 +4255,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "Pääasiassa siistitään työn jälkiä jotka &d-i; jätti."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2692
+#: using-d-i.xml:2708
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Finish the Installation and Reboot"
 msgstr "Päätetään asennus ja käynnistetään"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2694
+#: using-d-i.xml:2710
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "This is the last step in the initial Debian installation process. You will "
@@ -4241,7 +4275,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "järjestelmä."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2701
+#: using-d-i.xml:2717
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Select the <guimenuitem>Finish the installation</guimenuitem> menu item "
@@ -4256,13 +4290,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "aikana."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2715
+#: using-d-i.xml:2731
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Miscellaneous"
 msgstr "Sekalaista"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2716
+#: using-d-i.xml:2732
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The components listed in this section are usually not involved in the "
@@ -4273,13 +4307,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "ovat käytettävissä jos jotain menee pieleen."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2729
+#: using-d-i.xml:2745
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Saving the installation logs"
 msgstr "Asentimen lokien tallentaminen"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2731
+#: using-d-i.xml:2747
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If the installation is successful, the logfiles created during the "
@@ -4291,7 +4325,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "installer/</filename>."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2738
+#: using-d-i.xml:2754
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Choosing <guimenuitem>Save debug logs</guimenuitem> from the main menu "
@@ -4307,13 +4341,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "tai liittää lokit asennusraporttiin."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2758
+#: using-d-i.xml:2774
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Using the Shell and Viewing the Logs"
 msgstr "Komentotulkin käyttö ja lokien lukeminen"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2761
+#: using-d-i.xml:2777
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "There is an <guimenuitem>Execute a Shell</guimenuitem> item on the menu. If "
@@ -4336,7 +4370,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "komentotulkin klooni nimeltä <command>ash</command>."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2773
+#: using-d-i.xml:2789
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "At this point you are booted from the RAM disk, and there is a limited set "
@@ -4354,7 +4388,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "komentohistoria."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2782
+#: using-d-i.xml:2798
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Use the menus to perform any task that they are able to do &mdash; the shell "
@@ -4374,13 +4408,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "<command>exit</command> jos komentotulkki käynnistettiin valikosta."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2801
+#: using-d-i.xml:2817
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Installation Over the Network"
 msgstr "Etäasennus"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2803
+#: using-d-i.xml:2819
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "One of the more interesting components is <firstterm>network-console</"
@@ -4397,7 +4431,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "tämän osan voi automatisoida, katso <xref linkend=\"automatic-install\"/>.)"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2813
+#: using-d-i.xml:2829
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "This component is not loaded into the main installation menu by default, so "
@@ -4419,7 +4453,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "SSH:ta.</guimenuitem>."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2826
+#: using-d-i.xml:2842
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "For installations on &arch-title;, this is the default method after setting "
@@ -4429,7 +4463,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "tultua tehdyksi."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2831
+#: using-d-i.xml:2847
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "<phrase arch=\"not-s390\">After selecting this new entry, you</phrase> "
@@ -4451,7 +4485,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "tietoturvallisesti <quote>etäasennuksen tekevälle henkilölle</quote>."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2843
+#: using-d-i.xml:2859
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Should you decide to continue with the installation locally, you can always "
@@ -4463,7 +4497,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "toinen asentimen osa."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2849
+#: using-d-i.xml:2865
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Now let's switch to the other side of the wire. As a prerequisite, you need "
@@ -4495,7 +4529,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "on vahvistettava se oikeaksi."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2866
+#: using-d-i.xml:2882
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you install several computers in turn and they happen to have the same IP "
@@ -4512,7 +4546,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "tiedostosta <filename>~/.ssh/known_hosts</filename> ja yrittää uudelleen."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2875
+#: using-d-i.xml:2891
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "After the login you will be presented with an initial screen where you have "
@@ -4532,7 +4566,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "useampia."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2885
+#: using-d-i.xml:2901
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "After you have started the installation remotely over SSH, you should not go "
@@ -4548,7 +4582,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "järjestelmä toimii huonosti."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2893
+#: using-d-i.xml:2909
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Also, if you are running the SSH session from an X terminal, you should not "
diff --git a/po/hu/using-d-i.po b/po/hu/using-d-i.po
index 30e73d8e5..dcf2f8df9 100644
--- a/po/hu/using-d-i.po
+++ b/po/hu/using-d-i.po
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: \n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-29 17:11+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-11-17 09:33+0000\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-11 15:53+0100\n"
 "Last-Translator: SZERVÁC Attila <sas@321.hu>\n"
 "Language-Team: Hungarian\n"
@@ -28,62 +28,175 @@ msgstr "Hogyan működik a telepítő"
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:8
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "The Debian Installer consists of a number of special-purpose components to perform each installation task. Each component performs its task, asking the user questions as necessary to do its job. The questions themselves are given priorities, and the priority of questions to be asked is set when the installer is started."
-msgstr "A Debian Telepítő az egyes telepítő feladatokat ellátó különleges célú összetevőkből áll. Az összetevők szükség esetén a felhasználót kérdezve végzik feladatukat. A kérdések adott elsőbbséggel rendelkeznek, a felteendő kérdések elsőbbsége a telepítő indításakor kerül beállításra."
+msgid ""
+"The Debian Installer consists of a number of special-purpose components to "
+"perform each installation task. Each component performs its task, asking the "
+"user questions as necessary to do its job. The questions themselves are "
+"given priorities, and the priority of questions to be asked is set when the "
+"installer is started."
+msgstr ""
+"A Debian Telepítő az egyes telepítő feladatokat ellátó különleges célú "
+"összetevőkből áll. Az összetevők szükség esetén a felhasználót kérdezve "
+"végzik feladatukat. A kérdések adott elsőbbséggel rendelkeznek, a felteendő "
+"kérdések elsőbbsége a telepítő indításakor kerül beállításra."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:16
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "When a default installation is performed, only essential (high priority) questions will be asked. This results in a highly automated installation process with little user interaction. Components are automatically run in sequence; which components are run depends mainly on the installation method you use and on your hardware. The installer will use default values for questions that are not asked."
-msgstr "Alap telepítésnél csak a fontos (magas elsőbbségű) kérdések szerepelnek. Ez nagyon automatizált telepítést ad csekély felhasználói kérdéssel. Az összetevők automatikusan sorrendben futnak; hogy melyek, az főleg a használt telepítő módtól és hardvertől függ. A telepítő alap értékeket használ a fel nem tett kérdésekhez."
+msgid ""
+"When a default installation is performed, only essential (high priority) "
+"questions will be asked. This results in a highly automated installation "
+"process with little user interaction. Components are automatically run in "
+"sequence; which components are run depends mainly on the installation method "
+"you use and on your hardware. The installer will use default values for "
+"questions that are not asked."
+msgstr ""
+"Alap telepítésnél csak a fontos (magas elsőbbségű) kérdések szerepelnek. Ez "
+"nagyon automatizált telepítést ad csekély felhasználói kérdéssel. Az "
+"összetevők automatikusan sorrendben futnak; hogy melyek, az főleg a használt "
+"telepítő módtól és hardvertől függ. A telepítő alap értékeket használ a fel "
+"nem tett kérdésekhez."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:25
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "If there is a problem, the user will see an error screen, and the installer menu may be shown in order to select some alternative action. If there are no problems, the user will never see the installer menu, but will simply answer questions for each component in turn. Serious error notifications are set to priority <quote>critical</quote> so the user will always be notified."
-msgstr "Ha probléma adódik, a felhasználó hiba-képernyőt lát, és a telepítő menü megjelenik egyéb műveletek kiválasztása érdekében. Ha nincs gond, a felhasználó nem látja a telepítő menüt, egyszerűen csak válaszol a feltett kérdésekre. A súlyos hibák <quote>kritikus</quote> elsőbbségűek, így erről a felhasználó mindig értesül."
+msgid ""
+"If there is a problem, the user will see an error screen, and the installer "
+"menu may be shown in order to select some alternative action. If there are "
+"no problems, the user will never see the installer menu, but will simply "
+"answer questions for each component in turn. Serious error notifications are "
+"set to priority <quote>critical</quote> so the user will always be notified."
+msgstr ""
+"Ha probléma adódik, a felhasználó hiba-képernyőt lát, és a telepítő menü "
+"megjelenik egyéb műveletek kiválasztása érdekében. Ha nincs gond, a "
+"felhasználó nem látja a telepítő menüt, egyszerűen csak válaszol a feltett "
+"kérdésekre. A súlyos hibák <quote>kritikus</quote> elsőbbségűek, így erről a "
+"felhasználó mindig értesül."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:34
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Some of the defaults that the installer uses can be influenced by passing boot arguments when &d-i; is started. If, for example, you wish to force static network configuration (DHCP is used by default if available), you could add the boot parameter <userinput>netcfg/disable_dhcp=true</userinput>. See <xref linkend=\"installer-args\"/> for available options."
-msgstr "Az alapértelmezések egyike, hogy a telepítés mindig befolyásolható indító argumentumok átadásával a &d-i; indulásakor. Ha, például, statikus hálózati beállítást szeretnél (a DHCP az alap, ha elérhető), a <userinput>netcfg/disable_dhcp=true</userinput> indító paraméter használható. Lásd az <xref linkend=\"installer-args\"/> részt az elérhető opciókért."
+msgid ""
+"Some of the defaults that the installer uses can be influenced by passing "
+"boot arguments when &d-i; is started. If, for example, you wish to force "
+"static network configuration (DHCP is used by default if available), you "
+"could add the boot parameter <userinput>netcfg/disable_dhcp=true</"
+"userinput>. See <xref linkend=\"installer-args\"/> for available options."
+msgstr ""
+"Az alapértelmezések egyike, hogy a telepítés mindig befolyásolható indító "
+"argumentumok átadásával a &d-i; indulásakor. Ha, például, statikus hálózati "
+"beállítást szeretnél (a DHCP az alap, ha elérhető), a <userinput>netcfg/"
+"disable_dhcp=true</userinput> indító paraméter használható. Lásd az <xref "
+"linkend=\"installer-args\"/> részt az elérhető opciókért."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:42
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Power users may be more comfortable with a menu-driven interface, where each step is controlled by the user rather than the installer performing each step automatically in sequence. To use the installer in a manual, menu-driven way, add the boot argument <userinput>priority=medium</userinput>."
-msgstr "A profik jobban szeretik a menü-vezérelt felületet, ahol minden lépést felügyelnek ahelyett, hogy a telepítő automatikus rendben végrehajtaná őket. A telepítő kézi, menü-vezérelt használata a <userinput>priority=medium</userinput> indító argumentummal indítható."
+msgid ""
+"Power users may be more comfortable with a menu-driven interface, where each "
+"step is controlled by the user rather than the installer performing each "
+"step automatically in sequence. To use the installer in a manual, menu-"
+"driven way, add the boot argument <userinput>priority=medium</userinput>."
+msgstr ""
+"A profik jobban szeretik a menü-vezérelt felületet, ahol minden lépést "
+"felügyelnek ahelyett, hogy a telepítő automatikus rendben végrehajtaná őket. "
+"A telepítő kézi, menü-vezérelt használata a <userinput>priority=medium</"
+"userinput> indító argumentummal indítható."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:50
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "If your hardware requires you to pass options to kernel modules as they are installed, you will need to start the installer in <quote>expert</quote> mode. This can be done by either using the <command>expert</command> command to start the installer or by adding the boot argument <userinput>priority=low</userinput>. Expert mode gives you full control over &d-i;."
-msgstr "Ha a hardver a telepített kernel modulokhoz opciók adását igényli, a telepítő <quote>expert</quote> módban indítandó. Ez a telepítő <command>expert</command> paranccsal indításával vagy a <userinput>priority=low</userinput> indító paraméter átadásával tehető. E mód adja a &d-i;. teljes mértékű felügyeletét."
+msgid ""
+"If your hardware requires you to pass options to kernel modules as they are "
+"installed, you will need to start the installer in <quote>expert</quote> "
+"mode. This can be done by either using the <command>expert</command> command "
+"to start the installer or by adding the boot argument "
+"<userinput>priority=low</userinput>. Expert mode gives you full control over "
+"&d-i;."
+msgstr ""
+"Ha a hardver a telepített kernel modulokhoz opciók adását igényli, a "
+"telepítő <quote>expert</quote> módban indítandó. Ez a telepítő "
+"<command>expert</command> paranccsal indításával vagy a "
+"<userinput>priority=low</userinput> indító paraméter átadásával tehető. E "
+"mód adja a &d-i;. teljes mértékű felügyeletét."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:59
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "The normal installer display is character-based (as opposed to the now more familiar graphical interface). The mouse is not operational in this environment. Here are the keys you can use to navigate within the various dialogs. The <keycap>Tab</keycap> or <keycap>right</keycap> arrow keys move <quote>forward</quote>, and the <keycombo> <keycap>Shift</keycap> <keycap>Tab</keycap> </keycombo> or <keycap>left</keycap> arrow keys move <quote>backward</quote> between displayed buttons and selections. The <keycap>up</keycap> and <keycap>down</keycap> arrow select different items within a scrollable list, and also scroll the list itself. In addition, in long lists, you can type a letter to cause the list to scroll directly to the section with items starting with the letter you typed and use <keycap>Pg-Up</keycap> and <keycap>Pg-Down</keycap> to scroll the list in sections. The <keycap>space bar</keycap> selects an item such as a checkbox. Use &enterkey; to activate choices."
-msgstr "A sima telepítő megjelenés karakter-alapú (szemben az új, ma már sokkal barátságosabbnak tartott grafikus felülettel). Az egér nem hat ebben a környezetben. Ezekben a párbeszédekben az alábbi billentyűk használhatók. A <keycap>Tab</keycap> vagy <keycap>jobb</keycap> jobb nyíl <quote>előre</quote> megy, a <keycombo> <keycap>Shift</keycap> <keycap>Tab</keycap> </keycombo> vagy <keycap>bal</keycap> nyíl <quote>hátra</quote> a megjelenő gombok is kijelölések közt. A <keycap>fel</keycap> és <keycap>le</keycap> nyíl elemet választ egy görgethető listában és görgeti azt. Hosszú listákban egy betű leütése ahhoz az azzal kezdődő elemekhez görget, a <keycap>Pg-Up</keycap> és <keycap>Pg-Down</keycap> is görget a szakaszokban. A <keycap>szóköz</keycap> elemeket, például jelölő-dobozokat jelöl ki. Az &enterkey; érvényesíti a választásokat."
+msgid ""
+"The normal installer display is character-based (as opposed to the now more "
+"familiar graphical interface). The mouse is not operational in this "
+"environment. Here are the keys you can use to navigate within the various "
+"dialogs. The <keycap>Tab</keycap> or <keycap>right</keycap> arrow keys move "
+"<quote>forward</quote>, and the <keycombo> <keycap>Shift</keycap> "
+"<keycap>Tab</keycap> </keycombo> or <keycap>left</keycap> arrow keys move "
+"<quote>backward</quote> between displayed buttons and selections. The "
+"<keycap>up</keycap> and <keycap>down</keycap> arrow select different items "
+"within a scrollable list, and also scroll the list itself. In addition, in "
+"long lists, you can type a letter to cause the list to scroll directly to "
+"the section with items starting with the letter you typed and use <keycap>Pg-"
+"Up</keycap> and <keycap>Pg-Down</keycap> to scroll the list in sections. The "
+"<keycap>space bar</keycap> selects an item such as a checkbox. Use "
+"&enterkey; to activate choices."
+msgstr ""
+"A sima telepítő megjelenés karakter-alapú (szemben az új, ma már sokkal "
+"barátságosabbnak tartott grafikus felülettel). Az egér nem hat ebben a "
+"környezetben. Ezekben a párbeszédekben az alábbi billentyűk használhatók. A "
+"<keycap>Tab</keycap> vagy <keycap>jobb</keycap> jobb nyíl <quote>előre</"
+"quote> megy, a <keycombo> <keycap>Shift</keycap> <keycap>Tab</keycap> </"
+"keycombo> vagy <keycap>bal</keycap> nyíl <quote>hátra</quote> a megjelenő "
+"gombok is kijelölések közt. A <keycap>fel</keycap> és <keycap>le</keycap> "
+"nyíl elemet választ egy görgethető listában és görgeti azt. Hosszú listákban "
+"egy betű leütése ahhoz az azzal kezdődő elemekhez görget, a <keycap>Pg-Up</"
+"keycap> és <keycap>Pg-Down</keycap> is görget a szakaszokban. A "
+"<keycap>szóköz</keycap> elemeket, például jelölő-dobozokat jelöl ki. Az "
+"&enterkey; érvényesíti a választásokat."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:77
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "S/390 does not support virtual consoles. You may open a second and third ssh session to view the logs described below."
-msgstr "Az S/390 nem támogat virtuális konzolokat. 2. és 3. ssh folyamatot kell nyitni az alább írt naplók megtekintéséhez."
+msgid ""
+"S/390 does not support virtual consoles. You may open a second and third ssh "
+"session to view the logs described below."
+msgstr ""
+"Az S/390 nem támogat virtuális konzolokat. 2. és 3. ssh folyamatot kell "
+"nyitni az alább írt naplók megtekintéséhez."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:82
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Error messages and logs are redirected to the fourth console. You can access this console by pressing <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap><keycap>F4</keycap></keycombo> (hold the left <keycap>Alt</keycap> key while pressing the <keycap>F4</keycap> function key); get back to the main installer process with <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>."
-msgstr "A részletes hibaüzenetek és naplók 4. konzolra kerülnek. Ez a <keycombo><keycap>bal Alt</keycap><keycap>F4</keycap></keycombo> leütésével érhető el (tartsd le az <keycap>Alt</keycap> billentyűt és közben üsd le az <keycap>F4</keycap> billentyűt); a fő telepítő folyamathoz a <keycombo><keycap>bal Alt</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo> leütésével lehet visszatérni."
+msgid ""
+"Error messages and logs are redirected to the fourth console. You can access "
+"this console by pressing <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap><keycap>F4</"
+"keycap></keycombo> (hold the left <keycap>Alt</keycap> key while pressing "
+"the <keycap>F4</keycap> function key); get back to the main installer "
+"process with <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></"
+"keycombo>."
+msgstr ""
+"A részletes hibaüzenetek és naplók 4. konzolra kerülnek. Ez a "
+"<keycombo><keycap>bal Alt</keycap><keycap>F4</keycap></keycombo> leütésével "
+"érhető el (tartsd le az <keycap>Alt</keycap> billentyűt és közben üsd le az "
+"<keycap>F4</keycap> billentyűt); a fő telepítő folyamathoz a "
+"<keycombo><keycap>bal Alt</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo> leütésével "
+"lehet visszatérni."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:92
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "These messages can also be found in <filename>/var/log/syslog</filename>. After installation, this log is copied to <filename>/var/log/installer/syslog</filename> on your new system. Other installation messages may be found in <filename>/var/log/</filename> during the installation, and <filename>/var/log/installer/</filename> after the computer has been booted into the installed system."
-msgstr "Ezek az üzenetek a <filename>/var/log/syslog</filename> fájlban is megtalálhatók. A telepítés után a napló a <filename>/var/log/installer/syslog</filename> fájlba kerül a rendszeren. Tovább telepítő üzenetek vannak a <filename>/var/log/</filename> könyvtárban a telepítés alatt és a <filename>/var/log/installer/</filename> könyvtárban, miután a gép indította az új rendszert."
+msgid ""
+"These messages can also be found in <filename>/var/log/syslog</filename>. "
+"After installation, this log is copied to <filename>/var/log/installer/"
+"syslog</filename> on your new system. Other installation messages may be "
+"found in <filename>/var/log/</filename> during the installation, and "
+"<filename>/var/log/installer/</filename> after the computer has been booted "
+"into the installed system."
+msgstr ""
+"Ezek az üzenetek a <filename>/var/log/syslog</filename> fájlban is "
+"megtalálhatók. A telepítés után a napló a <filename>/var/log/installer/"
+"syslog</filename> fájlba kerül a rendszeren. Tovább telepítő üzenetek vannak "
+"a <filename>/var/log/</filename> könyvtárban a telepítés alatt és a "
+"<filename>/var/log/installer/</filename> könyvtárban, miután a gép indította "
+"az új rendszert."
 
 #. Tag: title
 #: using-d-i.xml:106
@@ -94,8 +207,14 @@ msgstr "Összetevők bemutatása"
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:107
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Here is a list of installer components with a brief description of each component's purpose. Details you might need to know about using a particular component are in <xref linkend=\"module-details\"/>."
-msgstr "Itt a telepítő összetevők listája az egyes összetevők céljainak rövid leírásával. Az egyes összetevők tudnivalóinak részletei a <xref linkend=\"module-details\"/> részben vannak."
+msgid ""
+"Here is a list of installer components with a brief description of each "
+"component's purpose. Details you might need to know about using a particular "
+"component are in <xref linkend=\"module-details\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+"Itt a telepítő összetevők listája az egyes összetevők céljainak rövid "
+"leírásával. Az egyes összetevők tudnivalóinak részletei a <xref linkend="
+"\"module-details\"/> részben vannak."
 
 #. Tag: term
 #: using-d-i.xml:118
@@ -106,14 +225,31 @@ msgstr "main-menu (fő-menü)"
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:118
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Shows the list of components to the user during installer operation, and starts a component when it is selected. Main-menu's questions are set to priority medium, so if your priority is set to high or critical (high is the default), you will not see the menu. On the other hand, if there is an error which requires your intervention, the question priority may be downgraded temporarily to allow you to resolve the problem, and in that case the menu may appear."
-msgstr "Mutatja az összetevők listáját a telepítéskor és elindít egyet kiválasztáskor. A fő-menü kérdései közepes elsőbbségűek, így ha ez magasra vagy kritikusra állított (a magas az alapértelmezett), ez a menü nem látszik. Másrészt, ha hiba adódik, mely beavatkozást igényel, a kérdés elsőbbsége átmenetileg lejjebb kerül lehetővé téve a probléma megoldását, és így a menü megjelenik."
+msgid ""
+"Shows the list of components to the user during installer operation, and "
+"starts a component when it is selected. Main-menu's questions are set to "
+"priority medium, so if your priority is set to high or critical (high is the "
+"default), you will not see the menu. On the other hand, if there is an error "
+"which requires your intervention, the question priority may be downgraded "
+"temporarily to allow you to resolve the problem, and in that case the menu "
+"may appear."
+msgstr ""
+"Mutatja az összetevők listáját a telepítéskor és elindít egyet "
+"kiválasztáskor. A fő-menü kérdései közepes elsőbbségűek, így ha ez magasra "
+"vagy kritikusra állított (a magas az alapértelmezett), ez a menü nem "
+"látszik. Másrészt, ha hiba adódik, mely beavatkozást igényel, a kérdés "
+"elsőbbsége átmenetileg lejjebb kerül lehetővé téve a probléma megoldását, és "
+"így a menü megjelenik."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:128
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "You can get to the main menu by selecting the <quote>Back</quote> button repeatedly to back all the way out of the currently running component."
-msgstr "A fő menü a <quote>Vissza</quote> gomb ismételt kiválasztásával érhető el a jelenlegi összetevőből kilépéssel."
+msgid ""
+"You can get to the main menu by selecting the <quote>Back</quote> button "
+"repeatedly to back all the way out of the currently running component."
+msgstr ""
+"A fő menü a <quote>Vissza</quote> gomb ismételt kiválasztásával érhető el a "
+"jelenlegi összetevőből kilépéssel."
 
 #. Tag: term
 #: using-d-i.xml:137
@@ -124,8 +260,16 @@ msgstr "localechooser (helyi beállítás választó)"
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:137
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Allows the user to select localization options for the installation and the installed system: language, country and locales. The installer will display messages in the selected language, unless the translation for that language is not complete in which case some messages may be shown in English."
-msgstr "Lehetővé teszi a honosítási lehetőségek kiválasztását a telepítéshez és a telepített rendszerhez: a nyelvet, országot és helyi beállításokat. A telepítő az üzeneteket a választott nyelven írja, kivéve, ha a fordítás e nyelvhez nem teljes, ekkor angolul."
+msgid ""
+"Allows the user to select localization options for the installation and the "
+"installed system: language, country and locales. The installer will display "
+"messages in the selected language, unless the translation for that language "
+"is not complete in which case some messages may be shown in English."
+msgstr ""
+"Lehetővé teszi a honosítási lehetőségek kiválasztását a telepítéshez és a "
+"telepített rendszerhez: a nyelvet, országot és helyi beállításokat. A "
+"telepítő az üzeneteket a választott nyelven írja, kivéve, ha a fordítás e "
+"nyelvhez nem teljes, ekkor angolul."
 
 #. Tag: term
 #: using-d-i.xml:149
@@ -136,8 +280,12 @@ msgstr "kbd-chooser (billentyűzet-választó)"
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:149
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Shows a list of keyboards, from which the user chooses the model which matches his own."
-msgstr "Billentyűzetek listáját adja, melyből a felhasználó a sajátjának megfelelő modellt választhatja ki."
+msgid ""
+"Shows a list of keyboards, from which the user chooses the model which "
+"matches his own."
+msgstr ""
+"Billentyűzetek listáját adja, melyből a felhasználó a sajátjának megfelelő "
+"modellt választhatja ki."
 
 #. Tag: term
 #: using-d-i.xml:158
@@ -148,8 +296,12 @@ msgstr "hw-detect (hardver-érzékelő)"
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:158
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Automatically detects most of the system's hardware, including network cards, disk drives, and PCMCIA."
-msgstr "Önműködően érzékeli a rendszer legtöbb hardverét, mint hálózati kártyák, lemez meghajtók vagy PCMCIA."
+msgid ""
+"Automatically detects most of the system's hardware, including network "
+"cards, disk drives, and PCMCIA."
+msgstr ""
+"Önműködően érzékeli a rendszer legtöbb hardverét, mint hálózati kártyák, "
+"lemez meghajtók vagy PCMCIA."
 
 #. Tag: term
 #: using-d-i.xml:167
@@ -172,7 +324,9 @@ msgstr "netcfg (hálózat-beállító)"
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:175
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Configures the computer's network connections so it can communicate over the internet."
+msgid ""
+"Configures the computer's network connections so it can communicate over the "
+"internet."
 msgstr "Beállítja a gép hálózati kapcsolatait, mely így internetet használhat."
 
 #. Tag: term
@@ -184,7 +338,8 @@ msgstr "iso-scan (ISO-keresés)"
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:184
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Looks for ISO file systems, which may be on a CD-ROM or on the hard drive."
+msgid ""
+"Looks for ISO file systems, which may be on a CD-ROM or on the hard drive."
 msgstr "ISO fájlrendszert keres a CD-ROM vagy merevlemez meghajtón."
 
 #. Tag: term
@@ -196,8 +351,12 @@ msgstr "choose-mirror (tükör-választás)"
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:193
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Presents a list of Debian archive mirrors. The user may choose the source of his installation packages."
-msgstr "A Debian archívum tükrök egy listáját adja. A felhasználó az általa használt telepítő csomagok forrását választhatja ki ezzel."
+msgid ""
+"Presents a list of Debian archive mirrors. The user may choose the source of "
+"his installation packages."
+msgstr ""
+"A Debian archívum tükrök egy listáját adja. A felhasználó az általa használt "
+"telepítő csomagok forrását választhatja ki ezzel."
 
 #. Tag: term
 #: using-d-i.xml:202
@@ -208,8 +367,12 @@ msgstr "cdrom-checker (CD-ROM ellenőrző)"
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:202
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Checks integrity of a CD-ROM. This way the user may assure him/herself that the installation CD-ROM was not corrupted."
-msgstr "Egy CD-ROM épségét vizsgálja. Így a felhasználó meggyőződhet arról, hogy a telepítő CD-ROM nem sérült."
+msgid ""
+"Checks integrity of a CD-ROM. This way the user may assure him/herself that "
+"the installation CD-ROM was not corrupted."
+msgstr ""
+"Egy CD-ROM épségét vizsgálja. Így a felhasználó meggyőződhet arról, hogy a "
+"telepítő CD-ROM nem sérült."
 
 #. Tag: term
 #: using-d-i.xml:211
@@ -220,8 +383,14 @@ msgstr "lowmem (kis memória)"
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:211
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Lowmem tries to detect systems with low memory and then does various tricks to remove unnecessary parts of &d-i; from the memory (at the cost of some features)."
-msgstr "Szűri a kis memóriájú rendszereket és megpróbálja a telepítő működéséhez a &d-i; elég sok nem-kötelező részének memóriába töltését meggátolni (egyes képességek mellőzése árán)."
+msgid ""
+"Lowmem tries to detect systems with low memory and then does various tricks "
+"to remove unnecessary parts of &d-i; from the memory (at the cost of some "
+"features)."
+msgstr ""
+"Szűri a kis memóriájú rendszereket és megpróbálja a telepítő működéséhez a "
+"&d-i; elég sok nem-kötelező részének memóriába töltését meggátolni (egyes "
+"képességek mellőzése árán)."
 
 #. Tag: term
 #: using-d-i.xml:221
@@ -232,8 +401,13 @@ msgstr "anna"
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:221
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Anna's Not Nearly APT. Installs packages which have been retrieved from the chosen mirror or CD."
-msgstr "Az Anna's Not Nearly APT (Anna közel sem APT) kifejezés rövidítése. Az APT rendszernél jóval egyszerűbb program, mely a választott tükörről vagy CD-eszközről származó csomagokat telepít."
+msgid ""
+"Anna's Not Nearly APT. Installs packages which have been retrieved from the "
+"chosen mirror or CD."
+msgstr ""
+"Az Anna's Not Nearly APT (Anna közel sem APT) kifejezés rövidítése. Az APT "
+"rendszernél jóval egyszerűbb program, mely a választott tükörről vagy CD-"
+"eszközről származó csomagokat telepít."
 
 #. Tag: term
 #: using-d-i.xml:230
@@ -244,8 +418,15 @@ msgstr "partman (partíció-kezelő)"
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:230
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Allows the user to partition disks attached to the system, create file systems on the selected partitions, and attach them to the mountpoints. Included are also interesting features like a fully automatic mode or LVM support. This is the preferred partitioning tool in Debian."
-msgstr "Lehetővé teszi lemezek particionálását, fájlrendszerek létrehozását és csatolásukat. Olyan kiemelkedő képességeket is tartalmaz, mint teljesen önműködő mód vagy LVM támogatás. Ez a Debian ajánlott particionáló eszköze."
+msgid ""
+"Allows the user to partition disks attached to the system, create file "
+"systems on the selected partitions, and attach them to the mountpoints. "
+"Included are also interesting features like a fully automatic mode or LVM "
+"support. This is the preferred partitioning tool in Debian."
+msgstr ""
+"Lehetővé teszi lemezek particionálását, fájlrendszerek létrehozását és "
+"csatolásukat. Olyan kiemelkedő képességeket is tartalmaz, mint teljesen "
+"önműködő mód vagy LVM támogatás. Ez a Debian ajánlott particionáló eszköze."
 
 #. Tag: term
 #: using-d-i.xml:242
@@ -256,8 +437,11 @@ msgstr "autopartkit (automata particionáló eszköz)"
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:242
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Automatically partitions an entire disk according to preset user preferences."
-msgstr "Automatikusan particionál egy egész lemezt az előre megadott felhasználói kívánalmak szerint."
+msgid ""
+"Automatically partitions an entire disk according to preset user preferences."
+msgstr ""
+"Automatikusan particionál egy egész lemezt az előre megadott felhasználói "
+"kívánalmak szerint."
 
 #. Tag: term
 #: using-d-i.xml:251
@@ -268,8 +452,12 @@ msgstr "partitioner (particionáló)"
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:251
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Allows the user to partition disks attached to the system. A partitioning program appropriate to your computer's architecture is chosen."
-msgstr "Lehetővé teszi a rendszeren lévő lemezek particionálását. A particionáló program megfelel a választott számítógép architektúrának."
+msgid ""
+"Allows the user to partition disks attached to the system. A partitioning "
+"program appropriate to your computer's architecture is chosen."
+msgstr ""
+"Lehetővé teszi a rendszeren lévő lemezek particionálását. A particionáló "
+"program megfelel a választott számítógép architektúrának."
 
 #. Tag: term
 #: using-d-i.xml:261
@@ -280,8 +468,12 @@ msgstr "partconf (partíciók beállítása)"
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:261
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Displays a list of partitions, and creates file systems on the selected partitions according to user instructions."
-msgstr "Kiírja a partíciókat és fájlrendszereket hoz létre a kijelölteken a felhasználói utasításoknak megfelelően."
+msgid ""
+"Displays a list of partitions, and creates file systems on the selected "
+"partitions according to user instructions."
+msgstr ""
+"Kiírja a partíciókat és fájlrendszereket hoz létre a kijelölteken a "
+"felhasználói utasításoknak megfelelően."
 
 #. Tag: term
 #: using-d-i.xml:270
@@ -292,8 +484,12 @@ msgstr "lvmcfg (LVM beállító)"
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:270
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Helps the user with the configuration of the <firstterm>LVM</firstterm> (Logical Volume Manager)."
-msgstr "Segíti a felhasználót az <firstterm>LVM</firstterm> (Logikai-kötet kezelő) beállításában."
+msgid ""
+"Helps the user with the configuration of the <firstterm>LVM</firstterm> "
+"(Logical Volume Manager)."
+msgstr ""
+"Segíti a felhasználót az <firstterm>LVM</firstterm> (Logikai-kötet kezelő) "
+"beállításában."
 
 #. Tag: term
 #: using-d-i.xml:279
@@ -304,8 +500,14 @@ msgstr "mdcfg"
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:279
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Allows the user to setup Software <firstterm>RAID</firstterm> (Redundant Array of Inexpensive Disks). This Software RAID is usually superior to the cheap IDE (pseudo hardware) RAID controllers found on newer motherboards."
-msgstr "Lehető teszi a szoftveres <firstterm>RAID</firstterm> (olcsó lemezek redundáns tömbje) beállítását. Ez a szoftveres RAID általában jobb az újabb alaplapokon lévő olcsó IDE (látszólagos hardver) RAID vezérlőknél."
+msgid ""
+"Allows the user to setup Software <firstterm>RAID</firstterm> (Redundant "
+"Array of Inexpensive Disks). This Software RAID is usually superior to the "
+"cheap IDE (pseudo hardware) RAID controllers found on newer motherboards."
+msgstr ""
+"Lehető teszi a szoftveres <firstterm>RAID</firstterm> (olcsó lemezek "
+"redundáns tömbje) beállítását. Ez a szoftveres RAID általában jobb az újabb "
+"alaplapokon lévő olcsó IDE (látszólagos hardver) RAID vezérlőknél."
 
 #. Tag: term
 #: using-d-i.xml:290
@@ -352,8 +554,12 @@ msgstr "base-installer (alap-telepítő)"
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:314
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Installs the most basic set of packages which would allow the computer to operate under Linux when rebooted."
-msgstr "Telepíti a legfontosabb csomagokat, mely lehetővé teszi a gép Linux alatti működtetését újraindítás után."
+msgid ""
+"Installs the most basic set of packages which would allow the computer to "
+"operate under Linux when rebooted."
+msgstr ""
+"Telepíti a legfontosabb csomagokat, mely lehetővé teszi a gép Linux alatti "
+"működtetését újraindítás után."
 
 #. Tag: term
 #: using-d-i.xml:323
@@ -364,8 +570,12 @@ msgstr "apt-setup (az APT beállítása)"
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:323
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Configures apt, mostly automatically, based on what media the installer is running from."
-msgstr "Megadja az APT-beállításokat lényegében önműködően, a telepítő futtatására szolgáló média alapján."
+msgid ""
+"Configures apt, mostly automatically, based on what media the installer is "
+"running from."
+msgstr ""
+"Megadja az APT-beállításokat lényegében önműködően, a telepítő futtatására "
+"szolgáló média alapján."
 
 #. Tag: term
 #: using-d-i.xml:332
@@ -376,8 +586,12 @@ msgstr "pkgsel (csomag-választó)"
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:332
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Uses <classname>tasksel</classname> to select and install additional software."
-msgstr "A <classname>tasksel</classname> csomagot használja további csomagok kiválasztására és telepítésére."
+msgid ""
+"Uses <classname>tasksel</classname> to select and install additional "
+"software."
+msgstr ""
+"A <classname>tasksel</classname> csomagot használja további csomagok "
+"kiválasztására és telepítésére."
 
 #. Tag: term
 #: using-d-i.xml:340
@@ -388,8 +602,18 @@ msgstr "os-prober (OS-ellenőrző)"
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:340
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Detects currently installed operating systems on the computer and passes this information to the bootloader-installer, which may offer you an ability to add discovered operating systems to the bootloader's start menu. This way the user could easily choose at the boot time which operating system to start."
-msgstr "Érzékeli a gépen eddig lévő rendszereket és átadja ezt az adatot a bootloader-installer programnak (mely a boot-betöltőt telepíti), mely felkínálja a további talált rendszerek hozzáadását a boot-betöltő indító menüjéhez. Ez az, mellyel a felhasználó könnyen választhat a telepített rendszerek indítása közül."
+msgid ""
+"Detects currently installed operating systems on the computer and passes "
+"this information to the bootloader-installer, which may offer you an ability "
+"to add discovered operating systems to the bootloader's start menu. This way "
+"the user could easily choose at the boot time which operating system to "
+"start."
+msgstr ""
+"Érzékeli a gépen eddig lévő rendszereket és átadja ezt az adatot a "
+"bootloader-installer programnak (mely a boot-betöltőt telepíti), mely "
+"felkínálja a további talált rendszerek hozzáadását a boot-betöltő indító "
+"menüjéhez. Ez az, mellyel a felhasználó könnyen választhat a telepített "
+"rendszerek indítása közül."
 
 #. Tag: term
 #: using-d-i.xml:352
@@ -400,8 +624,15 @@ msgstr "bootloader-installer (boot-betöltő telepítő)"
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:352
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "The various bootloader installers each install a boot loader program on the hard disk, which is necessary for the computer to start up using Linux without using a floppy or CD-ROM. Many boot loaders allow the user to choose an alternate operating system each time the computer boots."
-msgstr "A boot-betöltő telepítők bármelyike egy boot-betöltőt telepít a merevlemezre, mely szükséges, ha a Linuxot nem flopiról vagy CD-ROM lemezről indítjuk. A legtöbb boot-betöltő lehetővé teszi más rendszerek indítását is."
+msgid ""
+"The various bootloader installers each install a boot loader program on the "
+"hard disk, which is necessary for the computer to start up using Linux "
+"without using a floppy or CD-ROM. Many boot loaders allow the user to choose "
+"an alternate operating system each time the computer boots."
+msgstr ""
+"A boot-betöltő telepítők bármelyike egy boot-betöltőt telepít a "
+"merevlemezre, mely szükséges, ha a Linuxot nem flopiról vagy CD-ROM lemezről "
+"indítjuk. A legtöbb boot-betöltő lehetővé teszi más rendszerek indítását is."
 
 #. Tag: term
 #: using-d-i.xml:363
@@ -412,7 +643,8 @@ msgstr "shell (héj)"
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:363
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Allows the user to execute a shell from the menu, or in the second console."
+msgid ""
+"Allows the user to execute a shell from the menu, or in the second console."
 msgstr "Lehetővé teszi egy héj indítását a menüből vagy a 2. konzolon."
 
 #. Tag: term
@@ -424,8 +656,14 @@ msgstr "save-logs (naplók mentése)"
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:372
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Provides a way for the user to record information on a floppy disk, network, hard disk, or other media when trouble is encountered, in order to accurately report installer software problems to Debian developers later."
-msgstr "Egy módot ad a felhasználónak adatok rögzítésére flopi lemezen, hálózaton, merevlemezen vagy más médián hiba esetén, hogy pontosan jelenthesse később a telepítéskor adódó esetleges hibákat a Debian fejlesztőknek."
+msgid ""
+"Provides a way for the user to record information on a floppy disk, network, "
+"hard disk, or other media when trouble is encountered, in order to "
+"accurately report installer software problems to Debian developers later."
+msgstr ""
+"Egy módot ad a felhasználónak adatok rögzítésére flopi lemezen, hálózaton, "
+"merevlemezen vagy más médián hiba esetén, hogy pontosan jelenthesse később a "
+"telepítéskor adódó esetleges hibákat a Debian fejlesztőknek."
 
 #. Tag: title
 #: using-d-i.xml:390
@@ -436,8 +674,18 @@ msgstr "Az egyes összetevők használata"
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:391
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "In this section we will describe each installer component in detail. The components have been grouped into stages that should be recognizable for users. They are presented in the order they appear during the install. Note that not all modules will be used for every installation; which modules are actually used depends on the installation method you use and on your hardware."
-msgstr "E szakaszban részletesen leírjuk az egyes telepítő összetevőket. Ezeket további világos szakaszokra bontjuk. A bemutatás a megjelenés rendjében történik. Természetesen nem minden modul szerepel minden telepítésben; ez a telepítő módtól és hardvertől függ."
+msgid ""
+"In this section we will describe each installer component in detail. The "
+"components have been grouped into stages that should be recognizable for "
+"users. They are presented in the order they appear during the install. Note "
+"that not all modules will be used for every installation; which modules are "
+"actually used depends on the installation method you use and on your "
+"hardware."
+msgstr ""
+"E szakaszban részletesen leírjuk az egyes telepítő összetevőket. Ezeket "
+"további világos szakaszokra bontjuk. A bemutatás a megjelenés rendjében "
+"történik. Természetesen nem minden modul szerepel minden telepítésben; ez a "
+"telepítő módtól és hardvertől függ."
 
 #. Tag: title
 #: using-d-i.xml:403
@@ -448,14 +696,39 @@ msgstr "A Debian Telepítő és a hardver konfiguráció beállítása"
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:404
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Let's assume the Debian Installer has booted and you are facing its first screen. At this time, the capabilities of &d-i; are still quite limited. It doesn't know much about your hardware, preferred language, or even the task it should perform. Don't worry. Because &d-i; is quite clever, it can automatically probe your hardware, locate the rest of its components and upgrade itself to a capable installation system. However, you still need to help &d-i; with some information it can't determine automatically (like selecting your preferred language, keyboard layout or desired network mirror)."
-msgstr "Feltételezzük, hogy a Debian Telepítő elindult és az 1. képernyőt látod. Ekkor a &d-i; képességei még korlátosak. Nem tud sokat a hardverről, nyelvről és elvégzendő feladatokról. Ne aggódj. Mivel a &d-i; elég okos, önműködően fel tudja ismerni a hardvert, meghatározni a további összetevők helyét és egy jó telepítő rendszerré frissíteni magát. Természetesen meg kell adni a &d-i; számára az automatikusan fel nem ismerhető dolgokat (például nyelv, kívánt billentyű-kiosztás vagy hálózati tükör)."
+msgid ""
+"Let's assume the Debian Installer has booted and you are facing its first "
+"screen. At this time, the capabilities of &d-i; are still quite limited. It "
+"doesn't know much about your hardware, preferred language, or even the task "
+"it should perform. Don't worry. Because &d-i; is quite clever, it can "
+"automatically probe your hardware, locate the rest of its components and "
+"upgrade itself to a capable installation system. However, you still need to "
+"help &d-i; with some information it can't determine automatically (like "
+"selecting your preferred language, keyboard layout or desired network "
+"mirror)."
+msgstr ""
+"Feltételezzük, hogy a Debian Telepítő elindult és az 1. képernyőt látod. "
+"Ekkor a &d-i; képességei még korlátosak. Nem tud sokat a hardverről, "
+"nyelvről és elvégzendő feladatokról. Ne aggódj. Mivel a &d-i; elég okos, "
+"önműködően fel tudja ismerni a hardvert, meghatározni a további összetevők "
+"helyét és egy jó telepítő rendszerré frissíteni magát. Természetesen meg "
+"kell adni a &d-i; számára az automatikusan fel nem ismerhető dolgokat "
+"(például nyelv, kívánt billentyű-kiosztás vagy hálózati tükör)."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:417
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "You will notice that &d-i; performs <firstterm>hardware detection</firstterm> several times during this stage. The first time is targeted specifically at the hardware needed to load installer components (e.g. your CD-ROM or network card). As not all drivers may be available during this first run, hardware detection needs to be repeated later in the process."
-msgstr "Látod majd, hogy a &d-i; több <firstterm>hardver felismerés</firstterm> műveletet végez. Először a telepítő összetevők betöltéséhez szükségeseket keresi (például CD-ROM vagy hálózati kártya). Mivel még nem minden meghajtó érhető el, a hardver-felismerés későbbi megismétlése szükséges."
+msgid ""
+"You will notice that &d-i; performs <firstterm>hardware detection</"
+"firstterm> several times during this stage. The first time is targeted "
+"specifically at the hardware needed to load installer components (e.g. your "
+"CD-ROM or network card). As not all drivers may be available during this "
+"first run, hardware detection needs to be repeated later in the process."
+msgstr ""
+"Látod majd, hogy a &d-i; több <firstterm>hardver felismerés</firstterm> "
+"műveletet végez. Először a telepítő összetevők betöltéséhez szükségeseket "
+"keresi (például CD-ROM vagy hálózati kártya). Mivel még nem minden meghajtó "
+"érhető el, a hardver-felismerés későbbi megismétlése szükséges."
 
 #. Tag: title
 #: using-d-i.xml:432
@@ -466,14 +739,26 @@ msgstr "Elérhető memória ellenőrzése"
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:434
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "One of the first things &d-i; does, is to check available memory. If the available memory is limited, this component will make some changes in the installation process which hopefully will allow you to install &debian; on your system."
-msgstr "A &d-i; 1. tettei egyike, az elérhető memória ellenőrzése. Ha szűkös, ez az összetevő egyes módosításokat végez a telepítő folyamatban, mely, ha minden jól megy még így is lehetővé teszi a &debian; telepítését e gépen."
+msgid ""
+"One of the first things &d-i; does, is to check available memory. If the "
+"available memory is limited, this component will make some changes in the "
+"installation process which hopefully will allow you to install &debian; on "
+"your system."
+msgstr ""
+"A &d-i; 1. tettei egyike, az elérhető memória ellenőrzése. Ha szűkös, ez az "
+"összetevő egyes módosításokat végez a telepítő folyamatban, mely, ha minden "
+"jól megy még így is lehetővé teszi a &debian; telepítését e gépen."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:441
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "During a low memory install, not all components will be available. One of the limitations is that you won't be able to choose a language for the installation."
-msgstr "Alacsony memóriájú telepítéskor nem minden összetevő elérhető. A korlátozások egyike, hogy a telepítő mindenképpen angolul fut."
+msgid ""
+"During a low memory install, not all components will be available. One of "
+"the limitations is that you won't be able to choose a language for the "
+"installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Alacsony memóriájú telepítéskor nem minden összetevő elérhető. A "
+"korlátozások egyike, hogy a telepítő mindenképpen angolul fut."
 
 #. Tag: title
 #: using-d-i.xml:456
@@ -484,38 +769,99 @@ msgstr "A helyi beállítási lehetőségek kiválasztása"
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:458
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "In most cases the first questions you will be asked concern the selection of localization options to be used both for the installation and for the installed system. The localization options consist of language, country and locales."
-msgstr "Az esetek túlnyomó részében az első kérdések a telepítéskor és a telepített rendszeren használt helyi beállítási lehetőségek kiválasztásáról szólnak. A helyi beállítási lehetőségek a nyelvből, országból és területi beállításokból állnak."
+msgid ""
+"In most cases the first questions you will be asked concern the selection of "
+"localization options to be used both for the installation and for the "
+"installed system. The localization options consist of language, country and "
+"locales."
+msgstr ""
+"Az esetek túlnyomó részében az első kérdések a telepítéskor és a telepített "
+"rendszeren használt helyi beállítási lehetőségek kiválasztásáról szólnak. A "
+"helyi beállítási lehetőségek a nyelvből, országból és területi "
+"beállításokból állnak."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:465
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "The language you choose will be used for the rest of the installation process, provided a translation of the different dialogs is available. If no valid translation is available for the selected language, the installer will default to English."
-msgstr "Innentől a választott nyelven szól majd a telepítés, mely az elérhető párbeszédek fordítását adja. Ha egy ilyenhez nincs fordítás a választott nyelven, a telepítő az angolt használja."
+msgid ""
+"The language you choose will be used for the rest of the installation "
+"process, provided a translation of the different dialogs is available. If no "
+"valid translation is available for the selected language, the installer will "
+"default to English."
+msgstr ""
+"Innentől a választott nyelven szól majd a telepítés, mely az elérhető "
+"párbeszédek fordítását adja. Ha egy ilyenhez nincs fordítás a választott "
+"nyelven, a telepítő az angolt használja."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:472
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "The selected country will be used later in the installation process to pick the default timezone and a Debian mirror appropriate for your geographic location. Language and country together will be used to set the default locale for your system and to help select your keyboard."
-msgstr "A választott ország alapján ajánl a telepítő alap időzónát és a földrajzi helynek megfelelő egy vagy több Debian tükröt. A nyelv és ország együtt képezi majd alapját az alap helyi beállításoknak és segít a billentyűzet kijelölésében."
+msgid ""
+"The selected country will be used later in the installation process to pick "
+"the default timezone and a Debian mirror appropriate for your geographic "
+"location. Language and country together will be used to set the default "
+"locale for your system and to help select your keyboard."
+msgstr ""
+"A választott ország alapján ajánl a telepítő alap időzónát és a földrajzi "
+"helynek megfelelő egy vagy több Debian tükröt. A nyelv és ország együtt "
+"képezi majd alapját az alap helyi beállításoknak és segít a billentyűzet "
+"kijelölésében."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:479
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "You will first be asked to select your preferred language. The language names are listed in both English (left side) and in the language itself (right side); the names on the right side are also shown in the proper script for the language. The list is sorted on the English names. At the top of the list is an extra option that allows you to select the <quote>C</quote> locale instead of a language. Choosing the <quote>C</quote> locale will result in the installation proceding in English; the installed system will have no localization support as the <classname>locales</classname> package will not be installed."
-msgstr "Először az elsődleges nyelvre kérdez. A nyelvek nevei angolul (balra) és eredetiben (jobbra) is megjelennek; a jobb oldali nevek a nyelvnek megfelelő írással is megjelennek. A sorrend az angol nevekre épül. A lista tetején a <quote>C</quote> beállítás is választható egy nyelv helyett. A <quote>C</quote> a telepítő esetében angolt ad; ekkor a friss rendszer még nem fog helyi beállításokat támogatni, mert a <classname>locales</classname> nem kerül telepítésre."
+msgid ""
+"You will first be asked to select your preferred language. The language "
+"names are listed in both English (left side) and in the language itself "
+"(right side); the names on the right side are also shown in the proper "
+"script for the language. The list is sorted on the English names. At the top "
+"of the list is an extra option that allows you to select the <quote>C</"
+"quote> locale instead of a language. Choosing the <quote>C</quote> locale "
+"will result in the installation proceding in English; the installed system "
+"will have no localization support as the <classname>locales</classname> "
+"package will not be installed."
+msgstr ""
+"Először az elsődleges nyelvre kérdez. A nyelvek nevei angolul (balra) és "
+"eredetiben (jobbra) is megjelennek; a jobb oldali nevek a nyelvnek megfelelő "
+"írással is megjelennek. A sorrend az angol nevekre épül. A lista tetején a "
+"<quote>C</quote> beállítás is választható egy nyelv helyett. A <quote>C</"
+"quote> a telepítő esetében angolt ad; ekkor a friss rendszer még nem fog "
+"helyi beállításokat támogatni, mert a <classname>locales</classname> nem "
+"kerül telepítésre."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:491
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "If you selected a language that is recognized as an official language for more than one country<footnote> <para> In technical terms: where multiple locales exist for that language with differing country codes. </para> </footnote>, you will next be asked to select a country. If you choose <guimenuitem>Other</guimenuitem> at the bottom of the list, you will be presented with a list of all countries, grouped by continent. If the language has only one country associated with it, that country will be selected automatically."
-msgstr "Ha a választott nyelv több ország hivatalos nyelve<footnote> <para> technikailag: ahol több helyi beállítás létezik e nyelvhez eltérő országkódokkal. </para> </footnote>, ezután országot kell választani. Ha a <guimenuitem>Other</guimenuitem> lehetőséget választod a lista tetején, az összes ország megjelenik földrészek szerint. Ha e nyelv csak 1 országhoz társított, ez önműködően kiválasztásra kerül."
+msgid ""
+"If you selected a language that is recognized as an official language for "
+"more than one country<footnote> <para> In technical terms: where multiple "
+"locales exist for that language with differing country codes. </para> </"
+"footnote>, you will next be asked to select a country. If you choose "
+"<guimenuitem>Other</guimenuitem> at the bottom of the list, you will be "
+"presented with a list of all countries, grouped by continent. If the "
+"language has only one country associated with it, that country will be "
+"selected automatically."
+msgstr ""
+"Ha a választott nyelv több ország hivatalos nyelve<footnote> <para> "
+"technikailag: ahol több helyi beállítás létezik e nyelvhez eltérő "
+"országkódokkal. </para> </footnote>, ezután országot kell választani. Ha a "
+"<guimenuitem>Other</guimenuitem> lehetőséget választod a lista tetején, az "
+"összes ország megjelenik földrészek szerint. Ha e nyelv csak 1 országhoz "
+"társított, ez önműködően kiválasztásra kerül."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:509
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "A default locale will be selected based on the selected language and country. If you are installing at medium or low priority, you will have the option of selecting a different default locale and of selecting additional locales to be generated for the installed system."
-msgstr "Egy alap helyi beállítás is kiválasztásra kerül a kijelölt nyelv és ország alapján. Közepes vagy alacsony elsőbbségű telepítésnél lehetőség van más helyi beállítás kijelölésére és további létrehozandókéra a telepített rendszeren."
+msgid ""
+"A default locale will be selected based on the selected language and "
+"country. If you are installing at medium or low priority, you will have the "
+"option of selecting a different default locale and of selecting additional "
+"locales to be generated for the installed system."
+msgstr ""
+"Egy alap helyi beállítás is kiválasztásra kerül a kijelölt nyelv és ország "
+"alapján. Közepes vagy alacsony elsőbbségű telepítésnél lehetőség van más "
+"helyi beállítás kijelölésére és további létrehozandókéra a telepített "
+"rendszeren."
 
 #. Tag: title
 #: using-d-i.xml:524
@@ -526,25 +872,56 @@ msgstr "Billentyűzet választása"
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:526
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Keyboards are often tailored to the characters used in a language. Select a layout that conforms to the keyboard you are using, or select something close if the keyboard layout you want isn't represented. Once the system installation is complete, you'll be able to select a keyboard layout from a wider range of choices (run <command>kbdconfig</command> as root after you have completed the installation)."
-msgstr "A billentyűzetek gyakran egy nyelve vannak szabva. Válassz egy kiosztást, mely megfelel a használtnak, vagy egy hasonlót, ha nincs pont a kívánt. A telepítés után több közül is lehet választani (akkor futtasd majd a <command>kbdconfig</command> parancsot rendszergazdaként)."
+msgid ""
+"Keyboards are often tailored to the characters used in a language. Select a "
+"layout that conforms to the keyboard you are using, or select something "
+"close if the keyboard layout you want isn't represented. Once the system "
+"installation is complete, you'll be able to select a keyboard layout from a "
+"wider range of choices (run <command>kbdconfig</command> as root after you "
+"have completed the installation)."
+msgstr ""
+"A billentyűzetek gyakran egy nyelve vannak szabva. Válassz egy kiosztást, "
+"mely megfelel a használtnak, vagy egy hasonlót, ha nincs pont a kívánt. A "
+"telepítés után több közül is lehet választani (akkor futtasd majd a "
+"<command>kbdconfig</command> parancsot rendszergazdaként)."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:536
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Move the highlight to the keyboard selection you desire and press &enterkey;. Use the arrow keys to move the highlight &mdash; they are in the same place in all national language keyboard layouts, so they are independent of the keyboard configuration. An 'extended' keyboard is one with <keycap>F1</keycap> through <keycap>F10</keycap> keys along the top row."
-msgstr "Vidd a kijelölést a kívánt billentyűzetre és nyomj &enterkey; billentyűt. Használd a nyíl billentyűket &mdash; ezek minden nemzeti nyelvű billentyűzeten azonos helyen vannak, így függetlenek a billentyűzet beállításától. Egy 'kiterjesztett' billentyűzeten legalább <keycap>F1</keycap> és <keycap>F10</keycap> közti billentyűk is vannak a legfelső sorban."
+msgid ""
+"Move the highlight to the keyboard selection you desire and press "
+"&enterkey;. Use the arrow keys to move the highlight &mdash; they are in the "
+"same place in all national language keyboard layouts, so they are "
+"independent of the keyboard configuration. An 'extended' keyboard is one "
+"with <keycap>F1</keycap> through <keycap>F10</keycap> keys along the top row."
+msgstr ""
+"Vidd a kijelölést a kívánt billentyűzetre és nyomj &enterkey; billentyűt. "
+"Használd a nyíl billentyűket &mdash; ezek minden nemzeti nyelvű "
+"billentyűzeten azonos helyen vannak, így függetlenek a billentyűzet "
+"beállításától. Egy 'kiterjesztett' billentyűzeten legalább <keycap>F1</"
+"keycap> és <keycap>F10</keycap> közti billentyűk is vannak a legfelső sorban."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:545
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "On DECstations there is currently no loadable keymap available, so you have to skip the keyboard selection and keep the default kernel keymap (LK201 US). This may change in the future as it depends on further Linux/MIPS kernel development."
+msgid ""
+"On DECstations there is currently no loadable keymap available, so you have "
+"to skip the keyboard selection and keep the default kernel keymap (LK201 "
+"US). This may change in the future as it depends on further Linux/MIPS "
+"kernel development."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:552
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "There are two keyboard layouts for US keyboards; the qwerty/mac-usb-us (Apple USB) layout will place the Alt function on the <keycap>Command/Apple</keycap> key (in the keyboard position next to the <keycap>space</keycap> key similar to <keycap>Alt</keycap> on PC keyboards), while the qwerty/us (Standard) layout will place the Alt function on the <keycap>Option</keycap> key (engraved with 'alt' on most Mac keyboards). In other respects the two layouts are similar."
+msgid ""
+"There are two keyboard layouts for US keyboards; the qwerty/mac-usb-us "
+"(Apple USB) layout will place the Alt function on the <keycap>Command/Apple</"
+"keycap> key (in the keyboard position next to the <keycap>space</keycap> key "
+"similar to <keycap>Alt</keycap> on PC keyboards), while the qwerty/us "
+"(Standard) layout will place the Alt function on the <keycap>Option</keycap> "
+"key (engraved with 'alt' on most Mac keyboards). In other respects the two "
+"layouts are similar."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: title
@@ -556,26 +933,74 @@ msgstr "A Debian Telepítő ISO kép keresése"
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:583
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "When installing via the <emphasis>hd-media</emphasis> method, there will be a moment where you need to find and mount the Debian Installer iso image in order to get the rest of the installation files. The component <command>iso-scan</command> does exactly this."
-msgstr "Ha <emphasis>hd-media</emphasis> móddal telepítesz, akkor egy bizonyos pillanatban tudnod kell a Debian Telepítő ISO kép helyét és csatolni azt a további telepítő fájlok elérése érdekében. Az <command>iso-scan</command> összetevő pontosan ezt biztosítja."
+msgid ""
+"When installing via the <emphasis>hd-media</emphasis> method, there will be "
+"a moment where you need to find and mount the Debian Installer iso image in "
+"order to get the rest of the installation files. The component <command>iso-"
+"scan</command> does exactly this."
+msgstr ""
+"Ha <emphasis>hd-media</emphasis> móddal telepítesz, akkor egy bizonyos "
+"pillanatban tudnod kell a Debian Telepítő ISO kép helyét és csatolni azt a "
+"további telepítő fájlok elérése érdekében. Az <command>iso-scan</command> "
+"összetevő pontosan ezt biztosítja."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:590
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "At first, <command>iso-scan</command> automatically mounts all block devices (e.g. partitions) which have some known filesystem on them and sequentially searches for filenames ending with <filename>.iso</filename> (or <filename>.ISO</filename> for that matter). Beware that the first attempt scans only files in the root directory and in the first level of subdirectories (i.e. it finds <filename>/<replaceable>whatever</replaceable>.iso</filename>, <filename>/data/<replaceable>whatever</replaceable>.iso</filename>, but not <filename>/data/tmp/<replaceable>whatever</replaceable>.iso</filename>). After an iso image has been found, <command>iso-scan</command> checks its content to determine if the image is a valid Debian iso image or not. In the former case we are done, in the latter <command>iso-scan</command> seeks for another image."
-msgstr "Először az <command>iso-scan</command> önműködően csatolja az össze blokk eszközt (például partíciókat) melyeken pár ismert fájlrendszer van és sorban <filename>.iso</filename> (vagy <filename>.ISO</filename> for that matter) végű nevű fájlokat keres. Elsőre csak a gyökérkönyvtárt és elsődleges alkönyvtárait nézi át (például keresi a <filename>/<replaceable>bármi</replaceable>.iso</filename>-t és <filename>/data/<replaceable>bármi</replaceable>.iso</filename>-t, de a <filename>/data/tmp/<replaceable>whatever</replaceable>.iso</filename>-t nem). Egy ISO képre lelve az <command>iso-scan</command> ellenőrzi tartalmát, hogy meghatározza, e kép egy érvényes Debian ISO kép-e. Előbbi esetben kész is vagyunk, utóbbiban az <command>iso-scan</command> más képet keres."
+msgid ""
+"At first, <command>iso-scan</command> automatically mounts all block devices "
+"(e.g. partitions) which have some known filesystem on them and sequentially "
+"searches for filenames ending with <filename>.iso</filename> (or <filename>."
+"ISO</filename> for that matter). Beware that the first attempt scans only "
+"files in the root directory and in the first level of subdirectories (i.e. "
+"it finds <filename>/<replaceable>whatever</replaceable>.iso</filename>, "
+"<filename>/data/<replaceable>whatever</replaceable>.iso</filename>, but not "
+"<filename>/data/tmp/<replaceable>whatever</replaceable>.iso</filename>). "
+"After an iso image has been found, <command>iso-scan</command> checks its "
+"content to determine if the image is a valid Debian iso image or not. In the "
+"former case we are done, in the latter <command>iso-scan</command> seeks for "
+"another image."
+msgstr ""
+"Először az <command>iso-scan</command> önműködően csatolja az össze blokk "
+"eszközt (például partíciókat) melyeken pár ismert fájlrendszer van és sorban "
+"<filename>.iso</filename> (vagy <filename>.ISO</filename> for that matter) "
+"végű nevű fájlokat keres. Elsőre csak a gyökérkönyvtárt és elsődleges "
+"alkönyvtárait nézi át (például keresi a <filename>/<replaceable>bármi</"
+"replaceable>.iso</filename>-t és <filename>/data/<replaceable>bármi</"
+"replaceable>.iso</filename>-t, de a <filename>/data/tmp/"
+"<replaceable>whatever</replaceable>.iso</filename>-t nem). Egy ISO képre "
+"lelve az <command>iso-scan</command> ellenőrzi tartalmát, hogy meghatározza, "
+"e kép egy érvényes Debian ISO kép-e. Előbbi esetben kész is vagyunk, "
+"utóbbiban az <command>iso-scan</command> más képet keres."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:607
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "In case the previous attempt to find an installer iso image fails, <command>iso-scan</command> will ask you whether you would like to perform a more thorough search. This pass doesn't just look into the topmost directories, but really traverses whole filesystem."
-msgstr "Ha e próbánál talál ISO képet, az <command>iso-scan</command> megkérdi, végezzen-e átfogóbb keresést. Ekkor az egész fájlrendszert átnézi."
+msgid ""
+"In case the previous attempt to find an installer iso image fails, "
+"<command>iso-scan</command> will ask you whether you would like to perform a "
+"more thorough search. This pass doesn't just look into the topmost "
+"directories, but really traverses whole filesystem."
+msgstr ""
+"Ha e próbánál talál ISO képet, az <command>iso-scan</command> megkérdi, "
+"végezzen-e átfogóbb keresést. Ekkor az egész fájlrendszert átnézi."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:614
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "If <command>iso-scan</command> does not discover your installer iso image, reboot back to your original operating system and check if the image is named correctly (ending in <filename>.iso</filename>), if it is placed on a filesystem recognizable by &d-i;, and if it is not corrupted (verify the checksum). Experienced Unix users could do this without rebooting on the second console."
-msgstr "Ha az <command>iso-scan</command> nem lel ISO képet, akár az előző rendszer is indításával is ellenőrizhető, hogy a kép neve megfelelő-e (<filename>.iso</filename> végű), a &d-i; számára átnézhető fájlrendszeren van-e és nem sérült-e (igazold az ellenőrző-összeget). A haladó felhasználók nem indítanak újra, hanem megnézik a 2. konzolon."
+msgid ""
+"If <command>iso-scan</command> does not discover your installer iso image, "
+"reboot back to your original operating system and check if the image is "
+"named correctly (ending in <filename>.iso</filename>), if it is placed on a "
+"filesystem recognizable by &d-i;, and if it is not corrupted (verify the "
+"checksum). Experienced Unix users could do this without rebooting on the "
+"second console."
+msgstr ""
+"Ha az <command>iso-scan</command> nem lel ISO képet, akár az előző rendszer "
+"is indításával is ellenőrizhető, hogy a kép neve megfelelő-e (<filename>."
+"iso</filename> végű), a &d-i; számára átnézhető fájlrendszeren van-e és nem "
+"sérült-e (igazold az ellenőrző-összeget). A haladó felhasználók nem "
+"indítanak újra, hanem megnézik a 2. konzolon."
 
 #. Tag: title
 #: using-d-i.xml:635
@@ -586,26 +1011,88 @@ msgstr "Hálózat beállítása"
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:637
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "As you enter this step, if the system detects that you have more than one network device, you'll be asked to choose which device will be your <emphasis>primary</emphasis> network interface, i.e. the one which you want to use for installation. The other interfaces won't be configured at this time. You may configure additional interfaces after installation is complete; see the <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>interfaces</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry> man page."
-msgstr "A lépéshez érve, ha a rendszer több hálózati eszközt talál, kiválasztható, melyik legyen az <emphasis>elsődleges</emphasis> hálózati csatoló, azaz, melyet a telepítéskor használnál. A többi csatoló ekkor még nem kerül beállításra. Ezek a telepítés után is beállíthatók; lásd az <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>interfaces</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry> kézikönyv oldalt."
+msgid ""
+"As you enter this step, if the system detects that you have more than one "
+"network device, you'll be asked to choose which device will be your "
+"<emphasis>primary</emphasis> network interface, i.e. the one which you want "
+"to use for installation. The other interfaces won't be configured at this "
+"time. You may configure additional interfaces after installation is "
+"complete; see the <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>interfaces</refentrytitle> "
+"<manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry> man page."
+msgstr ""
+"A lépéshez érve, ha a rendszer több hálózati eszközt talál, kiválasztható, "
+"melyik legyen az <emphasis>elsődleges</emphasis> hálózati csatoló, azaz, "
+"melyet a telepítéskor használnál. A többi csatoló ekkor még nem kerül "
+"beállításra. Ezek a telepítés után is beállíthatók; lásd az <citerefentry> "
+"<refentrytitle>interfaces</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </"
+"citerefentry> kézikönyv oldalt."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:648
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "By default, &d-i; tries to configure your computer's network automatically via DHCP. If the DHCP probe succeeds, you are done. If the probe fails, it may be caused by many factors ranging from unplugged network cable, to a misconfigured DHCP setup. Or maybe you don't have a DHCP server in your local network at all. For further explanation check the error messages on the third console. In any case, you will be asked if you want to retry, or if you want to perform manual setup. DHCP servers are sometimes really slow in their responses, so if you are sure everything is in place, try again."
-msgstr "Alapban a &d-i; önműködően megpróbálja beállítani a gép számára a hálózatot DHCP által. Ha sikerül, kész. Ha ezt nem tudja megtenni, annak számos oka lehet, például be nem dugott hálózati kábel, vagy elvétett DHCP beállítás. Vagy az is lehet, hogy nincs DHCP kiszolgáló a hálózaton. Részletesen a 3, konzolon írja. Minden esetben megkérdi, akarod-e újrapróbálni vagy kézzel beállítani. A DHCP kiszolgálók sokszor nagyon lassan válaszolnak, így ha tudod, hogy ehhez minden működik, próbáld újra."
+msgid ""
+"By default, &d-i; tries to configure your computer's network automatically "
+"via DHCP. If the DHCP probe succeeds, you are done. If the probe fails, it "
+"may be caused by many factors ranging from unplugged network cable, to a "
+"misconfigured DHCP setup. Or maybe you don't have a DHCP server in your "
+"local network at all. For further explanation check the error messages on "
+"the third console. In any case, you will be asked if you want to retry, or "
+"if you want to perform manual setup. DHCP servers are sometimes really slow "
+"in their responses, so if you are sure everything is in place, try again."
+msgstr ""
+"Alapban a &d-i; önműködően megpróbálja beállítani a gép számára a hálózatot "
+"DHCP által. Ha sikerül, kész. Ha ezt nem tudja megtenni, annak számos oka "
+"lehet, például be nem dugott hálózati kábel, vagy elvétett DHCP beállítás. "
+"Vagy az is lehet, hogy nincs DHCP kiszolgáló a hálózaton. Részletesen a 3, "
+"konzolon írja. Minden esetben megkérdi, akarod-e újrapróbálni vagy kézzel "
+"beállítani. A DHCP kiszolgálók sokszor nagyon lassan válaszolnak, így ha "
+"tudod, hogy ehhez minden működik, próbáld újra."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:660
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "The manual network setup in turn asks you a number of questions about your network, notably <computeroutput>IP address</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>Netmask</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>Gateway</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>Name server addresses</computeroutput>, and a <computeroutput>Hostname</computeroutput>. Moreover, if you have a wireless network interface, you will be asked to provide your <computeroutput>Wireless ESSID</computeroutput> and a <computeroutput>WEP key</computeroutput>. Fill in the answers from <xref linkend=\"needed-info\"/>."
-msgstr "A kézi hálózati beállítás feltesz pár kérdést a hálózatról, ezek főleg az <computeroutput>IP cím</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>Hálózati maszk</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>Átjáró</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>Név-kiszolgáló címek</computeroutput>és egy <computeroutput>Gépnév</computeroutput>. Dróttalan hálózati csatoló esetén a <computeroutput>Dróttalan ESSID</computeroutput> és egy <computeroutput>WEP kulcs</computeroutput> kérdés is szerepel. Válaszolj a <xref linkend=\"needed-info\"/> szerint."
+msgid ""
+"The manual network setup in turn asks you a number of questions about your "
+"network, notably <computeroutput>IP address</computeroutput>, "
+"<computeroutput>Netmask</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>Gateway</"
+"computeroutput>, <computeroutput>Name server addresses</computeroutput>, and "
+"a <computeroutput>Hostname</computeroutput>. Moreover, if you have a "
+"wireless network interface, you will be asked to provide your "
+"<computeroutput>Wireless ESSID</computeroutput> and a <computeroutput>WEP "
+"key</computeroutput>. Fill in the answers from <xref linkend=\"needed-info\"/"
+">."
+msgstr ""
+"A kézi hálózati beállítás feltesz pár kérdést a hálózatról, ezek főleg az "
+"<computeroutput>IP cím</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>Hálózati maszk</"
+"computeroutput>, <computeroutput>Átjáró</computeroutput>, "
+"<computeroutput>Név-kiszolgáló címek</computeroutput>és egy "
+"<computeroutput>Gépnév</computeroutput>. Dróttalan hálózati csatoló esetén a "
+"<computeroutput>Dróttalan ESSID</computeroutput> és egy <computeroutput>WEP "
+"kulcs</computeroutput> kérdés is szerepel. Válaszolj a <xref linkend="
+"\"needed-info\"/> szerint."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:674
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Some technical details you might, or might not, find handy: the program assumes the network IP address is the bitwise-AND of your system's IP address and your netmask. It will guess the broadcast address is the bitwise OR of your system's IP address with the bitwise negation of the netmask. It will also guess your gateway. If you can't find any of these answers, use the system's guesses &mdash; you can change them once the system has been installed, if necessary, by editing <filename>/etc/network/interfaces</filename>. Alternatively, you can install <classname>etherconf</classname>, which will step you through your network setup."
-msgstr "A telepítő segíti egyes technikai adatok megtalálását: a program feltételezi, hogy a hálózat IP címe a rendszer IP címe és a hálózati maszk közti bit-szintű AND. Azt véli, hogy a broadcast cím a rendszer IP címe és a hálózati maszk bit-szintű negálása közti bit-szintű OR. Az átjárót is véli. Ha e válaszok bármelyikét nem leled, használd a rendszer által vélteket &mdash; telepítés után is módosíthatók, ha kell a <filename>/etc/network/interfaces</filename> szerkesztésével. Az <classname>etherconf</classname> csomag telepítése is végigvisz a hálózati beállításain."
+msgid ""
+"Some technical details you might, or might not, find handy: the program "
+"assumes the network IP address is the bitwise-AND of your system's IP "
+"address and your netmask. It will guess the broadcast address is the bitwise "
+"OR of your system's IP address with the bitwise negation of the netmask. It "
+"will also guess your gateway. If you can't find any of these answers, use "
+"the system's guesses &mdash; you can change them once the system has been "
+"installed, if necessary, by editing <filename>/etc/network/interfaces</"
+"filename>. Alternatively, you can install <classname>etherconf</classname>, "
+"which will step you through your network setup."
+msgstr ""
+"A telepítő segíti egyes technikai adatok megtalálását: a program "
+"feltételezi, hogy a hálózat IP címe a rendszer IP címe és a hálózati maszk "
+"közti bit-szintű AND. Azt véli, hogy a broadcast cím a rendszer IP címe és a "
+"hálózati maszk bit-szintű negálása közti bit-szintű OR. Az átjárót is véli. "
+"Ha e válaszok bármelyikét nem leled, használd a rendszer által vélteket "
+"&mdash; telepítés után is módosíthatók, ha kell a <filename>/etc/network/"
+"interfaces</filename> szerkesztésével. Az <classname>etherconf</classname> "
+"csomag telepítése is végigvisz a hálózati beállításain."
 
 #. Tag: title
 #: using-d-i.xml:713
@@ -616,8 +1103,20 @@ msgstr "Particionálás és csatolási pont választás"
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:714
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "At this time, after hardware detection has been executed a final time, &d-i; should be at its full strength, customized for the user's needs and ready to do some real work. As the title of this section indicates, the main task of the next few components lies in partitioning your disks, creating filesystems, assigning mountpoints and optionally configuring closely related issues like LVM or RAID devices."
-msgstr "Most, a hardver érzékelés utolsó futása után, a &d-i; teljes erejében rendelkezésre áll a felhasználó igényeire szabva és kész a nagyhatású műveletek elvégzésére. Ahogy a szakasz címe jelzi, a most következő pár összetevő fő feladata a lemezek particionálása, a megfelelő fájlrendszerek létrehozása, csatolási pontok létrehozása és tetszés szerint közeli, például LVM vagy RAID eszközök beállítása."
+msgid ""
+"At this time, after hardware detection has been executed a final time, &d-i; "
+"should be at its full strength, customized for the user's needs and ready to "
+"do some real work. As the title of this section indicates, the main task of "
+"the next few components lies in partitioning your disks, creating "
+"filesystems, assigning mountpoints and optionally configuring closely "
+"related issues like LVM or RAID devices."
+msgstr ""
+"Most, a hardver érzékelés utolsó futása után, a &d-i; teljes erejében "
+"rendelkezésre áll a felhasználó igényeire szabva és kész a nagyhatású "
+"műveletek elvégzésére. Ahogy a szakasz címe jelzi, a most következő pár "
+"összetevő fő feladata a lemezek particionálása, a megfelelő fájlrendszerek "
+"létrehozása, csatolási pontok létrehozása és tetszés szerint közeli, például "
+"LVM vagy RAID eszközök beállítása."
 
 #. Tag: title
 #: using-d-i.xml:736
@@ -628,62 +1127,150 @@ msgstr "Lemezek particionálása"
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:738
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Now it is time to partition your disks. If you are uncomfortable with partitioning, or just want to know more details, see <xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/>."
-msgstr "Most végezhetjük el a merevlemez vagy lemezek particionálását. Ha még soha nem találkoztál ezzel, vagy több részletre vagy kíváncsi, lásd a <xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/> részt."
+msgid ""
+"Now it is time to partition your disks. If you are uncomfortable with "
+"partitioning, or just want to know more details, see <xref linkend="
+"\"partitioning\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+"Most végezhetjük el a merevlemez vagy lemezek particionálását. Ha még soha "
+"nem találkoztál ezzel, vagy több részletre vagy kíváncsi, lásd a <xref "
+"linkend=\"partitioning\"/> részt."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:744
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "First you will be given the opportunity to automatically partition either an entire drive, or available free space on a drive. This is also called <quote>guided</quote> partitioning. If you do not want to autopartition, choose <guimenuitem>Manual</guimenuitem> from the menu."
-msgstr "Lehetőség van az automata particionálásra akár az egész meghajtón, akár a meghajtón lévő szabad területen. Ezt <quote>irányított</quote> particionálásnak is hívjuk. Ha a particionálást magad végeznéd, válaszd a <guimenuitem>Kézi</guimenuitem> pontot a menüből."
+msgid ""
+"First you will be given the opportunity to automatically partition either an "
+"entire drive, or available free space on a drive. This is also called "
+"<quote>guided</quote> partitioning. If you do not want to autopartition, "
+"choose <guimenuitem>Manual</guimenuitem> from the menu."
+msgstr ""
+"Lehetőség van az automata particionálásra akár az egész meghajtón, akár a "
+"meghajtón lévő szabad területen. Ezt <quote>irányított</quote> "
+"particionálásnak is hívjuk. Ha a particionálást magad végeznéd, válaszd a "
+"<guimenuitem>Kézi</guimenuitem> pontot a menüből."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:751
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "If you choose guided partitioning, you may have three options: to create partitions directly on the hard disk (classic method), or to create them using Logical Volume Management (LVM), or to create them using encrypted LVM<footnote> <para> The installer will encrypt the LVM volume group using a 256 bit AES key and makes use of the kernel's <quote>dm-crypt</quote> support. </para> </footnote>."
-msgstr "Irányított particionálás esetén 3 lehetőség van: partíciók közvetlen létrehozása a lemezen (klasszikus mód), létrehozás Logikai kötet kezelő (LVM) használatával vagy titkosított LVM használata<footnote> <para> A telepítő 256 bites AES kulccsal titkosítja az LVM kötet-csoportot és beállítja a kernel <quote>dm-crypt</quote> támogatást. </para> </footnote>."
+msgid ""
+"If you choose guided partitioning, you may have three options: to create "
+"partitions directly on the hard disk (classic method), or to create them "
+"using Logical Volume Management (LVM), or to create them using encrypted "
+"LVM<footnote> <para> The installer will encrypt the LVM volume group using a "
+"256 bit AES key and makes use of the kernel's <quote>dm-crypt</quote> "
+"support. </para> </footnote>."
+msgstr ""
+"Irányított particionálás esetén 3 lehetőség van: partíciók közvetlen "
+"létrehozása a lemezen (klasszikus mód), létrehozás Logikai kötet kezelő "
+"(LVM) használatával vagy titkosított LVM használata<footnote> <para> A "
+"telepítő 256 bites AES kulccsal titkosítja az LVM kötet-csoportot és "
+"beállítja a kernel <quote>dm-crypt</quote> támogatást. </para> </footnote>."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:766
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "The option to use (encrypted) LVM may not be available on all architectures."
+msgid ""
+"The option to use (encrypted) LVM may not be available on all architectures."
 msgstr "Nem minden architektúrán lehetséges (titkosított) LVM használata."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:771
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "When using LVM or encrypted LVM, the installer will create most partitions inside one big partition; the advantage of this method is that partitions inside this big partition can be resized relatively easily later. In the case of encrypted LVM the big partition will not be readable without knowing a special key phrase, thus providing extra security of your (personal) data."
-msgstr "LVM vagy titkosított LVM használatakor a telepítő sok egy nagy partícióban hoz létre több partíciót; ennek előnye, hogy így könnyen átméretezhetők. Titkosított LVM esetén a nagy partíció csak egy különleges kulcs kifejezéssel lesz olvasható, mely az összes (személyes) adat különleges biztonságát nyújtja."
+msgid ""
+"When using LVM or encrypted LVM, the installer will create most partitions "
+"inside one big partition; the advantage of this method is that partitions "
+"inside this big partition can be resized relatively easily later. In the "
+"case of encrypted LVM the big partition will not be readable without knowing "
+"a special key phrase, thus providing extra security of your (personal) data."
+msgstr ""
+"LVM vagy titkosított LVM használatakor a telepítő sok egy nagy partícióban "
+"hoz létre több partíciót; ennek előnye, hogy így könnyen átméretezhetők. "
+"Titkosított LVM esetén a nagy partíció csak egy különleges kulcs "
+"kifejezéssel lesz olvasható, mely az összes (személyes) adat különleges "
+"biztonságát nyújtja."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:780
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "When using encrypted LVM, the installer will also automatically erase the disk by writing random data to it. This further improves security (as it makes it impossible to tell which parts of the disk are in use and also makes sure that any traces of previous installations are erased), but may take some time depending on the size of your disk."
-msgstr "Titkosított LVM használatakor a telepítő véletlen adatok írásával automatikusan törli a lemezt. Ez tovább növeli a biztonságot (így lehetetlen lesz megmondani, a lemez mely része használt és a korábbi telepítések nyomait is törli), de a lemez méretétől függően eltart egy ideig."
+msgid ""
+"When using encrypted LVM, the installer will also automatically erase the "
+"disk by writing random data to it. This further improves security (as it "
+"makes it impossible to tell which parts of the disk are in use and also "
+"makes sure that any traces of previous installations are erased), but may "
+"take some time depending on the size of your disk."
+msgstr ""
+"Titkosított LVM használatakor a telepítő véletlen adatok írásával "
+"automatikusan törli a lemezt. Ez tovább növeli a biztonságot (így lehetetlen "
+"lesz megmondani, a lemez mely része használt és a korábbi telepítések "
+"nyomait is törli), de a lemez méretétől függően eltart egy ideig."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:789
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "If you choose guided partitioning using LVM or encrypted LVM, some changes in the partition table will need to be written to the selected disk while LVM is being set up. These changes effectively erase all data that is currently on the selected hard disk and you will not be able to undo them later. However, the installer will ask you to confirm these changes before they are written to disk."
-msgstr "Irányított particionálás esetén LVM vagy titkosított LVM használatával, mindenképp módosul a partíciós tábla, amit ki kell írni a lemezre az LVM beállításakor. Ez tényleg törli az adott merevlemez összes adatát, és visszavonhatatlan. Természetesen a telepítő e módosítások megerősítését kéri, mielőtt lemezre írná őket."
+msgid ""
+"If you choose guided partitioning using LVM or encrypted LVM, some changes "
+"in the partition table will need to be written to the selected disk while "
+"LVM is being set up. These changes effectively erase all data that is "
+"currently on the selected hard disk and you will not be able to undo them "
+"later. However, the installer will ask you to confirm these changes before "
+"they are written to disk."
+msgstr ""
+"Irányított particionálás esetén LVM vagy titkosított LVM használatával, "
+"mindenképp módosul a partíciós tábla, amit ki kell írni a lemezre az LVM "
+"beállításakor. Ez tényleg törli az adott merevlemez összes adatát, és "
+"visszavonhatatlan. Természetesen a telepítő e módosítások megerősítését "
+"kéri, mielőtt lemezre írná őket."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:799
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "If you choose guided partitioning (either classic or using (encrypted) LVM) for a whole disk, you will first be asked to select the disk you want to use. Check that all your disks are listed and, if you have several disks, make sure you select the correct one. The order they are listed in may differ from what you are used to. The size of the disks may help to identify them."
-msgstr "Irányított particionálásnál (akár klasszikus akár (titkosított) LVM) egy eglsz lemezre, először ki kell választani a használni kívánt lemezt. Ellenőrizd, hogy a gép minden lemezét látod, több lemez esetén válaszd ki a kívántat. Felsorolásuk sorrendje a használat módjától függően eltérhet. A mutatott méretek is segíthetnek azonosítani őket."
+msgid ""
+"If you choose guided partitioning (either classic or using (encrypted) LVM) "
+"for a whole disk, you will first be asked to select the disk you want to "
+"use. Check that all your disks are listed and, if you have several disks, "
+"make sure you select the correct one. The order they are listed in may "
+"differ from what you are used to. The size of the disks may help to identify "
+"them."
+msgstr ""
+"Irányított particionálásnál (akár klasszikus akár (titkosított) LVM) egy "
+"eglsz lemezre, először ki kell választani a használni kívánt lemezt. "
+"Ellenőrizd, hogy a gép minden lemezét látod, több lemez esetén válaszd ki a "
+"kívántat. Felsorolásuk sorrendje a használat módjától függően eltérhet. A "
+"mutatott méretek is segíthetnek azonosítani őket."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:808
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Any data on the disk you select will eventually be lost, but you will always be asked to confirm any changes before they are written to the disk. If you have selected the classic method of partitioning, you will be able to undo any changes right until the end; when using (encrypted) LVM this is not possible."
-msgstr "Egész lemez irányított particionálásánál a kijelölt lemez minden adata a legutolsó kérdés után elvész majd, de telepítő minden esetben kéri a változások megerősítését lemezre írásuk előtt. Klasszikus módú particionáláskor a a módosítások e művelet legvégéig visszavonhatók; (titkosított) LVM használatakor ez nem lehetséges."
+msgid ""
+"Any data on the disk you select will eventually be lost, but you will always "
+"be asked to confirm any changes before they are written to the disk. If you "
+"have selected the classic method of partitioning, you will be able to undo "
+"any changes right until the end; when using (encrypted) LVM this is not "
+"possible."
+msgstr ""
+"Egész lemez irányított particionálásánál a kijelölt lemez minden adata a "
+"legutolsó kérdés után elvész majd, de telepítő minden esetben kéri a "
+"változások megerősítését lemezre írásuk előtt. Klasszikus módú "
+"particionáláskor a a módosítások e művelet legvégéig visszavonhatók; "
+"(titkosított) LVM használatakor ez nem lehetséges."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:816
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Next, you will be able to choose from the schemes listed in the table below. All schemes have their pros and cons, some of which are discussed in <xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/>. If you are unsure, choose the first one. Bear in mind that guided partitioning needs a certain minimal amount of free space to operate with. If you don't give it at least about 1GB of space (depends on chosen scheme), guided partitioning will fail."
-msgstr "Ezután az alábbi tábla sémái választhatók. Mindegyiknek vannak erősségai és gyengéi, ezt a <xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/> részben tárgyaljuk. Kétség esetén az elsőt érdemes választani. Az irányított particionálás egy bizonyos minimum szabad helyet követel a működéshez. Legalább 1GB hely nélkül (a választott sémától függően), az irányított particionálás elvetésre kerül."
+msgid ""
+"Next, you will be able to choose from the schemes listed in the table below. "
+"All schemes have their pros and cons, some of which are discussed in <xref "
+"linkend=\"partitioning\"/>. If you are unsure, choose the first one. Bear in "
+"mind that guided partitioning needs a certain minimal amount of free space "
+"to operate with. If you don't give it at least about 1GB of space (depends "
+"on chosen scheme), guided partitioning will fail."
+msgstr ""
+"Ezután az alábbi tábla sémái választhatók. Mindegyiknek vannak erősségai és "
+"gyengéi, ezt a <xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/> részben tárgyaljuk. Kétség "
+"esetén az elsőt érdemes választani. Az irányított particionálás egy bizonyos "
+"minimum szabad helyet követel a működéshez. Legalább 1GB hely nélkül (a "
+"választott sémától függően), az irányított particionálás elvetésre kerül."
 
 #. Tag: entry
 #: using-d-i.xml:832
@@ -754,32 +1341,55 @@ msgstr "<entry>1 GB</entry>"
 #. Tag: entry
 #: using-d-i.xml:852
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, <filename>/usr</filename>, <filename>/var</filename>, <filename>/tmp</filename>, swap"
-msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, <filename>/usr</filename>, <filename>/var</filename>, <filename>/tmp</filename>, csere"
+msgid ""
+"<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, <filename>/usr</"
+"filename>, <filename>/var</filename>, <filename>/tmp</filename>, swap"
+msgstr ""
+"<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, <filename>/usr</"
+"filename>, <filename>/var</filename>, <filename>/tmp</filename>, csere"
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:861
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "If you choose guided partitioning using (encrypted) LVM, the installer will also create a separate <filename>/boot</filename> partition. The other partitions, except for the swap partition, will be created inside the LVM partition."
-msgstr "Irányított particionáláskor (titkosított) LVM használatával, a telepítő önálló <filename>/boot</filename> partíciót is készít. A többi, a csere partíció kivételével, az LVM partíción belül jön létre."
+msgid ""
+"If you choose guided partitioning using (encrypted) LVM, the installer will "
+"also create a separate <filename>/boot</filename> partition. The other "
+"partitions, except for the swap partition, will be created inside the LVM "
+"partition."
+msgstr ""
+"Irányított particionáláskor (titkosított) LVM használatával, a telepítő "
+"önálló <filename>/boot</filename> partíciót is készít. A többi, a csere "
+"partíció kivételével, az LVM partíción belül jön létre."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:867
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "If you choose guided partitioning for your IA64 system, there will be an additional partition, formatted as a FAT16 bootable filesystem, for the EFI boot loader. There is also an additional menu item in the formatting menu to manually set up a partition as an EFI boot partition."
+msgid ""
+"If you choose guided partitioning for your IA64 system, there will be an "
+"additional partition, formatted as a FAT16 bootable filesystem, for the EFI "
+"boot loader. There is also an additional menu item in the formatting menu to "
+"manually set up a partition as an EFI boot partition."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:875
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "If you choose guided partitioning for your Alpha system, an additional, unformatted partition will be allocated at the beginning of your disk to reserve this space for the aboot boot loader."
+msgid ""
+"If you choose guided partitioning for your Alpha system, an additional, "
+"unformatted partition will be allocated at the beginning of your disk to "
+"reserve this space for the aboot boot loader."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:881
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "After selecting a scheme, the next screen will show your new partition table, including information on whether and how partitions will be formatted and where they will be mounted."
-msgstr "Egy séma választása után, a következő képernyő bemutatja az új partíciós táblát, benne a leendő formázási és csatolási információkat."
+msgid ""
+"After selecting a scheme, the next screen will show your new partition "
+"table, including information on whether and how partitions will be formatted "
+"and where they will be mounted."
+msgstr ""
+"Egy séma választása után, a következő képernyő bemutatja az új partíciós "
+"táblát, benne a leendő formázási és csatolási információkat."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:887
@@ -801,7 +1411,12 @@ msgid ""
 "        #7 logical  498.8 MB      ext3\n"
 "        #8 logical  551.5 MB      swap       swap\n"
 "        #9 logical   65.8 GB      ext2\n"
-"</screen></informalexample> This example shows two IDE harddrives divided into several partitions; the first disk has some free space. Each partition line consists of the partition number, its type, size, optional flags, file system, and mountpoint (if any). Note: this particular setup cannot be created using guided partitioning but it does show possible variation that can be achieved using manual partitioning."
+"</screen></informalexample> This example shows two IDE harddrives divided "
+"into several partitions; the first disk has some free space. Each partition "
+"line consists of the partition number, its type, size, optional flags, file "
+"system, and mountpoint (if any). Note: this particular setup cannot be "
+"created using guided partitioning but it does show possible variation that "
+"can be achieved using manual partitioning."
 msgstr ""
 "A partíciók listája ilyesmi: <informalexample><screen>\n"
 "  IDE1 mester (hda) - 6.4 GB WDC AC36400L\n"
@@ -819,61 +1434,166 @@ msgstr ""
 "        #7 logikai  498.8 MB      ext3\n"
 "        #8 logikai  551.5 MB      swap       csere\n"
 "        #9 logikai   65.8 GB      ext2\n"
-"</screen></informalexample> E példa 2 IDE merevlemezt mutat eltérő partíciókra osztva; az 1. lemezen van egy kis szabad hely. Egy partíció sor részei: partíció sorszám, típus, méret, opció kapcsolók, fájlrendszer és csatolási pont (ha van). Megjegyzés: pontosan e beállítás nem jöhet létre irányított particionálással, de egy kézi particionálással létrehozható lehetséges változatot mutat."
+"</screen></informalexample> E példa 2 IDE merevlemezt mutat eltérő "
+"partíciókra osztva; az 1. lemezen van egy kis szabad hely. Egy partíció sor "
+"részei: partíció sorszám, típus, méret, opció kapcsolók, fájlrendszer és "
+"csatolási pont (ha van). Megjegyzés: pontosan e beállítás nem jöhet létre "
+"irányított particionálással, de egy kézi particionálással létrehozható "
+"lehetséges változatot mutat."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:900
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "This concludes the guided partitioning. If you are satisfied with the generated partition table, you can choose <guimenuitem>Finish partitioning and write changes to disk</guimenuitem> from the menu to implement the new partition table (as described at the end of this section). If you are not happy, you can choose to <guimenuitem>Undo changes to partitions</guimenuitem> and run guided partitioning again, or modify the proposed changes as described below for manual partitioning."
-msgstr "Itt zárul az irányított particionálás. Ha elégedett vagy az ajánlott partíciós táblával, válaszd a <guimenuitem>Particionálás lezárása és a változások lemezre írása</guimenuitem> pontot a menüből az új partíciós tábla rögzítéséhez (leírva e szakasz végén). Módosításhoz válaszd a <guimenuitem>Partíciók módosításainak visszavonása</guimenuitem> pontot és futtasd újra a particionálót vagy módosítsd az javasolt változtatásokat az alább írt kézi particionálás szerint."
+msgid ""
+"This concludes the guided partitioning. If you are satisfied with the "
+"generated partition table, you can choose <guimenuitem>Finish partitioning "
+"and write changes to disk</guimenuitem> from the menu to implement the new "
+"partition table (as described at the end of this section). If you are not "
+"happy, you can choose to <guimenuitem>Undo changes to partitions</"
+"guimenuitem> and run guided partitioning again, or modify the proposed "
+"changes as described below for manual partitioning."
+msgstr ""
+"Itt zárul az irányított particionálás. Ha elégedett vagy az ajánlott "
+"partíciós táblával, válaszd a <guimenuitem>Particionálás lezárása és a "
+"változások lemezre írása</guimenuitem> pontot a menüből az új partíciós "
+"tábla rögzítéséhez (leírva e szakasz végén). Módosításhoz válaszd a "
+"<guimenuitem>Partíciók módosításainak visszavonása</guimenuitem> pontot és "
+"futtasd újra a particionálót vagy módosítsd az javasolt változtatásokat az "
+"alább írt kézi particionálás szerint."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:910
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "A similar screen to the one shown just above will be displayed if you choose manual partitioning except that your existing partition table will be shown and without the mount points. How to manually setup your partition table and the usage of partitions by your new Debian system will be covered in the remainder of this section."
-msgstr "A fentihez hasonló jelenik meg kézi particionáláskor, de ekkor a létező partíciós táblát mutatja csatolási pontok nélkül. A partíciós tábla kézi beállítását és a partíciók Debian rendszer általi használatát tárgyaljuk a szakasz további részeiben."
+msgid ""
+"A similar screen to the one shown just above will be displayed if you choose "
+"manual partitioning except that your existing partition table will be shown "
+"and without the mount points. How to manually setup your partition table and "
+"the usage of partitions by your new Debian system will be covered in the "
+"remainder of this section."
+msgstr ""
+"A fentihez hasonló jelenik meg kézi particionáláskor, de ekkor a létező "
+"partíciós táblát mutatja csatolási pontok nélkül. A partíciós tábla kézi "
+"beállítását és a partíciók Debian rendszer általi használatát tárgyaljuk a "
+"szakasz további részeiben."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:918
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "If you select a pristine disk which has neither partitions nor free space on it, you will be offered to create a new partition table (this is needed so you can create new partitions). After this a new line entitled <quote>FREE SPACE</quote> should appear under the selected disk."
-msgstr "Partíciókat vagy szabad helyet nem tartalmazó lemeznél új partíciós tábla létrehozására nyílik mód (ez szükséges, ezért így létrehozhatók új partíciók). Ekkor egy <quote>SZABAD HELY</quote> sor jelenik meg a választott lemezen."
+msgid ""
+"If you select a pristine disk which has neither partitions nor free space on "
+"it, you will be offered to create a new partition table (this is needed so "
+"you can create new partitions). After this a new line entitled <quote>FREE "
+"SPACE</quote> should appear under the selected disk."
+msgstr ""
+"Partíciókat vagy szabad helyet nem tartalmazó lemeznél új partíciós tábla "
+"létrehozására nyílik mód (ez szükséges, ezért így létrehozhatók új "
+"partíciók). Ekkor egy <quote>SZABAD HELY</quote> sor jelenik meg a "
+"választott lemezen."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:926
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "If you select some free space, you will be offered to create new partition. You will have to answer a quick series of questions about its size, type (primary or logical), and location (beginning or end of the free space). After this, you will be presented with detailed overview of your new partition. There are options like mountpoint, mount options, bootable flag, or way of usage. If you don't like the preselected defaults, feel free to change them to your liking. E.g. by selecting the option <guimenuitem>Use as:</guimenuitem>, you can choose different filesystem for this partition including the possibility to use the partition for swap, software RAID, LVM, or not use it at all. Other nice feature is the possibility to copy data from existing partition onto this one. When you are satisfied with your new partition, select <guimenuitem>Done setting up the partition</guimenuitem> and you will be thrown back to <command>partman</command>'s main screen."
-msgstr "Szabad hely választásakor új partíciók létrehozására nyílik mód. Meg kell adni méretüket, típusukat, helyüket (a szabad hely eleje vagy vége). Ezután az új partíció részletes áttekintése jelenik meg. Különböző lehetőségek vannak, például csatolási pont, csatolási opciók, indító zászló vagy a használat módja. Az elő-választott alapok tetszőlegesen módosíthatók. Például a <guimenuitem>Felhasználás módja:</guimenuitem> kiválasztásával eltérő fájlrendszer is használható e partícióhoz ideértve a csere, szoftver RAID, LVM használatát vagy mellőzést. Létező partíció adatai is átmásolhatók ide. Ha elfogadod a beállításokat, válaszd a <guimenuitem>Partíció beállítása kész</guimenuitem> pontot és visszatérsz a <command>partman</command> fő képernyőjéhez."
+msgid ""
+"If you select some free space, you will be offered to create new partition. "
+"You will have to answer a quick series of questions about its size, type "
+"(primary or logical), and location (beginning or end of the free space). "
+"After this, you will be presented with detailed overview of your new "
+"partition. There are options like mountpoint, mount options, bootable flag, "
+"or way of usage. If you don't like the preselected defaults, feel free to "
+"change them to your liking. E.g. by selecting the option <guimenuitem>Use as:"
+"</guimenuitem>, you can choose different filesystem for this partition "
+"including the possibility to use the partition for swap, software RAID, LVM, "
+"or not use it at all. Other nice feature is the possibility to copy data "
+"from existing partition onto this one. When you are satisfied with your new "
+"partition, select <guimenuitem>Done setting up the partition</guimenuitem> "
+"and you will be thrown back to <command>partman</command>'s main screen."
+msgstr ""
+"Szabad hely választásakor új partíciók létrehozására nyílik mód. Meg kell "
+"adni méretüket, típusukat, helyüket (a szabad hely eleje vagy vége). Ezután "
+"az új partíció részletes áttekintése jelenik meg. Különböző lehetőségek "
+"vannak, például csatolási pont, csatolási opciók, indító zászló vagy a "
+"használat módja. Az elő-választott alapok tetszőlegesen módosíthatók. "
+"Például a <guimenuitem>Felhasználás módja:</guimenuitem> kiválasztásával "
+"eltérő fájlrendszer is használható e partícióhoz ideértve a csere, szoftver "
+"RAID, LVM használatát vagy mellőzést. Létező partíció adatai is átmásolhatók "
+"ide. Ha elfogadod a beállításokat, válaszd a <guimenuitem>Partíció "
+"beállítása kész</guimenuitem> pontot és visszatérsz a <command>partman</"
+"command> fő képernyőjéhez."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:944
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "If you decide you want to change something about your partition, simply select the partition, which will bring you to the partition configuration menu. Because this is the same screen like when creating a new partition, you can change the same set of options. One thing which might not be very obvious at a first glance is that you can resize the partition by selecting the item displaying the size of the partition. Filesystems known to work are at least fat16, fat32, ext2, ext3 and swap. This menu also allows you to delete a partition."
-msgstr "Egy partíció módosításához egyszerűen válaszd ki azt, ez a partíció beállító menübe visz. Ez azonos az új partíció létrehozásakor kapott menüvel, így azonos lehetőségek állíthatók be. Egy csodálatos lehetőség, melyre talán elsőre sokan nem is gondolnak, hogy a partíciók át is méretezhetők a méretüket író elem kiválasztásával. Ez sok fájlrendszeren működhet, a fat, ext és csere-partíciókon biztosan működik. E menüvel törölhető is egy-egy partíció."
+msgid ""
+"If you decide you want to change something about your partition, simply "
+"select the partition, which will bring you to the partition configuration "
+"menu. Because this is the same screen like when creating a new partition, "
+"you can change the same set of options. One thing which might not be very "
+"obvious at a first glance is that you can resize the partition by selecting "
+"the item displaying the size of the partition. Filesystems known to work are "
+"at least fat16, fat32, ext2, ext3 and swap. This menu also allows you to "
+"delete a partition."
+msgstr ""
+"Egy partíció módosításához egyszerűen válaszd ki azt, ez a partíció beállító "
+"menübe visz. Ez azonos az új partíció létrehozásakor kapott menüvel, így "
+"azonos lehetőségek állíthatók be. Egy csodálatos lehetőség, melyre talán "
+"elsőre sokan nem is gondolnak, hogy a partíciók át is méretezhetők a "
+"méretüket író elem kiválasztásával. Ez sok fájlrendszeren működhet, a fat, "
+"ext és csere-partíciókon biztosan működik. E menüvel törölhető is egy-egy "
+"partíció."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:955
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Be sure to create at least two partitions: one for the <emphasis>root</emphasis> filesystem (which must be mounted as <filename>/</filename>) and one for <emphasis>swap</emphasis>. If you forget to mount the root filesystem, <command>partman</command> won't let you continue until you correct this issue."
-msgstr "Legalább 2 partíciót hozz létre: az egyik a <emphasis>gyökér</emphasis> fájlrendszer (csatolási pontja <filename>/</filename>) és egy a <emphasis>csere</emphasis>. A <command>partman</command> figyelmeztet a gyökér fájlrendszer csatolására."
+msgid ""
+"Be sure to create at least two partitions: one for the <emphasis>root</"
+"emphasis> filesystem (which must be mounted as <filename>/</filename>) and "
+"one for <emphasis>swap</emphasis>. If you forget to mount the root "
+"filesystem, <command>partman</command> won't let you continue until you "
+"correct this issue."
+msgstr ""
+"Legalább 2 partíciót hozz létre: az egyik a <emphasis>gyökér</emphasis> "
+"fájlrendszer (csatolási pontja <filename>/</filename>) és egy a "
+"<emphasis>csere</emphasis>. A <command>partman</command> figyelmeztet a "
+"gyökér fájlrendszer csatolására."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:963
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "If you forget to select and format an EFI boot partition, <command>partman</command> will detect this and will not let you continue until you allocate one."
+msgid ""
+"If you forget to select and format an EFI boot partition, <command>partman</"
+"command> will detect this and will not let you continue until you allocate "
+"one."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:969
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Capabilities of <command>partman</command> can be extended with installer modules, but are dependent on your system's architecture. So if you can't see all promised goodies, check if you have loaded all required modules (e.g. <filename>partman-ext3</filename>, <filename>partman-xfs</filename>, or <filename>partman-lvm</filename>)."
-msgstr "A <command>partman</command> képességei egyes telepítő modulokkal bővülnek, de ez architektúra-függő. Ha nem látod az összes várt lehetőséget, ellenőrizd, be van-e töltve minden szükséges modul (például <filename>partman-ext3</filename>, <filename>partman-xfs</filename> vagy <filename>partman-lvm</filename>)."
+msgid ""
+"Capabilities of <command>partman</command> can be extended with installer "
+"modules, but are dependent on your system's architecture. So if you can't "
+"see all promised goodies, check if you have loaded all required modules (e."
+"g. <filename>partman-ext3</filename>, <filename>partman-xfs</filename>, or "
+"<filename>partman-lvm</filename>)."
+msgstr ""
+"A <command>partman</command> képességei egyes telepítő modulokkal bővülnek, "
+"de ez architektúra-függő. Ha nem látod az összes várt lehetőséget, "
+"ellenőrizd, be van-e töltve minden szükséges modul (például "
+"<filename>partman-ext3</filename>, <filename>partman-xfs</filename> vagy "
+"<filename>partman-lvm</filename>)."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:977
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "After you are satisfied with partitioning, select <guimenuitem>Finish partitioning and write changes to disk</guimenuitem> from the partitioning menu. You will be presented with a summary of changes made to the disks and asked to confirm that the filesystems should be created as requested."
-msgstr "Ha megfelel a particionálás, válaszd a <guimenuitem>Particionálás lezárása és változások lemezre írása</guimenuitem> pontot a particionáló menüből. Ez összefoglalja a lemezeken végzett módosításokat és kéri a fájlrendszerek kért módon történő létrehozásának megerősítését."
+msgid ""
+"After you are satisfied with partitioning, select <guimenuitem>Finish "
+"partitioning and write changes to disk</guimenuitem> from the partitioning "
+"menu. You will be presented with a summary of changes made to the disks and "
+"asked to confirm that the filesystems should be created as requested."
+msgstr ""
+"Ha megfelel a particionálás, válaszd a <guimenuitem>Particionálás lezárása "
+"és változások lemezre írása</guimenuitem> pontot a particionáló menüből. Ez "
+"összefoglalja a lemezeken végzett módosításokat és kéri a fájlrendszerek "
+"kért módon történő létrehozásának megerősítését."
 
 #. Tag: title
 #: using-d-i.xml:1005
@@ -884,20 +1604,107 @@ msgstr "Több-lemezes eszköz beállítása (szoftver RAID)"
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:1006
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "If you have more than one harddrive<footnote><para> To be honest, you can construct MD device even from partitions residing on single physical drive, but that won't bring you anything useful. </para></footnote> in your computer, you can use <command>mdcfg</command> to setup your drives for increased performance and/or better reliability of your data. The result is called <firstterm>Multidisk Device</firstterm> (or after its most famous variant <firstterm>software RAID</firstterm>)."
-msgstr "Több merevlemez esetén<footnote><para> MD eszköz 1 fizikai meghajtó partícióiból és készíthető, de ez nem túl hasznos. </para></footnote> az <command>mdcfg</command> segítségével a meghajtók nagyobb teljesítményre és/vagy az adatok nagyobb biztonságára is beállíthatók. Ennek neve <firstterm>Több-lemezes eszköz</firstterm> (vagy legnépszerűbb változata után <firstterm>szoftver RAID</firstterm>)."
+msgid ""
+"If you have more than one harddrive<footnote><para> To be honest, you can "
+"construct MD device even from partitions residing on single physical drive, "
+"but that won't bring you anything useful. </para></footnote> in your "
+"computer, you can use <command>mdcfg</command> to setup your drives for "
+"increased performance and/or better reliability of your data. The result is "
+"called <firstterm>Multidisk Device</firstterm> (or after its most famous "
+"variant <firstterm>software RAID</firstterm>)."
+msgstr ""
+"Több merevlemez esetén<footnote><para> MD eszköz 1 fizikai meghajtó "
+"partícióiból és készíthető, de ez nem túl hasznos. </para></footnote> az "
+"<command>mdcfg</command> segítségével a meghajtók nagyobb teljesítményre és/"
+"vagy az adatok nagyobb biztonságára is beállíthatók. Ennek neve "
+"<firstterm>Több-lemezes eszköz</firstterm> (vagy legnépszerűbb változata "
+"után <firstterm>szoftver RAID</firstterm>)."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:1020
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "MD is basically a bunch of partitions located on different disks and combined together to form a <emphasis>logical</emphasis> device. This device can then be used like an ordinary partition (i.e. in <command>partman</command> you can format it, assign a mountpoint, etc.)."
-msgstr "Az MD alapvetően eltérő lemezeken lévő partíciók egy <emphasis>logikai</emphasis> eszközzé való összefogása. Ez az eszköz egy sima partícióként használható (például a <command>partman</command> programban formázható, csatolható, és így tovább)."
+msgid ""
+"MD is basically a bunch of partitions located on different disks and "
+"combined together to form a <emphasis>logical</emphasis> device. This device "
+"can then be used like an ordinary partition (i.e. in <command>partman</"
+"command> you can format it, assign a mountpoint, etc.)."
+msgstr ""
+"Az MD alapvetően eltérő lemezeken lévő partíciók egy <emphasis>logikai</"
+"emphasis> eszközzé való összefogása. Ez az eszköz egy sima partícióként "
+"használható (például a <command>partman</command> programban formázható, "
+"csatolható, és így tovább)."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:1028
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "The benefit you gain depends on a type of a MD device you are creating. Currently supported are: <variablelist> <varlistentry> <term>RAID0</term><listitem><para> Is mainly aimed at performance. RAID0 splits all incoming data into <firstterm>stripes</firstterm> and distributes them equally over each disk in the array. This can increase the speed of read/write operations, but when one of the disks fails, you will loose <emphasis>everything</emphasis> (part of the information is still on the healthy disk(s), the other part <emphasis>was</emphasis> on the failed disk). </para><para> The typical use for RAID0 is a partition for video editing. </para></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term>RAID1</term><listitem><para> Is suitable for setups where reliability is the first concern. It consists of several (usually two) equally sized partitions where every partition contains exactly the same data. This essentially means three things. First, if one of your disks fails, you still have the data mirrored on the remaining disks. Second, you can use only a fraction of the available capacity (more precisely, it is the size of the smallest partition in the RAID). Third, file reads are load balanced among the disks, which can improve performance on a server, such as a file server, that tends to be loaded with more disk reads than writes. </para><para> Optionally you can have a spare disk in the array which will take the place of the failed disk in the case of failure. </para></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term>RAID5</term><listitem><para> Is a good compromise between speed, reliability and data redundancy. RAID5 splits all incomming data into stripes and distributes them equally on all but one disks (similar to RAID0). Unlike RAID0, RAID5 also computes <firstterm>parity</firstterm> information, which gets written on the remaining disk. The parity disk is not static (that would be called RAID4), but is changing periodically, so the parity information is distributed equally on all disks. When one of the disks fails, the missing part of information can be computed from remaining data and its parity. RAID5 must consist of at least three active partitions. Optionally you can have a spare disk in the array which will take the place of the failed disk in the case of failure. </para><para> As you can see, RAID5 has similar degree of reliability like RAID1 while achieving less redundancy. On the other hand it might be a bit slower on write operation than RAID0 due to computation of parity information. </para></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> To sum it up:"
-msgstr "Az előny a létrehozott MD eszköz típusától függ. A jelenleg támogatottak: <variablelist> <varlistentry> <term>RAID0</term><listitem><para> Főleg teljesítményt növel. Az adatokat <firstterm>sáv</firstterm> (stripes) részekre osztja és egyenlően elosztja a tömbben lévő egyes lemezeken. Ez megnöveli az írás/olvasás műveletek sebességét, de ha egy lemez tönkremegy, ezen is <emphasis>minden</emphasis> elvész (vagyis az adatok egy része még mindig a jó lemezen van, más része a tönkrement lemezen <emphasis>volt</emphasis>). </para><para> Tipikus felhasználás a mozgókép szerkesztés. </para></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term>RAID1</term><listitem><para>. Használható az elsődlegesen megbízhatósági célú telepítéseknél. Több (általában 2) egyenlő méretű partícióból áll, ahol minden partíció ugyanazt tartalmazza. Ez lényegében 3 dolgot takar. 1: Ha egy lemez tönkremegy, az adatok a többi lemezen megvannak. 2: Az elérhető kapacitás csak egy része használható (a legkisebb partíció mérete a RAID tömbben). 3: A fájl olvasások a lemezek közt elosztottak, ami megnöveli a teljesítményt olyan kiszolgálón, például tipikus fájl-kiszolgálón, melyen az olvasás több. </para><para> Lehet tartalék lemez is a tömbben, mely átveszi egy másik helyét hiba esetén. </para></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term>RAID5</term><listitem><para> A sebesség, megbízhatóság és redundáns adatok közti jó egyezség. Az adatokat sávokra (stripes) vágja és egyenlően elosztja 1 kivételével minden eszközön (RAID0 tömbhöz hasonló). A RAID0 tömbbel ellentétben a RAID5 <firstterm>paritás</firstterm> adatot is számol, melyet a maradék lemezre ír. A paritás lemez nem mindig ugyanaz (mint a RAID4 esetén), hanem periodikusan változik, így a paritás adat egyenlően kerül minden lemezre. Egy lemez kiesésekor a hiányzó adatok maradék adatból és paritásból kerülnek kiszámolásra. A RAID5 legalább 3 aktív partíciót igényel. Itt is lehet tartalék lemez. </para><para> Amint látható, a RAID5 a RAID1 tömbhöz hasonlóan megbízható és kevésbé redundáns.Viszont kicsit lassabb íráskor, mint a RAID0 a paritás számolása miatt. </para></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> Összefoglalva:"
+msgid ""
+"The benefit you gain depends on a type of a MD device you are creating. "
+"Currently supported are: <variablelist> <varlistentry> <term>RAID0</"
+"term><listitem><para> Is mainly aimed at performance. RAID0 splits all "
+"incoming data into <firstterm>stripes</firstterm> and distributes them "
+"equally over each disk in the array. This can increase the speed of read/"
+"write operations, but when one of the disks fails, you will loose "
+"<emphasis>everything</emphasis> (part of the information is still on the "
+"healthy disk(s), the other part <emphasis>was</emphasis> on the failed "
+"disk). </para><para> The typical use for RAID0 is a partition for video "
+"editing. </para></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term>RAID1</"
+"term><listitem><para> Is suitable for setups where reliability is the first "
+"concern. It consists of several (usually two) equally sized partitions where "
+"every partition contains exactly the same data. This essentially means three "
+"things. First, if one of your disks fails, you still have the data mirrored "
+"on the remaining disks. Second, you can use only a fraction of the available "
+"capacity (more precisely, it is the size of the smallest partition in the "
+"RAID). Third, file reads are load balanced among the disks, which can "
+"improve performance on a server, such as a file server, that tends to be "
+"loaded with more disk reads than writes. </para><para> Optionally you can "
+"have a spare disk in the array which will take the place of the failed disk "
+"in the case of failure. </para></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> "
+"<term>RAID5</term><listitem><para> Is a good compromise between speed, "
+"reliability and data redundancy. RAID5 splits all incomming data into "
+"stripes and distributes them equally on all but one disks (similar to "
+"RAID0). Unlike RAID0, RAID5 also computes <firstterm>parity</firstterm> "
+"information, which gets written on the remaining disk. The parity disk is "
+"not static (that would be called RAID4), but is changing periodically, so "
+"the parity information is distributed equally on all disks. When one of the "
+"disks fails, the missing part of information can be computed from remaining "
+"data and its parity. RAID5 must consist of at least three active partitions. "
+"Optionally you can have a spare disk in the array which will take the place "
+"of the failed disk in the case of failure. </para><para> As you can see, "
+"RAID5 has similar degree of reliability like RAID1 while achieving less "
+"redundancy. On the other hand it might be a bit slower on write operation "
+"than RAID0 due to computation of parity information. </para></listitem> </"
+"varlistentry> </variablelist> To sum it up:"
+msgstr ""
+"Az előny a létrehozott MD eszköz típusától függ. A jelenleg támogatottak: "
+"<variablelist> <varlistentry> <term>RAID0</term><listitem><para> Főleg "
+"teljesítményt növel. Az adatokat <firstterm>sáv</firstterm> (stripes) "
+"részekre osztja és egyenlően elosztja a tömbben lévő egyes lemezeken. Ez "
+"megnöveli az írás/olvasás műveletek sebességét, de ha egy lemez tönkremegy, "
+"ezen is <emphasis>minden</emphasis> elvész (vagyis az adatok egy része még "
+"mindig a jó lemezen van, más része a tönkrement lemezen <emphasis>volt</"
+"emphasis>). </para><para> Tipikus felhasználás a mozgókép szerkesztés. </"
+"para></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term>RAID1</"
+"term><listitem><para>. Használható az elsődlegesen megbízhatósági célú "
+"telepítéseknél. Több (általában 2) egyenlő méretű partícióból áll, ahol "
+"minden partíció ugyanazt tartalmazza. Ez lényegében 3 dolgot takar. 1: Ha "
+"egy lemez tönkremegy, az adatok a többi lemezen megvannak. 2: Az elérhető "
+"kapacitás csak egy része használható (a legkisebb partíció mérete a RAID "
+"tömbben). 3: A fájl olvasások a lemezek közt elosztottak, ami megnöveli a "
+"teljesítményt olyan kiszolgálón, például tipikus fájl-kiszolgálón, melyen az "
+"olvasás több. </para><para> Lehet tartalék lemez is a tömbben, mely átveszi "
+"egy másik helyét hiba esetén. </para></listitem> </varlistentry> "
+"<varlistentry> <term>RAID5</term><listitem><para> A sebesség, megbízhatóság "
+"és redundáns adatok közti jó egyezség. Az adatokat sávokra (stripes) vágja "
+"és egyenlően elosztja 1 kivételével minden eszközön (RAID0 tömbhöz hasonló). "
+"A RAID0 tömbbel ellentétben a RAID5 <firstterm>paritás</firstterm> adatot is "
+"számol, melyet a maradék lemezre ír. A paritás lemez nem mindig ugyanaz "
+"(mint a RAID4 esetén), hanem periodikusan változik, így a paritás adat "
+"egyenlően kerül minden lemezre. Egy lemez kiesésekor a hiányzó adatok "
+"maradék adatból és paritásból kerülnek kiszámolásra. A RAID5 legalább 3 "
+"aktív partíciót igényel. Itt is lehet tartalék lemez. </para><para> Amint "
+"látható, a RAID5 a RAID1 tömbhöz hasonlóan megbízható és kevésbé redundáns."
+"Viszont kicsit lassabb íráskor, mint a RAID0 a paritás számolása miatt. </"
+"para></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> Összefoglalva:"
 
 #. Tag: entry
 #: using-d-i.xml:1106
@@ -936,15 +1743,13 @@ msgid "RAID0"
 msgstr "RAID0"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1117
-#: using-d-i.xml:1125
+#: using-d-i.xml:1117 using-d-i.xml:1125
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<entry>2</entry>"
 msgstr "<entry>2</entry>"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1118
-#: using-d-i.xml:1119
+#: using-d-i.xml:1118 using-d-i.xml:1119
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<entry>no</entry>"
 msgstr "<entry>nem</entry>"
@@ -953,7 +1758,8 @@ msgstr "<entry>nem</entry>"
 #: using-d-i.xml:1120
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by number of devices in RAID"
-msgstr "A legkisebb partíció mérete szorozva a RAID tömbben lévő eszközök számával"
+msgstr ""
+"A legkisebb partíció mérete szorozva a RAID tömbben lévő eszközök számával"
 
 #. Tag: entry
 #: using-d-i.xml:1124
@@ -962,15 +1768,13 @@ msgid "RAID1"
 msgstr "RAID1"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1126
-#: using-d-i.xml:1134
+#: using-d-i.xml:1126 using-d-i.xml:1134
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "optional"
 msgstr "lehet"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1127
-#: using-d-i.xml:1135
+#: using-d-i.xml:1127 using-d-i.xml:1135
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<entry>yes</entry>"
 msgstr "<entry>igen</entry>"
@@ -996,62 +1800,145 @@ msgstr "<entry>3</entry>"
 #. Tag: entry
 #: using-d-i.xml:1136
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by (number of devices in RAID minus one)"
-msgstr "A legkisebb partíció mérete szorozva ezzel: a RAID tömbben lévő eszközök száma -1"
+msgid ""
+"Size of the smallest partition multiplied by (number of devices in RAID "
+"minus one)"
+msgstr ""
+"A legkisebb partíció mérete szorozva ezzel: a RAID tömbben lévő eszközök "
+"száma -1"
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:1144
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "If you want to know the whole truth about Software RAID, have a look at <ulink url=\"&url-software-raid-howto;\">Software RAID HOWTO</ulink>."
-msgstr "Teljes leírás a szoftver RAID tömbről itt: <ulink url=\"&url-software-raid-howto;\">Software RAID HOWTO</ulink>."
+msgid ""
+"If you want to know the whole truth about Software RAID, have a look at "
+"<ulink url=\"&url-software-raid-howto;\">Software RAID HOWTO</ulink>."
+msgstr ""
+"Teljes leírás a szoftver RAID tömbről itt: <ulink url=\"&url-software-raid-"
+"howto;\">Software RAID HOWTO</ulink>."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:1149
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "To create a MD device, you need to have the desired partitions it should consist of marked for use in a RAID. (This is done in <command>partman</command> in the <guimenu>Partition settings</guimenu> menu where you should select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Use as:</guimenu> <guimenuitem>physical volume for RAID</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>.)"
-msgstr "Egy MD eszköz létrehozásához a kívánt partíciókat ki kell jelölni. (A <command>partman</command> <guimenu>Partíció beállítások</guimenu>) menüben válaszd a <menuchoice> <guimenu>Használat módja:</guimenu> <guimenuitem>RAID fizikai kötet</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> pontot.)"
+msgid ""
+"To create a MD device, you need to have the desired partitions it should "
+"consist of marked for use in a RAID. (This is done in <command>partman</"
+"command> in the <guimenu>Partition settings</guimenu> menu where you should "
+"select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Use as:</guimenu> <guimenuitem>physical volume "
+"for RAID</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>.)"
+msgstr ""
+"Egy MD eszköz létrehozásához a kívánt partíciókat ki kell jelölni. (A "
+"<command>partman</command> <guimenu>Partíció beállítások</guimenu>) menüben "
+"válaszd a <menuchoice> <guimenu>Használat módja:</guimenu> <guimenuitem>RAID "
+"fizikai kötet</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> pontot.)"
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:1158
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Support for MD is a relatively new addition to the installer. You may experience problems for some RAID levels and in combination with some bootloaders if you try to use MD for the root (<filename>/</filename>) filesystem. For experienced users, it may be possible to work around some of these problems by executing some configuration or installation steps manually from a shell."
-msgstr "Az MD támogatása eléggé új a telepítőben. Egyes RAID szintek és boot-betöltők kombinálásakor gondok adódhatnak, ha az MD lenne a gyökér (<filename>/</filename>) fájlrendszer. Tapasztalt felhasználók ezt kézzel megoldhatják."
+msgid ""
+"Support for MD is a relatively new addition to the installer. You may "
+"experience problems for some RAID levels and in combination with some "
+"bootloaders if you try to use MD for the root (<filename>/</filename>) "
+"filesystem. For experienced users, it may be possible to work around some of "
+"these problems by executing some configuration or installation steps "
+"manually from a shell."
+msgstr ""
+"Az MD támogatása eléggé új a telepítőben. Egyes RAID szintek és boot-"
+"betöltők kombinálásakor gondok adódhatnak, ha az MD lenne a gyökér "
+"(<filename>/</filename>) fájlrendszer. Tapasztalt felhasználók ezt kézzel "
+"megoldhatják."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:1167
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Next, you should choose <guimenuitem>Configure software RAID</guimenuitem> from the main <command>partman</command> menu. (The menu will only appear after you mark at least one partition for use as <guimenuitem>physical volume for RAID</guimenuitem>.) On the first screen of <command>mdcfg</command> simply select <guimenuitem>Create MD device</guimenuitem>. You will be presented with a list of supported types of MD devices, from which you should choose one (e.g. RAID1). What follows depends on the type of MD you selected."
-msgstr "Most jön a <guimenuitem>Szoftver RAID beállítása</guimenuitem> a fő <command>partman</command> menüből. (E menü csak legalább egy partíció <guimenuitem>Fizikai RAID kötet</guimenuitem> kijelölése után jelenik meg.) Az <command>mdcfg</command> 1. képernyőjén egyszerűen válaszd az <guimenuitem>MD eszköz létrehozása</guimenuitem> pontot. Megjelenik a támogatott MD eszközök listája, melyből egy választható (például RAID1). A következők a választott MD típustól függenek."
+msgid ""
+"Next, you should choose <guimenuitem>Configure software RAID</guimenuitem> "
+"from the main <command>partman</command> menu. (The menu will only appear "
+"after you mark at least one partition for use as <guimenuitem>physical "
+"volume for RAID</guimenuitem>.) On the first screen of <command>mdcfg</"
+"command> simply select <guimenuitem>Create MD device</guimenuitem>. You will "
+"be presented with a list of supported types of MD devices, from which you "
+"should choose one (e.g. RAID1). What follows depends on the type of MD you "
+"selected."
+msgstr ""
+"Most jön a <guimenuitem>Szoftver RAID beállítása</guimenuitem> a fő "
+"<command>partman</command> menüből. (E menü csak legalább egy partíció "
+"<guimenuitem>Fizikai RAID kötet</guimenuitem> kijelölése után jelenik meg.) "
+"Az <command>mdcfg</command> 1. képernyőjén egyszerűen válaszd az "
+"<guimenuitem>MD eszköz létrehozása</guimenuitem> pontot. Megjelenik a "
+"támogatott MD eszközök listája, melyből egy választható (például RAID1). A "
+"következők a választott MD típustól függenek."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:1180
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "RAID0 is simple &mdash; you will be issued with the list of available RAID partitions and your only task is to select the partitions which will form the MD."
-msgstr "A RAID0 egyszerű &mdash; megjelenik a RAID számára elérhető partíciók listája, és az egyetlen feladat a leendő MD-t alkotó partíciók kijelölése."
+msgid ""
+"RAID0 is simple &mdash; you will be issued with the list of available RAID "
+"partitions and your only task is to select the partitions which will form "
+"the MD."
+msgstr ""
+"A RAID0 egyszerű &mdash; megjelenik a RAID számára elérhető partíciók "
+"listája, és az egyetlen feladat a leendő MD-t alkotó partíciók kijelölése."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:1187
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "RAID1 is a bit more tricky. First, you will be asked to enter the number of active devices and the number of spare devices which will form the MD. Next, you need to select from the list of available RAID partitions those that will be active and then those that will be spare. The count of selected partitions must be equal to the number provided few seconds ago. Don't worry. If you make a mistake and select different number of partitions, the &d-i; won't let you continue until you correct the issue."
-msgstr "A RAID1 kicsit trükkösebb. Először meg kell adni a leendő MD-t adó aktív és tartalék eszközök számát. Ezután ki kell jelölni a RAID számára elérhető aktív és tartalék partíciókat. A kijelölt partíciók számának egyeznie kell az előbb megadott számmal. Ne aggódj! A &d-i; figyelmeztet figyelmetlenség esetén."
+msgid ""
+"RAID1 is a bit more tricky. First, you will be asked to enter the number of "
+"active devices and the number of spare devices which will form the MD. Next, "
+"you need to select from the list of available RAID partitions those that "
+"will be active and then those that will be spare. The count of selected "
+"partitions must be equal to the number provided few seconds ago. Don't "
+"worry. If you make a mistake and select different number of partitions, the "
+"&d-i; won't let you continue until you correct the issue."
+msgstr ""
+"A RAID1 kicsit trükkösebb. Először meg kell adni a leendő MD-t adó aktív és "
+"tartalék eszközök számát. Ezután ki kell jelölni a RAID számára elérhető "
+"aktív és tartalék partíciókat. A kijelölt partíciók számának egyeznie kell "
+"az előbb megadott számmal. Ne aggódj! A &d-i; figyelmeztet figyelmetlenség "
+"esetén."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:1199
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "RAID5 has similar setup procedure as RAID1 with the exception that you need to use at least <emphasis>three</emphasis> active partitions."
-msgstr "A RAID5 beállítása hasonló, mint a RAID1-é, de legalább <emphasis>3</emphasis> aktív partíciót kell megadni."
+msgid ""
+"RAID5 has similar setup procedure as RAID1 with the exception that you need "
+"to use at least <emphasis>three</emphasis> active partitions."
+msgstr ""
+"A RAID5 beállítása hasonló, mint a RAID1-é, de legalább <emphasis>3</"
+"emphasis> aktív partíciót kell megadni."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:1207
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "It is perfectly possible to have several types of MD at once. For example if you have three 200 GB hard drives dedicated to MD, each containing two 100 GB partitions, you can combine first partitions on all three disks into the RAID0 (fast 300 GB video editing partition) and use the other three partitions (2 active and 1 spare) for RAID1 (quite reliable 100 GB partition for <filename>/home</filename>)."
-msgstr "Eltérő MD-k is lehetnek egyszerre. Például 3 darab 200 GB méretű merevlemez esetén, melyek mindegyike 2 darab 100 GB méretű partíciót tartalmaz, mindhárom lemez első partíciója RAID0 tömbbe köthető (gyors, 300 GB méretű mozgókép szerkesztő partíció) a többi (2 aktív és 1 tartalék) RAID1 tömbre használható (igen megbízható 100 GB méretű <filename>/home</filename> partíció)."
+msgid ""
+"It is perfectly possible to have several types of MD at once. For example if "
+"you have three 200 GB hard drives dedicated to MD, each containing two 100 "
+"GB partitions, you can combine first partitions on all three disks into the "
+"RAID0 (fast 300 GB video editing partition) and use the other three "
+"partitions (2 active and 1 spare) for RAID1 (quite reliable 100 GB partition "
+"for <filename>/home</filename>)."
+msgstr ""
+"Eltérő MD-k is lehetnek egyszerre. Például 3 darab 200 GB méretű merevlemez "
+"esetén, melyek mindegyike 2 darab 100 GB méretű partíciót tartalmaz, "
+"mindhárom lemez első partíciója RAID0 tömbbe köthető (gyors, 300 GB méretű "
+"mozgókép szerkesztő partíció) a többi (2 aktív és 1 tartalék) RAID1 tömbre "
+"használható (igen megbízható 100 GB méretű <filename>/home</filename> "
+"partíció)."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:1216
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "After you setup MD devices to your liking, you can <guimenuitem>Finish</guimenuitem> <command>mdcfg</command> to return back to the <command>partman</command> to create filesystems on your new MD devices and assign them the usual attributes like mountpoints."
-msgstr "Az MD eszközök beállítása után a <guimenuitem>Befejezés:</guimenuitem> <command>mdcfg</command> visszatér a <command>partman</command> programra fájlrendszerek létrehozására az új MD eszközökön és a szokásos attribútumok, például csatolási pontok társítására."
+msgid ""
+"After you setup MD devices to your liking, you can <guimenuitem>Finish</"
+"guimenuitem> <command>mdcfg</command> to return back to the "
+"<command>partman</command> to create filesystems on your new MD devices and "
+"assign them the usual attributes like mountpoints."
+msgstr ""
+"Az MD eszközök beállítása után a <guimenuitem>Befejezés:</guimenuitem> "
+"<command>mdcfg</command> visszatér a <command>partman</command> programra "
+"fájlrendszerek létrehozására az új MD eszközökön és a szokásos attribútumok, "
+"például csatolási pontok társítására."
 
 #. Tag: title
 #: using-d-i.xml:1231
@@ -1062,38 +1949,104 @@ msgstr "Logikai kötet-kezelő (LVM) beállítása"
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:1232
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "If you are working with computers at the level of system administrator or <quote>advanced</quote> user, you have surely seen the situation where some disk partition (usually the most important one) was short on space, while some other partition was grossly underused and you had to manage this situation with moving stuff around, symlinking, etc."
-msgstr "Ha rendszer-adminisztrátorként vagy <quote>haladó</quote> felhasználóként dolgozol gépekkel, biztos láttál már olyan helyzetet, ahol egy lemez partíciók (általában a legfontosabb) kifogy, míg egy másik alig a használt és a helyzetet átmozgatással, jelképes láncok létrehozásával és így tovább kellett kezelni."
+msgid ""
+"If you are working with computers at the level of system administrator or "
+"<quote>advanced</quote> user, you have surely seen the situation where some "
+"disk partition (usually the most important one) was short on space, while "
+"some other partition was grossly underused and you had to manage this "
+"situation with moving stuff around, symlinking, etc."
+msgstr ""
+"Ha rendszer-adminisztrátorként vagy <quote>haladó</quote> felhasználóként "
+"dolgozol gépekkel, biztos láttál már olyan helyzetet, ahol egy lemez "
+"partíciók (általában a legfontosabb) kifogy, míg egy másik alig a használt "
+"és a helyzetet átmozgatással, jelképes láncok létrehozásával és így tovább "
+"kellett kezelni."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:1240
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "To avoid the described situation you can use Logical Volume Manager (LVM). Simply said, with LVM you can combine your partitions (<firstterm>physical volumes</firstterm> in LVM lingo) to form a virtual disk (so called <firstterm>volume group</firstterm>), which can then be divided into virtual partitions (<firstterm>logical volumes</firstterm>). The point is that logical volumes (and of course underlying volume groups) can span across several physical disks."
-msgstr "A helyzet elkerülésére használható a Logikai kötet-kezelő (LVM). Ezzel a partíciók (<firstterm>fizikai kötetek</firstterm> az LVM nyelven) virtuális lemezekké (<firstterm>kötet-csoport</firstterm>) köthetők, melyek virtuális partíciókra oszthatók (<firstterm>logikai kötetek</firstterm>). A logikai kötetek (és természetesen kötet csoportok) akár több fizikai lemez közt is átnyúlhatnak."
+msgid ""
+"To avoid the described situation you can use Logical Volume Manager (LVM). "
+"Simply said, with LVM you can combine your partitions (<firstterm>physical "
+"volumes</firstterm> in LVM lingo) to form a virtual disk (so called "
+"<firstterm>volume group</firstterm>), which can then be divided into virtual "
+"partitions (<firstterm>logical volumes</firstterm>). The point is that "
+"logical volumes (and of course underlying volume groups) can span across "
+"several physical disks."
+msgstr ""
+"A helyzet elkerülésére használható a Logikai kötet-kezelő (LVM). Ezzel a "
+"partíciók (<firstterm>fizikai kötetek</firstterm> az LVM nyelven) virtuális "
+"lemezekké (<firstterm>kötet-csoport</firstterm>) köthetők, melyek virtuális "
+"partíciókra oszthatók (<firstterm>logikai kötetek</firstterm>). A logikai "
+"kötetek (és természetesen kötet csoportok) akár több fizikai lemez közt is "
+"átnyúlhatnak."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:1250
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Now when you realize you need more space for your old 160GB <filename>/home</filename> partition, you can simply add a new 300GB disk to the computer, join it with your existing volume group and then resize the logical volume which holds your <filename>/home</filename> filesystem and voila &mdash; your users have some room again on their renewed 460GB partition. This example is of course a bit oversimplified. If you haven't read it yet, you should consult the <ulink url=\"&url-lvm-howto;\">LVM HOWTO</ulink>."
-msgstr "Így, ha például kiderül, hogy több hely kell egy régi 160 GB méretű <filename>/home</filename> partícióhoz, egyszerűen hozzáadhatsz egy új 300 GB méretű lemezt a géphez, beteheted egy létező kötet-csoportba majd átméretezheted a <filename>/home</filename> partíciót tartalmazó logikai kötetet és íme &mdash; a felhasználóknak ismét van helye a megújult, immár 460 GB méretű partíción. E példa természetesen egy kissé túlegyszerűsített. Ha még nem olvastad, lásd az <ulink url=\"&url-lvm-howto;\">LVM HOGYAN</ulink> leírást."
+msgid ""
+"Now when you realize you need more space for your old 160GB <filename>/home</"
+"filename> partition, you can simply add a new 300GB disk to the computer, "
+"join it with your existing volume group and then resize the logical volume "
+"which holds your <filename>/home</filename> filesystem and voila &mdash; "
+"your users have some room again on their renewed 460GB partition. This "
+"example is of course a bit oversimplified. If you haven't read it yet, you "
+"should consult the <ulink url=\"&url-lvm-howto;\">LVM HOWTO</ulink>."
+msgstr ""
+"Így, ha például kiderül, hogy több hely kell egy régi 160 GB méretű "
+"<filename>/home</filename> partícióhoz, egyszerűen hozzáadhatsz egy új 300 "
+"GB méretű lemezt a géphez, beteheted egy létező kötet-csoportba majd "
+"átméretezheted a <filename>/home</filename> partíciót tartalmazó logikai "
+"kötetet és íme &mdash; a felhasználóknak ismét van helye a megújult, immár "
+"460 GB méretű partíción. E példa természetesen egy kissé túlegyszerűsített. "
+"Ha még nem olvastad, lásd az <ulink url=\"&url-lvm-howto;\">LVM HOGYAN</"
+"ulink> leírást."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:1261
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "LVM setup in &d-i; is quite simple and completely supported inside <command>partman</command>. First, you have to mark the partition(s) to be used as physical volumes for LVM. This is done in the <guimenu>Partition settings</guimenu> menu where you should select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Use as:</guimenu> <guimenuitem>physical volume for LVM</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>."
-msgstr "A &d-i; LVM beállítása egyszerű és a <command>partman</command> teljes egészében támogatja. Először ki kell jelölni az LVM számára fizikai kötetként használt egy vagy több partíciót. Ez a <guimenu>Partíció beállítások</guimenu> menüben tehető, itt válaszd a <menuchoice> <guimenu>Használat módja:</guimenu> <guimenuitem>LVM fizikai kötet</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> pontot."
+msgid ""
+"LVM setup in &d-i; is quite simple and completely supported inside "
+"<command>partman</command>. First, you have to mark the partition(s) to be "
+"used as physical volumes for LVM. This is done in the <guimenu>Partition "
+"settings</guimenu> menu where you should select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Use as:"
+"</guimenu> <guimenuitem>physical volume for LVM</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>."
+msgstr ""
+"A &d-i; LVM beállítása egyszerű és a <command>partman</command> teljes "
+"egészében támogatja. Először ki kell jelölni az LVM számára fizikai "
+"kötetként használt egy vagy több partíciót. Ez a <guimenu>Partíció "
+"beállítások</guimenu> menüben tehető, itt válaszd a <menuchoice> "
+"<guimenu>Használat módja:</guimenu> <guimenuitem>LVM fizikai kötet</"
+"guimenuitem> </menuchoice> pontot."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:1270
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "When you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, you will see a new option <guimenuitem>Configure the Logical Volume Manager</guimenuitem>. When you select that, you will first be asked to confirm pending changes to the partition table (if any) and after that the LVM configuration menu will be shown. Above the menu a summary of the LVM configuration is shown. The menu itself is context sensitive and only shows valid actions. The possible actions are:"
-msgstr "A fő <command>partman</command> képernyőre visszatérve megjelenik egy új, <guimenuitem>Logikai kötet-kezelő beállítása</guimenuitem> lehetőség. Ezt kiválasztva, először partíciós tábla eddigi módosításait kell megerősíteni (ha voltak), majd megjelenik az LVM beállító menü. A menü felett az LVM beállítás összefoglalója látható. A menü helyzet-érzékeny és csak a lehetséges műveleteket mutatja. A lehetséges műveletek:"
+msgid ""
+"When you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, you will see "
+"a new option <guimenuitem>Configure the Logical Volume Manager</"
+"guimenuitem>. When you select that, you will first be asked to confirm "
+"pending changes to the partition table (if any) and after that the LVM "
+"configuration menu will be shown. Above the menu a summary of the LVM "
+"configuration is shown. The menu itself is context sensitive and only shows "
+"valid actions. The possible actions are:"
+msgstr ""
+"A fő <command>partman</command> képernyőre visszatérve megjelenik egy új, "
+"<guimenuitem>Logikai kötet-kezelő beállítása</guimenuitem> lehetőség. Ezt "
+"kiválasztva, először partíciós tábla eddigi módosításait kell megerősíteni "
+"(ha voltak), majd megjelenik az LVM beállító menü. A menü felett az LVM "
+"beállítás összefoglalója látható. A menü helyzet-érzékeny és csak a "
+"lehetséges műveleteket mutatja. A lehetséges műveletek:"
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:1281
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "<guimenuitem>Display configuration details</guimenuitem>: shows LVM device structure, names and sizes of logical volumes and more"
-msgstr "<guimenuitem>Beállítás részleteinek kiírása</guimenuitem>: mutatja az LVM eszköz struktúrát, a logikai kötetek neveit és méreteit és egyebeket"
+msgid ""
+"<guimenuitem>Display configuration details</guimenuitem>: shows LVM device "
+"structure, names and sizes of logical volumes and more"
+msgstr ""
+"<guimenuitem>Beállítás részleteinek kiírása</guimenuitem>: mutatja az LVM "
+"eszköz struktúrát, a logikai kötetek neveit és méreteit és egyebeket"
 
 #. Tag: guimenuitem
 #: using-d-i.xml:1286
@@ -1134,26 +2087,48 @@ msgstr "Kötet csoport csökkentése"
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:1303
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "<guimenuitem>Finish</guimenuitem>: return to the main <command>partman</command> screen"
-msgstr "<guimenuitem>Vége</guimenuitem>: visszatér a fő <command>partman</command> képernyőhöz"
+msgid ""
+"<guimenuitem>Finish</guimenuitem>: return to the main <command>partman</"
+"command> screen"
+msgstr ""
+"<guimenuitem>Vége</guimenuitem>: visszatér a fő <command>partman</command> "
+"képernyőhöz"
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:1309
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Use the options in that menu to first create a volume group and then create your logical volumes inside it."
-msgstr "Használd e menüt először egy kötet csoport, majd azon belül a logikai kötetek létrehozására."
+msgid ""
+"Use the options in that menu to first create a volume group and then create "
+"your logical volumes inside it."
+msgstr ""
+"Használd e menüt először egy kötet csoport, majd azon belül a logikai "
+"kötetek létrehozására."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:1315
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "You can also use this menu to delete an existing LVM configuration from your hard disk before choosing <quote>Guided partitioning using LVM</quote>. Guided partitioning using LVM is not possible if there already are volume groups defined, but by removing them you can get a clean start."
-msgstr "E menü használható egy létező LVM beállítás törlésére is a merevlemezről az <quote>Irányított particionálás LVM használatával</quote> választás előtt. Az irányított particionálás LVM használatával nem lehetséges már létező kötet csoportok esetén, de törlésükkel ez tisztán elindítható."
+msgid ""
+"You can also use this menu to delete an existing LVM configuration from your "
+"hard disk before choosing <quote>Guided partitioning using LVM</quote>. "
+"Guided partitioning using LVM is not possible if there already are volume "
+"groups defined, but by removing them you can get a clean start."
+msgstr ""
+"E menü használható egy létező LVM beállítás törlésére is a merevlemezről az "
+"<quote>Irányított particionálás LVM használatával</quote> választás előtt. "
+"Az irányított particionálás LVM használatával nem lehetséges már létező "
+"kötet csoportok esetén, de törlésükkel ez tisztán elindítható."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:1323
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "After you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, any created logical volumes will be displayed in the same way as ordinary partitions (and you should treat them as such)."
-msgstr "A fő <command>partman</command> képernyőhöz való visszatérés után, minden létrehozott logikai kötet megjelenik hasonlóan a rendes partíciókhoz (és úgy is kezelhetők)."
+msgid ""
+"After you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, any created "
+"logical volumes will be displayed in the same way as ordinary partitions "
+"(and you should treat them as such)."
+msgstr ""
+"A fő <command>partman</command> képernyőhöz való visszatérés után, minden "
+"létrehozott logikai kötet megjelenik hasonlóan a rendes partíciókhoz (és úgy "
+"is kezelhetők)."
 
 #. Tag: title
 #: using-d-i.xml:1337
@@ -1164,38 +2139,116 @@ msgstr "Titkosított kötetek beállítása"
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:1338
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "&d-i; allows you to set up encrypted partitions. Every file you write to such a partition is immediately saved to the device in encrypted form. Access to the encrypted data is granted only after entering the <firstterm>passphrase</firstterm> used when the encrypted partition was originally created. This feature is useful to protect sensitive data in case your laptop or hard drive gets stolen. The thief might get physical access to the hard drive, but without knowing the right passphrase, the data on the hard drive will look like random characters."
-msgstr "A &d-i; lehetővé teszi titkosított kötetek beállítását. Az ilyen partíciókra írt fájlok mentése az eszközre azonnal titkosított formában történik. A titkosított adatokhoz való hozzáférés csak a titkosított partíció létrehozásakor használt <firstterm>jelmondat</firstterm> megadásával lehetséges. E képesség jól használható az érzékeny adatok védelmére a laptop vagy merevlemez ellopásakor. Bár a tolvaj fizikai hozzáférést szerez a merevlemezhez, a helyes jelmondat ismerete nélkül, a merevlemezen lévő adatok véletlen karaktereknek tűnnek."
+msgid ""
+"&d-i; allows you to set up encrypted partitions. Every file you write to "
+"such a partition is immediately saved to the device in encrypted form. "
+"Access to the encrypted data is granted only after entering the "
+"<firstterm>passphrase</firstterm> used when the encrypted partition was "
+"originally created. This feature is useful to protect sensitive data in case "
+"your laptop or hard drive gets stolen. The thief might get physical access "
+"to the hard drive, but without knowing the right passphrase, the data on the "
+"hard drive will look like random characters."
+msgstr ""
+"A &d-i; lehetővé teszi titkosított kötetek beállítását. Az ilyen partíciókra "
+"írt fájlok mentése az eszközre azonnal titkosított formában történik. A "
+"titkosított adatokhoz való hozzáférés csak a titkosított partíció "
+"létrehozásakor használt <firstterm>jelmondat</firstterm> megadásával "
+"lehetséges. E képesség jól használható az érzékeny adatok védelmére a laptop "
+"vagy merevlemez ellopásakor. Bár a tolvaj fizikai hozzáférést szerez a "
+"merevlemezhez, a helyes jelmondat ismerete nélkül, a merevlemezen lévő "
+"adatok véletlen karaktereknek tűnnek."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:1350
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "The two most important partitions to encrypt are: the home partition, where your private data resides, and the swap partition, where sensitive data might be stored temporarily during operation. Of course, nothing prevents you from encrypting any other partitions that might be of interest. For example <filename>/var</filename> where database servers, mail servers or print servers store their data, or <filename>/tmp</filename> which is used by various programs to store potentially interesting temporary files. Some people may even want to encrypt their whole system. The only exception is the <filename>/boot</filename> partition which must remain unencrypted, because currently there is no way to load the kernel from an encrypted partition."
-msgstr "A 2 legfontosabb partíció, melynek titkosítása felmerül: a home partíció, ahol a személyes adatok, és a csere partíció, ahol a műveletek során átmenetileg érzékeny adatok vannak. Természetesen bármely partíció titkosítható, főleg, melyen érdekes adatok lehetnek. Például a <filename>/var</filename>, ahol az adatbázis-kiszolgálók, levelező-kiszolgálók vagy nyomtató-kiszolgálók tárolják adataikat, vagy a <filename>/tmp</filename>, melyet különböző programok használnak mások érdeklődését felkeltő átmeneti fájlok tárolására. Egyesekben még az egész rendszer titkosítása is felmerül. Ez egyetlen kivétel a <filename>/boot</filename> partíció, mely nem lehet titkosított, mert jelenleg nem lehetséges a kernel titkosított partícióról betöltése."
+msgid ""
+"The two most important partitions to encrypt are: the home partition, where "
+"your private data resides, and the swap partition, where sensitive data "
+"might be stored temporarily during operation. Of course, nothing prevents "
+"you from encrypting any other partitions that might be of interest. For "
+"example <filename>/var</filename> where database servers, mail servers or "
+"print servers store their data, or <filename>/tmp</filename> which is used "
+"by various programs to store potentially interesting temporary files. Some "
+"people may even want to encrypt their whole system. The only exception is "
+"the <filename>/boot</filename> partition which must remain unencrypted, "
+"because currently there is no way to load the kernel from an encrypted "
+"partition."
+msgstr ""
+"A 2 legfontosabb partíció, melynek titkosítása felmerül: a home partíció, "
+"ahol a személyes adatok, és a csere partíció, ahol a műveletek során "
+"átmenetileg érzékeny adatok vannak. Természetesen bármely partíció "
+"titkosítható, főleg, melyen érdekes adatok lehetnek. Például a <filename>/"
+"var</filename>, ahol az adatbázis-kiszolgálók, levelező-kiszolgálók vagy "
+"nyomtató-kiszolgálók tárolják adataikat, vagy a <filename>/tmp</filename>, "
+"melyet különböző programok használnak mások érdeklődését felkeltő átmeneti "
+"fájlok tárolására. Egyesekben még az egész rendszer titkosítása is felmerül. "
+"Ez egyetlen kivétel a <filename>/boot</filename> partíció, mely nem lehet "
+"titkosított, mert jelenleg nem lehetséges a kernel titkosított partícióról "
+"betöltése."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:1365
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Please note that the performance of encrypted partitions will be less than that of unencrypted ones because the data needs to be decrypted or encrypted for every read or write. The performance impact depends on your CPU speed, chosen cipher and a key length."
-msgstr "A titkosított partíciók teljesítménye kisebb, mert az adatok titkosítását minden olvasáskor vagy íráskor végre kell hajtani vagy fel kell oldani. A csökkenés a CPU sebességén, a választott titkosítási módon és a kulcs hosszán múlik."
+msgid ""
+"Please note that the performance of encrypted partitions will be less than "
+"that of unencrypted ones because the data needs to be decrypted or encrypted "
+"for every read or write. The performance impact depends on your CPU speed, "
+"chosen cipher and a key length."
+msgstr ""
+"A titkosított partíciók teljesítménye kisebb, mert az adatok titkosítását "
+"minden olvasáskor vagy íráskor végre kell hajtani vagy fel kell oldani. A "
+"csökkenés a CPU sebességén, a választott titkosítási módon és a kulcs "
+"hosszán múlik."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:1372
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "To use encryption, you have to create a new partition by selecting some free space in the main partitioning menu. Another option is to choose an existing partition (e.g. a regular partition, an LVM logical volume or a RAID volume). In the <guimenu>Partition setting</guimenu> menu, you need to select <guimenuitem>physical volume for encryption</guimenuitem> at the <menuchoice> <guimenu>Use as:</guimenu> </menuchoice> option. The menu will then change to include several cryptographic options for the partition."
-msgstr "Titkosítás használatához létre kell hozni egy új partíciót szabad hely választással a fő particionáló menüben. A másik lehetőség létező partíció választása (például sima partíció, LVM logikai kötet vagy RAID kötet). A <guimenu>Partitíció beállítás</guimenu> menüben válaszd a <guimenuitem>fizikai kötet titkosításhoz</guimenuitem> pontot a <menuchoice> <guimenu>Használat módja:</guimenu> </menuchoice> opciónál. A menü ekkor módosul és különböző titkosító lehetőségeket ad a partícióhoz."
+msgid ""
+"To use encryption, you have to create a new partition by selecting some free "
+"space in the main partitioning menu. Another option is to choose an existing "
+"partition (e.g. a regular partition, an LVM logical volume or a RAID "
+"volume). In the <guimenu>Partition setting</guimenu> menu, you need to "
+"select <guimenuitem>physical volume for encryption</guimenuitem> at the "
+"<menuchoice> <guimenu>Use as:</guimenu> </menuchoice> option. The menu will "
+"then change to include several cryptographic options for the partition."
+msgstr ""
+"Titkosítás használatához létre kell hozni egy új partíciót szabad hely "
+"választással a fő particionáló menüben. A másik lehetőség létező partíció "
+"választása (például sima partíció, LVM logikai kötet vagy RAID kötet). A "
+"<guimenu>Partitíció beállítás</guimenu> menüben válaszd a "
+"<guimenuitem>fizikai kötet titkosításhoz</guimenuitem> pontot a <menuchoice> "
+"<guimenu>Használat módja:</guimenu> </menuchoice> opciónál. A menü ekkor "
+"módosul és különböző titkosító lehetőségeket ad a partícióhoz."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:1383
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "&d-i; supports several encryption methods. The default method is <firstterm>dm-crypt</firstterm> (included in newer Linux kernels, able to host LVM physical volumes), the other is <firstterm>loop-AES</firstterm> (older, maintained separately from the Linux kernel tree). Unless you have compelling reasons to do otherwise, it is recommended to use the default."
-msgstr "A &d-i; több titkosító módot támogat. Az alap mód a <firstterm>dm-crypt</firstterm> (ez már az újabb Linux) kernelek része, képes LVM fizikai kötetek tárolására), a másik a <firstterm>loop-AES</firstterm> (régibb, karbantartása a Linux kernel-fától külön történik). Ha nincs más kényszerítő ok, ajánlott az alap használata."
+msgid ""
+"&d-i; supports several encryption methods. The default method is "
+"<firstterm>dm-crypt</firstterm> (included in newer Linux kernels, able to "
+"host LVM physical volumes), the other is <firstterm>loop-AES</firstterm> "
+"(older, maintained separately from the Linux kernel tree). Unless you have "
+"compelling reasons to do otherwise, it is recommended to use the default."
+msgstr ""
+"A &d-i; több titkosító módot támogat. Az alap mód a <firstterm>dm-crypt</"
+"firstterm> (ez már az újabb Linux) kernelek része, képes LVM fizikai kötetek "
+"tárolására), a másik a <firstterm>loop-AES</firstterm> (régibb, "
+"karbantartása a Linux kernel-fától külön történik). Ha nincs más kényszerítő "
+"ok, ajánlott az alap használata."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:1395
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "First, let's have a look at the options available when you select <userinput>Device-mapper (dm-crypt)</userinput> as the encryption method. As always: when in doubt, use the defaults, because they have been carefully chosen with security in mind."
-msgstr "Először vessünk egy pillantást az elérhető lehetőségekre <userinput>Device-mapper (dm-crypt)</userinput> titkosító mód esetén. Mint mindig: kétség esetén az alapokat érdemes használni, mert biztonsági szempontból gondosan lettek kiválasztva."
+msgid ""
+"First, let's have a look at the options available when you select "
+"<userinput>Device-mapper (dm-crypt)</userinput> as the encryption method. As "
+"always: when in doubt, use the defaults, because they have been carefully "
+"chosen with security in mind."
+msgstr ""
+"Először vessünk egy pillantást az elérhető lehetőségekre <userinput>Device-"
+"mapper (dm-crypt)</userinput> titkosító mód esetén. Mint mindig: kétség "
+"esetén az alapokat érdemes használni, mert biztonsági szempontból gondosan "
+"lettek kiválasztva."
 
 #. Tag: term
 #: using-d-i.xml:1405
@@ -1206,8 +2259,27 @@ msgstr "Titkosítás: <userinput>aes</userinput>"
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:1407
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "This option lets you select the encryption algorithm (<firstterm>cipher</firstterm>) which will be used to encrypt the data on the partition. &d-i; currently supports the following block ciphers: <firstterm>aes</firstterm>, <firstterm>blowfish</firstterm>, <firstterm>serpent</firstterm>, and <firstterm>twofish</firstterm>. It is beyond the scope of this document to discuss the qualities of these different algorithms, however, it might help your decision to know that in 2000, <emphasis>AES</emphasis> was chosen by the American National Institute of Standards and Technology as the standard encryption algorithm for protecting sensitive information in the 21st century."
-msgstr "E lehetőséggel választható a titkosító algoritmus (<firstterm>cipher</firstterm>), mely a partíción lévő adatok titkosítására lesz használva. A &d-i; jelenleg az alábbi blokk titkosításokat támogatja: <firstterm>aes</firstterm>, <firstterm>blowfish</firstterm>, <firstterm>serpent</firstterm>, és <firstterm>twofish</firstterm>. Túlmutat e dokumentum célján ezen algoritmusok minőségének megvitatása, de segítheti a döntést annak ismerete, hogy 2000-ben az American National Institute of Standards and Technology az <emphasis>AES</emphasis>-t választotta, mint szabvány titkosító algoritmus érzékeny adatok védelmére a XXI. században."
+msgid ""
+"This option lets you select the encryption algorithm (<firstterm>cipher</"
+"firstterm>) which will be used to encrypt the data on the partition. &d-i; "
+"currently supports the following block ciphers: <firstterm>aes</firstterm>, "
+"<firstterm>blowfish</firstterm>, <firstterm>serpent</firstterm>, and "
+"<firstterm>twofish</firstterm>. It is beyond the scope of this document to "
+"discuss the qualities of these different algorithms, however, it might help "
+"your decision to know that in 2000, <emphasis>AES</emphasis> was chosen by "
+"the American National Institute of Standards and Technology as the standard "
+"encryption algorithm for protecting sensitive information in the 21st "
+"century."
+msgstr ""
+"E lehetőséggel választható a titkosító algoritmus (<firstterm>cipher</"
+"firstterm>), mely a partíción lévő adatok titkosítására lesz használva. A &d-"
+"i; jelenleg az alábbi blokk titkosításokat támogatja: <firstterm>aes</"
+"firstterm>, <firstterm>blowfish</firstterm>, <firstterm>serpent</firstterm>, "
+"és <firstterm>twofish</firstterm>. Túlmutat e dokumentum célján ezen "
+"algoritmusok minőségének megvitatása, de segítheti a döntést annak ismerete, "
+"hogy 2000-ben az American National Institute of Standards and Technology az "
+"<emphasis>AES</emphasis>-t választotta, mint szabvány titkosító algoritmus "
+"érzékeny adatok védelmére a XXI. században."
 
 #. Tag: term
 #: using-d-i.xml:1425
@@ -1218,8 +2290,15 @@ msgstr "Kulcs méret: <userinput>256</userinput>"
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:1427
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Here you can specify the length of the encryption key. With a larger key size, the strength of the encryption is generally improved. On the other hand, increasing the length of the key usually has a negative impact on performance. Available key sizes vary depending on the cipher."
-msgstr "Itt lehet megadni a titkosító kulcs hosszát. A nagyobb kulcs növeli a titkosítás erejét. Másrészt a kulcs hosszának növelése negatívan hat a teljesítményre. Az elérhető kulcs méretek a titkosítástól függenek."
+msgid ""
+"Here you can specify the length of the encryption key. With a larger key "
+"size, the strength of the encryption is generally improved. On the other "
+"hand, increasing the length of the key usually has a negative impact on "
+"performance. Available key sizes vary depending on the cipher."
+msgstr ""
+"Itt lehet megadni a titkosító kulcs hosszát. A nagyobb kulcs növeli a "
+"titkosítás erejét. Másrészt a kulcs hosszának növelése negatívan hat a "
+"teljesítményre. Az elérhető kulcs méretek a titkosítástól függenek."
 
 #. Tag: term
 #: using-d-i.xml:1439
@@ -1230,13 +2309,23 @@ msgstr ""
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:1441
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "The <firstterm>Initialization Vector</firstterm> or <firstterm>IV</firstterm> algorithm is used in cryptography to ensure that applying the cipher on the same <firstterm>clear text</firstterm> data with the same key always produces a unique <firstterm>cipher text</firstterm>. The idea is to prevent the attacker from deducing information from repeated patterns in the encrypted data."
+msgid ""
+"The <firstterm>Initialization Vector</firstterm> or <firstterm>IV</"
+"firstterm> algorithm is used in cryptography to ensure that applying the "
+"cipher on the same <firstterm>clear text</firstterm> data with the same key "
+"always produces a unique <firstterm>cipher text</firstterm>. The idea is to "
+"prevent the attacker from deducing information from repeated patterns in the "
+"encrypted data."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:1451
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "From the provided alternatives, the default <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</userinput> is currently the least vulnerable to known attacks. Use the other alternatives only when you need to ensure compatibility with some previously installed system that is not able to use newer algorithms."
+msgid ""
+"From the provided alternatives, the default <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</"
+"userinput> is currently the least vulnerable to known attacks. Use the other "
+"alternatives only when you need to ensure compatibility with some previously "
+"installed system that is not able to use newer algorithms."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: term
@@ -1260,12 +2349,15 @@ msgstr ""
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:1472
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "The encryption key will be computed<footnote> <para> Using a passphrase as the key currently means that the partition will be set up using <ulink url=\"&url-luks;\">LUKS</ulink>. </para></footnote> on the basis of a passphrase which you will be able to enter later in the process."
+msgid ""
+"The encryption key will be computed<footnote> <para> Using a passphrase as "
+"the key currently means that the partition will be set up using <ulink url="
+"\"&url-luks;\">LUKS</ulink>. </para></footnote> on the basis of a passphrase "
+"which you will be able to enter later in the process."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:1487
-#: using-d-i.xml:1580
+#: using-d-i.xml:1487 using-d-i.xml:1580
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Random key"
 msgstr ""
@@ -1273,18 +2365,30 @@ msgstr ""
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:1488
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "A new encryption key will be generated from random data each time you try to bring up the encrypted partition. In other words: on every shutdown the content of the partition will be lost as the key is deleted from memory. (Of course, you could try to guess the key with a brute force attack, but unless there is an unknown weakness in the cipher algorithm, it is not achievable in our lifetime.)"
+msgid ""
+"A new encryption key will be generated from random data each time you try to "
+"bring up the encrypted partition. In other words: on every shutdown the "
+"content of the partition will be lost as the key is deleted from memory. (Of "
+"course, you could try to guess the key with a brute force attack, but unless "
+"there is an unknown weakness in the cipher algorithm, it is not achievable "
+"in our lifetime.)"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:1497
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Random keys are useful for swap partitions because you do not need to bother yourself with remembering the passphrase or wiping sensitive information from the swap partition before shutting down your computer. However, it also means that you will <emphasis>not</emphasis> be able to use the <quote>suspend-to-disk</quote> functionality offered by newer Linux kernels as it will be impossible (during a subsequent boot) to recover the suspended data written to the swap partition."
+msgid ""
+"Random keys are useful for swap partitions because you do not need to bother "
+"yourself with remembering the passphrase or wiping sensitive information "
+"from the swap partition before shutting down your computer. However, it also "
+"means that you will <emphasis>not</emphasis> be able to use the "
+"<quote>suspend-to-disk</quote> functionality offered by newer Linux kernels "
+"as it will be impossible (during a subsequent boot) to recover the suspended "
+"data written to the swap partition."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:1516
-#: using-d-i.xml:1593
+#: using-d-i.xml:1516 using-d-i.xml:1593
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Erase data: <userinput>yes</userinput>"
 msgstr ""
@@ -1292,13 +2396,24 @@ msgstr ""
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:1518
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Determines whether the content of this partition should be overwritten with random data before setting up the encryption. This is recommended because it might otherwise be possible for an attacker to discern which parts of the partition are in use and which are not. In addition, this will make it harder to recover any leftover data from previous installations<footnote><para> It is believed that the guys from three-letter agencies can restore the data even after several rewrites of the magnetooptical media, though. </para></footnote>."
+msgid ""
+"Determines whether the content of this partition should be overwritten with "
+"random data before setting up the encryption. This is recommended because it "
+"might otherwise be possible for an attacker to discern which parts of the "
+"partition are in use and which are not. In addition, this will make it "
+"harder to recover any leftover data from previous "
+"installations<footnote><para> It is believed that the guys from three-letter "
+"agencies can restore the data even after several rewrites of the "
+"magnetooptical media, though. </para></footnote>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:1538
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "If you select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Encryption method:</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Loopback (loop-AES)</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>, the menu changes to provide the following options:"
+msgid ""
+"If you select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Encryption method:</guimenu> "
+"<guimenuitem>Loopback (loop-AES)</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>, the menu "
+"changes to provide the following options:"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: term
@@ -1310,7 +2425,10 @@ msgstr ""
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:1549
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "For loop-AES, unlike dm-crypt, the options for cipher and key size are combined, so you can select both at the same time. Please see the above sections on ciphers and key sizes for further information."
+msgid ""
+"For loop-AES, unlike dm-crypt, the options for cipher and key size are "
+"combined, so you can select both at the same time. Please see the above "
+"sections on ciphers and key sizes for further information."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: term
@@ -1334,7 +2452,11 @@ msgstr ""
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:1568
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "The encryption key will be generated from random data during the installation. Moreover this key will be encrypted with <application>GnuPG</application>, so to use it, you will need to enter the proper passphrase (you will be asked to provide one later in the process)."
+msgid ""
+"The encryption key will be generated from random data during the "
+"installation. Moreover this key will be encrypted with <application>GnuPG</"
+"application>, so to use it, you will need to enter the proper passphrase "
+"(you will be asked to provide one later in the process)."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
@@ -1352,63 +2474,152 @@ msgstr "Lásd az adatok törlése szakaszt fent."
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:1604
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Please note that the <emphasis>graphical</emphasis> version of the installer still has some limitations when compared to the textual one. For cryptography it means you can set up only volumes using <emphasis>passphrases</emphasis> as the encryption keys."
-msgstr "Fontos, hogy a telepítő <emphasis>grafikus</emphasis> változatának még van pár korlátja a tisztán szöveges változathoz képest. A titkosításra vonatkozóan csak a kötetek <emphasis>jelmondat</emphasis> titkosító kulccsal állíthatók be."
+msgid ""
+"Please note that the <emphasis>graphical</emphasis> version of the installer "
+"still has some limitations when compared to the textual one. For "
+"cryptography it means you can set up only volumes using "
+"<emphasis>passphrases</emphasis> as the encryption keys."
+msgstr ""
+"Fontos, hogy a telepítő <emphasis>grafikus</emphasis> változatának még van "
+"pár korlátja a tisztán szöveges változathoz képest. A titkosításra "
+"vonatkozóan csak a kötetek <emphasis>jelmondat</emphasis> titkosító kulccsal "
+"állíthatók be."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:1611
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "After you have selected the desired parameters for your encrypted partitions, return back to the main partitioning menu. There should now be a new menu item called <guimenu>Configure encrypted volumes</guimenu>. After you select it, you will be asked to confirm the deletion of data on partitions marked to be erased and possibly other actions such as writing a new partition table. For large partitions this might take some time."
-msgstr "A kívánt paraméterek kiválasztása után a titkosított partíciókhoz, lépj vissza a fő particionáló menübe. Egy új, <guimenu>Titkosított kötetek beállítása</guimenu> elem keletkezik. Kiválasztva meg kell erősíteni az adatok törlését az arra jelölt partíciókon és talán más műveleteket, mint egy új partíciós tábla írását. A nagy partíciókon ez eltart egy ideig."
+msgid ""
+"After you have selected the desired parameters for your encrypted "
+"partitions, return back to the main partitioning menu. There should now be a "
+"new menu item called <guimenu>Configure encrypted volumes</guimenu>. After "
+"you select it, you will be asked to confirm the deletion of data on "
+"partitions marked to be erased and possibly other actions such as writing a "
+"new partition table. For large partitions this might take some time."
+msgstr ""
+"A kívánt paraméterek kiválasztása után a titkosított partíciókhoz, lépj "
+"vissza a fő particionáló menübe. Egy új, <guimenu>Titkosított kötetek "
+"beállítása</guimenu> elem keletkezik. Kiválasztva meg kell erősíteni az "
+"adatok törlését az arra jelölt partíciókon és talán más műveleteket, mint "
+"egy új partíciós tábla írását. A nagy partíciókon ez eltart egy ideig."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:1622
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Next you will be asked to enter a passphrase for partitions configured to use one. Good passphrases should be longer than 8 characters, should be a mixture of letters, numbers and other characters and should not contain common dictionary words or information easily associable with you (such as birthdates, hobbies, pet names, names of family members or relatives, etc.)."
-msgstr "Most meg kell adni egy jelmondatot az ehhez állított partíciókhoz. A jó jelmondat több, mint 8 karakter, betűk, arab számok és más karakterek keveréke és nem tartalmaz általános szótári szót vagy könnyen hozzád a felhasználóhoz köthető adatot (mint születésnapok, hobbik, kedvencek nevei, rokonok nevei és így tovább)."
+msgid ""
+"Next you will be asked to enter a passphrase for partitions configured to "
+"use one. Good passphrases should be longer than 8 characters, should be a "
+"mixture of letters, numbers and other characters and should not contain "
+"common dictionary words or information easily associable with you (such as "
+"birthdates, hobbies, pet names, names of family members or relatives, etc.)."
+msgstr ""
+"Most meg kell adni egy jelmondatot az ehhez állított partíciókhoz. A jó "
+"jelmondat több, mint 8 karakter, betűk, arab számok és más karakterek "
+"keveréke és nem tartalmaz általános szótári szót vagy könnyen hozzád a "
+"felhasználóhoz köthető adatot (mint születésnapok, hobbik, kedvencek nevei, "
+"rokonok nevei és így tovább)."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:1631
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Before you input any passphrases, you should have made sure that your keyboard is configured correctly and generates the expected characters. If you are unsure, you can switch to the second virtual console and type some text at the prompt. This ensures that you won't be surprised later, e.g. by trying to input a passphrase using a qwerty keyboard layout when you used an azerty layout during the installation. This situation can have several causes. Maybe you switched to another keyboard layout during the installation, or the selected keyboard layout might not have been set up yet when entering the passphrase for the root file system."
-msgstr "Jelmondat megadása előtt, győződj meg a billentyűzet helyes beállításáról és, hogy a várt karaktereket adja. Kétség esetén a 2. virtuális konzolra kell váltani és kipróbálni a billentyűket. Ezzel elkerülhetők a későbbi meglepetések, például jelszó gépelése qwerty billentyű-kiosztással a telepítőben használt azerty esetén. Az ilyen helyzetnek több oka lehet. Talán más billentyű-kiosztásra váltottál a telepítés folyamán, vagy a választott billentyű-kiosztás még nincs beállítva a jelmondat megadásakor a gyökér fájlrendszer számára."
+msgid ""
+"Before you input any passphrases, you should have made sure that your "
+"keyboard is configured correctly and generates the expected characters. If "
+"you are unsure, you can switch to the second virtual console and type some "
+"text at the prompt. This ensures that you won't be surprised later, e.g. by "
+"trying to input a passphrase using a qwerty keyboard layout when you used an "
+"azerty layout during the installation. This situation can have several "
+"causes. Maybe you switched to another keyboard layout during the "
+"installation, or the selected keyboard layout might not have been set up yet "
+"when entering the passphrase for the root file system."
+msgstr ""
+"Jelmondat megadása előtt, győződj meg a billentyűzet helyes beállításáról "
+"és, hogy a várt karaktereket adja. Kétség esetén a 2. virtuális konzolra "
+"kell váltani és kipróbálni a billentyűket. Ezzel elkerülhetők a későbbi "
+"meglepetések, például jelszó gépelése qwerty billentyű-kiosztással a "
+"telepítőben használt azerty esetén. Az ilyen helyzetnek több oka lehet. "
+"Talán más billentyű-kiosztásra váltottál a telepítés folyamán, vagy a "
+"választott billentyű-kiosztás még nincs beállítva a jelmondat megadásakor a "
+"gyökér fájlrendszer számára."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:1644
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "If you selected to use methods other than a passphrase to create encryption keys, they will be generated now. Because the kernel may not have gathered a sufficient amount of entropy at this early stage of the installation, the process may take a long time. You can help speed up the process by generating entropy: e.g. by pressing random keys, or by switching to the shell on the second virtual console and generating some network and disk traffic (downloading some files, feeding big files into <filename>/dev/null</filename>, etc.). This will be repeated for each partition to be encrypted."
-msgstr "Ha nem jelmondat módot választottál a titkosító kulcs létrehozásához, az most készül majd. Mivel a kernel számára talán még nincs elég összegyűjthető entrópia a telepítés e korai szakaszában, a folyamat lassú lehet. Ez felgyorsítható az entrópia növelésével: például véletlen billentyűk leütésével vagy a 2. virtuális konzolon lévő héjra váltással és hálózati és lemez forgalom generálásával (fájlok letöltése, nagy fájlok megetetése a <filename>/dev/null</filename> eszközzel és íg tovább). Ez minden titkosítandó partíciónál megismételhető."
+msgid ""
+"If you selected to use methods other than a passphrase to create encryption "
+"keys, they will be generated now. Because the kernel may not have gathered a "
+"sufficient amount of entropy at this early stage of the installation, the "
+"process may take a long time. You can help speed up the process by "
+"generating entropy: e.g. by pressing random keys, or by switching to the "
+"shell on the second virtual console and generating some network and disk "
+"traffic (downloading some files, feeding big files into <filename>/dev/null</"
+"filename>, etc.). This will be repeated for each partition to be encrypted."
+msgstr ""
+"Ha nem jelmondat módot választottál a titkosító kulcs létrehozásához, az "
+"most készül majd. Mivel a kernel számára talán még nincs elég összegyűjthető "
+"entrópia a telepítés e korai szakaszában, a folyamat lassú lehet. Ez "
+"felgyorsítható az entrópia növelésével: például véletlen billentyűk "
+"leütésével vagy a 2. virtuális konzolon lévő héjra váltással és hálózati és "
+"lemez forgalom generálásával (fájlok letöltése, nagy fájlok megetetése a "
+"<filename>/dev/null</filename> eszközzel és íg tovább). Ez minden "
+"titkosítandó partíciónál megismételhető."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:1660
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
-"After returning to the main partitioning menu, you will see all encrypted volumes as additional partitions which can be configured in the same way as ordinary partitions. The following example shows two different volumes. The first one is encrypted via dm-crypt, the second one via loop-AES. <informalexample><screen>\n"
-"Encrypted volume (<replaceable>sda2_crypt</replaceable>) - 115.1 GB Linux device-mapper\n"
+"After returning to the main partitioning menu, you will see all encrypted "
+"volumes as additional partitions which can be configured in the same way as "
+"ordinary partitions. The following example shows two different volumes. The "
+"first one is encrypted via dm-crypt, the second one via loop-AES. "
+"<informalexample><screen>\n"
+"Encrypted volume (<replaceable>sda2_crypt</replaceable>) - 115.1 GB Linux "
+"device-mapper\n"
 "     #1 115.1 GB  F ext3\n"
 "\n"
 "Loopback (<replaceable>loop0</replaceable>) - 515.2 MB AES256 keyfile\n"
 "     #1 515.2 MB  F ext3\n"
-"</screen></informalexample> Now is the time to assign mount points to the volumes and optionally change the file system types if the defaults do not suit you."
+"</screen></informalexample> Now is the time to assign mount points to the "
+"volumes and optionally change the file system types if the defaults do not "
+"suit you."
 msgstr ""
-"A fő particionáló menübe visszatérés után, minden titkosított kötet megjelenik mint további partíciók, melyek a sima partíciókhoz hasonlóan állíthatók. Az alábbi példa 2 eltérő kötetet mutat. Az 1. dm-crypt, a 2. loop-AES által titkosított. <informalexample><screen>\n"
-"Encrypted volume (<replaceable>sda2_crypt</replaceable>) - 115.1 GB Linux device-mapper\n"
+"A fő particionáló menübe visszatérés után, minden titkosított kötet "
+"megjelenik mint további partíciók, melyek a sima partíciókhoz hasonlóan "
+"állíthatók. Az alábbi példa 2 eltérő kötetet mutat. Az 1. dm-crypt, a 2. "
+"loop-AES által titkosított. <informalexample><screen>\n"
+"Encrypted volume (<replaceable>sda2_crypt</replaceable>) - 115.1 GB Linux "
+"device-mapper\n"
 "     #1 115.1 GB  F ext3\n"
 "\n"
 "Loopback (<replaceable>loop0</replaceable>) - 515.2 MB AES256 keyfile\n"
 "     #1 515.2 MB  F ext3\n"
-"</screen></informalexample> Most lehet csatolási pontokat rendelni a kötetekhez és módosítani fájlrendszer típusukat, ha nem tetszik."
+"</screen></informalexample> Most lehet csatolási pontokat rendelni a "
+"kötetekhez és módosítani fájlrendszer típusukat, ha nem tetszik."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:1673
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "One thing to note here are the identifiers in parentheses (<replaceable>sda2_crypt</replaceable> and <replaceable>loop0</replaceable> in this case) and the mount points you assigned to each encrypted volume. You will need this information later when booting the new system. The differences between ordinary boot process and boot process with encryption involved will be covered later in <xref linkend=\"mount-encrypted-volumes\"/>."
-msgstr "Fontos megjegyezni az azonosítókat a zárójelekben (<replaceable>sda2_crypt</replaceable> és <replaceable>loop0</replaceable> itt) és az egyes titkosított kötetekhez rendelt csatolási pontokat. Erre szükség lesz később, az új rendszer indításakor. A sima indító folyamat és a titkosítást is bevonó indító folyamat közti eltéréseket később tárgyaljuk itt: <xref linkend=\"mount-encrypted-volumes\"/>."
+msgid ""
+"One thing to note here are the identifiers in parentheses "
+"(<replaceable>sda2_crypt</replaceable> and <replaceable>loop0</replaceable> "
+"in this case) and the mount points you assigned to each encrypted volume. "
+"You will need this information later when booting the new system. The "
+"differences between ordinary boot process and boot process with encryption "
+"involved will be covered later in <xref linkend=\"mount-encrypted-volumes\"/"
+">."
+msgstr ""
+"Fontos megjegyezni az azonosítókat a zárójelekben (<replaceable>sda2_crypt</"
+"replaceable> és <replaceable>loop0</replaceable> itt) és az egyes "
+"titkosított kötetekhez rendelt csatolási pontokat. Erre szükség lesz később, "
+"az új rendszer indításakor. A sima indító folyamat és a titkosítást is "
+"bevonó indító folyamat közti eltéréseket később tárgyaljuk itt: <xref "
+"linkend=\"mount-encrypted-volumes\"/>."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:1683
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Once you are satisfied with the partitioning scheme, continue with the installation."
+msgid ""
+"Once you are satisfied with the partitioning scheme, continue with the "
+"installation."
 msgstr "Ha a partíciós séma megfelel, folyatható a telepítés."
 
 #. Tag: title
@@ -1420,8 +2631,12 @@ msgstr "A rendszer beállítása"
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:1695
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "After partitioning the installer asks a few more questions that will be used to set up the system it is about to install."
-msgstr "A particionálás után a telepítő 1-2 kérdést még feltesz, melyet a telepítendő rendszer beállításaihoz használ majd."
+msgid ""
+"After partitioning the installer asks a few more questions that will be used "
+"to set up the system it is about to install."
+msgstr ""
+"A particionálás után a telepítő 1-2 kérdést még feltesz, melyet a "
+"telepítendő rendszer beállításaihoz használ majd."
 
 #. Tag: title
 #: using-d-i.xml:1707
@@ -1432,8 +2647,15 @@ msgstr "Időzóna beállítása"
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:1709
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Depending on the location selected at the beginning of the installation process, you might be shown a list of timezones relevant for that location. If your location has only one time zone, you will not be asked anything and the system will assume that time zone."
-msgstr "A telepítő folyamat elején választott helytől függően az ennek megfelelő időzónák listája jelenik meg. Ha az adott helyhez csak 1 időzóna tartozik, a rendszer nem kérdez semmit és ezt az időzónát feltételezi."
+msgid ""
+"Depending on the location selected at the beginning of the installation "
+"process, you might be shown a list of timezones relevant for that location. "
+"If your location has only one time zone, you will not be asked anything and "
+"the system will assume that time zone."
+msgstr ""
+"A telepítő folyamat elején választott helytől függően az ennek megfelelő "
+"időzónák listája jelenik meg. Ha az adott helyhez csak 1 időzóna tartozik, a "
+"rendszer nem kérdez semmit és ezt az időzónát feltételezi."
 
 #. Tag: title
 #: using-d-i.xml:1725
@@ -1444,20 +2666,47 @@ msgstr "Óra beállítása"
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:1727
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "The installer might ask you if the computer's clock is set to UTC. Normally this question is avoided if possible and the installer tries to work out whether the clock is set to UTC based on things like what other operating systems are installed."
-msgstr "A telepítő megkérdezheti, hogy az óra az UTC szerint állított-e. Normális esetben e kérdést elkerüli, ha lehet és megpróbálja kitalálni a választ például a telepített más operációs rendszerek alapján."
+msgid ""
+"The installer might ask you if the computer's clock is set to UTC. Normally "
+"this question is avoided if possible and the installer tries to work out "
+"whether the clock is set to UTC based on things like what other operating "
+"systems are installed."
+msgstr ""
+"A telepítő megkérdezheti, hogy az óra az UTC szerint állított-e. Normális "
+"esetben e kérdést elkerüli, ha lehet és megpróbálja kitalálni a választ "
+"például a telepített más operációs rendszerek alapján."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:1734
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "In expert mode you will always be able to choose whether or not the clock is set to UTC. <phrase arch=\"m68k;powerpc\">Macintosh hardware clocks are normally set to local time. If you want to dual-boot, select local time instead of GMT.</phrase> <phrase arch=\"x86\">Systems that (also) run Dos or Windows are normally set to local time. If you want to dual-boot, select local time instead of GMT.</phrase>"
-msgstr "Szakértő módban mindig ki lehet választani, hogy az óra az UTC szerint van-e beállítva vagy sem. <phrase arch=\"m68k;powerpc\">A Macintosh rendszerek sem tudnak helyi időt számolni. Ha ezt is fennhagynád, válassz helyi időt a GMT helyett.</phrase> <phrase arch=\"x86\">A Dos vagy Windows rendszerek sem tudnak helyi időt számolni. Ha egy ilyen rendszert is fennhagynál, válassz helyi időt a GMT helyett és tiltsd meg valahogy a Dos felhasználónak, hogy elrontsa a rendszert.</phrase>"
+msgid ""
+"In expert mode you will always be able to choose whether or not the clock is "
+"set to UTC. <phrase arch=\"m68k;powerpc\">Macintosh hardware clocks are "
+"normally set to local time. If you want to dual-boot, select local time "
+"instead of GMT.</phrase> <phrase arch=\"x86\">Systems that (also) run Dos or "
+"Windows are normally set to local time. If you want to dual-boot, select "
+"local time instead of GMT.</phrase>"
+msgstr ""
+"Szakértő módban mindig ki lehet választani, hogy az óra az UTC szerint van-e "
+"beállítva vagy sem. <phrase arch=\"m68k;powerpc\">A Macintosh rendszerek sem "
+"tudnak helyi időt számolni. Ha ezt is fennhagynád, válassz helyi időt a GMT "
+"helyett.</phrase> <phrase arch=\"x86\">A Dos vagy Windows rendszerek sem "
+"tudnak helyi időt számolni. Ha egy ilyen rendszert is fennhagynál, válassz "
+"helyi időt a GMT helyett és tiltsd meg valahogy a Dos felhasználónak, hogy "
+"elrontsa a rendszert.</phrase>"
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:1745
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Note that the installer does not currently allow you to actually set the time in the computer's clock. You can set the clock to the current time after you have installed, if it is incorrect or if it was previously not set to UTC."
-msgstr "A rendszer telepítése közben nem tanácsos az óra állítása, ezért a telepítő nem támogatja. Az órát a telepítés előtt esetleg után érdemes beállítani, ha pontatlan vagy előzőleg nem az UTC szerint lett beállítva."
+msgid ""
+"Note that the installer does not currently allow you to actually set the "
+"time in the computer's clock. You can set the clock to the current time "
+"after you have installed, if it is incorrect or if it was previously not set "
+"to UTC."
+msgstr ""
+"A rendszer telepítése közben nem tanácsos az óra állítása, ezért a telepítő "
+"nem támogatja. Az órát a telepítés előtt esetleg után érdemes beállítani, ha "
+"pontatlan vagy előzőleg nem az UTC szerint lett beállítva."
 
 #. Tag: title
 #: using-d-i.xml:1761
@@ -1474,20 +2723,44 @@ msgstr "A root jelszó beállítása"
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:1766
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "The <emphasis>root</emphasis> account is also called the <emphasis>super-user</emphasis>; it is a login that bypasses all security protection on your system. The root account should only be used to perform system administration, and only used for as short a time as possible."
-msgstr "A <emphasis>root</emphasis> fiók szokásos másik neve <emphasis>super-user</emphasis>; e bejelentkezés átlépi a rendszer alapvető biztonsági védelmét. A root hozzáférést csak a rendszer adminisztrációjára szabad használni és még ekkor is csak a lehető legrövidebb ideig."
+msgid ""
+"The <emphasis>root</emphasis> account is also called the <emphasis>super-"
+"user</emphasis>; it is a login that bypasses all security protection on your "
+"system. The root account should only be used to perform system "
+"administration, and only used for as short a time as possible."
+msgstr ""
+"A <emphasis>root</emphasis> fiók szokásos másik neve <emphasis>super-user</"
+"emphasis>; e bejelentkezés átlépi a rendszer alapvető biztonsági védelmét. A "
+"root hozzáférést csak a rendszer adminisztrációjára szabad használni és még "
+"ekkor is csak a lehető legrövidebb ideig."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:1774
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Any password you create should contain at least 6 characters, and should contain both upper- and lower-case characters, as well as punctuation characters. Take extra care when setting your root password, since it is such a powerful account. Avoid dictionary words or use of any personal information which could be guessed."
-msgstr "A létrehozott jelszavak legalább 8 karakterből álljanak és tartalmazzanak nagy- és kisbetűket és központozási karaktereket is. Kiemelten figyelj a root jelszóra, mivel ez egy rendkívül erős hozzáférés, itt még erősebb legyen a jelszó. Kerüld a szótári szavakat vagy kitalálható személyes adatok használatát."
+msgid ""
+"Any password you create should contain at least 6 characters, and should "
+"contain both upper- and lower-case characters, as well as punctuation "
+"characters. Take extra care when setting your root password, since it is "
+"such a powerful account. Avoid dictionary words or use of any personal "
+"information which could be guessed."
+msgstr ""
+"A létrehozott jelszavak legalább 8 karakterből álljanak és tartalmazzanak "
+"nagy- és kisbetűket és központozási karaktereket is. Kiemelten figyelj a "
+"root jelszóra, mivel ez egy rendkívül erős hozzáférés, itt még erősebb "
+"legyen a jelszó. Kerüld a szótári szavakat vagy kitalálható személyes adatok "
+"használatát."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:1782
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "If anyone ever tells you they need your root password, be extremely wary. You should normally never give your root password out, unless you are administering a machine with more than one system administrator."
-msgstr "Ha bárki bármikor azt állítja, hogy a root jelszavadra van szüksége, légy szélsőségesen bizalmatlan. Általában soha ne add ki a root jelszót, kivéve, ha egy gépet másokkal felügyelsz."
+msgid ""
+"If anyone ever tells you they need your root password, be extremely wary. "
+"You should normally never give your root password out, unless you are "
+"administering a machine with more than one system administrator."
+msgstr ""
+"Ha bárki bármikor azt állítja, hogy a root jelszavadra van szüksége, légy "
+"szélsőségesen bizalmatlan. Általában soha ne add ki a root jelszót, kivéve, "
+"ha egy gépet másokkal felügyelsz."
 
 #. Tag: title
 #: using-d-i.xml:1792
@@ -1498,26 +2771,60 @@ msgstr "Egy szokásos felhasználó létrehozása"
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:1794
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "The system will ask you whether you wish to create an ordinary user account at this point. This account should be your main personal log-in. You should <emphasis>not</emphasis> use the root account for daily use or as your personal login."
-msgstr "A rendszer kér egy normál felhasználó létrehozására. E hozzáférés lesz valószínűleg az elsődleges személyes bejelentkezésed. <emphasis>Tilos</emphasis> a root fiók használata a napi munkára vagy személyes bejelentkezésre."
+msgid ""
+"The system will ask you whether you wish to create an ordinary user account "
+"at this point. This account should be your main personal log-in. You should "
+"<emphasis>not</emphasis> use the root account for daily use or as your "
+"personal login."
+msgstr ""
+"A rendszer kér egy normál felhasználó létrehozására. E hozzáférés lesz "
+"valószínűleg az elsődleges személyes bejelentkezésed. <emphasis>Tilos</"
+"emphasis> a root fiók használata a napi munkára vagy személyes "
+"bejelentkezésre."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:1801
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Why not? Well, one reason to avoid using root's privileges is that it is very easy to do irreparable damage as root. Another reason is that you might be tricked into running a <emphasis>Trojan-horse</emphasis> program &mdash; that is a program that takes advantage of your super-user powers to compromise the security of your system behind your back. Any good book on Unix system administration will cover this topic in more detail &mdash; consider reading one if it is new to you."
-msgstr "Miért tiltott ez? Nos, az egyik ok a root előjogok használatának kerülésére az, hogy nagyon könnyű javíthatatlan hibát létrehozni root felhasználóként. Egy másik fontos ok, hogy <emphasis>trójai</emphasis> programok futtatásába futhatsz &mdash; ez egy program, mely super-user erőd előnyeit hátad mögött lerombolva a rendszer biztonságát. Minden jó könyv a unixos rendszer-adminisztrációról részletesen taglalja e témát &mdash; fontold meg, hogy elolvasol egyet, ha ez új neked."
+msgid ""
+"Why not? Well, one reason to avoid using root's privileges is that it is "
+"very easy to do irreparable damage as root. Another reason is that you might "
+"be tricked into running a <emphasis>Trojan-horse</emphasis> program &mdash; "
+"that is a program that takes advantage of your super-user powers to "
+"compromise the security of your system behind your back. Any good book on "
+"Unix system administration will cover this topic in more detail &mdash; "
+"consider reading one if it is new to you."
+msgstr ""
+"Miért tiltott ez? Nos, az egyik ok a root előjogok használatának kerülésére "
+"az, hogy nagyon könnyű javíthatatlan hibát létrehozni root felhasználóként. "
+"Egy másik fontos ok, hogy <emphasis>trójai</emphasis> programok futtatásába "
+"futhatsz &mdash; ez egy program, mely super-user erőd előnyeit hátad mögött "
+"lerombolva a rendszer biztonságát. Minden jó könyv a unixos rendszer-"
+"adminisztrációról részletesen taglalja e témát &mdash; fontold meg, hogy "
+"elolvasol egyet, ha ez új neked."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:1811
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "You will first be prompted for the user's full name. Then you'll be asked for a name for the user account; generally your first name or something similar will suffice and indeed will be the default. Finally, you will be prompted for a password for this account."
-msgstr "Először a felhasználó teljes nevét kell megadni. Ezután a felhasználó fiókjának nevét; általában egy saját névből vett ékezet nélküli szó vagy hasonló megfelel és valóban alap lesz. Végül meg kell adni az e felhasználói fiókhoz tartozó jelszót."
+msgid ""
+"You will first be prompted for the user's full name. Then you'll be asked "
+"for a name for the user account; generally your first name or something "
+"similar will suffice and indeed will be the default. Finally, you will be "
+"prompted for a password for this account."
+msgstr ""
+"Először a felhasználó teljes nevét kell megadni. Ezután a felhasználó "
+"fiókjának nevét; általában egy saját névből vett ékezet nélküli szó vagy "
+"hasonló megfelel és valóban alap lesz. Végül meg kell adni az e felhasználói "
+"fiókhoz tartozó jelszót."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:1818
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "If at any point after installation you would like to create another account, use the <command>adduser</command> command."
-msgstr "Ha a telepítés után bármikor létrehoznál egy fiókot, használd az <command>adduser</command> parancsot."
+msgid ""
+"If at any point after installation you would like to create another account, "
+"use the <command>adduser</command> command."
+msgstr ""
+"Ha a telepítés után bármikor létrehoznál egy fiókot, használd az "
+"<command>adduser</command> parancsot."
 
 #. Tag: title
 #: using-d-i.xml:1830
@@ -1528,8 +2835,15 @@ msgstr "Az alaprendszer telepítése"
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:1831
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Although this stage is the least problematic, it consumes a significant fraction of the install because it downloads, verifies and unpacks the whole base system. If you have a slow computer or network connection, this could take some time."
-msgstr "Pár e lépés a legkevésbé problémás, ez a telepítés legjelentősebb része, mert ez végzi a teljes alaprendszer letöltését, ellenőrzését és kibontását. Lassú gép vagy hálózati kapcsolat esetén eltart egy kis ideig."
+msgid ""
+"Although this stage is the least problematic, it consumes a significant "
+"fraction of the install because it downloads, verifies and unpacks the whole "
+"base system. If you have a slow computer or network connection, this could "
+"take some time."
+msgstr ""
+"Pár e lépés a legkevésbé problémás, ez a telepítés legjelentősebb része, "
+"mert ez végzi a teljes alaprendszer letöltését, ellenőrzését és kibontását. "
+"Lassú gép vagy hálózati kapcsolat esetén eltart egy kis ideig."
 
 #. Tag: title
 #: using-d-i.xml:1845
@@ -1540,20 +2854,43 @@ msgstr "Alaprendszer telepítés"
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:1847
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "During the Base installation, package unpacking and setup messages are redirected to <userinput>tty4</userinput>. You can access this terminal by pressing <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap><keycap>F4</keycap></keycombo>; get back to the main installer process with <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>."
-msgstr "Az Alaprendszer telepítése során, a csomag kicsomagoló és beállító üzenetek a <userinput>tty4</userinput> terminálra kerülnek. Ez a <keycombo><keycap>Bal Alt</keycap><keycap>F4</keycap></keycombo>; leütésével érhető el, a fő telepítő folyamathoz visszatéréshez a <keycombo><keycap>Bal Alt</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo> használható."
+msgid ""
+"During the Base installation, package unpacking and setup messages are "
+"redirected to <userinput>tty4</userinput>. You can access this terminal by "
+"pressing <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap><keycap>F4</keycap></keycombo>; "
+"get back to the main installer process with <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</"
+"keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>."
+msgstr ""
+"Az Alaprendszer telepítése során, a csomag kicsomagoló és beállító üzenetek "
+"a <userinput>tty4</userinput> terminálra kerülnek. Ez a "
+"<keycombo><keycap>Bal Alt</keycap><keycap>F4</keycap></keycombo>; leütésével "
+"érhető el, a fő telepítő folyamathoz visszatéréshez a <keycombo><keycap>Bal "
+"Alt</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo> használható."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:1857
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "The unpack/setup messages generated by the base installation are saved in <filename>/var/log/syslog</filename> when the installation is performed over a serial console."
-msgstr "Az alaprendszer telepítésekor keletkező kibontó/beállító üzenetek a <filename>/var/log/syslog</filename> fájlba kerülnek, ha a telepítés soros konzolon át történik."
+msgid ""
+"The unpack/setup messages generated by the base installation are saved in "
+"<filename>/var/log/syslog</filename> when the installation is performed over "
+"a serial console."
+msgstr ""
+"Az alaprendszer telepítésekor keletkező kibontó/beállító üzenetek a "
+"<filename>/var/log/syslog</filename> fájlba kerülnek, ha a telepítés soros "
+"konzolon át történik."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:1863
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "As part of the installation, a Linux kernel will be installed. At the default priority, the installer will choose one for you that best matches your hardware. In lower priority modes, you will be able to choose from a list of available kernels."
-msgstr "A telepítés részeként a Linux kernel is teleül. Alap elsőbbségben a telepítő a géphez illő legjobbat választja. Alacsonyabb elsőbbségi módokban az elérhető kernelek egy listából választhatók."
+msgid ""
+"As part of the installation, a Linux kernel will be installed. At the "
+"default priority, the installer will choose one for you that best matches "
+"your hardware. In lower priority modes, you will be able to choose from a "
+"list of available kernels."
+msgstr ""
+"A telepítés részeként a Linux kernel is teleül. Alap elsőbbségben a telepítő "
+"a géphez illő legjobbat választja. Alacsonyabb elsőbbségi módokban az "
+"elérhető kernelek egy listából választhatók."
 
 #. Tag: title
 #: using-d-i.xml:1876
@@ -1564,8 +2901,18 @@ msgstr "További szoftverek telepítése"
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:1877
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "After the base system is installed, you have a usable but limited system. Most users will want to add additional software to the system to tune it to their needs, and the installer lets you do so. This step can take even longer than installing the base system if you have a slow computer or network."
-msgstr "Az alaprendszer telepítése tán, egy tökéletesen használható, de kis rendszered van. A legtöbb felhasználó tovább szoftvereket akar adni a rendszerhez, hogy beállítsa igényeihez és a telepítő ezt is lehetővé teszi. Ez a szakasz tovább tarthat, mint az alaprendszer telepítése lassú gép vagy hálózat esetén."
+msgid ""
+"After the base system is installed, you have a usable but limited system. "
+"Most users will want to add additional software to the system to tune it to "
+"their needs, and the installer lets you do so. This step can take even "
+"longer than installing the base system if you have a slow computer or "
+"network."
+msgstr ""
+"Az alaprendszer telepítése tán, egy tökéletesen használható, de kis "
+"rendszered van. A legtöbb felhasználó tovább szoftvereket akar adni a "
+"rendszerhez, hogy beállítsa igényeihez és a telepítő ezt is lehetővé teszi. "
+"Ez a szakasz tovább tarthat, mint az alaprendszer telepítése lassú gép vagy "
+"hálózat esetén."
 
 #. Tag: title
 #: using-d-i.xml:1891
@@ -1576,14 +2923,52 @@ msgstr "Az apt beállítása"
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:1893
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "The main means that people use to install packages on their system is via a program called <command>apt-get</command>, from the <classname>apt</classname> package.<footnote> <para> Note that the actual program that installs packages is called <command>dpkg</command>. However, this program is more of a low-level tool. <command>apt-get</command> is a higher-level tool as it will invoke <command>dpkg</command> as appropriate and also because it knows to install other packages which are required for the package you're trying to install, as well as how to retrieve the package from your CD, the network, or wherever. </para> </footnote> Other front-ends for package management, like <command>aptitude</command> and <command>synaptic</command> are also in use and depend on <command>apt-get</command>. These front-ends are recommended for new users, since they integrate some additional features (package searching and status checks) in a nice user interface."
-msgstr "A Debian tipikus felhasználói főleg az <classname>apt</classname> csomag <command>apt-get</command> programját használják csomagok telepítésére a rendszeren. <footnote> <para> A csomagokat ténylegesen telepítő program a <command>dpkg</command>. De e program alacsonyabb szintű eszköz. Az <command>apt-get</command> magasabb-szintű eszköz mivel szükség szerint meghívja a <command>dpkg</command> programot és mert egyaránt tudja telepíteni a telepítendő csomaghoz szükséges más csomagokat és, hogy hogyan kell beszerezni a csomagot a CD-lemezről, hálózatról vagy bárhonnan. </para> </footnote> Más csomag-kezelő felületek, mint az <command>aptitude</command> és <command>synaptic</command> szintén használtak és az <command>apt-get</command> programtól függenek. A felületek ajánlottak új felhasználóknak, mivel integráltan tartalmaznak más képességeket (csomagok keresése és állapotok ellenőrzése) szép felhasználói felületen."
+msgid ""
+"The main means that people use to install packages on their system is via a "
+"program called <command>apt-get</command>, from the <classname>apt</"
+"classname> package.<footnote> <para> Note that the actual program that "
+"installs packages is called <command>dpkg</command>. However, this program "
+"is more of a low-level tool. <command>apt-get</command> is a higher-level "
+"tool as it will invoke <command>dpkg</command> as appropriate and also "
+"because it knows to install other packages which are required for the "
+"package you're trying to install, as well as how to retrieve the package "
+"from your CD, the network, or wherever. </para> </footnote> Other front-ends "
+"for package management, like <command>aptitude</command> and "
+"<command>synaptic</command> are also in use and depend on <command>apt-get</"
+"command>. These front-ends are recommended for new users, since they "
+"integrate some additional features (package searching and status checks) in "
+"a nice user interface."
+msgstr ""
+"A Debian tipikus felhasználói főleg az <classname>apt</classname> csomag "
+"<command>apt-get</command> programját használják csomagok telepítésére a "
+"rendszeren. <footnote> <para> A csomagokat ténylegesen telepítő program a "
+"<command>dpkg</command>. De e program alacsonyabb szintű eszköz. Az "
+"<command>apt-get</command> magasabb-szintű eszköz mivel szükség szerint "
+"meghívja a <command>dpkg</command> programot és mert egyaránt tudja "
+"telepíteni a telepítendő csomaghoz szükséges más csomagokat és, hogy hogyan "
+"kell beszerezni a csomagot a CD-lemezről, hálózatról vagy bárhonnan. </para> "
+"</footnote> Más csomag-kezelő felületek, mint az <command>aptitude</command> "
+"és <command>synaptic</command> szintén használtak és az <command>apt-get</"
+"command> programtól függenek. A felületek ajánlottak új felhasználóknak, "
+"mivel integráltan tartalmaznak más képességeket (csomagok keresése és "
+"állapotok ellenőrzése) szép felhasználói felületen."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:1917
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "<command>apt</command> must be configured so that it knows where to retrieve packages from. The installer largely takes care of this automatically based on what it knows about your installation medium. The results of this configuration are written to the file <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename>, and you can examine and edit it to your liking after the install is complete."
-msgstr "Az <command>apt</command>-t be kell állítani, hogy tudja a csomagok beszerzési helyét. A telepítő nagy gondot fordít ennek automatizálására annak alapján, amit a telepítő médiumról tud. A beállítások a <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename> fájlba kerülnek és természetesen a telepítés után is szerkeszthetők."
+msgid ""
+"<command>apt</command> must be configured so that it knows where to retrieve "
+"packages from. The installer largely takes care of this automatically based "
+"on what it knows about your installation medium. The results of this "
+"configuration are written to the file <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</"
+"filename>, and you can examine and edit it to your liking after the install "
+"is complete."
+msgstr ""
+"Az <command>apt</command>-t be kell állítani, hogy tudja a csomagok "
+"beszerzési helyét. A telepítő nagy gondot fordít ennek automatizálására "
+"annak alapján, amit a telepítő médiumról tud. A beállítások a <filename>/etc/"
+"apt/sources.list</filename> fájlba kerülnek és természetesen a telepítés "
+"után is szerkeszthetők."
 
 #. Tag: title
 #: using-d-i.xml:1933
@@ -1594,731 +2979,1327 @@ msgstr "Szoftverek kiválasztása és telepítése"
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:1935
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "During the installation process, you are given the opportunity to select additional software to install. Rather than picking individual software packages from the &num-of-distrib-pkgs; available packages, this stage of the installation process focuses on selecting and installing predefined collections of software to quickly set up your computer to perform various tasks."
-msgstr "A telepítő folyamat során lehetőség nyílik további szoftverek kiválasztására telepítéshez. A több mint &num-of-distrib-pkgs; elérhető csomag közül egyéni szoftver csomagok kiválasztása helyett a telepítő folyamat a szakasza szoftverek előre-megadott gyűjteményeinek kiválasztására és telepítésére összpontosít, hogy gyorsan beállítsa a gépet különböző feladatok elvégzésére."
+msgid ""
+"During the installation process, you are given the opportunity to select "
+"additional software to install. Rather than picking individual software "
+"packages from the &num-of-distrib-pkgs; available packages, this stage of "
+"the installation process focuses on selecting and installing predefined "
+"collections of software to quickly set up your computer to perform various "
+"tasks."
+msgstr ""
+"A telepítő folyamat során lehetőség nyílik további szoftverek kiválasztására "
+"telepítéshez. A több mint &num-of-distrib-pkgs; elérhető csomag közül egyéni "
+"szoftver csomagok kiválasztása helyett a telepítő folyamat a szakasza "
+"szoftverek előre-megadott gyűjteményeinek kiválasztására és telepítésére "
+"összpontosít, hogy gyorsan beállítsa a gépet különböző feladatok elvégzésére."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:1944
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "So, you have the ability to choose <emphasis>tasks</emphasis> first, and then add on more individual packages later. These tasks loosely represent a number of different jobs or things you want to do with your computer, such as <quote>Desktop environment</quote>, <quote>Web server</quote>, or <quote>Print server</quote><footnote> <para> You should know that to present this list, the installer is merely invoking the <command>tasksel</command> program. It can be run at any time after installation to install (or remove) more packages, or you can use a more fine-grained tool such as <command>aptitude</command>. If you are looking for a specific single package, after installation is complete, simply run <userinput>aptitude install <replaceable>package</replaceable></userinput>, where <replaceable>package</replaceable> is the name of the package you are looking for. </para> </footnote>. <xref linkend=\"tasksel-size-list\"/> lists the space requirements for the available tasks."
-msgstr "Így mód nyílik <emphasis>feladatok</emphasis> választására először és több egyéni csomag hozzáadására később. E feladatok különböző munkákat vagy dolgokat képviselnek, melyekre e gépet használni akarod, például <quote>Asztali munka-környezet</quote>, <quote>Web kiszolgáló</quote> vagy <quote>Nyomtató kiszolgáló</quote><footnote> <para> A telepítő a <command>tasksel</command> programot hívja meg. Ez a telepítés után később is futtatható csomagok telepítésére (vagy törlésére), vagy használható sokkal finomabb eszköz, például <command>aptitude</command>. A telepítés után egy adott, egyéni csomaghoz egyszerűen futtasd az <userinput>aptitude install <replaceable>csomag</replaceable></userinput> parancsot, ahol a <replaceable>csomag</replaceable> a kívánt csomag neve. </para> </footnote>. "
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"So, you have the ability to choose <emphasis>tasks</emphasis> first, and "
+"then add on more individual packages later. These tasks loosely represent a "
+"number of different jobs or things you want to do with your computer, such "
+"as <quote>Desktop environment</quote>, <quote>Web server</quote>, or "
+"<quote>Print server</quote><footnote> <para> You should know that to present "
+"this list, the installer is merely invoking the <command>tasksel</command> "
+"program. It can be run at any time after installation to install more "
+"packages or remove them), or you can use a more fine-grained tool such as "
+"<command>aptitude</command>. If you are looking for a specific single "
+"package, after installation is complete, simply run <userinput>aptitude "
+"install <replaceable>package</replaceable></userinput>, where "
+"<replaceable>package</replaceable> is the name of the package you are "
+"looking for. </para> </footnote>. <xref linkend=\"tasksel-size-list\"/> "
+"lists the space requirements for the available tasks."
+msgstr ""
+"Így mód nyílik <emphasis>feladatok</emphasis> választására először és több "
+"egyéni csomag hozzáadására később. E feladatok különböző munkákat vagy "
+"dolgokat képviselnek, melyekre e gépet használni akarod, például "
+"<quote>Asztali munka-környezet</quote>, <quote>Web kiszolgáló</quote> vagy "
+"<quote>Nyomtató kiszolgáló</quote><footnote> <para> A telepítő a "
+"<command>tasksel</command> programot hívja meg. Ez a telepítés után később "
+"is futtatható csomagok telepítésére (vagy törlésére), vagy használható "
+"sokkal finomabb eszköz, például <command>aptitude</command>. A telepítés "
+"után egy adott, egyéni csomaghoz egyszerűen futtasd az <userinput>aptitude "
+"install <replaceable>csomag</replaceable></userinput> parancsot, ahol a "
+"<replaceable>csomag</replaceable> a kívánt csomag neve. </para> </footnote>. "
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:1969
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Once you've selected your tasks, select <guibutton>Ok</guibutton>. At this point, <command>aptitude</command> will install the packages you've selected."
-msgstr "A feladatok kiválasztása után, válaszd az <guibutton>Ok</guibutton> gombot. Ekkor az <command>aptitude</command> telepíti a választott csomagokat."
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Some tasks may be pre-selected based on the characteristics of the computer "
+"you are installing. If you disagree with these selections you can un-select "
+"the tasks. You can even opt to install no tasks at all at this point."
+msgstr ""
+"Egyes feladatok gyakran előre-kijelöltek a telepítés alatti gép "
+"tulajdonságai alapján. Ha nem tetszenek, vagy nem e módon akarod ezeket "
+"telepíteni, szüntesd meg itt a feladatok kijelölését! Megvan a lehetőség, "
+"hogy egyáltalán ne telepíts semmit ezen a módon."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:1976
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "In the standard user interface of the installer, you can use the space bar to toggle selection of a task."
-msgstr "A telepítő szabvány felhasználói felületében a szóköz használható egy feladat kijelölésének váltásához."
+msgid ""
+"The <quote>Desktop environment</quote> task will install the Gnome desktop "
+"environment. The options offered by the installer currently do not allow to "
+"select a different desktop environment like for example KDE."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:1982
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"It is however possible to get the installer to install KDE by using "
+"preseeding (see <xref linkend=\"preseed-pkgsel\"/>) or by adding "
+"<literal>tasksel/first=kde-desktop</literal> at the boot prompt when "
+"starting the installer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:1990
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Once you've selected your tasks, select <guibutton>Ok</guibutton>. At this "
+"point, <command>aptitude</command> will install the packages you've selected."
+msgstr ""
+"A feladatok kiválasztása után, válaszd az <guibutton>Ok</guibutton> gombot. "
+"Ekkor az <command>aptitude</command> telepíti a választott csomagokat."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1983
+#: using-d-i.xml:1998
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Note that some tasks may be pre-selected based on the characteristics of the computer you are installing. If you disagree with these selections you can un-select the tasks. You can even opt to install no tasks at all at this point."
-msgstr "Egyes feladatok gyakran előre-kijelöltek a telepítés alatti gép tulajdonságai alapján. Ha nem tetszenek, vagy nem e módon akarod ezeket telepíteni, szüntesd meg itt a feladatok kijelölését! Megvan a lehetőség, hogy egyáltalán ne telepíts semmit ezen a módon."
+msgid ""
+"In the standard user interface of the installer, you can use the space bar "
+"to toggle selection of a task."
+msgstr ""
+"A telepítő szabvány felhasználói felületében a szóköz használható egy "
+"feladat kijelölésének váltásához."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1991
+#: using-d-i.xml:2007
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Each package you selected with <command>tasksel</command> is downloaded, unpacked and then installed in turn by the <command>apt-get</command> and <command>dpkg</command> programs. If a particular program needs more information from the user, it will prompt you during this process."
-msgstr "Minden a <command>tasksel</command> által kijelölt csomagot letölt, kicsomagol és telepít az <command>apt-get</command> és <command>dpkg</command> program. Ha egy programnak több adat kell, megkérdi a folyamat során."
+msgid ""
+"Each package you selected with <command>tasksel</command> is downloaded, "
+"unpacked and then installed in turn by the <command>apt-get</command> and "
+"<command>dpkg</command> programs. If a particular program needs more "
+"information from the user, it will prompt you during this process."
+msgstr ""
+"Minden a <command>tasksel</command> által kijelölt csomagot letölt, "
+"kicsomagol és telepít az <command>apt-get</command> és <command>dpkg</"
+"command> program. Ha egy programnak több adat kell, megkérdi a folyamat "
+"során."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2000
+#: using-d-i.xml:2016
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Configuring Your Mail Transport Agent"
 msgstr "Levél továbbító szolgáltatás beállítása"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2002
+#: using-d-i.xml:2018
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Today, email is a very important part of many people's life, so it's no surprise Debian lets you configure your mail system right as a part of the installation process. The standard mail transport agent in Debian is <command>exim4</command>, which is relatively small, flexible, and easy to learn."
-msgstr "Ma az email sok ember életének nagyon fontos része, ezért nem meglepő, hogy a Debian már a telepítő folyamat során lehetővé teszi a levelező rendszer beállítását. A Debian által használt alap levél továbbító az <command>exim4</command>, mert ez elég kicsi, rugalmas és könnyen átlátható."
+msgid ""
+"Today, email is a very important part of many people's life, so it's no "
+"surprise Debian lets you configure your mail system right as a part of the "
+"installation process. The standard mail transport agent in Debian is "
+"<command>exim4</command>, which is relatively small, flexible, and easy to "
+"learn."
+msgstr ""
+"Ma az email sok ember életének nagyon fontos része, ezért nem meglepő, hogy "
+"a Debian már a telepítő folyamat során lehetővé teszi a levelező rendszer "
+"beállítását. A Debian által használt alap levél továbbító az <command>exim4</"
+"command>, mert ez elég kicsi, rugalmas és könnyen átlátható."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2010
+#: using-d-i.xml:2026
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "You may ask if this is needed even if your computer is not connected to any network. The short answer is: Yes. The longer explanation: Some system utilities (like <command>cron</command>, <command>quota</command>, <command>aide</command>, &hellip;) may send you important notices via email."
-msgstr "Felmerülhet a kérdés, hogy ez fontos-e, ha a gép nincs hálózaton. A rövd válasz ez: Igen. A bővebb indok: számos rendszer segédeszköz (például <command>cron</command>, <command>quota</command>, <command>aide</command>, &hellip;) a fontos üzeneteket email használatával küldi."
+msgid ""
+"You may ask if this is needed even if your computer is not connected to any "
+"network. The short answer is: Yes. The longer explanation: Some system "
+"utilities (like <command>cron</command>, <command>quota</command>, "
+"<command>aide</command>, &hellip;) may send you important notices via email."
+msgstr ""
+"Felmerülhet a kérdés, hogy ez fontos-e, ha a gép nincs hálózaton. A rövd "
+"válasz ez: Igen. A bővebb indok: számos rendszer segédeszköz (például "
+"<command>cron</command>, <command>quota</command>, <command>aide</command>, "
+"&hellip;) a fontos üzeneteket email használatával küldi."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2018
+#: using-d-i.xml:2034
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "So on the first screen you will be presented with several common mail scenarios. Choose the one that most closely resembles your needs:"
-msgstr "Így az 1. képernyő néhány általános levelező forgatókönyvet ad. Válaszd a megfelelőt:"
+msgid ""
+"So on the first screen you will be presented with several common mail "
+"scenarios. Choose the one that most closely resembles your needs:"
+msgstr ""
+"Így az 1. képernyő néhány általános levelező forgatókönyvet ad. Válaszd a "
+"megfelelőt:"
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2027
+#: using-d-i.xml:2043
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "internet site"
 msgstr "internet site"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2028
+#: using-d-i.xml:2044
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Your system is connected to a network and your mail is sent and received directly using SMTP. On the following screens you will be asked a few basic questions, like your machine's mail name, or a list of domains for which you accept or relay mail."
-msgstr "A rendszer hálózatra kötött és a levelek közvetlenül SMTP szolgáltatáson át kerülnek küldésre és fogadásra. A következő képernyők pár egyszerű kérdésre irányulnak, például a rendszer levelező nevére vagy tartományok listájára, melyekről elfogadsz leveleket, vagy melyek számára továbbítod őket."
+msgid ""
+"Your system is connected to a network and your mail is sent and received "
+"directly using SMTP. On the following screens you will be asked a few basic "
+"questions, like your machine's mail name, or a list of domains for which you "
+"accept or relay mail."
+msgstr ""
+"A rendszer hálózatra kötött és a levelek közvetlenül SMTP szolgáltatáson át "
+"kerülnek küldésre és fogadásra. A következő képernyők pár egyszerű kérdésre "
+"irányulnak, például a rendszer levelező nevére vagy tartományok listájára, "
+"melyekről elfogadsz leveleket, vagy melyek számára továbbítod őket."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2039
+#: using-d-i.xml:2055
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "mail sent by smarthost"
 msgstr "levél küldése smarthost segítségével"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2040
+#: using-d-i.xml:2056
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "In this scenario is your outgoing mail forwarded to another machine, called a <quote>smarthost</quote>, which does the actual job for you. Smarthost also usually stores incoming mail addressed to your computer, so you don't need to be permanently online. That also means you have to download your mail from the smarthost via programs like fetchmail. This option is suitable for dial-up users."
-msgstr "E forgatókönyvben a kimenő levelek egy <quote>smarthost</quote> néven hívott másik gépre továbbítódnak, mely elvégzi a teendőket. Egy ilyen smarthost általában az e gépre érkező bejövő leveleket is tárolja, így nem kell folyamatosan hálón lenni. A smarthost gépről fetchmail vagy hasonló programmal kell letölteni a leveleket. E lehetőség különösen betárcsázós felhasználóknak kedvező."
+msgid ""
+"In this scenario is your outgoing mail forwarded to another machine, called "
+"a <quote>smarthost</quote>, which does the actual job for you. Smarthost "
+"also usually stores incoming mail addressed to your computer, so you don't "
+"need to be permanently online. That also means you have to download your "
+"mail from the smarthost via programs like fetchmail. This option is suitable "
+"for dial-up users."
+msgstr ""
+"E forgatókönyvben a kimenő levelek egy <quote>smarthost</quote> néven hívott "
+"másik gépre továbbítódnak, mely elvégzi a teendőket. Egy ilyen smarthost "
+"általában az e gépre érkező bejövő leveleket is tárolja, így nem kell "
+"folyamatosan hálón lenni. A smarthost gépről fetchmail vagy hasonló "
+"programmal kell letölteni a leveleket. E lehetőség különösen betárcsázós "
+"felhasználóknak kedvező."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2053
+#: using-d-i.xml:2069
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "local delivery only"
 msgstr "csak helyi kézbesítés"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2054
+#: using-d-i.xml:2070
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Your system is not on a network and mail is sent or received only between local users. Even if you don't plan to send any messages, this option is highly recommended, because some system utilities may send you various alerts from time to time (e.g. beloved <quote>Disk quota exceeded</quote>). This option is also convenient for new users, because it doesn't ask any further questions."
-msgstr "A gép nincs hálózaton és a levelek csak helyi felhasználók közt jönnek-mennek. Még akkor is, ha nem tervezel leveleket küldeni, e lehetőség választása nagyon ajánlott. mert egyes rendszer segédeszközök időről időre különböző figyelmeztetéseket küldhetnek (ilyen például a kedvelt <quote>Lemez kvóta betelt</quote> üzenet). E lehetőség új felhasználóknak is kényelmes, mert nem kérdez."
+msgid ""
+"Your system is not on a network and mail is sent or received only between "
+"local users. Even if you don't plan to send any messages, this option is "
+"highly recommended, because some system utilities may send you various "
+"alerts from time to time (e.g. beloved <quote>Disk quota exceeded</quote>). "
+"This option is also convenient for new users, because it doesn't ask any "
+"further questions."
+msgstr ""
+"A gép nincs hálózaton és a levelek csak helyi felhasználók közt jönnek-"
+"mennek. Még akkor is, ha nem tervezel leveleket küldeni, e lehetőség "
+"választása nagyon ajánlott. mert egyes rendszer segédeszközök időről időre "
+"különböző figyelmeztetéseket küldhetnek (ilyen például a kedvelt "
+"<quote>Lemez kvóta betelt</quote> üzenet). E lehetőség új felhasználóknak is "
+"kényelmes, mert nem kérdez."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2067
+#: using-d-i.xml:2083
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "no configuration at this time"
 msgstr "beállítás elhalasztása"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2068
+#: using-d-i.xml:2084
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Choose this if you are absolutely convinced you know what you are doing. This will leave you with an unconfigured mail system &mdash; until you configure it, you won't be able to send or receive any mail and you may miss some important messages from your system utilities."
-msgstr "Csak akkor válaszd, ha tökéletesen tudod, ezt miért teszed. A levelező rendszer így beállítás nélkül marad &mdash; míg be nem állítod, nem tudsz leveleket küldeni vagy fogadni és nem fogod megkapni egyes rendszer-eszközök fontos üzeneteit."
+msgid ""
+"Choose this if you are absolutely convinced you know what you are doing. "
+"This will leave you with an unconfigured mail system &mdash; until you "
+"configure it, you won't be able to send or receive any mail and you may miss "
+"some important messages from your system utilities."
+msgstr ""
+"Csak akkor válaszd, ha tökéletesen tudod, ezt miért teszed. A levelező "
+"rendszer így beállítás nélkül marad &mdash; míg be nem állítod, nem tudsz "
+"leveleket küldeni vagy fogadni és nem fogod megkapni egyes rendszer-eszközök "
+"fontos üzeneteit."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2079
+#: using-d-i.xml:2095
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "If none of these scenarios suits your needs, or if you need a finer setup, you will need to edit configuration files under the <filename>/etc/exim4</filename> directory after the installation is complete. More information about <command>exim4</command> may be found under <filename>/usr/share/doc/exim4</filename>."
-msgstr "Ha egy forgatókönyv sem felel meg, vagy finomabb beállítás kell, a telepítés után a <filename>/etc/exim4</filename> alatti beállító fájlokat kell szerkeszteni majd. Az <command>exim4</command> bővebb leírása a <filename>/usr/share/doc/exim4</filename> alatt található."
+msgid ""
+"If none of these scenarios suits your needs, or if you need a finer setup, "
+"you will need to edit configuration files under the <filename>/etc/exim4</"
+"filename> directory after the installation is complete. More information "
+"about <command>exim4</command> may be found under <filename>/usr/share/doc/"
+"exim4</filename>."
+msgstr ""
+"Ha egy forgatókönyv sem felel meg, vagy finomabb beállítás kell, a telepítés "
+"után a <filename>/etc/exim4</filename> alatti beállító fájlokat kell "
+"szerkeszteni majd. Az <command>exim4</command> bővebb leírása a <filename>/"
+"usr/share/doc/exim4</filename> alatt található."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2094
+#: using-d-i.xml:2110
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Making Your System Bootable"
 msgstr "A rendszer indíthatóvá tétele"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2096
+#: using-d-i.xml:2112
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "If you are installing a diskless workstation, obviously, booting off the local disk isn't a meaningful option, and this step will be skipped. <phrase arch=\"sparc\">You may wish to set the OpenBoot to boot from the network by default; see <xref linkend=\"boot-dev-select-sun\"/>.</phrase>"
-msgstr "Lemez-nélküli munka-állomás telepítésekor a helyi lemezről indítás természetesen értelmetlen, és e lépés kimarad. <phrase arch=\"sparc\">Az OpenBootot be kell állítani az alap hálózati indításhoz; lásd a <xref linkend=\"boot-dev-select-sun\"/> részt.</phrase>"
+msgid ""
+"If you are installing a diskless workstation, obviously, booting off the "
+"local disk isn't a meaningful option, and this step will be skipped. <phrase "
+"arch=\"sparc\">You may wish to set the OpenBoot to boot from the network by "
+"default; see <xref linkend=\"boot-dev-select-sun\"/>.</phrase>"
+msgstr ""
+"Lemez-nélküli munka-állomás telepítésekor a helyi lemezről indítás "
+"természetesen értelmetlen, és e lépés kimarad. <phrase arch=\"sparc\">Az "
+"OpenBootot be kell állítani az alap hálózati indításhoz; lásd a <xref "
+"linkend=\"boot-dev-select-sun\"/> részt.</phrase>"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2104
+#: using-d-i.xml:2120
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still something of a black art. This document does not even attempt to document the various boot managers, which vary by architecture and even by subarchitecture. You should see your boot manager's documentation for more information."
-msgstr "Több operációs rendszer egy gépről indítása néha még mindig fekete mágia lehet. E dokumentum nem akarja leírni az összes boot kezelőt sem, mely architektúrák sőt sokszor akár al-architektúrák közt is eltér. Több információért lásd a boot kezelőd dokumentációját."
+msgid ""
+"Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still "
+"something of a black art. This document does not even attempt to document "
+"the various boot managers, which vary by architecture and even by "
+"subarchitecture. You should see your boot manager's documentation for more "
+"information."
+msgstr ""
+"Több operációs rendszer egy gépről indítása néha még mindig fekete mágia "
+"lehet. E dokumentum nem akarja leírni az összes boot kezelőt sem, mely "
+"architektúrák sőt sokszor akár al-architektúrák közt is eltér. Több "
+"információért lásd a boot kezelőd dokumentációját."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2119
+#: using-d-i.xml:2135
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Detecting other operating systems"
 msgstr "Más operációs rendszerek érzékelése"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2121
+#: using-d-i.xml:2137
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Before a boot loader is installed, the installer will attempt to probe for other operating systems which are installed on the machine. If it finds a supported operating system, you will be informed of this during the boot loader installation step, and the computer will be configured to boot this other operating system in addition to Debian."
-msgstr "Egy boot betöltő telepítése előtt a telepítő megkísérli felismerni, milyen más rendszerek vannak már esetleg a gépen. Ha talál támogatottat, közli a boot betöltő telepítő lépés alatt és a gépet beállítja ezek indítására is a Debian mellett."
+msgid ""
+"Before a boot loader is installed, the installer will attempt to probe for "
+"other operating systems which are installed on the machine. If it finds a "
+"supported operating system, you will be informed of this during the boot "
+"loader installation step, and the computer will be configured to boot this "
+"other operating system in addition to Debian."
+msgstr ""
+"Egy boot betöltő telepítése előtt a telepítő megkísérli felismerni, milyen "
+"más rendszerek vannak már esetleg a gépen. Ha talál támogatottat, közli a "
+"boot betöltő telepítő lépés alatt és a gépet beállítja ezek indítására is a "
+"Debian mellett."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2129
+#: using-d-i.xml:2145
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still something of a black art. The automatic support for detecting and setting up boot loaders to boot other operating systems varies by architecture and even by subarchitecture. If it does not work you should consult your boot manager's documentation for more information."
-msgstr "Több operációs rendszer egy gépről indítása néha még mindig fekete mágia lehet. A boot betöltő más rendszerek felismerésére és beállítására vonatkozó automatikus támogatása architektúrák sőt sokszor akár al-architektúrák közt is eltér. Ha ez nem működik, több információért lásd a boot kezelőd dokumentációját."
+msgid ""
+"Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still "
+"something of a black art. The automatic support for detecting and setting up "
+"boot loaders to boot other operating systems varies by architecture and even "
+"by subarchitecture. If it does not work you should consult your boot "
+"manager's documentation for more information."
+msgstr ""
+"Több operációs rendszer egy gépről indítása néha még mindig fekete mágia "
+"lehet. A boot betöltő más rendszerek felismerésére és beállítására vonatkozó "
+"automatikus támogatása architektúrák sőt sokszor akár al-architektúrák közt "
+"is eltér. Ha ez nem működik, több információért lásd a boot kezelőd "
+"dokumentációját."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2147
+#: using-d-i.xml:2163
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Install <command>aboot</command> on a Hard Disk"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2148
+#: using-d-i.xml:2164
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "If you have booted from SRM, if you select this option, the installer will write <command>aboot</command> to the first sector of the disk on which you installed Debian. Be <emphasis>very</emphasis> careful &mdash; it is <emphasis>not</emphasis> possible to boot multiple operating systems (e.g. GNU/Linux, Free/Open/NetBSD, OSF/1 a.k.a. Digital Unix a.k.a. Tru64 Unix, or OpenVMS) from the same disk. If you also have a different operating system installed on the disk where you have installed Debian, you will have to boot GNU/Linux from a floppy instead."
+msgid ""
+"If you have booted from SRM, if you select this option, the installer will "
+"write <command>aboot</command> to the first sector of the disk on which you "
+"installed Debian. Be <emphasis>very</emphasis> careful &mdash; it is "
+"<emphasis>not</emphasis> possible to boot multiple operating systems (e.g. "
+"GNU/Linux, Free/Open/NetBSD, OSF/1 a.k.a. Digital Unix a.k.a. Tru64 Unix, or "
+"OpenVMS) from the same disk. If you also have a different operating system "
+"installed on the disk where you have installed Debian, you will have to boot "
+"GNU/Linux from a floppy instead."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2168
+#: using-d-i.xml:2184
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<command>palo</command>-installer"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2169
+#: using-d-i.xml:2185
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "The bootloader on PA-RISC is <quote>palo</quote>. <command>PALO</command> is similar in configuration and usage to <command>LILO</command>, with a few exceptions. First of all, <command>PALO</command> allows you to boot any kernel image on your boot partition. This is because <command>PALO</command> can actually read Linux partitions."
+msgid ""
+"The bootloader on PA-RISC is <quote>palo</quote>. <command>PALO</command> is "
+"similar in configuration and usage to <command>LILO</command>, with a few "
+"exceptions. First of all, <command>PALO</command> allows you to boot any "
+"kernel image on your boot partition. This is because <command>PALO</command> "
+"can actually read Linux partitions."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2178
+#: using-d-i.xml:2194
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "hppa FIXME ( need more info )"
 msgstr "hppa FIXME ( több adat kell )"
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2190
+#: using-d-i.xml:2206
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Install the <command>Grub</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk"
 msgstr "<command>Grub</command> telepítése egy merevlemezen"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2192
+#: using-d-i.xml:2208
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "The main &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>grub</quote>. Grub is a flexible and robust boot loader and a good default choice for newbies and old hands alike."
-msgstr "A fő &architecture; boot betöltő neve <quote>grub</quote>. Ez egy rugalmas és nagy eszköz és jó alapértelmezett választás újoncoknak és vén profiknak egyaránt."
+msgid ""
+"The main &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>grub</quote>. Grub is a "
+"flexible and robust boot loader and a good default choice for newbies and "
+"old hands alike."
+msgstr ""
+"A fő &architecture; boot betöltő neve <quote>grub</quote>. Ez egy rugalmas "
+"és nagy eszköz és jó alapértelmezett választás újoncoknak és vén profiknak "
+"egyaránt."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2198
+#: using-d-i.xml:2214
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "By default, grub will be installed into the Master Boot Record (MBR), where it will take over complete control of the boot process. If you prefer, you can install it elsewhere. See the grub manual for complete information."
-msgstr "Alapban a grub telepítési helye a Mester Boot Rekord (MBR), ahol a teljes indítási folyamat felett átveszi az irányítást. Máshová is telepíthető. Lásd a grub kézikönyvet teljes információért."
+msgid ""
+"By default, grub will be installed into the Master Boot Record (MBR), where "
+"it will take over complete control of the boot process. If you prefer, you "
+"can install it elsewhere. See the grub manual for complete information."
+msgstr ""
+"Alapban a grub telepítési helye a Mester Boot Rekord (MBR), ahol a teljes "
+"indítási folyamat felett átveszi az irányítást. Máshová is telepíthető. Lásd "
+"a grub kézikönyvet teljes információért."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2204
+#: using-d-i.xml:2220
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "If you do not want to install grub at all, use the Back button to get to the main menu, and from there select whatever bootloader you would like to use."
-msgstr "Ha a grub valamiért nem felel meg, használd a Vissza gombot a fő menühöz, és válaszd a kívánt boot betöltőt."
+msgid ""
+"If you do not want to install grub at all, use the Back button to get to the "
+"main menu, and from there select whatever bootloader you would like to use."
+msgstr ""
+"Ha a grub valamiért nem felel meg, használd a Vissza gombot a fő menühöz, és "
+"válaszd a kívánt boot betöltőt."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2218
+#: using-d-i.xml:2234
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Install the <command>LILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk"
 msgstr "A <command>LILO</command> telepítése egy merevlemezen"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2220
+#: using-d-i.xml:2236
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "The second &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>LILO</quote>. It is an old complex program which offers lots of functionality, including DOS, Windows, and OS/2 boot management. Please carefully read the instructions in the directory <filename>/usr/share/doc/lilo/</filename> if you have special needs; also see the <ulink url=\"&url-lilo-howto;\">LILO mini-HOWTO</ulink>."
-msgstr "A 2. &architecture; boot betöltő neve <quote>LILO</quote>. Ez egy régi összetett program, mely sok funkciót ad, ezek közt DOS, Windows vagy OS/2 indítás kezelést. Különleges igényekhez a <filename>/usr/share/doc/lilo/</filename> figyelmes olvasása szükséges; a <ulink url=\"&url-lilo-howto;\">LILO mini-HOGYAN</ulink> is hasznos."
+msgid ""
+"The second &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>LILO</quote>. It is "
+"an old complex program which offers lots of functionality, including DOS, "
+"Windows, and OS/2 boot management. Please carefully read the instructions in "
+"the directory <filename>/usr/share/doc/lilo/</filename> if you have special "
+"needs; also see the <ulink url=\"&url-lilo-howto;\">LILO mini-HOWTO</ulink>."
+msgstr ""
+"A 2. &architecture; boot betöltő neve <quote>LILO</quote>. Ez egy régi "
+"összetett program, mely sok funkciót ad, ezek közt DOS, Windows vagy OS/2 "
+"indítás kezelést. Különleges igényekhez a <filename>/usr/share/doc/lilo/</"
+"filename> figyelmes olvasása szükséges; a <ulink url=\"&url-lilo-howto;"
+"\">LILO mini-HOGYAN</ulink> is hasznos."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2230
+#: using-d-i.xml:2246
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Currently the LILO installation will only create menu entries for other operating systems if these can be <firstterm>chainloaded</firstterm>. This means you may have to manually add a menu entry for operating systems like GNU/Linux and GNU/Hurd after the installation."
-msgstr "Jelenleg a LILO telepítés csak a <firstterm>lánc-betöltött</firstterm> módon indítható egyéb operációs rendszerek számára hozza létre a bejegyzéseket a menüben. Így lehet, hogy más GNU/Linux vagy GNU/Hurd operációs rendszerek számára kézzel kell majd hozzáadni a bejegyzést a menüben a telepítés után."
+msgid ""
+"Currently the LILO installation will only create menu entries for other "
+"operating systems if these can be <firstterm>chainloaded</firstterm>. This "
+"means you may have to manually add a menu entry for operating systems like "
+"GNU/Linux and GNU/Hurd after the installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Jelenleg a LILO telepítés csak a <firstterm>lánc-betöltött</firstterm> módon "
+"indítható egyéb operációs rendszerek számára hozza létre a bejegyzéseket a "
+"menüben. Így lehet, hogy más GNU/Linux vagy GNU/Hurd operációs rendszerek "
+"számára kézzel kell majd hozzáadni a bejegyzést a menüben a telepítés után."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2238
+#: using-d-i.xml:2254
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "&d-i; presents you three choices where to install the <command>LILO</command> boot loader:"
-msgstr "A &d-i; 3 lehetséges helyet ad a <command>LILO</command> boot betöltő telepítésére."
+msgid ""
+"&d-i; presents you three choices where to install the <command>LILO</"
+"command> boot loader:"
+msgstr ""
+"A &d-i; 3 lehetséges helyet ad a <command>LILO</command> boot betöltő "
+"telepítésére."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2245
+#: using-d-i.xml:2261
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Master Boot Record (MBR)"
 msgstr "Mester Boot Rekord (MBR)"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2245
+#: using-d-i.xml:2261
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "This way the <command>LILO</command> will take complete control of the boot process."
-msgstr "Így a <command>LILO</command> teljesen átveszi az indító folyamat irányítását."
+msgid ""
+"This way the <command>LILO</command> will take complete control of the boot "
+"process."
+msgstr ""
+"Így a <command>LILO</command> teljesen átveszi az indító folyamat "
+"irányítását."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2252
+#: using-d-i.xml:2268
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "new Debian partition"
 msgstr "új Debian partíció"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2252
+#: using-d-i.xml:2268
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Choose this if you want to use another boot manager. <command>LILO</command> will install itself at the beginning of the new Debian partition and it will serve as a secondary boot loader."
-msgstr "Válaszd ezt, ha más fő boot kezelőt használnál. A <command>LILO</command> ekkor az új Debian partíció elejére települ és másodlagos boot betöltőként szolgál."
+msgid ""
+"Choose this if you want to use another boot manager. <command>LILO</command> "
+"will install itself at the beginning of the new Debian partition and it will "
+"serve as a secondary boot loader."
+msgstr ""
+"Válaszd ezt, ha más fő boot kezelőt használnál. A <command>LILO</command> "
+"ekkor az új Debian partíció elejére települ és másodlagos boot betöltőként "
+"szolgál."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2261
+#: using-d-i.xml:2277
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Other choice"
 msgstr "Más választás"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2261
+#: using-d-i.xml:2277
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Useful for advanced users who want to install <command>LILO</command> somewhere else. In this case you will be asked for desired location. You can use devfs style names, such as those that start with <filename>/dev/ide</filename>, <filename>/dev/scsi</filename>, and <filename>/dev/discs</filename>, as well as traditional names, such as <filename>/dev/hda</filename> or <filename>/dev/sda</filename>."
-msgstr "Haladó felhasználóknak hasznos, akik a <command>LILO</command> betöltőt máshova telepítenék. A telepítő ekkor rákérdez a kívánt helyre. Használhatók a <filename>/dev/ide</filename>, <filename>/dev/scsi</filename> és <filename>/dev/discs</filename> kezdetű devfs stílusú nevek és a hagyományosak is, mint a <filename>/dev/hda</filename> vagy <filename>/dev/sda</filename>."
+msgid ""
+"Useful for advanced users who want to install <command>LILO</command> "
+"somewhere else. In this case you will be asked for desired location. You can "
+"use devfs style names, such as those that start with <filename>/dev/ide</"
+"filename>, <filename>/dev/scsi</filename>, and <filename>/dev/discs</"
+"filename>, as well as traditional names, such as <filename>/dev/hda</"
+"filename> or <filename>/dev/sda</filename>."
+msgstr ""
+"Haladó felhasználóknak hasznos, akik a <command>LILO</command> betöltőt "
+"máshova telepítenék. A telepítő ekkor rákérdez a kívánt helyre. Használhatók "
+"a <filename>/dev/ide</filename>, <filename>/dev/scsi</filename> és "
+"<filename>/dev/discs</filename> kezdetű devfs stílusú nevek és a "
+"hagyományosak is, mint a <filename>/dev/hda</filename> vagy <filename>/dev/"
+"sda</filename>."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2273
+#: using-d-i.xml:2289
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "If you can no longer boot into Windows 9x (or DOS) after this step, you'll need to use a Windows 9x (MS-DOS) boot disk and use the <userinput>fdisk /mbr</userinput> command to reinstall the MS-DOS master boot record &mdash; however, this means that you'll need to use some other way to get back into Debian! For more information on this please read <xref linkend=\"reactivating-win\"/>."
-msgstr "Ha többé nem tudod a Windows 9x (vagy DOS) rendszeredet indítani, egy Windows 9x (MS-DOS) indító lemezt kell használni és az <userinput>fdisk /mbr</userinput> parancsot az MS-DOSos mester indító rekord újratelepítéséhez &mdash; így viszont egy más, végleges megoldást kell találnod ahhoz, hogy a Debian rendszerbe tartósan visszatérj! Több adatért lásd a <xref linkend=\"reactivating-win\"/> részt."
+msgid ""
+"If you can no longer boot into Windows 9x (or DOS) after this step, you'll "
+"need to use a Windows 9x (MS-DOS) boot disk and use the <userinput>fdisk /"
+"mbr</userinput> command to reinstall the MS-DOS master boot record &mdash; "
+"however, this means that you'll need to use some other way to get back into "
+"Debian! For more information on this please read <xref linkend="
+"\"reactivating-win\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+"Ha többé nem tudod a Windows 9x (vagy DOS) rendszeredet indítani, egy "
+"Windows 9x (MS-DOS) indító lemezt kell használni és az <userinput>fdisk /"
+"mbr</userinput> parancsot az MS-DOSos mester indító rekord újratelepítéséhez "
+"&mdash; így viszont egy más, végleges megoldást kell találnod ahhoz, hogy a "
+"Debian rendszerbe tartósan visszatérj! Több adatért lásd a <xref linkend="
+"\"reactivating-win\"/> részt."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2290
+#: using-d-i.xml:2306
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Install the <command>ELILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2292
+#: using-d-i.xml:2308
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "The &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>elilo</quote>. It is modeled on the <quote>lilo</quote> boot loader for the x86 architecture and uses a similar configuration file. However, instead of writing an MBR or partition boot record to the disk, it copies the necessary files to a separate FAT formatted disk partition and modifies the <guimenuitem>EFI Boot Manager</guimenuitem> menu in the firmware to point to the files in the EFI partition. The <command>elilo</command> boot loader is really in two parts. The <filename>/usr/sbin/elilo</filename> command manages the partition and copies file into it. The <filename>elilo.efi</filename> program is copied into the EFI partition and then run by the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> to actually do the work of loading and starting the Linux kernel."
+msgid ""
+"The &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>elilo</quote>. It is modeled "
+"on the <quote>lilo</quote> boot loader for the x86 architecture and uses a "
+"similar configuration file. However, instead of writing an MBR or partition "
+"boot record to the disk, it copies the necessary files to a separate FAT "
+"formatted disk partition and modifies the <guimenuitem>EFI Boot Manager</"
+"guimenuitem> menu in the firmware to point to the files in the EFI "
+"partition. The <command>elilo</command> boot loader is really in two parts. "
+"The <filename>/usr/sbin/elilo</filename> command manages the partition and "
+"copies file into it. The <filename>elilo.efi</filename> program is copied "
+"into the EFI partition and then run by the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> "
+"to actually do the work of loading and starting the Linux kernel."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2308
+#: using-d-i.xml:2324
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "The <quote>elilo</quote> configuration and installation is done as the last step of installing the packages of the base installation. &d-i; will present you with a list of potential disk partitions that it has found suitable for an EFI partition. Select the partition you set up earlier in the installation, typically a partition on the same disk that contains your <emphasis>root</emphasis> filesystem."
+msgid ""
+"The <quote>elilo</quote> configuration and installation is done as the last "
+"step of installing the packages of the base installation. &d-i; will present "
+"you with a list of potential disk partitions that it has found suitable for "
+"an EFI partition. Select the partition you set up earlier in the "
+"installation, typically a partition on the same disk that contains your "
+"<emphasis>root</emphasis> filesystem."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2320
+#: using-d-i.xml:2336
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Choose the correct partition!"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2322
+#: using-d-i.xml:2338
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "The criteria for selecting a partition is that it is FAT format filesystem with its <emphasis>boot</emphasis> flag set. &d-i; may show multiple choices depending on what it finds from scanning all of the disks of the system including EFI partitions of other system disks and EFI diagnostic partitions. Remember, the <command>elilo</command> may format the partition during the installation, erasing any previous contents!"
+msgid ""
+"The criteria for selecting a partition is that it is FAT format filesystem "
+"with its <emphasis>boot</emphasis> flag set. &d-i; may show multiple choices "
+"depending on what it finds from scanning all of the disks of the system "
+"including EFI partitions of other system disks and EFI diagnostic "
+"partitions. Remember, the <command>elilo</command> may format the partition "
+"during the installation, erasing any previous contents!"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2337
+#: using-d-i.xml:2353
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "EFI Partition Contents"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2339
+#: using-d-i.xml:2355
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "The EFI partition is a FAT filesystem format partition on one of the hard disks of the system, usually the same disk that contains the <emphasis>root</emphasis> filesystem. It is normally not mounted on a running system as it is only needed by the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> to load the system and the installer part of the <command>elilo</command> writes to the filesystem directly. The <command>/usr/sbin/elilo</command> utility writes the following files into the <filename>efi/debian</filename> directory of the EFI partition during the installation. Note that the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> would find these files using the path <filename>fs<replaceable>n</replaceable>:\\efi\\debian</filename>. There may be other files in this filesystem as well over time as the system is updated or re-configured."
+msgid ""
+"The EFI partition is a FAT filesystem format partition on one of the hard "
+"disks of the system, usually the same disk that contains the <emphasis>root</"
+"emphasis> filesystem. It is normally not mounted on a running system as it "
+"is only needed by the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> to load the system and "
+"the installer part of the <command>elilo</command> writes to the filesystem "
+"directly. The <command>/usr/sbin/elilo</command> utility writes the "
+"following files into the <filename>efi/debian</filename> directory of the "
+"EFI partition during the installation. Note that the <quote>EFI Boot "
+"Manager</quote> would find these files using the path "
+"<filename>fs<replaceable>n</replaceable>:\\efi\\debian</filename>. There may "
+"be other files in this filesystem as well over time as the system is updated "
+"or re-configured."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2361
+#: using-d-i.xml:2377
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "elilo.conf"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2362
+#: using-d-i.xml:2378
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "This is the configuration file read by the boot loader when it starts. It is a copy of the <filename>/etc/elilo.conf</filename> with the filenames re-written to refer to files in the EFI partition."
+msgid ""
+"This is the configuration file read by the boot loader when it starts. It is "
+"a copy of the <filename>/etc/elilo.conf</filename> with the filenames re-"
+"written to refer to files in the EFI partition."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2371
+#: using-d-i.xml:2387
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "elilo.efi"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2372
+#: using-d-i.xml:2388
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "This is the boot loader program that the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> runs to boot the system. It is the program behind the <guimenuitem>Debian GNU/Linux</guimenuitem> menu item of the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> command menu."
+msgid ""
+"This is the boot loader program that the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> "
+"runs to boot the system. It is the program behind the <guimenuitem>Debian "
+"GNU/Linux</guimenuitem> menu item of the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> "
+"command menu."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2382
+#: using-d-i.xml:2398
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "initrd.img"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2383
+#: using-d-i.xml:2399
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "This is the initial root filesystem used to boot the kernel. It is a copy of the file referenced in the <filename>/etc/elilo.conf</filename>. In a standard Debian installation it would be the file in <filename>/boot</filename> pointed to by the symbolic link <filename>/initrd.img</filename>."
+msgid ""
+"This is the initial root filesystem used to boot the kernel. It is a copy of "
+"the file referenced in the <filename>/etc/elilo.conf</filename>. In a "
+"standard Debian installation it would be the file in <filename>/boot</"
+"filename> pointed to by the symbolic link <filename>/initrd.img</filename>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2395
+#: using-d-i.xml:2411
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "readme.txt"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2396
+#: using-d-i.xml:2412
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "This is a small text file warning you that the contents of the directory are managed by the <command>elilo</command> and that any local changes would be lost at the next time <filename>/usr/sbin/elilo</filename> is run."
+msgid ""
+"This is a small text file warning you that the contents of the directory are "
+"managed by the <command>elilo</command> and that any local changes would be "
+"lost at the next time <filename>/usr/sbin/elilo</filename> is run."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2406
+#: using-d-i.xml:2422
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "vmlinuz"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2407
+#: using-d-i.xml:2423
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "This is the compressed kernel itself. It is a copy of the file referenced in the <filename>/etc/elilo.conf</filename>. In a standard Debian installation it would be the file in <filename>/boot</filename> pointed to by the symbolic link <filename>/vmlinuz</filename>."
+msgid ""
+"This is the compressed kernel itself. It is a copy of the file referenced in "
+"the <filename>/etc/elilo.conf</filename>. In a standard Debian installation "
+"it would be the file in <filename>/boot</filename> pointed to by the "
+"symbolic link <filename>/vmlinuz</filename>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2427
+#: using-d-i.xml:2443
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<command>arcboot</command>-installer"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2428
+#: using-d-i.xml:2444
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
-"The boot loader on SGI machines is <command>arcboot</command>. It has to be installed on the same hard disk as the kernel (this is done automatically by the installer). Arcboot supports different configurations which are set up in <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</filename>. Each configuration has a unique name, the default setup as created by the installer is <quote>linux</quote>. After arcboot has been installed, the system can be booted from hard disk by setting some firmware environment variables entering <informalexample><screen>\n"
-"<userinput> setenv SystemPartition scsi(<replaceable>scsi</replaceable>)disk(<replaceable>disk</replaceable>)rdisk(0)partition(0)</userinput>\n"
-"<userinput> setenv OSLoadPartition scsi(<replaceable>scsi</replaceable>)disk(<replaceable>disk</replaceable>)rdisk(0)partition(<replaceable>partnr</replaceable>)</userinput>\n"
+"The boot loader on SGI machines is <command>arcboot</command>. It has to be "
+"installed on the same hard disk as the kernel (this is done automatically by "
+"the installer). Arcboot supports different configurations which are set up "
+"in <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</filename>. Each configuration has a unique "
+"name, the default setup as created by the installer is <quote>linux</quote>. "
+"After arcboot has been installed, the system can be booted from hard disk by "
+"setting some firmware environment variables entering "
+"<informalexample><screen>\n"
+"<userinput> setenv SystemPartition scsi(<replaceable>scsi</replaceable>)disk"
+"(<replaceable>disk</replaceable>)rdisk(0)partition(0)</userinput>\n"
+"<userinput> setenv OSLoadPartition scsi(<replaceable>scsi</replaceable>)disk"
+"(<replaceable>disk</replaceable>)rdisk(0)partition(<replaceable>partnr</"
+"replaceable>)</userinput>\n"
 "<userinput> setenv OSLoader arcboot</userinput>\n"
-"<userinput> setenv OSLoadFilename <replaceable>config</replaceable></userinput>\n"
+"<userinput> setenv OSLoadFilename <replaceable>config</replaceable></"
+"userinput>\n"
 "<userinput> setenv AutoLoad yes</userinput>\n"
-"</screen></informalexample> on the firmware prompt, and then typing <command>boot</command>."
+"</screen></informalexample> on the firmware prompt, and then typing "
+"<command>boot</command>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: replaceable
-#: using-d-i.xml:2447
+#: using-d-i.xml:2463
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "scsi"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2448
+#: using-d-i.xml:2464
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "is the SCSI bus to be booted from, this is <userinput>0</userinput> for the onboard controllers"
+msgid ""
+"is the SCSI bus to be booted from, this is <userinput>0</userinput> for the "
+"onboard controllers"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: replaceable
-#: using-d-i.xml:2456
+#: using-d-i.xml:2472
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "disk"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2457
+#: using-d-i.xml:2473
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>arcboot</command> is installed"
+msgid ""
+"is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>arcboot</command> is "
+"installed"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: replaceable
-#: using-d-i.xml:2465
-#: using-d-i.xml:2534
+#: using-d-i.xml:2481 using-d-i.xml:2550
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "partnr"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2466
+#: using-d-i.xml:2482
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</filename> resides"
+msgid ""
+"is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</"
+"filename> resides"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: replaceable
-#: using-d-i.xml:2474
+#: using-d-i.xml:2490
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "config"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2475
+#: using-d-i.xml:2491
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</filename>, which is <quote>linux</quote> by default."
+msgid ""
+"is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</"
+"filename>, which is <quote>linux</quote> by default."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2496
+#: using-d-i.xml:2512
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<command>delo</command>-installer"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2497
+#: using-d-i.xml:2513
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
-"The boot loader on DECstations is <command>DELO</command>. It has to be installed on the same hard disk as the kernel (this is done automatically by the installer). DELO supports different configurations which are set up in <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename>. Each configuration has a unique name, the default setup as created by the installer is <quote>linux</quote>. After DELO has been installed, the system can be booted from hard disk by entering <informalexample><screen>\n"
-"<userinput>boot <replaceable>#</replaceable>/rz<replaceable>id</replaceable> <replaceable>partnr</replaceable>/<replaceable>name</replaceable></userinput>\n"
+"The boot loader on DECstations is <command>DELO</command>. It has to be "
+"installed on the same hard disk as the kernel (this is done automatically by "
+"the installer). DELO supports different configurations which are set up in "
+"<filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename>. Each configuration has a unique name, "
+"the default setup as created by the installer is <quote>linux</quote>. After "
+"DELO has been installed, the system can be booted from hard disk by entering "
+"<informalexample><screen>\n"
+"<userinput>boot <replaceable>#</replaceable>/rz<replaceable>id</replaceable> "
+"<replaceable>partnr</replaceable>/<replaceable>name</replaceable></"
+"userinput>\n"
 "</screen></informalexample> on the firmware prompt."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: replaceable
-#: using-d-i.xml:2516
+#: using-d-i.xml:2532
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<replaceable>#</replaceable>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2517
+#: using-d-i.xml:2533
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "is the TurboChannel device to be booted from, on most DECstations this is <userinput>3</userinput> for the onboard controllers"
+msgid ""
+"is the TurboChannel device to be booted from, on most DECstations this is "
+"<userinput>3</userinput> for the onboard controllers"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: replaceable
-#: using-d-i.xml:2525
+#: using-d-i.xml:2541
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<replaceable>id</replaceable>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2526
+#: using-d-i.xml:2542
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>DELO</command> is installed"
+msgid ""
+"is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>DELO</command> is installed"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2535
+#: using-d-i.xml:2551
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> resides"
+msgid ""
+"is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> "
+"resides"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: replaceable
-#: using-d-i.xml:2543
+#: using-d-i.xml:2559
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "name"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2544
+#: using-d-i.xml:2560
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename>, which is <quote>linux</quote> by default."
+msgid ""
+"is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/delo.conf</"
+"filename>, which is <quote>linux</quote> by default."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2554
+#: using-d-i.xml:2570
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "In case <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> is on the first partition on the disk and the default configuration shall be booted, it is sufficient to use"
+msgid ""
+"In case <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> is on the first partition on the "
+"disk and the default configuration shall be booted, it is sufficient to use"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: screen
-#: using-d-i.xml:2560
+#: using-d-i.xml:2576
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<userinput>boot #/rz<replaceable>id</replaceable></userinput>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2570
+#: using-d-i.xml:2586
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Install <command>Yaboot</command> on a Hard Disk"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2571
+#: using-d-i.xml:2587
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Newer (mid 1998 and on) PowerMacs use <command>yaboot</command> as their boot loader. The installer will set up <command>yaboot</command> automatically, so all you need is a small 820k partition named <quote>bootstrap</quote> with type <emphasis>Apple_Bootstrap</emphasis> created back in the partitioning component. If this step completes successfully then your disk should now be bootable and OpenFirmware will be set to boot &debian;."
+msgid ""
+"Newer (mid 1998 and on) PowerMacs use <command>yaboot</command> as their "
+"boot loader. The installer will set up <command>yaboot</command> "
+"automatically, so all you need is a small 820k partition named "
+"<quote>bootstrap</quote> with type <emphasis>Apple_Bootstrap</emphasis> "
+"created back in the partitioning component. If this step completes "
+"successfully then your disk should now be bootable and OpenFirmware will be "
+"set to boot &debian;."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2589
+#: using-d-i.xml:2605
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Install <command>Quik</command> on a Hard Disk"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2590
+#: using-d-i.xml:2606
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "The boot loader for OldWorld Power Macintosh machines is <command>quik</command>. You can also use it on CHRP. The installer will attempt to set up <command>quik</command> automatically. The setup has been known to work on 7200, 7300, and 7600 Powermacs, and on some Power Computing clones."
+msgid ""
+"The boot loader for OldWorld Power Macintosh machines is <command>quik</"
+"command>. You can also use it on CHRP. The installer will attempt to set up "
+"<command>quik</command> automatically. The setup has been known to work on "
+"7200, 7300, and 7600 Powermacs, and on some Power Computing clones."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2606
+#: using-d-i.xml:2622
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<command>zipl</command>-installer"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2607
+#: using-d-i.xml:2623
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "The boot loader on &arch-title; is <quote>zipl</quote>. <command>ZIPL</command> is similar in configuration and usage to <command>LILO</command>, with a few exceptions. Please take a look at <quote>LINUX for &arch-title; Device Drivers and Installation Commands</quote> from IBM's developerWorks web site if you want to know more about <command>ZIPL</command>."
+msgid ""
+"The boot loader on &arch-title; is <quote>zipl</quote>. <command>ZIPL</"
+"command> is similar in configuration and usage to <command>LILO</command>, "
+"with a few exceptions. Please take a look at <quote>LINUX for &arch-title; "
+"Device Drivers and Installation Commands</quote> from IBM's developerWorks "
+"web site if you want to know more about <command>ZIPL</command>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2624
+#: using-d-i.xml:2640
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Install the <command>SILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2626
+#: using-d-i.xml:2642
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "The standard &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>silo</quote>. It is documented in <filename>/usr/share/doc/silo/</filename>. <command>SILO</command> is similar in configuration and usage to <command>LILO</command>, with a few exceptions. First of all, <command>SILO</command> allows you to boot any kernel image on your drive, even if it is not listed in <filename>/etc/silo.conf</filename>. This is because <command>SILO</command> can actually read Linux partitions. Also, <filename>/etc/silo.conf</filename> is read at boot time, so there is no need to rerun <command>silo</command> after installing a new kernel like you would with <command>LILO</command>. <command>SILO</command> can also read UFS partitions, which means it can boot SunOS/Solaris partitions as well. This is useful if you want to install GNU/Linux alongside an existing SunOS/Solaris install."
+msgid ""
+"The standard &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>silo</quote>. It is "
+"documented in <filename>/usr/share/doc/silo/</filename>. <command>SILO</"
+"command> is similar in configuration and usage to <command>LILO</command>, "
+"with a few exceptions. First of all, <command>SILO</command> allows you to "
+"boot any kernel image on your drive, even if it is not listed in <filename>/"
+"etc/silo.conf</filename>. This is because <command>SILO</command> can "
+"actually read Linux partitions. Also, <filename>/etc/silo.conf</filename> is "
+"read at boot time, so there is no need to rerun <command>silo</command> "
+"after installing a new kernel like you would with <command>LILO</command>. "
+"<command>SILO</command> can also read UFS partitions, which means it can "
+"boot SunOS/Solaris partitions as well. This is useful if you want to install "
+"GNU/Linux alongside an existing SunOS/Solaris install."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2651
+#: using-d-i.xml:2667
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Continue Without Boot Loader"
 msgstr "Folytatás boot betöltő nélkül"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2653
+#: using-d-i.xml:2669
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "This option can be used to complete the installation even when no boot loader is to be installed, either because the arch/subarch doesn't provide one, or because none is desired (e.g. you will use existing boot loader). <phrase arch=\"m68k\">This option is especially useful for Macintosh, Atari, and Amiga systems, where the original operating system must be maintained on the box and used to boot GNU/Linux.</phrase>"
-msgstr "E lehetőség használható a telepítés befejezésére boot betöltő nélkül, vagy mert az architektúra/al-architektúra nem ad ilyet, vagy mert nem kívánatos (például egy már telepített boot betöltőt használsz). <phrase arch=\"m68k\">E lehetőség különösen hasznos olyan Macintoshokhoz, Atari, és Amiga rendszerekhez, ahol valamiért elkerülhetetlen az eredeti az eredeti rendszer megtartása és használata a GNU/Linux indításához.</phrase>"
+msgid ""
+"This option can be used to complete the installation even when no boot "
+"loader is to be installed, either because the arch/subarch doesn't provide "
+"one, or because none is desired (e.g. you will use existing boot loader). "
+"<phrase arch=\"m68k\">This option is especially useful for Macintosh, Atari, "
+"and Amiga systems, where the original operating system must be maintained on "
+"the box and used to boot GNU/Linux.</phrase>"
+msgstr ""
+"E lehetőség használható a telepítés befejezésére boot betöltő nélkül, vagy "
+"mert az architektúra/al-architektúra nem ad ilyet, vagy mert nem kívánatos "
+"(például egy már telepített boot betöltőt használsz). <phrase arch=\"m68k"
+"\">E lehetőség különösen hasznos olyan Macintoshokhoz, Atari, és Amiga "
+"rendszerekhez, ahol valamiért elkerülhetetlen az eredeti az eredeti rendszer "
+"megtartása és használata a GNU/Linux indításához.</phrase>"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2662
+#: using-d-i.xml:2678
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "If you plan to manually configure your bootloader, you should check the name of the installed kernel in <filename>/target/boot</filename>. You should also check that directory for the presence of an <firstterm>initrd</firstterm>; if one is present, you will probably have to instruct your bootloader to use it. Other information you will need are the disk and partition you selected for your <filename>/</filename> filesystem and, if you chose to install <filename>/boot</filename> on a separate partition, also your <filename>/boot</filename> filesystem."
-msgstr "Ha a boot-betöltő kézi beállítását tervezed, ellenőrizni kell a telepített kernel nevét a <filename>/target/boot</filename> könyvtárban. Itt egy <firstterm>initrd</firstterm> jelenlétét is ellenőrizni kell; ha van, valószínűleg utasítani kell a boot-betöltőt ennek használatára. További szükséges adat a <filename>/</filename> fájlrendszer számára választott lemez és partíció és, ha a <filename>/boot</filename> külön partíción van, a <filename>/boot</filename> fájlrendszer adatai."
+msgid ""
+"If you plan to manually configure your bootloader, you should check the name "
+"of the installed kernel in <filename>/target/boot</filename>. You should "
+"also check that directory for the presence of an <firstterm>initrd</"
+"firstterm>; if one is present, you will probably have to instruct your "
+"bootloader to use it. Other information you will need are the disk and "
+"partition you selected for your <filename>/</filename> filesystem and, if "
+"you chose to install <filename>/boot</filename> on a separate partition, "
+"also your <filename>/boot</filename> filesystem."
+msgstr ""
+"Ha a boot-betöltő kézi beállítását tervezed, ellenőrizni kell a telepített "
+"kernel nevét a <filename>/target/boot</filename> könyvtárban. Itt egy "
+"<firstterm>initrd</firstterm> jelenlétét is ellenőrizni kell; ha van, "
+"valószínűleg utasítani kell a boot-betöltőt ennek használatára. További "
+"szükséges adat a <filename>/</filename> fájlrendszer számára választott "
+"lemez és partíció és, ha a <filename>/boot</filename> külön partíción van, a "
+"<filename>/boot</filename> fájlrendszer adatai."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2679
+#: using-d-i.xml:2695
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Finishing the Installation"
 msgstr "A telepítés befejezése"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2680
+#: using-d-i.xml:2696
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "These are the last bits to do before rebooting to your new system. It mostly consists of tidying up after the &d-i;."
-msgstr "Ezek az utolsó apróságok az új rendszer indítása előtt. Főleg a &d-i; feladatai utáni rendrakásból áll."
+msgid ""
+"These are the last bits to do before rebooting to your new system. It mostly "
+"consists of tidying up after the &d-i;."
+msgstr ""
+"Ezek az utolsó apróságok az új rendszer indítása előtt. Főleg a &d-i; "
+"feladatai utáni rendrakásból áll."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2692
+#: using-d-i.xml:2708
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Finish the Installation and Reboot"
 msgstr "A telepítés befejezése és az újraindítás"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2694
+#: using-d-i.xml:2710
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "This is the last step in the initial Debian installation process. You will be prompted to remove the boot media (CD, floppy, etc) that you used to boot the installer. The installer will do any last minute tasks, and then reboot into your new Debian system."
-msgstr "Ez a Debian telepítő folyamat utolsó lépése. Kér a telepítő indítására használt média (CD, floppy, és így tovább) eltávolítására. A telepítő elvégzi utolsó lépésit, és újraindít az újonnan telepített Debian rendszerre."
+msgid ""
+"This is the last step in the initial Debian installation process. You will "
+"be prompted to remove the boot media (CD, floppy, etc) that you used to boot "
+"the installer. The installer will do any last minute tasks, and then reboot "
+"into your new Debian system."
+msgstr ""
+"Ez a Debian telepítő folyamat utolsó lépése. Kér a telepítő indítására "
+"használt média (CD, floppy, és így tovább) eltávolítására. A telepítő "
+"elvégzi utolsó lépésit, és újraindít az újonnan telepített Debian rendszerre."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2701
+#: using-d-i.xml:2717
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Select the <guimenuitem>Finish the installation</guimenuitem> menu item which will halt the system because rebooting is not supported on &arch-title; in this case. You then need to IPL GNU/Linux from the DASD which you selected for the root filesystem during the first steps of the installation."
+msgid ""
+"Select the <guimenuitem>Finish the installation</guimenuitem> menu item "
+"which will halt the system because rebooting is not supported on &arch-"
+"title; in this case. You then need to IPL GNU/Linux from the DASD which you "
+"selected for the root filesystem during the first steps of the installation."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2715
+#: using-d-i.xml:2731
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Miscellaneous"
 msgstr "Egyebek"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2716
+#: using-d-i.xml:2732
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "The components listed in this section are usually not involved in the installation process, but are waiting in the background to help the user in case something goes wrong."
-msgstr "Az e szakaszban felsorolt összetevők általában nem részei a telepítő folyamatnak, de nehezebb helyzetekhez készen állnak a felhasználó segítésére."
+msgid ""
+"The components listed in this section are usually not involved in the "
+"installation process, but are waiting in the background to help the user in "
+"case something goes wrong."
+msgstr ""
+"Az e szakaszban felsorolt összetevők általában nem részei a telepítő "
+"folyamatnak, de nehezebb helyzetekhez készen állnak a felhasználó segítésére."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2729
+#: using-d-i.xml:2745
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Saving the installation logs"
 msgstr "Telepítő naplók mentése"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2731
+#: using-d-i.xml:2747
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "If the installation is successful, the logfiles created during the installation process will be automatically saved to <filename>/var/log/installer/</filename> on your new Debian system."
-msgstr "Ha a telepítés sikeres, a telepítő folyamat során keletkező napló fájlok automatikusan mentésre kerülnek az új Debian rendszeren a <filename>/var/log/installer/</filename> könyvtárba."
+msgid ""
+"If the installation is successful, the logfiles created during the "
+"installation process will be automatically saved to <filename>/var/log/"
+"installer/</filename> on your new Debian system."
+msgstr ""
+"Ha a telepítés sikeres, a telepítő folyamat során keletkező napló fájlok "
+"automatikusan mentésre kerülnek az új Debian rendszeren a <filename>/var/log/"
+"installer/</filename> könyvtárba."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2738
+#: using-d-i.xml:2754
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Choosing <guimenuitem>Save debug logs</guimenuitem> from the main menu allows you to save the log files to a floppy disk, network, hard disk, or other media. This can be useful if you encounter fatal problems during the installation and wish to study the logs on another system or attach them to an installation report."
-msgstr "A <guimenuitem>Hibakereső naplók mentése</guimenuitem> a fő menüből lehetővé teszi a naplófájlok mentését flopi lemezre, hálózatra, merevlemezre vagy más médiára. Ez hasznos, ha a telepítéskor végzetes hibákba ütközöl és egy más rendszeren tanulmányozni akarod a naplókat vagy csatolni egy telepítő jelentésbe."
+msgid ""
+"Choosing <guimenuitem>Save debug logs</guimenuitem> from the main menu "
+"allows you to save the log files to a floppy disk, network, hard disk, or "
+"other media. This can be useful if you encounter fatal problems during the "
+"installation and wish to study the logs on another system or attach them to "
+"an installation report."
+msgstr ""
+"A <guimenuitem>Hibakereső naplók mentése</guimenuitem> a fő menüből lehetővé "
+"teszi a naplófájlok mentését flopi lemezre, hálózatra, merevlemezre vagy más "
+"médiára. Ez hasznos, ha a telepítéskor végzetes hibákba ütközöl és egy más "
+"rendszeren tanulmányozni akarod a naplókat vagy csatolni egy telepítő "
+"jelentésbe."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2758
+#: using-d-i.xml:2774
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Using the Shell and Viewing the Logs"
 msgstr "A héj használata és a naplók megtekintése"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2761
+#: using-d-i.xml:2777
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "There is an <guimenuitem>Execute a Shell</guimenuitem> item on the menu. If the menu is not available when you need to use the shell, press <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap> <keycap>F2</keycap></keycombo> (on a Mac keyboard, <keycombo><keycap>Option</keycap> <keycap>F2</keycap> </keycombo>) to switch to the second <emphasis>virtual console</emphasis>. That's the <keycap>Alt</keycap> key on the left-hand side of the <keycap>space bar</keycap>, and the <keycap>F2</keycap> function key, at the same time. This is a separate window running a Bourne shell clone called <command>ash</command>."
-msgstr "Van egy <guimenuitem>Héj futtatása</guimenuitem> pont a menüben. Ha épp nincs előtted a menü, a <keycombo><keycap>Bal Alt</keycap> <keycap>F2</keycap></keycombo> (Mac billentyűzeten, <keycombo><keycap>Option</keycap> <keycap>F2</keycap> </keycombo>) billentyűkkel érhető el a 2. <emphasis>virtuális konzol</emphasis>. Ez az <keycap>Alt</keycap> billentyű, mely a <keycap>szóköz</keycap> mellett balra van és az <keycap>F2</keycap> billentyű egyidejű leütését jelenti. Ez egy <command>ash</command> Bourne héj klónt futtat."
+msgid ""
+"There is an <guimenuitem>Execute a Shell</guimenuitem> item on the menu. If "
+"the menu is not available when you need to use the shell, press "
+"<keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap> <keycap>F2</keycap></keycombo> (on a Mac "
+"keyboard, <keycombo><keycap>Option</keycap> <keycap>F2</keycap> </keycombo>) "
+"to switch to the second <emphasis>virtual console</emphasis>. That's the "
+"<keycap>Alt</keycap> key on the left-hand side of the <keycap>space bar</"
+"keycap>, and the <keycap>F2</keycap> function key, at the same time. This is "
+"a separate window running a Bourne shell clone called <command>ash</command>."
+msgstr ""
+"Van egy <guimenuitem>Héj futtatása</guimenuitem> pont a menüben. Ha épp "
+"nincs előtted a menü, a <keycombo><keycap>Bal Alt</keycap> <keycap>F2</"
+"keycap></keycombo> (Mac billentyűzeten, <keycombo><keycap>Option</keycap> "
+"<keycap>F2</keycap> </keycombo>) billentyűkkel érhető el a 2. "
+"<emphasis>virtuális konzol</emphasis>. Ez az <keycap>Alt</keycap> billentyű, "
+"mely a <keycap>szóköz</keycap> mellett balra van és az <keycap>F2</keycap> "
+"billentyű egyidejű leütését jelenti. Ez egy <command>ash</command> Bourne "
+"héj klónt futtat."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2773
+#: using-d-i.xml:2789
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "At this point you are booted from the RAM disk, and there is a limited set of Unix utilities available for your use. You can see what programs are available with the command <command>ls /bin /sbin /usr/bin /usr/sbin</command> and by typing <command>help</command>. The text editor is <command>nano</command>. The shell has some nice features like autocompletion and history."
-msgstr "Most egy RAM lemezből indítottunk és a szokásos eszközök közül csak egy korlátozott készlet áll rendelkezésre. Az <command>ls /bin /sbin /usr/bin /usr/sbin</command> és a <command>help</command> megadja az elérhető programokat. A szerkesztő a <command>nano</command>. A héj pár szép képességgel bír, mint például az automata kiegészítés és történet."
+msgid ""
+"At this point you are booted from the RAM disk, and there is a limited set "
+"of Unix utilities available for your use. You can see what programs are "
+"available with the command <command>ls /bin /sbin /usr/bin /usr/sbin</"
+"command> and by typing <command>help</command>. The text editor is "
+"<command>nano</command>. The shell has some nice features like "
+"autocompletion and history."
+msgstr ""
+"Most egy RAM lemezből indítottunk és a szokásos eszközök közül csak egy "
+"korlátozott készlet áll rendelkezésre. Az <command>ls /bin /sbin /usr/bin /"
+"usr/sbin</command> és a <command>help</command> megadja az elérhető "
+"programokat. A szerkesztő a <command>nano</command>. A héj pár szép "
+"képességgel bír, mint például az automata kiegészítés és történet."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2782
+#: using-d-i.xml:2798
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Use the menus to perform any task that they are able to do &mdash; the shell and commands are only there in case something goes wrong. In particular, you should always use the menus, not the shell, to activate your swap partition, because the menu software can't detect that you've done this from the shell. Press <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap> <keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo> to get back to menus, or type <command>exit</command> if you used a menu item to open the shell."
-msgstr "Lehetőleg minden feladatok a menükből oldj meg &mdash; a héj és a rajta kiadható parancsok csak hibák esetére vannak. Többek közt mindig a menüt használd, ne a héjat, a csere-partíció aktiválásához, mert a menü szoftver nem tudja érzékelni, hogy ezt megtetted a héjból. A <keycombo><keycap>Bal Alt</keycap> <keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo> visszatér a menükhöz, de ha onnan indítottál héjat, használd az <command>exit</command> parancsot."
+msgid ""
+"Use the menus to perform any task that they are able to do &mdash; the shell "
+"and commands are only there in case something goes wrong. In particular, you "
+"should always use the menus, not the shell, to activate your swap partition, "
+"because the menu software can't detect that you've done this from the shell. "
+"Press <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap> <keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo> to "
+"get back to menus, or type <command>exit</command> if you used a menu item "
+"to open the shell."
+msgstr ""
+"Lehetőleg minden feladatok a menükből oldj meg &mdash; a héj és a rajta "
+"kiadható parancsok csak hibák esetére vannak. Többek közt mindig a menüt "
+"használd, ne a héjat, a csere-partíció aktiválásához, mert a menü szoftver "
+"nem tudja érzékelni, hogy ezt megtetted a héjból. A <keycombo><keycap>Bal "
+"Alt</keycap> <keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo> visszatér a menükhöz, de ha "
+"onnan indítottál héjat, használd az <command>exit</command> parancsot."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2801
+#: using-d-i.xml:2817
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Installation Over the Network"
 msgstr "Telepítés hálózatról"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2803
+#: using-d-i.xml:2819
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "One of the more interesting components is <firstterm>network-console</firstterm>. It allows you to do a large part of the installation over the network via SSH. The use of the network implies you will have to perform the first steps of the installation from the console, at least to the point of setting up the networking. (Although you can automate that part with <xref linkend=\"automatic-install\"/>.)"
-msgstr "Az egyik legérdekesebb összetevő a <firstterm>network-console</firstterm>. Lehetővé teszi a telepítés szinte egészét a hálózatról SSH-n át. A hálózat használata feltételezi a telepítés első pár lépésének megtörténtét legalább a hálózat beállításáig. (Automatizálható a <xref linkend=\"automatic-install\"/> részben írtak szerint.)"
+msgid ""
+"One of the more interesting components is <firstterm>network-console</"
+"firstterm>. It allows you to do a large part of the installation over the "
+"network via SSH. The use of the network implies you will have to perform the "
+"first steps of the installation from the console, at least to the point of "
+"setting up the networking. (Although you can automate that part with <xref "
+"linkend=\"automatic-install\"/>.)"
+msgstr ""
+"Az egyik legérdekesebb összetevő a <firstterm>network-console</firstterm>. "
+"Lehetővé teszi a telepítés szinte egészét a hálózatról SSH-n át. A hálózat "
+"használata feltételezi a telepítés első pár lépésének megtörténtét legalább "
+"a hálózat beállításáig. (Automatizálható a <xref linkend=\"automatic-install"
+"\"/> részben írtak szerint.)"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2813
+#: using-d-i.xml:2829
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "This component is not loaded into the main installation menu by default, so you have to explicitly ask for it. If you are installing from CD, you need to boot with medium priority or otherwise invoke the main installation menu and choose <guimenuitem>Load installer components from CD</guimenuitem> and from the list of additional components select <guimenuitem>network-console: Continue installation remotely using SSH</guimenuitem>. Successful load is indicated by a new menu entry called <guimenuitem>Continue installation remotely using SSH</guimenuitem>."
-msgstr "Ez az összetevő nem kerül alapban a fő telepítő menübe, kifejezetten kérni kell. CD lemezről indításkor közepes elsőbbséggel kell indítani vagy a fő telepítő menüben a <guimenuitem>Telepítő összetevők betöltése CD-ről</guimenuitem> pontot választani és a további összetevők közül kiválasztani ezt: <guimenuitem>network-console: Telepítés folytatása távolról SSH-n át</guimenuitem>. A sikeres betöltést így a <guimenuitem>Telepítés folytatása távolról SSH-n át</guimenuitem> új menüelem jelzi."
+msgid ""
+"This component is not loaded into the main installation menu by default, so "
+"you have to explicitly ask for it. If you are installing from CD, you need "
+"to boot with medium priority or otherwise invoke the main installation menu "
+"and choose <guimenuitem>Load installer components from CD</guimenuitem> and "
+"from the list of additional components select <guimenuitem>network-console: "
+"Continue installation remotely using SSH</guimenuitem>. Successful load is "
+"indicated by a new menu entry called <guimenuitem>Continue installation "
+"remotely using SSH</guimenuitem>."
+msgstr ""
+"Ez az összetevő nem kerül alapban a fő telepítő menübe, kifejezetten kérni "
+"kell. CD lemezről indításkor közepes elsőbbséggel kell indítani vagy a fő "
+"telepítő menüben a <guimenuitem>Telepítő összetevők betöltése CD-ről</"
+"guimenuitem> pontot választani és a további összetevők közül kiválasztani "
+"ezt: <guimenuitem>network-console: Telepítés folytatása távolról SSH-n át</"
+"guimenuitem>. A sikeres betöltést így a <guimenuitem>Telepítés folytatása "
+"távolról SSH-n át</guimenuitem> új menüelem jelzi."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2826
+#: using-d-i.xml:2842
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "For installations on &arch-title;, this is the default method after setting up the network."
+msgid ""
+"For installations on &arch-title;, this is the default method after setting "
+"up the network."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2831
+#: using-d-i.xml:2847
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "<phrase arch=\"not-s390\">After selecting this new entry, you</phrase> <phrase arch=\"s390\">You</phrase> will be asked for a new password to be used for connecting to the installation system and for its confirmation. That's all. Now you should see a screen which instructs you to login remotely as the user <emphasis>installer</emphasis> with the password you just provided. Another important detail to notice on this screen is the fingerprint of this system. You need to transfer the fingerprint securely to the <quote>person who will continue the installation remotely</quote>."
-msgstr "<phrase arch=\"not-s390\">Ezen új bejegyzés kiválasztása után, neked</phrase> <phrase arch=\"s390\">Neked</phrase> egy új jelszót kell megadnod a telepítő rendszerre csatlakozáshoz, és megerősítened. Ez minden. Ezután egy képernyő leírja, hogyan jelentkezz be távolról, mint <emphasis>installer</emphasis> felhasználó az adott jelszóval. Egy másik fontos részlet e képernyőn a rendszer ujjnyoma. Ezt biztonságosan kell átadni a <quote>telepítést távolról folytató személy</quote> számára."
+msgid ""
+"<phrase arch=\"not-s390\">After selecting this new entry, you</phrase> "
+"<phrase arch=\"s390\">You</phrase> will be asked for a new password to be "
+"used for connecting to the installation system and for its confirmation. "
+"That's all. Now you should see a screen which instructs you to login "
+"remotely as the user <emphasis>installer</emphasis> with the password you "
+"just provided. Another important detail to notice on this screen is the "
+"fingerprint of this system. You need to transfer the fingerprint securely to "
+"the <quote>person who will continue the installation remotely</quote>."
+msgstr ""
+"<phrase arch=\"not-s390\">Ezen új bejegyzés kiválasztása után, neked</"
+"phrase> <phrase arch=\"s390\">Neked</phrase> egy új jelszót kell megadnod a "
+"telepítő rendszerre csatlakozáshoz, és megerősítened. Ez minden. Ezután egy "
+"képernyő leírja, hogyan jelentkezz be távolról, mint <emphasis>installer</"
+"emphasis> felhasználó az adott jelszóval. Egy másik fontos részlet e "
+"képernyőn a rendszer ujjnyoma. Ezt biztonságosan kell átadni a "
+"<quote>telepítést távolról folytató személy</quote> számára."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2843
+#: using-d-i.xml:2859
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Should you decide to continue with the installation locally, you can always press &enterkey;, which will bring you back to the main menu, where you can select another component."
-msgstr "Meggondolva, folytathatod a telepítést helyben, ilyen esetekben mindig üsd le az &enterkey; billentyűt a fő menühöz, ahol bármely szükséges összetevő kiválasztható."
+msgid ""
+"Should you decide to continue with the installation locally, you can always "
+"press &enterkey;, which will bring you back to the main menu, where you can "
+"select another component."
+msgstr ""
+"Meggondolva, folytathatod a telepítést helyben, ilyen esetekben mindig üsd "
+"le az &enterkey; billentyűt a fő menühöz, ahol bármely szükséges összetevő "
+"kiválasztható."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2849
+#: using-d-i.xml:2865
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
-"Now let's switch to the other side of the wire. As a prerequisite, you need to configure your terminal for UTF-8 encoding, because that is what the installation system uses. If you do not, remote installation will be still possible, but you may encounter strange display artefacts like destroyed dialog borders or unreadable non-ascii characters. Establishing a connection with the installation system is as simple as typing: <informalexample><screen>\n"
-"<prompt>$</prompt> <userinput>ssh -l installer <replaceable>install_host</replaceable></userinput>\n"
-"</screen></informalexample> Where <replaceable>install_host</replaceable> is either the name or IP address of the computer being installed. Before the actual login the fingerprint of the remote system will be displayed and you will have to confirm that it is correct."
+"Now let's switch to the other side of the wire. As a prerequisite, you need "
+"to configure your terminal for UTF-8 encoding, because that is what the "
+"installation system uses. If you do not, remote installation will be still "
+"possible, but you may encounter strange display artefacts like destroyed "
+"dialog borders or unreadable non-ascii characters. Establishing a connection "
+"with the installation system is as simple as typing: "
+"<informalexample><screen>\n"
+"<prompt>$</prompt> <userinput>ssh -l installer <replaceable>install_host</"
+"replaceable></userinput>\n"
+"</screen></informalexample> Where <replaceable>install_host</replaceable> is "
+"either the name or IP address of the computer being installed. Before the "
+"actual login the fingerprint of the remote system will be displayed and you "
+"will have to confirm that it is correct."
 msgstr ""
-"Nézzük a másik oldalt. Terminálod állítsd UTF-8 kódolásra, mert ezt használja a telepítő. E nélkül is folytatható a távoli telepítés, de ekkor különös műalkotásokat láthatsz, például törött párbeszéd-kereteket vagy olvashatatlan nem-ascii karaktereket. Egy kapcsolat létrehozásához a telepítővel csak ezt kell begépelni: <informalexample><screen>\n"
-"<prompt>$</prompt> <userinput>ssh -l installer <replaceable>install_host</replaceable></userinput>\n"
-"</screen></informalexample> Itt az <replaceable>install_host</replaceable> a telepítendő gép neve vagy IP címe. A parancs kiadása után a távoli gép először kapcsolódik a telepítendőre. Ha ez először történik az adott távoli gépről, akkor azon a telepítendő gép ujjnyoma megjelenik az 1. tényleges bejelentkezés előtt, és megerősítéssel igazolni kell, hogy ez a telepítendő gép ujjlenyomata."
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2866
+"Nézzük a másik oldalt. Terminálod állítsd UTF-8 kódolásra, mert ezt "
+"használja a telepítő. E nélkül is folytatható a távoli telepítés, de ekkor "
+"különös műalkotásokat láthatsz, például törött párbeszéd-kereteket vagy "
+"olvashatatlan nem-ascii karaktereket. Egy kapcsolat létrehozásához a "
+"telepítővel csak ezt kell begépelni: <informalexample><screen>\n"
+"<prompt>$</prompt> <userinput>ssh -l installer <replaceable>install_host</"
+"replaceable></userinput>\n"
+"</screen></informalexample> Itt az <replaceable>install_host</replaceable> a "
+"telepítendő gép neve vagy IP címe. A parancs kiadása után a távoli gép "
+"először kapcsolódik a telepítendőre. Ha ez először történik az adott távoli "
+"gépről, akkor azon a telepítendő gép ujjnyoma megjelenik az 1. tényleges "
+"bejelentkezés előtt, és megerősítéssel igazolni kell, hogy ez a telepítendő "
+"gép ujjlenyomata."
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:2882
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "If you install several computers in turn and they happen to have the same IP address or hostname, <command>ssh</command> will refuse to connect to such host. The reason is that it will have different fingerprint, which is usually a sign of a spoofing attack. If you are sure this is not the case, you will need to delete the relevant line from <filename>~/.ssh/known_hosts</filename> and try again."
-msgstr "Ha például több gépet telepítesz egymás után és az történik, hogy ezek közt egyező IP cím vagy név fordul elő, akkor az <command>ssh</command> el fogja utasítani a kapcsolódást az ilyen gépekhez. Ennek az az oka, hogy eltérő ujjnyomokat talál, mely általában egy átveréses támadás egyik jele. Ha biztos vagy benne, hogy nem ez az eset, akkor az a tennivalód, hogy kitörlöd a megfelelő sort a <filename>~/.ssh/known_hosts</filename> fájlból és újra kapcsolódsz."
+msgid ""
+"If you install several computers in turn and they happen to have the same IP "
+"address or hostname, <command>ssh</command> will refuse to connect to such "
+"host. The reason is that it will have different fingerprint, which is "
+"usually a sign of a spoofing attack. If you are sure this is not the case, "
+"you will need to delete the relevant line from <filename>~/.ssh/known_hosts</"
+"filename> and try again."
+msgstr ""
+"Ha például több gépet telepítesz egymás után és az történik, hogy ezek közt "
+"egyező IP cím vagy név fordul elő, akkor az <command>ssh</command> el fogja "
+"utasítani a kapcsolódást az ilyen gépekhez. Ennek az az oka, hogy eltérő "
+"ujjnyomokat talál, mely általában egy átveréses támadás egyik jele. Ha "
+"biztos vagy benne, hogy nem ez az eset, akkor az a tennivalód, hogy kitörlöd "
+"a megfelelő sort a <filename>~/.ssh/known_hosts</filename> fájlból és újra "
+"kapcsolódsz."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2875
+#: using-d-i.xml:2891
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "After the login you will be presented with an initial screen where you have two possibilities called <guimenuitem>Start menu</guimenuitem> and <guimenuitem>Start shell</guimenuitem>. The former brings you to the main installer menu, where you can continue with the installation as usual. The latter starts a shell from which you can examine and possibly fix the remote system. You should only start one SSH session for the installation menu, but may start multiple sessions for shells."
-msgstr "A bejelentkezés után egy kezdő képernyőt látsz 2 lehetőséggel: <guimenuitem>Menü indítása</guimenuitem> és <guimenuitem>Héj indítása</guimenuitem>. Az előbbi adja a fő telepítő menüt, ahol a szokásos módon folytathatod a telepítést. Az utóbbi egy héjat indít, melyről vizsgálhatod és ha kell, javíthatod a távoli rendszert. A telepítő menü csak 1 SSH folyamatban használható, de héjakhoz több is."
+msgid ""
+"After the login you will be presented with an initial screen where you have "
+"two possibilities called <guimenuitem>Start menu</guimenuitem> and "
+"<guimenuitem>Start shell</guimenuitem>. The former brings you to the main "
+"installer menu, where you can continue with the installation as usual. The "
+"latter starts a shell from which you can examine and possibly fix the remote "
+"system. You should only start one SSH session for the installation menu, but "
+"may start multiple sessions for shells."
+msgstr ""
+"A bejelentkezés után egy kezdő képernyőt látsz 2 lehetőséggel: "
+"<guimenuitem>Menü indítása</guimenuitem> és <guimenuitem>Héj indítása</"
+"guimenuitem>. Az előbbi adja a fő telepítő menüt, ahol a szokásos módon "
+"folytathatod a telepítést. Az utóbbi egy héjat indít, melyről vizsgálhatod "
+"és ha kell, javíthatod a távoli rendszert. A telepítő menü csak 1 SSH "
+"folyamatban használható, de héjakhoz több is."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2885
+#: using-d-i.xml:2901
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "After you have started the installation remotely over SSH, you should not go back to the installation session running on the local console. Doing so may corrupt the database that holds the configuration of the new system. This in turn may result in a failed installation or problems with the installed system."
-msgstr "A távoli telepítés indítása után SSH-n át, ne térj vissza a helyi konzolon futó adott telepítő szakaszhoz. Ez megsértheti az új rendszer beállításait most tartalmazó adatbázist. Ez sikertelen telepítést okozhat vagy gondokat a telepített rendszeren."
+msgid ""
+"After you have started the installation remotely over SSH, you should not go "
+"back to the installation session running on the local console. Doing so may "
+"corrupt the database that holds the configuration of the new system. This in "
+"turn may result in a failed installation or problems with the installed "
+"system."
+msgstr ""
+"A távoli telepítés indítása után SSH-n át, ne térj vissza a helyi konzolon "
+"futó adott telepítő szakaszhoz. Ez megsértheti az új rendszer beállításait "
+"most tartalmazó adatbázist. Ez sikertelen telepítést okozhat vagy gondokat a "
+"telepített rendszeren."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2893
+#: using-d-i.xml:2909
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Also, if you are running the SSH session from an X terminal, you should not resize the window as that will result in the connection being terminated."
-msgstr "Ha az SSH folyamatot egy X terminálban futtatod, ne méretezd át annak ablakát, mert lebonthatja a kapcsolatot."
-
+msgid ""
+"Also, if you are running the SSH session from an X terminal, you should not "
+"resize the window as that will result in the connection being terminated."
+msgstr ""
+"Ha az SSH folyamatot egy X terminálban futtatod, ne méretezd át annak "
+"ablakát, mert lebonthatja a kapcsolatot."
diff --git a/po/ko/using-d-i.po b/po/ko/using-d-i.po
index 98084b821..45d436716 100644
--- a/po/ko/using-d-i.po
+++ b/po/ko/using-d-i.po
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: using-d-i.xml\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-29 17:11+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-11-17 09:33+0000\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-08-08 23:17+0900\n"
 "Last-Translator: Changwoo Ryu <cwryu@debian.org>\n"
 "Language-Team: Korean <debian-l10n-korean@lists.debian.org>\n"
@@ -2984,7 +2984,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:1944
-#, no-c-format
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "So, you have the ability to choose <emphasis>tasks</emphasis> first, and "
 "then add on more individual packages later. These tasks loosely represent a "
@@ -2992,8 +2992,8 @@ msgid ""
 "as <quote>Desktop environment</quote>, <quote>Web server</quote>, or "
 "<quote>Print server</quote><footnote> <para> You should know that to present "
 "this list, the installer is merely invoking the <command>tasksel</command> "
-"program. It can be run at any time after installation to install (or remove) "
-"more packages, or you can use a more fine-grained tool such as "
+"program. It can be run at any time after installation to install more "
+"packages or remove them), or you can use a more fine-grained tool such as "
 "<command>aptitude</command>. If you are looking for a specific single "
 "package, after installation is complete, simply run <userinput>aptitude "
 "install <replaceable>package</replaceable></userinput>, where "
@@ -3017,6 +3017,37 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:1969
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Some tasks may be pre-selected based on the characteristics of the computer "
+"you are installing. If you disagree with these selections you can un-select "
+"the tasks. You can even opt to install no tasks at all at this point."
+msgstr ""
+"참고로 설치하고 있는 컴퓨터의 특성에 따라 미리 선택된 태스크가 있는 경우도 있"
+"습니다. 이 선택 내역을 변경하고자 하면 태스크의 선택을 해제할 수 있습니다. 이"
+"시점에서 태스크를 하나도 선택하지 않을 수도 있습니다."
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:1976
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"The <quote>Desktop environment</quote> task will install the Gnome desktop "
+"environment. The options offered by the installer currently do not allow to "
+"select a different desktop environment like for example KDE."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:1982
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"It is however possible to get the installer to install KDE by using "
+"preseeding (see <xref linkend=\"preseed-pkgsel\"/>) or by adding "
+"<literal>tasksel/first=kde-desktop</literal> at the boot prompt when "
+"starting the installer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:1990
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Once you've selected your tasks, select <guibutton>Ok</guibutton>. At this "
@@ -3026,7 +3057,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "<command>aptitude</command>는 선택된 꾸러미를 설치할 것입니다."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1976
+#: using-d-i.xml:1998
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "In the standard user interface of the installer, you can use the space bar "
@@ -3036,20 +3067,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "택하고 선택을 해제할 수 있습니다."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1983
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"Note that some tasks may be pre-selected based on the characteristics of the "
-"computer you are installing. If you disagree with these selections you can "
-"un-select the tasks. You can even opt to install no tasks at all at this "
-"point."
-msgstr ""
-"참고로 설치하고 있는 컴퓨터의 특성에 따라 미리 선택된 태스크가 있는 경우도 있"
-"습니다. 이 선택 내역을 변경하고자 하면 태스크의 선택을 해제할 수 있습니다. 이"
-"시점에서 태스크를 하나도 선택하지 않을 수도 있습니다."
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1991
+#: using-d-i.xml:2007
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Each package you selected with <command>tasksel</command> is downloaded, "
@@ -3062,13 +3080,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "자에게서 필요한 정보가 있을 경우 도중에 사용자에게 질문하기도 합니다."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2000
+#: using-d-i.xml:2016
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Configuring Your Mail Transport Agent"
 msgstr "메일 배달 에이전트(Mail Transport Agent) 설정"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2002
+#: using-d-i.xml:2018
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Today, email is a very important part of many people's life, so it's no "
@@ -3084,7 +3102,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "다."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2010
+#: using-d-i.xml:2026
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "You may ask if this is needed even if your computer is not connected to any "
@@ -3098,7 +3116,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "몇 시스템 유틸리티들은 당신에게 중요한 공지를 이메일을 통해 보낼 수 있습니다."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2018
+#: using-d-i.xml:2034
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "So on the first screen you will be presented with several common mail "
@@ -3108,13 +3126,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "다. 가장 당신의 환경과 유사한 것을 선택합니다."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2027
+#: using-d-i.xml:2043
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "internet site"
 msgstr "인터넷 사이트"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2028
+#: using-d-i.xml:2044
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Your system is connected to a network and your mail is sent and received "
@@ -3127,13 +3145,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "등 기본적인 질문을 물어볼 것입니다."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2039
+#: using-d-i.xml:2055
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "mail sent by smarthost"
 msgstr "스마트호스트에 의한 메일 보내기"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2040
+#: using-d-i.xml:2056
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "In this scenario is your outgoing mail forwarded to another machine, called "
@@ -3151,13 +3169,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "게 적합합니다."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2053
+#: using-d-i.xml:2069
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "local delivery only"
 msgstr "로컬 배달"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2054
+#: using-d-i.xml:2070
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Your system is not on a network and mail is sent or received only between "
@@ -3174,13 +3192,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "에 새로운 사용자에게도 편리합니다."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2067
+#: using-d-i.xml:2083
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "no configuration at this time"
 msgstr "지금 설정 안함"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2068
+#: using-d-i.xml:2084
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Choose this if you are absolutely convinced you know what you are doing. "
@@ -3194,7 +3212,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "오는 중요한 메시지들을 놓칠 수 있습니다."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2079
+#: using-d-i.xml:2095
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If none of these scenarios suits your needs, or if you need a finer setup, "
@@ -3209,13 +3227,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "usr/share/doc/exim4</filename>에서 찾을 수 있습니다."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2094
+#: using-d-i.xml:2110
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Making Your System Bootable"
 msgstr "시스템을 부팅 가능하게 만들기"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2096
+#: using-d-i.xml:2112
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you are installing a diskless workstation, obviously, booting off the "
@@ -3229,7 +3247,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "\"boot-dev-select-sun\"/> 부분을 참고하십시오.</phrase>"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2104
+#: using-d-i.xml:2120
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still "
@@ -3244,13 +3262,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "관리자의 문서를 참고하십시오."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2119
+#: using-d-i.xml:2135
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Detecting other operating systems"
 msgstr "다른 운영 체제 찾기"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2121
+#: using-d-i.xml:2137
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Before a boot loader is installed, the installer will attempt to probe for "
@@ -3265,7 +3283,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "수 있도록 설정할 것입니다."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2129
+#: using-d-i.xml:2145
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still "
@@ -3280,13 +3298,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "세한 사항을 찾아보십시오."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2147
+#: using-d-i.xml:2163
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Install <command>aboot</command> on a Hard Disk"
 msgstr "하드 디스크에 <command>aboot</command> 설치"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2148
+#: using-d-i.xml:2164
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you have booted from SRM, if you select this option, the installer will "
@@ -3307,13 +3325,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "command>를 설치하지 말고 플로피로 GNU/리눅스를 부팅해야 할 것입니다."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2168
+#: using-d-i.xml:2184
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<command>palo</command>-installer"
 msgstr "<command>palo</command>-installer"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2169
+#: using-d-i.xml:2185
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The bootloader on PA-RISC is <quote>palo</quote>. <command>PALO</command> is "
@@ -3329,19 +3347,19 @@ msgstr ""
 "문입니다."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2178
+#: using-d-i.xml:2194
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "hppa FIXME ( need more info )"
 msgstr "hppa FIXME ( need more info )"
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2190
+#: using-d-i.xml:2206
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Install the <command>Grub</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk"
 msgstr "하드 디스크에 <command>GRUB</command> 부트로더 설치"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2192
+#: using-d-i.xml:2208
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The main &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>grub</quote>. Grub is a "
@@ -3353,7 +3371,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "다."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2198
+#: using-d-i.xml:2214
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "By default, grub will be installed into the Master Boot Record (MBR), where "
@@ -3365,7 +3383,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "한 정보를 보려면 GRUB 매뉴얼을 참고하십시오."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2204
+#: using-d-i.xml:2220
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you do not want to install grub at all, use the Back button to get to the "
@@ -3375,13 +3393,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "음에, 쓰고 싶은 부트로더를 선택하십시오."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2218
+#: using-d-i.xml:2234
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Install the <command>LILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk"
 msgstr "하드 디스크에 <command>LILO</command> 부트로더 설치"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2220
+#: using-d-i.xml:2236
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The second &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>LILO</quote>. It is "
@@ -3397,7 +3415,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "mini-HOWTO</ulink>도 참고하십시오."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2230
+#: using-d-i.xml:2246
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Currently the LILO installation will only create menu entries for other "
@@ -3410,7 +3428,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "뉴 항목을 수동으로 추가해야 할 수도 있습니다."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2238
+#: using-d-i.xml:2254
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "&d-i; presents you three choices where to install the <command>LILO</"
@@ -3420,13 +3438,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "니다:"
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2245
+#: using-d-i.xml:2261
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Master Boot Record (MBR)"
 msgstr "마스터 부트 레코드 (Master Boot Record, MBR)"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2245
+#: using-d-i.xml:2261
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "This way the <command>LILO</command> will take complete control of the boot "
@@ -3435,13 +3453,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "이 방법으로 <command>LILO</command>가 부팅 과정을 완전히 책임지게 됩니다."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2252
+#: using-d-i.xml:2268
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "new Debian partition"
 msgstr "새 데비안 파티션"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2252
+#: using-d-i.xml:2268
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Choose this if you want to use another boot manager. <command>LILO</command> "
@@ -3452,13 +3470,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "새 데비안 파티션의 맨 앞쪽에 설치되어 보조 부트로더로서 동작합니다."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2261
+#: using-d-i.xml:2277
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Other choice"
 msgstr "기타"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2261
+#: using-d-i.xml:2277
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Useful for advanced users who want to install <command>LILO</command> "
@@ -3476,7 +3494,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "filename> 및 <filename>/dev/discs</filename>라고 쓸 수도 있습니다.)"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2273
+#: using-d-i.xml:2289
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you can no longer boot into Windows 9x (or DOS) after this step, you'll "
@@ -3494,13 +3512,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "하십시오."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2290
+#: using-d-i.xml:2306
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Install the <command>ELILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk"
 msgstr "하드 디스크에 <command>ELILO</command> 부트로더 설치"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2292
+#: using-d-i.xml:2308
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>elilo</quote>. It is modeled "
@@ -3527,7 +3545,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "는 일을 합니다."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2308
+#: using-d-i.xml:2324
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The <quote>elilo</quote> configuration and installation is done as the last "
@@ -3543,13 +3561,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "은 디스크의 파티션입니다."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2320
+#: using-d-i.xml:2336
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Choose the correct partition!"
 msgstr "올바른 파티션을 고르십시오!"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2322
+#: using-d-i.xml:2338
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The criteria for selecting a partition is that it is FAT format filesystem "
@@ -3566,13 +3584,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "는 동안 해당 파티션을 포맷할 수도 있고, 그러면 이전의 내용이 모두 지워집니다!"
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2337
+#: using-d-i.xml:2353
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "EFI Partition Contents"
 msgstr "EFI 파티션 내용"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2339
+#: using-d-i.xml:2355
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The EFI partition is a FAT filesystem format partition on one of the hard "
@@ -3601,13 +3619,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "이 파일 시스템에는 다른 파일이 들어갈 수 있습니다."
 
 #. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2361
+#: using-d-i.xml:2377
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "elilo.conf"
 msgstr "elilo.conf"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2362
+#: using-d-i.xml:2378
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "This is the configuration file read by the boot loader when it starts. It is "
@@ -3619,13 +3637,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "의 파일이름을 바꾼 것입니다."
 
 #. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2371
+#: using-d-i.xml:2387
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "elilo.efi"
 msgstr "elilo.efi"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2372
+#: using-d-i.xml:2388
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "This is the boot loader program that the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> "
@@ -3639,13 +3657,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "입니다."
 
 #. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2382
+#: using-d-i.xml:2398
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "initrd.img"
 msgstr "initrd.img"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2383
+#: using-d-i.xml:2399
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "This is the initial root filesystem used to boot the kernel. It is a copy of "
@@ -3659,13 +3677,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "filename> 심볼릭 링크가 그 파일을 가리킵니다."
 
 #. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2395
+#: using-d-i.xml:2411
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "readme.txt"
 msgstr "readme.txt"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2396
+#: using-d-i.xml:2412
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "This is a small text file warning you that the contents of the directory are "
@@ -3677,13 +3695,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "어진다는 사실을 알리는 내용이 들어 있습니다."
 
 #. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2406
+#: using-d-i.xml:2422
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "vmlinuz"
 msgstr "vmlinuz"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2407
+#: using-d-i.xml:2423
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "This is the compressed kernel itself. It is a copy of the file referenced in "
@@ -3697,13 +3715,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "을 가리킵니다."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2427
+#: using-d-i.xml:2443
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<command>arcboot</command>-installer"
 msgstr "<command>arcboot</command>-installer"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2428
+#: using-d-i.xml:2444
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The boot loader on SGI machines is <command>arcboot</command>. It has to be "
@@ -3745,13 +3763,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "면 시스템을 하드 디스크에서 부팅할 수 있습니다."
 
 #. Tag: replaceable
-#: using-d-i.xml:2447
+#: using-d-i.xml:2463
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "scsi"
 msgstr "scsi"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2448
+#: using-d-i.xml:2464
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "is the SCSI bus to be booted from, this is <userinput>0</userinput> for the "
@@ -3761,13 +3779,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "니다"
 
 #. Tag: replaceable
-#: using-d-i.xml:2456
+#: using-d-i.xml:2472
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "disk"
 msgstr "disk"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2457
+#: using-d-i.xml:2473
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>arcboot</command> is "
@@ -3775,13 +3793,13 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr "<command>arcboot</command>를 설치한 하드디스크의 SCSI ID"
 
 #. Tag: replaceable
-#: using-d-i.xml:2465 using-d-i.xml:2534
+#: using-d-i.xml:2481 using-d-i.xml:2550
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "partnr"
 msgstr "partnr"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2466
+#: using-d-i.xml:2482
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</"
@@ -3789,13 +3807,13 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr "<filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</filename> 파일이 들어 있는 파티션 번호"
 
 #. Tag: replaceable
-#: using-d-i.xml:2474
+#: using-d-i.xml:2490
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "config"
 msgstr "config"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2475
+#: using-d-i.xml:2491
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</"
@@ -3805,13 +3823,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "은 <quote>linux</quote>입니다."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2496
+#: using-d-i.xml:2512
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<command>delo</command>-installer"
 msgstr "<command>delo</command>-installer"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2497
+#: using-d-i.xml:2513
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The boot loader on DECstations is <command>DELO</command>. It has to be "
@@ -3839,13 +3857,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "</screen></informalexample>"
 
 #. Tag: replaceable
-#: using-d-i.xml:2516
+#: using-d-i.xml:2532
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<replaceable>#</replaceable>"
 msgstr "<replaceable>#</replaceable>"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2517
+#: using-d-i.xml:2533
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "is the TurboChannel device to be booted from, on most DECstations this is "
@@ -3855,20 +3873,20 @@ msgstr ""
 "<userinput>3</userinput>입니다"
 
 #. Tag: replaceable
-#: using-d-i.xml:2525
+#: using-d-i.xml:2541
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<replaceable>id</replaceable>"
 msgstr "<replaceable>id</replaceable>"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2526
+#: using-d-i.xml:2542
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>DELO</command> is installed"
 msgstr "<command>DELO</command>를 설치한 하드 디스크의 SCSI ID"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2535
+#: using-d-i.xml:2551
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> "
@@ -3876,13 +3894,13 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr "<filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> 파일이 들어 있는 파티션 번호"
 
 #. Tag: replaceable
-#: using-d-i.xml:2543
+#: using-d-i.xml:2559
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "name"
 msgstr "name"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2544
+#: using-d-i.xml:2560
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/delo.conf</"
@@ -3892,7 +3910,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "본값은 <quote>linux</quote>입니다."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2554
+#: using-d-i.xml:2570
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "In case <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> is on the first partition on the "
@@ -3902,19 +3920,19 @@ msgstr ""
 "본 설정으로 부팅하는 경우, 다음을 사용하면 충분합니다:"
 
 #. Tag: screen
-#: using-d-i.xml:2560
+#: using-d-i.xml:2576
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<userinput>boot #/rz<replaceable>id</replaceable></userinput>"
 msgstr "<userinput>boot #/rz<replaceable>id</replaceable></userinput>"
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2570
+#: using-d-i.xml:2586
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Install <command>Yaboot</command> on a Hard Disk"
 msgstr "하드 디스크에 <command>yaboot</command> 설치"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2571
+#: using-d-i.xml:2587
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Newer (mid 1998 and on) PowerMacs use <command>yaboot</command> as their "
@@ -3933,13 +3951,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "크가 부팅 가능하게 되고 OpenFirmware에서 &debian; 부팅 준비가 끝납니다."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2589
+#: using-d-i.xml:2605
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Install <command>Quik</command> on a Hard Disk"
 msgstr "하드 디스크에 <command>Quik</command> 설치"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2590
+#: using-d-i.xml:2606
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The boot loader for OldWorld Power Macintosh machines is <command>quik</"
@@ -3953,13 +3971,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "환품에서 동작한다고 알려져 있습니다."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2606
+#: using-d-i.xml:2622
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<command>zipl</command>-installer"
 msgstr "<command>zipl</command>-installer"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2607
+#: using-d-i.xml:2623
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The boot loader on &arch-title; is <quote>zipl</quote>. <command>ZIPL</"
@@ -3975,13 +3993,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "and Installation Commands</quote>를 보십시오."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2624
+#: using-d-i.xml:2640
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Install the <command>SILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk"
 msgstr "하드 디스크에 <command>SILO</command> 부트로더 설치"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2626
+#: using-d-i.xml:2642
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The standard &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>silo</quote>. It is "
@@ -4011,13 +4029,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "Solaris와 같이 설치할 때 유용합니다."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2651
+#: using-d-i.xml:2667
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Continue Without Boot Loader"
 msgstr "부트로더 없이 계속"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2653
+#: using-d-i.xml:2669
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "This option can be used to complete the installation even when no boot "
@@ -4034,7 +4052,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "지하면서 기존 운영체제에서 GNU/리눅스를 부팅하는 경우에 사용합니다.</phrase>"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2662
+#: using-d-i.xml:2678
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you plan to manually configure your bootloader, you should check the name "
@@ -4055,13 +4073,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "시스템의 디스크 및 파티션도 알아야 합니다."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2679
+#: using-d-i.xml:2695
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Finishing the Installation"
 msgstr "설치 마치기"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2680
+#: using-d-i.xml:2696
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "These are the last bits to do before rebooting to your new system. It mostly "
@@ -4071,13 +4089,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "&d-i;를 정리하는 작업들입니다."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2692
+#: using-d-i.xml:2708
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Finish the Installation and Reboot"
 msgstr "설치 마치기 및 다시 시작하기"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2694
+#: using-d-i.xml:2710
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "This is the last step in the initial Debian installation process. You will "
@@ -4090,7 +4108,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "작업을 다 마친 다음에, 새로 설치한 데비안 시스템으로 다시 시작합니다."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2701
+#: using-d-i.xml:2717
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Select the <guimenuitem>Finish the installation</guimenuitem> menu item "
@@ -4104,13 +4122,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "팅하면 (IPL) 됩니다."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2715
+#: using-d-i.xml:2731
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Miscellaneous"
 msgstr "기타"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2716
+#: using-d-i.xml:2732
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The components listed in this section are usually not involved in the "
@@ -4121,13 +4139,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "하지만 백그라운드에서 기다리면서 잘못된 부분이 있을 때 도움이 됩니다."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2729
+#: using-d-i.xml:2745
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Saving the installation logs"
 msgstr "설치 로그 저장"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2731
+#: using-d-i.xml:2747
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If the installation is successful, the logfiles created during the "
@@ -4138,7 +4156,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "<filename>/var/log/installer/</filename> 파일에 자동으로 저장합니다."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2738
+#: using-d-i.xml:2754
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Choosing <guimenuitem>Save debug logs</guimenuitem> from the main menu "
@@ -4153,13 +4171,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "로그를 설치 보고서에 첨부할 때 유용합니다."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2758
+#: using-d-i.xml:2774
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Using the Shell and Viewing the Logs"
 msgstr "쉘 사용하기 및 로그 보기"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2761
+#: using-d-i.xml:2777
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "There is an <guimenuitem>Execute a Shell</guimenuitem> item on the menu. If "
@@ -4181,7 +4199,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "다."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2773
+#: using-d-i.xml:2789
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "At this point you are booted from the RAM disk, and there is a limited set "
@@ -4198,7 +4216,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "같은 훌륭한 기능도 좀 있습니다."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2782
+#: using-d-i.xml:2798
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Use the menus to perform any task that they are able to do &mdash; the shell "
@@ -4217,13 +4235,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "한 경우에는 <command>exit</command> 명령을 실행하면 메뉴로 돌아갑니다."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2801
+#: using-d-i.xml:2817
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Installation Over the Network"
 msgstr "네트워크를 통해 설치"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2803
+#: using-d-i.xml:2819
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "One of the more interesting components is <firstterm>network-console</"
@@ -4240,7 +4258,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "에 따라 자동화할 수 있습니다.)"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2813
+#: using-d-i.xml:2829
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "This component is not loaded into the main installation menu by default, so "
@@ -4261,7 +4279,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "목이 새로 생깁니다."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2826
+#: using-d-i.xml:2842
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "For installations on &arch-title;, this is the default method after setting "
@@ -4271,7 +4289,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "입니다."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2831
+#: using-d-i.xml:2847
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "<phrase arch=\"not-s390\">After selecting this new entry, you</phrase> "
@@ -4291,7 +4309,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "치할 사람에게</quote> 안전하게 전달해야 합니다."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2843
+#: using-d-i.xml:2859
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Should you decide to continue with the installation locally, you can always "
@@ -4302,7 +4320,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "주 메뉴로 돌아갈 수 있습니다. 주 메뉴에서 다른 구성 요소를 선택하면 됩니다."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2849
+#: using-d-i.xml:2865
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Now let's switch to the other side of the wire. As a prerequisite, you need "
@@ -4332,7 +4350,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "핑거프린트가 표시될 것이고, 이 핑거프린트가 올바른 지 확인해야 합니다."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2866
+#: using-d-i.xml:2882
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you install several computers in turn and they happen to have the same IP "
@@ -4349,7 +4367,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "당 줄을 지우고 다시 연결하면 됩니다."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2875
+#: using-d-i.xml:2891
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "After the login you will be presented with an initial screen where you have "
@@ -4368,7 +4386,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "야 합니다. 하지만 쉘의 경우에는 여러 개를 열어도 됩니다."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2885
+#: using-d-i.xml:2901
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "After you have started the installation remotely over SSH, you should not go "
@@ -4383,7 +4401,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "발생할 수 있습니다."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2893
+#: using-d-i.xml:2909
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Also, if you are running the SSH session from an X terminal, you should not "
diff --git a/po/pot/using-d-i.pot b/po/pot/using-d-i.pot
index 3a61ada24..1d0406d14 100644
--- a/po/pot/using-d-i.pot
+++ b/po/pot/using-d-i.pot
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-29 17:11+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-11-17 09:33+0000\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
 "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
@@ -1571,377 +1571,389 @@ msgstr ""
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:1944
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "So, you have the ability to choose <emphasis>tasks</emphasis> first, and then add on more individual packages later. These tasks loosely represent a number of different jobs or things you want to do with your computer, such as <quote>Desktop environment</quote>, <quote>Web server</quote>, or <quote>Print server</quote><footnote> <para> You should know that to present this list, the installer is merely invoking the <command>tasksel</command> program. It can be run at any time after installation to install (or remove) more packages, or you can use a more fine-grained tool such as <command>aptitude</command>. If you are looking for a specific single package, after installation is complete, simply run <userinput>aptitude install <replaceable>package</replaceable></userinput>, where <replaceable>package</replaceable> is the name of the package you are looking for. </para> </footnote>. <xref linkend=\"tasksel-size-list\"/> lists the space requirements for the available tasks."
+msgid "So, you have the ability to choose <emphasis>tasks</emphasis> first, and then add on more individual packages later. These tasks loosely represent a number of different jobs or things you want to do with your computer, such as <quote>Desktop environment</quote>, <quote>Web server</quote>, or <quote>Print server</quote><footnote> <para> You should know that to present this list, the installer is merely invoking the <command>tasksel</command> program. It can be run at any time after installation to install more packages or remove them), or you can use a more fine-grained tool such as <command>aptitude</command>. If you are looking for a specific single package, after installation is complete, simply run <userinput>aptitude install <replaceable>package</replaceable></userinput>, where <replaceable>package</replaceable> is the name of the package you are looking for. </para> </footnote>. <xref linkend=\"tasksel-size-list\"/> lists the space requirements for the available tasks."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:1969
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Once you've selected your tasks, select <guibutton>Ok</guibutton>. At this point, <command>aptitude</command> will install the packages you've selected."
+msgid "Some tasks may be pre-selected based on the characteristics of the computer you are installing. If you disagree with these selections you can un-select the tasks. You can even opt to install no tasks at all at this point."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:1976
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "In the standard user interface of the installer, you can use the space bar to toggle selection of a task."
+msgid "The <quote>Desktop environment</quote> task will install the Gnome desktop environment. The options offered by the installer currently do not allow to select a different desktop environment like for example KDE."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:1982
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "It is however possible to get the installer to install KDE by using preseeding (see <xref linkend=\"preseed-pkgsel\"/>) or by adding <literal>tasksel/first=kde-desktop</literal> at the boot prompt when starting the installer."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1983
+#: using-d-i.xml:1990
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Note that some tasks may be pre-selected based on the characteristics of the computer you are installing. If you disagree with these selections you can un-select the tasks. You can even opt to install no tasks at all at this point."
+msgid "Once you've selected your tasks, select <guibutton>Ok</guibutton>. At this point, <command>aptitude</command> will install the packages you've selected."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1991
+#: using-d-i.xml:1998
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "In the standard user interface of the installer, you can use the space bar to toggle selection of a task."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:2007
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Each package you selected with <command>tasksel</command> is downloaded, unpacked and then installed in turn by the <command>apt-get</command> and <command>dpkg</command> programs. If a particular program needs more information from the user, it will prompt you during this process."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2000
+#: using-d-i.xml:2016
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Configuring Your Mail Transport Agent"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2002
+#: using-d-i.xml:2018
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Today, email is a very important part of many people's life, so it's no surprise Debian lets you configure your mail system right as a part of the installation process. The standard mail transport agent in Debian is <command>exim4</command>, which is relatively small, flexible, and easy to learn."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2010
+#: using-d-i.xml:2026
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "You may ask if this is needed even if your computer is not connected to any network. The short answer is: Yes. The longer explanation: Some system utilities (like <command>cron</command>, <command>quota</command>, <command>aide</command>, &hellip;) may send you important notices via email."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2018
+#: using-d-i.xml:2034
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "So on the first screen you will be presented with several common mail scenarios. Choose the one that most closely resembles your needs:"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2027
+#: using-d-i.xml:2043
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "internet site"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2028
+#: using-d-i.xml:2044
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Your system is connected to a network and your mail is sent and received directly using SMTP. On the following screens you will be asked a few basic questions, like your machine's mail name, or a list of domains for which you accept or relay mail."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2039
+#: using-d-i.xml:2055
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "mail sent by smarthost"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2040
+#: using-d-i.xml:2056
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "In this scenario is your outgoing mail forwarded to another machine, called a <quote>smarthost</quote>, which does the actual job for you. Smarthost also usually stores incoming mail addressed to your computer, so you don't need to be permanently online. That also means you have to download your mail from the smarthost via programs like fetchmail. This option is suitable for dial-up users."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2053
+#: using-d-i.xml:2069
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "local delivery only"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2054
+#: using-d-i.xml:2070
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Your system is not on a network and mail is sent or received only between local users. Even if you don't plan to send any messages, this option is highly recommended, because some system utilities may send you various alerts from time to time (e.g. beloved <quote>Disk quota exceeded</quote>). This option is also convenient for new users, because it doesn't ask any further questions."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2067
+#: using-d-i.xml:2083
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "no configuration at this time"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2068
+#: using-d-i.xml:2084
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Choose this if you are absolutely convinced you know what you are doing. This will leave you with an unconfigured mail system &mdash; until you configure it, you won't be able to send or receive any mail and you may miss some important messages from your system utilities."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2079
+#: using-d-i.xml:2095
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "If none of these scenarios suits your needs, or if you need a finer setup, you will need to edit configuration files under the <filename>/etc/exim4</filename> directory after the installation is complete. More information about <command>exim4</command> may be found under <filename>/usr/share/doc/exim4</filename>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2094
+#: using-d-i.xml:2110
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Making Your System Bootable"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2096
+#: using-d-i.xml:2112
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "If you are installing a diskless workstation, obviously, booting off the local disk isn't a meaningful option, and this step will be skipped. <phrase arch=\"sparc\">You may wish to set the OpenBoot to boot from the network by default; see <xref linkend=\"boot-dev-select-sun\"/>.</phrase>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2104
+#: using-d-i.xml:2120
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still something of a black art. This document does not even attempt to document the various boot managers, which vary by architecture and even by subarchitecture. You should see your boot manager's documentation for more information."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2119
+#: using-d-i.xml:2135
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Detecting other operating systems"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2121
+#: using-d-i.xml:2137
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Before a boot loader is installed, the installer will attempt to probe for other operating systems which are installed on the machine. If it finds a supported operating system, you will be informed of this during the boot loader installation step, and the computer will be configured to boot this other operating system in addition to Debian."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2129
+#: using-d-i.xml:2145
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still something of a black art. The automatic support for detecting and setting up boot loaders to boot other operating systems varies by architecture and even by subarchitecture. If it does not work you should consult your boot manager's documentation for more information."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2147
+#: using-d-i.xml:2163
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Install <command>aboot</command> on a Hard Disk"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2148
+#: using-d-i.xml:2164
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "If you have booted from SRM, if you select this option, the installer will write <command>aboot</command> to the first sector of the disk on which you installed Debian. Be <emphasis>very</emphasis> careful &mdash; it is <emphasis>not</emphasis> possible to boot multiple operating systems (e.g. GNU/Linux, Free/Open/NetBSD, OSF/1 a.k.a. Digital Unix a.k.a. Tru64 Unix, or OpenVMS) from the same disk. If you also have a different operating system installed on the disk where you have installed Debian, you will have to boot GNU/Linux from a floppy instead."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2168
+#: using-d-i.xml:2184
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<command>palo</command>-installer"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2169
+#: using-d-i.xml:2185
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "The bootloader on PA-RISC is <quote>palo</quote>. <command>PALO</command> is similar in configuration and usage to <command>LILO</command>, with a few exceptions. First of all, <command>PALO</command> allows you to boot any kernel image on your boot partition. This is because <command>PALO</command> can actually read Linux partitions."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2178
+#: using-d-i.xml:2194
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "hppa FIXME ( need more info )"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2190
+#: using-d-i.xml:2206
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Install the <command>Grub</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2192
+#: using-d-i.xml:2208
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "The main &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>grub</quote>. Grub is a flexible and robust boot loader and a good default choice for newbies and old hands alike."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2198
+#: using-d-i.xml:2214
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "By default, grub will be installed into the Master Boot Record (MBR), where it will take over complete control of the boot process. If you prefer, you can install it elsewhere. See the grub manual for complete information."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2204
+#: using-d-i.xml:2220
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "If you do not want to install grub at all, use the Back button to get to the main menu, and from there select whatever bootloader you would like to use."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2218
+#: using-d-i.xml:2234
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Install the <command>LILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2220
+#: using-d-i.xml:2236
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "The second &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>LILO</quote>. It is an old complex program which offers lots of functionality, including DOS, Windows, and OS/2 boot management. Please carefully read the instructions in the directory <filename>/usr/share/doc/lilo/</filename> if you have special needs; also see the <ulink url=\"&url-lilo-howto;\">LILO mini-HOWTO</ulink>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2230
+#: using-d-i.xml:2246
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Currently the LILO installation will only create menu entries for other operating systems if these can be <firstterm>chainloaded</firstterm>. This means you may have to manually add a menu entry for operating systems like GNU/Linux and GNU/Hurd after the installation."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2238
+#: using-d-i.xml:2254
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "&d-i; presents you three choices where to install the <command>LILO</command> boot loader:"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2245
+#: using-d-i.xml:2261
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Master Boot Record (MBR)"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2245
+#: using-d-i.xml:2261
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "This way the <command>LILO</command> will take complete control of the boot process."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2252
+#: using-d-i.xml:2268
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "new Debian partition"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2252
+#: using-d-i.xml:2268
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Choose this if you want to use another boot manager. <command>LILO</command> will install itself at the beginning of the new Debian partition and it will serve as a secondary boot loader."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2261
+#: using-d-i.xml:2277
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Other choice"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2261
+#: using-d-i.xml:2277
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Useful for advanced users who want to install <command>LILO</command> somewhere else. In this case you will be asked for desired location. You can use devfs style names, such as those that start with <filename>/dev/ide</filename>, <filename>/dev/scsi</filename>, and <filename>/dev/discs</filename>, as well as traditional names, such as <filename>/dev/hda</filename> or <filename>/dev/sda</filename>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2273
+#: using-d-i.xml:2289
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "If you can no longer boot into Windows 9x (or DOS) after this step, you'll need to use a Windows 9x (MS-DOS) boot disk and use the <userinput>fdisk /mbr</userinput> command to reinstall the MS-DOS master boot record &mdash; however, this means that you'll need to use some other way to get back into Debian! For more information on this please read <xref linkend=\"reactivating-win\"/>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2290
+#: using-d-i.xml:2306
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Install the <command>ELILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2292
+#: using-d-i.xml:2308
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "The &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>elilo</quote>. It is modeled on the <quote>lilo</quote> boot loader for the x86 architecture and uses a similar configuration file. However, instead of writing an MBR or partition boot record to the disk, it copies the necessary files to a separate FAT formatted disk partition and modifies the <guimenuitem>EFI Boot Manager</guimenuitem> menu in the firmware to point to the files in the EFI partition. The <command>elilo</command> boot loader is really in two parts. The <filename>/usr/sbin/elilo</filename> command manages the partition and copies file into it. The <filename>elilo.efi</filename> program is copied into the EFI partition and then run by the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> to actually do the work of loading and starting the Linux kernel."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2308
+#: using-d-i.xml:2324
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "The <quote>elilo</quote> configuration and installation is done as the last step of installing the packages of the base installation. &d-i; will present you with a list of potential disk partitions that it has found suitable for an EFI partition. Select the partition you set up earlier in the installation, typically a partition on the same disk that contains your <emphasis>root</emphasis> filesystem."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2320
+#: using-d-i.xml:2336
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Choose the correct partition!"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2322
+#: using-d-i.xml:2338
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "The criteria for selecting a partition is that it is FAT format filesystem with its <emphasis>boot</emphasis> flag set. &d-i; may show multiple choices depending on what it finds from scanning all of the disks of the system including EFI partitions of other system disks and EFI diagnostic partitions. Remember, the <command>elilo</command> may format the partition during the installation, erasing any previous contents!"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2337
+#: using-d-i.xml:2353
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "EFI Partition Contents"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2339
+#: using-d-i.xml:2355
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "The EFI partition is a FAT filesystem format partition on one of the hard disks of the system, usually the same disk that contains the <emphasis>root</emphasis> filesystem. It is normally not mounted on a running system as it is only needed by the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> to load the system and the installer part of the <command>elilo</command> writes to the filesystem directly. The <command>/usr/sbin/elilo</command> utility writes the following files into the <filename>efi/debian</filename> directory of the EFI partition during the installation. Note that the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> would find these files using the path <filename>fs<replaceable>n</replaceable>:\\efi\\debian</filename>. There may be other files in this filesystem as well over time as the system is updated or re-configured."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2361
+#: using-d-i.xml:2377
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "elilo.conf"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2362
+#: using-d-i.xml:2378
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "This is the configuration file read by the boot loader when it starts. It is a copy of the <filename>/etc/elilo.conf</filename> with the filenames re-written to refer to files in the EFI partition."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2371
+#: using-d-i.xml:2387
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "elilo.efi"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2372
+#: using-d-i.xml:2388
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "This is the boot loader program that the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> runs to boot the system. It is the program behind the <guimenuitem>Debian GNU/Linux</guimenuitem> menu item of the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> command menu."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2382
+#: using-d-i.xml:2398
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "initrd.img"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2383
+#: using-d-i.xml:2399
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "This is the initial root filesystem used to boot the kernel. It is a copy of the file referenced in the <filename>/etc/elilo.conf</filename>. In a standard Debian installation it would be the file in <filename>/boot</filename> pointed to by the symbolic link <filename>/initrd.img</filename>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2395
+#: using-d-i.xml:2411
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "readme.txt"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2396
+#: using-d-i.xml:2412
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "This is a small text file warning you that the contents of the directory are managed by the <command>elilo</command> and that any local changes would be lost at the next time <filename>/usr/sbin/elilo</filename> is run."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2406
+#: using-d-i.xml:2422
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "vmlinuz"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2407
+#: using-d-i.xml:2423
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "This is the compressed kernel itself. It is a copy of the file referenced in the <filename>/etc/elilo.conf</filename>. In a standard Debian installation it would be the file in <filename>/boot</filename> pointed to by the symbolic link <filename>/vmlinuz</filename>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2427
+#: using-d-i.xml:2443
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<command>arcboot</command>-installer"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2428
+#: using-d-i.xml:2444
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
       "The boot loader on SGI machines is <command>arcboot</command>. It has to be installed on the same hard disk as the kernel (this is done automatically by the installer). Arcboot supports different configurations which are set up in <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</filename>. Each configuration has a unique name, the default setup as created by the installer is <quote>linux</quote>. After arcboot has been installed, the system can be booted from hard disk by setting some firmware environment variables entering <informalexample><screen>\n"
@@ -1954,61 +1966,61 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: replaceable
-#: using-d-i.xml:2447
+#: using-d-i.xml:2463
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "scsi"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2448
+#: using-d-i.xml:2464
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "is the SCSI bus to be booted from, this is <userinput>0</userinput> for the onboard controllers"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: replaceable
-#: using-d-i.xml:2456
+#: using-d-i.xml:2472
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "disk"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2457
+#: using-d-i.xml:2473
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>arcboot</command> is installed"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: replaceable
-#: using-d-i.xml:2465 using-d-i.xml:2534
+#: using-d-i.xml:2481 using-d-i.xml:2550
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "partnr"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2466
+#: using-d-i.xml:2482
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</filename> resides"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: replaceable
-#: using-d-i.xml:2474
+#: using-d-i.xml:2490
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "config"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2475
+#: using-d-i.xml:2491
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</filename>, which is <quote>linux</quote> by default."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2496
+#: using-d-i.xml:2512
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<command>delo</command>-installer"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2497
+#: using-d-i.xml:2513
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
       "The boot loader on DECstations is <command>DELO</command>. It has to be installed on the same hard disk as the kernel (this is done automatically by the installer). DELO supports different configurations which are set up in <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename>. Each configuration has a unique name, the default setup as created by the installer is <quote>linux</quote>. After DELO has been installed, the system can be booted from hard disk by entering <informalexample><screen>\n"
@@ -2017,247 +2029,247 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: replaceable
-#: using-d-i.xml:2516
+#: using-d-i.xml:2532
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<replaceable>#</replaceable>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2517
+#: using-d-i.xml:2533
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "is the TurboChannel device to be booted from, on most DECstations this is <userinput>3</userinput> for the onboard controllers"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: replaceable
-#: using-d-i.xml:2525
+#: using-d-i.xml:2541
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<replaceable>id</replaceable>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2526
+#: using-d-i.xml:2542
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>DELO</command> is installed"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2535
+#: using-d-i.xml:2551
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> resides"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: replaceable
-#: using-d-i.xml:2543
+#: using-d-i.xml:2559
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "name"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2544
+#: using-d-i.xml:2560
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename>, which is <quote>linux</quote> by default."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2554
+#: using-d-i.xml:2570
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "In case <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> is on the first partition on the disk and the default configuration shall be booted, it is sufficient to use"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: screen
-#: using-d-i.xml:2560
+#: using-d-i.xml:2576
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<userinput>boot #/rz<replaceable>id</replaceable></userinput>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2570
+#: using-d-i.xml:2586
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Install <command>Yaboot</command> on a Hard Disk"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2571
+#: using-d-i.xml:2587
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Newer (mid 1998 and on) PowerMacs use <command>yaboot</command> as their boot loader. The installer will set up <command>yaboot</command> automatically, so all you need is a small 820k partition named <quote>bootstrap</quote> with type <emphasis>Apple_Bootstrap</emphasis> created back in the partitioning component. If this step completes successfully then your disk should now be bootable and OpenFirmware will be set to boot &debian;."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2589
+#: using-d-i.xml:2605
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Install <command>Quik</command> on a Hard Disk"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2590
+#: using-d-i.xml:2606
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "The boot loader for OldWorld Power Macintosh machines is <command>quik</command>. You can also use it on CHRP. The installer will attempt to set up <command>quik</command> automatically. The setup has been known to work on 7200, 7300, and 7600 Powermacs, and on some Power Computing clones."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2606
+#: using-d-i.xml:2622
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<command>zipl</command>-installer"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2607
+#: using-d-i.xml:2623
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "The boot loader on &arch-title; is <quote>zipl</quote>. <command>ZIPL</command> is similar in configuration and usage to <command>LILO</command>, with a few exceptions. Please take a look at <quote>LINUX for &arch-title; Device Drivers and Installation Commands</quote> from IBM's developerWorks web site if you want to know more about <command>ZIPL</command>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2624
+#: using-d-i.xml:2640
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Install the <command>SILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2626
+#: using-d-i.xml:2642
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "The standard &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>silo</quote>. It is documented in <filename>/usr/share/doc/silo/</filename>. <command>SILO</command> is similar in configuration and usage to <command>LILO</command>, with a few exceptions. First of all, <command>SILO</command> allows you to boot any kernel image on your drive, even if it is not listed in <filename>/etc/silo.conf</filename>. This is because <command>SILO</command> can actually read Linux partitions. Also, <filename>/etc/silo.conf</filename> is read at boot time, so there is no need to rerun <command>silo</command> after installing a new kernel like you would with <command>LILO</command>. <command>SILO</command> can also read UFS partitions, which means it can boot SunOS/Solaris partitions as well. This is useful if you want to install GNU/Linux alongside an existing SunOS/Solaris install."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2651
+#: using-d-i.xml:2667
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Continue Without Boot Loader"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2653
+#: using-d-i.xml:2669
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "This option can be used to complete the installation even when no boot loader is to be installed, either because the arch/subarch doesn't provide one, or because none is desired (e.g. you will use existing boot loader). <phrase arch=\"m68k\">This option is especially useful for Macintosh, Atari, and Amiga systems, where the original operating system must be maintained on the box and used to boot GNU/Linux.</phrase>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2662
+#: using-d-i.xml:2678
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "If you plan to manually configure your bootloader, you should check the name of the installed kernel in <filename>/target/boot</filename>. You should also check that directory for the presence of an <firstterm>initrd</firstterm>; if one is present, you will probably have to instruct your bootloader to use it. Other information you will need are the disk and partition you selected for your <filename>/</filename> filesystem and, if you chose to install <filename>/boot</filename> on a separate partition, also your <filename>/boot</filename> filesystem."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2679
+#: using-d-i.xml:2695
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Finishing the Installation"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2680
+#: using-d-i.xml:2696
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "These are the last bits to do before rebooting to your new system. It mostly consists of tidying up after the &d-i;."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2692
+#: using-d-i.xml:2708
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Finish the Installation and Reboot"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2694
+#: using-d-i.xml:2710
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "This is the last step in the initial Debian installation process. You will be prompted to remove the boot media (CD, floppy, etc) that you used to boot the installer. The installer will do any last minute tasks, and then reboot into your new Debian system."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2701
+#: using-d-i.xml:2717
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Select the <guimenuitem>Finish the installation</guimenuitem> menu item which will halt the system because rebooting is not supported on &arch-title; in this case. You then need to IPL GNU/Linux from the DASD which you selected for the root filesystem during the first steps of the installation."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2715
+#: using-d-i.xml:2731
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Miscellaneous"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2716
+#: using-d-i.xml:2732
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "The components listed in this section are usually not involved in the installation process, but are waiting in the background to help the user in case something goes wrong."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2729
+#: using-d-i.xml:2745
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Saving the installation logs"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2731
+#: using-d-i.xml:2747
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "If the installation is successful, the logfiles created during the installation process will be automatically saved to <filename>/var/log/installer/</filename> on your new Debian system."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2738
+#: using-d-i.xml:2754
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Choosing <guimenuitem>Save debug logs</guimenuitem> from the main menu allows you to save the log files to a floppy disk, network, hard disk, or other media. This can be useful if you encounter fatal problems during the installation and wish to study the logs on another system or attach them to an installation report."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2758
+#: using-d-i.xml:2774
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Using the Shell and Viewing the Logs"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2761
+#: using-d-i.xml:2777
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "There is an <guimenuitem>Execute a Shell</guimenuitem> item on the menu. If the menu is not available when you need to use the shell, press <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap> <keycap>F2</keycap></keycombo> (on a Mac keyboard, <keycombo><keycap>Option</keycap> <keycap>F2</keycap> </keycombo>) to switch to the second <emphasis>virtual console</emphasis>. That's the <keycap>Alt</keycap> key on the left-hand side of the <keycap>space bar</keycap>, and the <keycap>F2</keycap> function key, at the same time. This is a separate window running a Bourne shell clone called <command>ash</command>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2773
+#: using-d-i.xml:2789
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "At this point you are booted from the RAM disk, and there is a limited set of Unix utilities available for your use. You can see what programs are available with the command <command>ls /bin /sbin /usr/bin /usr/sbin</command> and by typing <command>help</command>. The text editor is <command>nano</command>. The shell has some nice features like autocompletion and history."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2782
+#: using-d-i.xml:2798
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Use the menus to perform any task that they are able to do &mdash; the shell and commands are only there in case something goes wrong. In particular, you should always use the menus, not the shell, to activate your swap partition, because the menu software can't detect that you've done this from the shell. Press <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap> <keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo> to get back to menus, or type <command>exit</command> if you used a menu item to open the shell."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2801
+#: using-d-i.xml:2817
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Installation Over the Network"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2803
+#: using-d-i.xml:2819
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "One of the more interesting components is <firstterm>network-console</firstterm>. It allows you to do a large part of the installation over the network via SSH. The use of the network implies you will have to perform the first steps of the installation from the console, at least to the point of setting up the networking. (Although you can automate that part with <xref linkend=\"automatic-install\"/>.)"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2813
+#: using-d-i.xml:2829
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "This component is not loaded into the main installation menu by default, so you have to explicitly ask for it. If you are installing from CD, you need to boot with medium priority or otherwise invoke the main installation menu and choose <guimenuitem>Load installer components from CD</guimenuitem> and from the list of additional components select <guimenuitem>network-console: Continue installation remotely using SSH</guimenuitem>. Successful load is indicated by a new menu entry called <guimenuitem>Continue installation remotely using SSH</guimenuitem>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2826
+#: using-d-i.xml:2842
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "For installations on &arch-title;, this is the default method after setting up the network."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2831
+#: using-d-i.xml:2847
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<phrase arch=\"not-s390\">After selecting this new entry, you</phrase> <phrase arch=\"s390\">You</phrase> will be asked for a new password to be used for connecting to the installation system and for its confirmation. That's all. Now you should see a screen which instructs you to login remotely as the user <emphasis>installer</emphasis> with the password you just provided. Another important detail to notice on this screen is the fingerprint of this system. You need to transfer the fingerprint securely to the <quote>person who will continue the installation remotely</quote>."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2843
+#: using-d-i.xml:2859
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Should you decide to continue with the installation locally, you can always press &enterkey;, which will bring you back to the main menu, where you can select another component."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2849
+#: using-d-i.xml:2865
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
       "Now let's switch to the other side of the wire. As a prerequisite, you need to configure your terminal for UTF-8 encoding, because that is what the installation system uses. If you do not, remote installation will be still possible, but you may encounter strange display artefacts like destroyed dialog borders or unreadable non-ascii characters. Establishing a connection with the installation system is as simple as typing: <informalexample><screen>\n"
@@ -2266,25 +2278,25 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2866
+#: using-d-i.xml:2882
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "If you install several computers in turn and they happen to have the same IP address or hostname, <command>ssh</command> will refuse to connect to such host. The reason is that it will have different fingerprint, which is usually a sign of a spoofing attack. If you are sure this is not the case, you will need to delete the relevant line from <filename>~/.ssh/known_hosts</filename> and try again."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2875
+#: using-d-i.xml:2891
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "After the login you will be presented with an initial screen where you have two possibilities called <guimenuitem>Start menu</guimenuitem> and <guimenuitem>Start shell</guimenuitem>. The former brings you to the main installer menu, where you can continue with the installation as usual. The latter starts a shell from which you can examine and possibly fix the remote system. You should only start one SSH session for the installation menu, but may start multiple sessions for shells."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2885
+#: using-d-i.xml:2901
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "After you have started the installation remotely over SSH, you should not go back to the installation session running on the local console. Doing so may corrupt the database that holds the configuration of the new system. This in turn may result in a failed installation or problems with the installed system."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2893
+#: using-d-i.xml:2909
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Also, if you are running the SSH session from an X terminal, you should not resize the window as that will result in the connection being terminated."
 msgstr ""
diff --git a/po/pt/using-d-i.po b/po/pt/using-d-i.po
index db39175d1..4c7f2035f 100644
--- a/po/pt/using-d-i.po
+++ b/po/pt/using-d-i.po
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: using-d-i\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-29 17:11+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-11-17 09:33+0000\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-10-31 18:55+0000\n"
 "Last-Translator: Miguel Figueiredo <elmig@debianpt.org>\n"
 "Language-Team: Portuguese <traduz@debianpt.org>\n"
@@ -1236,7 +1236,9 @@ msgstr ""
 "Se escolheu o particionamento guiado, poderá ter três opções: criar "
 "partições directamente no disco rígido (método clássico), ou criá-las "
 "utilizando o Logical Volume Management (LVM), ou criá-las utilizando LVM "
-"encriptado<footnote> <para> O instalador irá o grupo de volumes LVM utilizando uma chave AES de 256 bit e fazer uso do suporte <quote>dm-crypt</quote> do kernel </para> </footnote>."
+"encriptado<footnote> <para> O instalador irá o grupo de volumes LVM "
+"utilizando uma chave AES de 256 bit e fazer uso do suporte <quote>dm-crypt</"
+"quote> do kernel </para> </footnote>."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:766
@@ -1244,7 +1246,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "The option to use (encrypted) LVM may not be available on all architectures."
 msgstr ""
-"A opção de utilizar LVM (encriptado) pode não estar disponível em todas as arquitecturas."
+"A opção de utilizar LVM (encriptado) pode não estar disponível em todas as "
+"arquitecturas."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:771
@@ -1273,7 +1276,12 @@ msgid ""
 "makes sure that any traces of previous installations are erased), but may "
 "take some time depending on the size of your disk."
 msgstr ""
-"Quando utilizar LVM encriptado, o instalador também irá apagar automaticamente o disco escrevendo neste dados aleatórios. Isto melhora ainda mais a segurança (porque torna impossível dizer quais as partes do disco que estão em uso e também se assegura que vestígios de instalações anteriores sejam apagadas), mas pode demorar algum tempo dependendo do tamanho do seu disco."
+"Quando utilizar LVM encriptado, o instalador também irá apagar "
+"automaticamente o disco escrevendo neste dados aleatórios. Isto melhora "
+"ainda mais a segurança (porque torna impossível dizer quais as partes do "
+"disco que estão em uso e também se assegura que vestígios de instalações "
+"anteriores sejam apagadas), mas pode demorar algum tempo dependendo do "
+"tamanho do seu disco."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:789
@@ -3194,7 +3202,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:1944
-#, no-c-format
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "So, you have the ability to choose <emphasis>tasks</emphasis> first, and "
 "then add on more individual packages later. These tasks loosely represent a "
@@ -3202,8 +3210,8 @@ msgid ""
 "as <quote>Desktop environment</quote>, <quote>Web server</quote>, or "
 "<quote>Print server</quote><footnote> <para> You should know that to present "
 "this list, the installer is merely invoking the <command>tasksel</command> "
-"program. It can be run at any time after installation to install (or remove) "
-"more packages, or you can use a more fine-grained tool such as "
+"program. It can be run at any time after installation to install more "
+"packages or remove them), or you can use a more fine-grained tool such as "
 "<command>aptitude</command>. If you are looking for a specific single "
 "package, after installation is complete, simply run <userinput>aptitude "
 "install <replaceable>package</replaceable></userinput>, where "
@@ -3228,6 +3236,38 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:1969
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Some tasks may be pre-selected based on the characteristics of the computer "
+"you are installing. If you disagree with these selections you can un-select "
+"the tasks. You can even opt to install no tasks at all at this point."
+msgstr ""
+"Note que algumas tarefas podem ser pré-seleccionadas baseado nas "
+"características do computador que está a instalar. Se não concorda com essas "
+"selecções pode de-seleccionar as tarefas. Neste ponto pode mesmo optar por "
+"não instalar nenhuma tarefa."
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:1976
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"The <quote>Desktop environment</quote> task will install the Gnome desktop "
+"environment. The options offered by the installer currently do not allow to "
+"select a different desktop environment like for example KDE."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:1982
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"It is however possible to get the installer to install KDE by using "
+"preseeding (see <xref linkend=\"preseed-pkgsel\"/>) or by adding "
+"<literal>tasksel/first=kde-desktop</literal> at the boot prompt when "
+"starting the installer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:1990
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Once you've selected your tasks, select <guibutton>Ok</guibutton>. At this "
@@ -3238,7 +3278,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "pacotes que seleccionou."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1976
+#: using-d-i.xml:1998
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "In the standard user interface of the installer, you can use the space bar "
@@ -3248,21 +3288,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "barra de espaços para mudar a selecção de uma tarefa."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1983
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"Note that some tasks may be pre-selected based on the characteristics of the "
-"computer you are installing. If you disagree with these selections you can "
-"un-select the tasks. You can even opt to install no tasks at all at this "
-"point."
-msgstr ""
-"Note que algumas tarefas podem ser pré-seleccionadas baseado nas "
-"características do computador que está a instalar. Se não concorda com essas "
-"selecções pode de-seleccionar as tarefas. Neste ponto pode mesmo optar por "
-"não instalar nenhuma tarefa."
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1991
+#: using-d-i.xml:2007
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Each package you selected with <command>tasksel</command> is downloaded, "
@@ -3277,13 +3303,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "este processo."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2000
+#: using-d-i.xml:2016
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Configuring Your Mail Transport Agent"
 msgstr "Configurar o Mail Transport Agent"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2002
+#: using-d-i.xml:2018
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Today, email is a very important part of many people's life, so it's no "
@@ -3299,7 +3325,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "command>, que é relativamente pequeno, flexível, e fácil de aprender."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2010
+#: using-d-i.xml:2026
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "You may ask if this is needed even if your computer is not connected to any "
@@ -3314,7 +3340,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "lhe avisos importantes por email."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2018
+#: using-d-i.xml:2034
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "So on the first screen you will be presented with several common mail "
@@ -3324,13 +3350,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "de mail. Escolha o que mais se adequa às suas necessidades:"
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2027
+#: using-d-i.xml:2043
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "internet site"
 msgstr "site de internet"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2028
+#: using-d-i.xml:2044
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Your system is connected to a network and your mail is sent and received "
@@ -3344,13 +3370,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "domínios para os quais deseja aceitar e encaminhar o correio."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2039
+#: using-d-i.xml:2055
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "mail sent by smarthost"
 msgstr "correio enviado por smarthost"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2040
+#: using-d-i.xml:2056
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "In this scenario is your outgoing mail forwarded to another machine, called "
@@ -3369,13 +3395,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "telefónico."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2053
+#: using-d-i.xml:2069
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "local delivery only"
 msgstr "distribuição local apenas"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2054
+#: using-d-i.xml:2070
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Your system is not on a network and mail is sent or received only between "
@@ -3394,13 +3420,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "pergunta."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2067
+#: using-d-i.xml:2083
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "no configuration at this time"
 msgstr "sem configuração neste momento"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2068
+#: using-d-i.xml:2084
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Choose this if you are absolutely convinced you know what you are doing. "
@@ -3415,7 +3441,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "sistema."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2079
+#: using-d-i.xml:2095
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If none of these scenarios suits your needs, or if you need a finer setup, "
@@ -3431,13 +3457,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "<command>exim4</command> em <filename>/usr/share/doc/exim4</filename>."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2094
+#: using-d-i.xml:2110
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Making Your System Bootable"
 msgstr "Tornar o Sistema Iniciável"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2096
+#: using-d-i.xml:2112
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you are installing a diskless workstation, obviously, booting off the "
@@ -3452,7 +3478,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "\"boot-dev-select-sun\"/>.</phrase>"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2104
+#: using-d-i.xml:2120
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still "
@@ -3468,13 +3494,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "arranque para mais informações."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2119
+#: using-d-i.xml:2135
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Detecting other operating systems"
 msgstr "Detecção de outros sistemas operativos"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2121
+#: using-d-i.xml:2137
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Before a boot loader is installed, the installer will attempt to probe for "
@@ -3490,7 +3516,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "adição ao Debian."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2129
+#: using-d-i.xml:2145
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still "
@@ -3507,13 +3533,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "mais informações."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2147
+#: using-d-i.xml:2163
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Install <command>aboot</command> on a Hard Disk"
 msgstr "Instalar o <command>aboot</command> num Disco Rígido"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2148
+#: using-d-i.xml:2164
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you have booted from SRM, if you select this option, the installer will "
@@ -3535,13 +3561,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "terá que arrancar o GNU/Linux a partir de uma disquete."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2168
+#: using-d-i.xml:2184
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<command>palo</command>-installer"
 msgstr "<command>palo</command>-installer"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2169
+#: using-d-i.xml:2185
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The bootloader on PA-RISC is <quote>palo</quote>. <command>PALO</command> is "
@@ -3558,19 +3584,19 @@ msgstr ""
 "Linux."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2178
+#: using-d-i.xml:2194
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "hppa FIXME ( need more info )"
 msgstr "hppa FIXME ( mais informação necessária )"
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2190
+#: using-d-i.xml:2206
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Install the <command>Grub</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk"
 msgstr "Instalar o Gestor de Arranque <command>Grub</command> num Disco Rígido"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2192
+#: using-d-i.xml:2208
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The main &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>grub</quote>. Grub is a "
@@ -3582,7 +3608,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "quer para novatos quer para utilizadores experientes."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2198
+#: using-d-i.xml:2214
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "By default, grub will be installed into the Master Boot Record (MBR), where "
@@ -3594,7 +3620,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "qualquer outro local. Veja o manual do grub para uma informação completa."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2204
+#: using-d-i.xml:2220
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you do not want to install grub at all, use the Back button to get to the "
@@ -3604,13 +3630,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "menu principal e a partir daí seleccione o gestor de arranque que desejar."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2218
+#: using-d-i.xml:2234
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Install the <command>LILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk"
 msgstr "Instalar o Gestor de Arranque <command>LILO</command> num Disco Rígido"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2220
+#: using-d-i.xml:2236
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The second &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>LILO</quote>. It is "
@@ -3627,7 +3653,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "\">LILO mini-HOWTO</ulink>."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2230
+#: using-d-i.xml:2246
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Currently the LILO installation will only create menu entries for other "
@@ -3641,7 +3667,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "sistemas operativos como o GNU/Linux e GNU/Hurd depois da instalação."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2238
+#: using-d-i.xml:2254
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "&d-i; presents you three choices where to install the <command>LILO</"
@@ -3651,13 +3677,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "<command>LILO</command>."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2245
+#: using-d-i.xml:2261
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Master Boot Record (MBR)"
 msgstr "Master Boot Record (MBR)"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2245
+#: using-d-i.xml:2261
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "This way the <command>LILO</command> will take complete control of the boot "
@@ -3667,13 +3693,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "de arranque."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2252
+#: using-d-i.xml:2268
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "new Debian partition"
 msgstr "nova partição Debian"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2252
+#: using-d-i.xml:2268
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Choose this if you want to use another boot manager. <command>LILO</command> "
@@ -3685,13 +3711,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "gestor de arranque secundário."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2261
+#: using-d-i.xml:2277
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Other choice"
 msgstr "Outra escolha"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2261
+#: using-d-i.xml:2277
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Useful for advanced users who want to install <command>LILO</command> "
@@ -3709,7 +3735,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "<filename>/dev/sda</filename>."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2273
+#: using-d-i.xml:2289
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you can no longer boot into Windows 9x (or DOS) after this step, you'll "
@@ -3727,14 +3753,14 @@ msgstr ""
 "assunto leia por favor a <xref linkend=\"reactivating-win\"/>."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2290
+#: using-d-i.xml:2306
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Install the <command>ELILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk"
 msgstr ""
 "Instalar o Gestor de Arranque <command>ELILO</command> num Disco Rígido"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2292
+#: using-d-i.xml:2308
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>elilo</quote>. It is modeled "
@@ -3763,7 +3789,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "na realidade o arranque do kernel Linux."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2308
+#: using-d-i.xml:2324
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The <quote>elilo</quote> configuration and installation is done as the last "
@@ -3781,13 +3807,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "contém o seu sistema de ficheiros <emphasis>root</emphasis>."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2320
+#: using-d-i.xml:2336
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Choose the correct partition!"
 msgstr "Escolha a partição correcta!"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2322
+#: using-d-i.xml:2338
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The criteria for selecting a partition is that it is FAT format filesystem "
@@ -3805,13 +3831,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "pode formatar a partição durante a instalação, apagando todo o seu conteúdo!"
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2337
+#: using-d-i.xml:2353
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "EFI Partition Contents"
 msgstr "Conteúdo das Partições EFI"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2339
+#: using-d-i.xml:2355
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The EFI partition is a FAT filesystem format partition on one of the hard "
@@ -3841,13 +3867,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "conforme o sistema é actualizado ou reconfigurado."
 
 #. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2361
+#: using-d-i.xml:2377
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "elilo.conf"
 msgstr "elilo.conf"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2362
+#: using-d-i.xml:2378
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "This is the configuration file read by the boot loader when it starts. It is "
@@ -3859,13 +3885,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "dos ficheiros reescritos de modo a referir os ficheiros da partição EFI."
 
 #. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2371
+#: using-d-i.xml:2387
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "elilo.efi"
 msgstr "elilo.efi"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2372
+#: using-d-i.xml:2388
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "This is the boot loader program that the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> "
@@ -3879,13 +3905,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "<quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote>."
 
 #. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2382
+#: using-d-i.xml:2398
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "initrd.img"
 msgstr "initrd.img"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2383
+#: using-d-i.xml:2399
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "This is the initial root filesystem used to boot the kernel. It is a copy of "
@@ -3900,13 +3926,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "filename>."
 
 #. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2395
+#: using-d-i.xml:2411
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "readme.txt"
 msgstr "readme.txt"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2396
+#: using-d-i.xml:2412
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "This is a small text file warning you that the contents of the directory are "
@@ -3919,13 +3945,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "seja executado."
 
 #. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2406
+#: using-d-i.xml:2422
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "vmlinuz"
 msgstr "vmlinuz"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2407
+#: using-d-i.xml:2423
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "This is the compressed kernel itself. It is a copy of the file referenced in "
@@ -3939,13 +3965,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "<filename>/vmlinuz</filename>."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2427
+#: using-d-i.xml:2443
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<command>arcboot</command>-installer"
 msgstr "<command>arcboot</command>-installer"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2428
+#: using-d-i.xml:2444
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The boot loader on SGI machines is <command>arcboot</command>. It has to be "
@@ -3989,13 +4015,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "executando <command>boot</command>."
 
 #. Tag: replaceable
-#: using-d-i.xml:2447
+#: using-d-i.xml:2463
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "scsi"
 msgstr "scsi"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2448
+#: using-d-i.xml:2464
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "is the SCSI bus to be booted from, this is <userinput>0</userinput> for the "
@@ -4005,13 +4031,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "userinput> para controladores onboard."
 
 #. Tag: replaceable
-#: using-d-i.xml:2456
+#: using-d-i.xml:2472
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "disk"
 msgstr "disk"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2457
+#: using-d-i.xml:2473
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>arcboot</command> is "
@@ -4020,13 +4046,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "é o SCSI ID do disco rígido onde o <command>arcboot</command> está instalado"
 
 #. Tag: replaceable
-#: using-d-i.xml:2465 using-d-i.xml:2534
+#: using-d-i.xml:2481 using-d-i.xml:2550
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "partnr"
 msgstr "partnr"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2466
+#: using-d-i.xml:2482
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</"
@@ -4035,13 +4061,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "é o número da partição onde o <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</filename> reside"
 
 #. Tag: replaceable
-#: using-d-i.xml:2474
+#: using-d-i.xml:2490
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "config"
 msgstr "config"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2475
+#: using-d-i.xml:2491
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</"
@@ -4051,13 +4077,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "que por omissão é <quote>linux</quote>."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2496
+#: using-d-i.xml:2512
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<command>delo</command>-installer"
 msgstr "<command>delo</command>-installer"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2497
+#: using-d-i.xml:2513
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The boot loader on DECstations is <command>DELO</command>. It has to be "
@@ -4086,13 +4112,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "</screen></informalexample> na linha de comando do firmware."
 
 #. Tag: replaceable
-#: using-d-i.xml:2516
+#: using-d-i.xml:2532
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<replaceable>#</replaceable>"
 msgstr "<replaceable>#</replaceable>"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2517
+#: using-d-i.xml:2533
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "is the TurboChannel device to be booted from, on most DECstations this is "
@@ -4102,13 +4128,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "parte das DECstations, <userinput>3</userinput> para controladores onboard"
 
 #. Tag: replaceable
-#: using-d-i.xml:2525
+#: using-d-i.xml:2541
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<replaceable>id</replaceable>"
 msgstr "<replaceable>id</replaceable>"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2526
+#: using-d-i.xml:2542
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>DELO</command> is installed"
@@ -4116,7 +4142,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "é o SCSI ID do disco rígido onde o <command>DELO</command> será instalado"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2535
+#: using-d-i.xml:2551
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> "
@@ -4125,13 +4151,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "é o número da partição onde o <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> reside"
 
 #. Tag: replaceable
-#: using-d-i.xml:2543
+#: using-d-i.xml:2559
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "name"
 msgstr "nome"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2544
+#: using-d-i.xml:2560
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/delo.conf</"
@@ -4141,7 +4167,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "omissão <quote>linux</quote>."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2554
+#: using-d-i.xml:2570
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "In case <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> is on the first partition on the "
@@ -4152,19 +4178,19 @@ msgstr ""
 "para a sua utilização."
 
 #. Tag: screen
-#: using-d-i.xml:2560
+#: using-d-i.xml:2576
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<userinput>boot #/rz<replaceable>id</replaceable></userinput>"
 msgstr "<userinput>boot #/rz<replaceable>id</replaceable></userinput>"
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2570
+#: using-d-i.xml:2586
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Install <command>Yaboot</command> on a Hard Disk"
 msgstr "Instalar o <command>Yaboot</command> num Disco Rígido"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2571
+#: using-d-i.xml:2587
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Newer (mid 1998 and on) PowerMacs use <command>yaboot</command> as their "
@@ -4185,13 +4211,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "iniciar o &debian;."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2589
+#: using-d-i.xml:2605
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Install <command>Quik</command> on a Hard Disk"
 msgstr "Instalar o <command>Quik</command> num Disco Rígido"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2590
+#: using-d-i.xml:2606
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The boot loader for OldWorld Power Macintosh machines is <command>quik</"
@@ -4206,13 +4232,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "clones da Power Computing."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2606
+#: using-d-i.xml:2622
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<command>zipl</command>-installer"
 msgstr "<command>zipl</command>-installer"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2607
+#: using-d-i.xml:2623
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The boot loader on &arch-title; is <quote>zipl</quote>. <command>ZIPL</"
@@ -4229,13 +4255,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "<command>ZIPL</command>."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2624
+#: using-d-i.xml:2640
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Install the <command>SILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk"
 msgstr "Instalar o gestor de arranque <command>SILO</command> num Disco Rígido"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2626
+#: using-d-i.xml:2642
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The standard &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>silo</quote>. It is "
@@ -4267,13 +4293,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "instalação SunOS/Solaris já existente."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2651
+#: using-d-i.xml:2667
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Continue Without Boot Loader"
 msgstr "Continuar Sem Gestor de Arranque"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2653
+#: using-d-i.xml:2669
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "This option can be used to complete the installation even when no boot "
@@ -4292,7 +4318,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "arrancar o GNU/Linux.</phrase>"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2662
+#: using-d-i.xml:2678
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you plan to manually configure your bootloader, you should check the name "
@@ -4314,13 +4340,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "numa partição separada."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2679
+#: using-d-i.xml:2695
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Finishing the Installation"
 msgstr "Terminar a Instalação"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2680
+#: using-d-i.xml:2696
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "These are the last bits to do before rebooting to your new system. It mostly "
@@ -4330,13 +4356,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "novo. Consiste basicamente em arrumar o &d-i;."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2692
+#: using-d-i.xml:2708
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Finish the Installation and Reboot"
 msgstr "Terminar a Instalação e Reiniciar"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2694
+#: using-d-i.xml:2710
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "This is the last step in the initial Debian installation process. You will "
@@ -4350,7 +4376,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "reiniciará já no seu novo sistema Debian."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2701
+#: using-d-i.xml:2717
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Select the <guimenuitem>Finish the installation</guimenuitem> menu item "
@@ -4364,13 +4390,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "escolhido para sistema de ficheiros root durante a fase de instalação."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2715
+#: using-d-i.xml:2731
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Miscellaneous"
 msgstr "Miscelânea"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2716
+#: using-d-i.xml:2732
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The components listed in this section are usually not involved in the "
@@ -4382,13 +4408,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "utilizador no caso de algo correr mal."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2729
+#: using-d-i.xml:2745
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Saving the installation logs"
 msgstr "Gravar os logs de instalação"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2731
+#: using-d-i.xml:2747
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If the installation is successful, the logfiles created during the "
@@ -4400,7 +4426,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "installer/</filename> no seu novo sistema Debian."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2738
+#: using-d-i.xml:2754
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Choosing <guimenuitem>Save debug logs</guimenuitem> from the main menu "
@@ -4416,13 +4442,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "sistema ou incluí-los num relatório de instalação. "
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2758
+#: using-d-i.xml:2774
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Using the Shell and Viewing the Logs"
 msgstr "Utilizar a Shell e Ver os Logs"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2761
+#: using-d-i.xml:2777
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "There is an <guimenuitem>Execute a Shell</guimenuitem> item on the menu. If "
@@ -4445,7 +4471,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Bourne shell chamada de <command>ash</command>."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2773
+#: using-d-i.xml:2789
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "At this point you are booted from the RAM disk, and there is a limited set "
@@ -4463,7 +4489,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "auto-completar e o histórico."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2782
+#: using-d-i.xml:2798
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Use the menus to perform any task that they are able to do &mdash; the shell "
@@ -4483,13 +4509,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "<command>exit</command> se tiver usado um item de menu para abrir a shell."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2801
+#: using-d-i.xml:2817
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Installation Over the Network"
 msgstr "Instalação Através da Rede"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2803
+#: using-d-i.xml:2819
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "One of the more interesting components is <firstterm>network-console</"
@@ -4507,7 +4533,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "\"automatic-install\"/>.)"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2813
+#: using-d-i.xml:2829
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "This component is not loaded into the main installation menu by default, so "
@@ -4530,7 +4556,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "com SSH</guimenuitem>."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2826
+#: using-d-i.xml:2842
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "For installations on &arch-title;, this is the default method after setting "
@@ -4540,7 +4566,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "configurar a rede."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2831
+#: using-d-i.xml:2847
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "<phrase arch=\"not-s390\">After selecting this new entry, you</phrase> "
@@ -4563,7 +4589,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "remotamente</quote>."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2843
+#: using-d-i.xml:2859
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Should you decide to continue with the installation locally, you can always "
@@ -4575,7 +4601,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "poderá escolher outro componente."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2849
+#: using-d-i.xml:2865
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Now let's switch to the other side of the wire. As a prerequisite, you need "
@@ -4607,7 +4633,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "de confirmar se é o correcto."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2866
+#: using-d-i.xml:2882
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you install several computers in turn and they happen to have the same IP "
@@ -4625,7 +4651,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "<filename>~/.ssh/known_hosts</filename> e tentar novamente."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2875
+#: using-d-i.xml:2891
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "After the login you will be presented with an initial screen where you have "
@@ -4645,7 +4671,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "SSH para o menu de instalação, mas pode iniciar várias sessões para shells."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2885
+#: using-d-i.xml:2901
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "After you have started the installation remotely over SSH, you should not go "
@@ -4661,7 +4687,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "sistema instalado."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2893
+#: using-d-i.xml:2909
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Also, if you are running the SSH session from an X terminal, you should not "
diff --git a/po/ro/using-d-i.po b/po/ro/using-d-i.po
index 37bfc37b7..3c4d30f1f 100644
--- a/po/ro/using-d-i.po
+++ b/po/ro/using-d-i.po
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: using-d-i\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-29 17:11+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-11-17 09:33+0000\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-10-25 04:33+0300\n"
 "Last-Translator: Eddy Petrișor <eddy.petrisor@gmail.com>\n"
 "Language-Team: Romanian <debian-l10n-romanian@lists.debian.org>\n"
@@ -2902,8 +2902,8 @@ msgid ""
 "as <quote>Desktop environment</quote>, <quote>Web server</quote>, or "
 "<quote>Print server</quote><footnote> <para> You should know that to present "
 "this list, the installer is merely invoking the <command>tasksel</command> "
-"program. It can be run at any time after installation to install (or remove) "
-"more packages, or you can use a more fine-grained tool such as "
+"program. It can be run at any time after installation to install more "
+"packages or remove them), or you can use a more fine-grained tool such as "
 "<command>aptitude</command>. If you are looking for a specific single "
 "package, after installation is complete, simply run <userinput>aptitude "
 "install <replaceable>package</replaceable></userinput>, where "
@@ -2916,30 +2916,48 @@ msgstr ""
 #: using-d-i.xml:1969
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
-"Once you've selected your tasks, select <guibutton>Ok</guibutton>. At this "
-"point, <command>aptitude</command> will install the packages you've selected."
+"Some tasks may be pre-selected based on the characteristics of the computer "
+"you are installing. If you disagree with these selections you can un-select "
+"the tasks. You can even opt to install no tasks at all at this point."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:1976
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
-"In the standard user interface of the installer, you can use the space bar "
-"to toggle selection of a task."
+"The <quote>Desktop environment</quote> task will install the Gnome desktop "
+"environment. The options offered by the installer currently do not allow to "
+"select a different desktop environment like for example KDE."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:1982
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"It is however possible to get the installer to install KDE by using "
+"preseeding (see <xref linkend=\"preseed-pkgsel\"/>) or by adding "
+"<literal>tasksel/first=kde-desktop</literal> at the boot prompt when "
+"starting the installer."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1983
+#: using-d-i.xml:1990
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
-"Note that some tasks may be pre-selected based on the characteristics of the "
-"computer you are installing. If you disagree with these selections you can "
-"un-select the tasks. You can even opt to install no tasks at all at this "
-"point."
+"Once you've selected your tasks, select <guibutton>Ok</guibutton>. At this "
+"point, <command>aptitude</command> will install the packages you've selected."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:1998
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"In the standard user interface of the installer, you can use the space bar "
+"to toggle selection of a task."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1991
+#: using-d-i.xml:2007
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Each package you selected with <command>tasksel</command> is downloaded, "
@@ -2949,13 +2967,13 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2000
+#: using-d-i.xml:2016
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Configuring Your Mail Transport Agent"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2002
+#: using-d-i.xml:2018
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Today, email is a very important part of many people's life, so it's no "
@@ -2966,7 +2984,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2010
+#: using-d-i.xml:2026
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "You may ask if this is needed even if your computer is not connected to any "
@@ -2976,7 +2994,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2018
+#: using-d-i.xml:2034
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "So on the first screen you will be presented with several common mail "
@@ -2984,13 +3002,13 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2027
+#: using-d-i.xml:2043
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "internet site"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2028
+#: using-d-i.xml:2044
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Your system is connected to a network and your mail is sent and received "
@@ -3000,13 +3018,13 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2039
+#: using-d-i.xml:2055
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "mail sent by smarthost"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2040
+#: using-d-i.xml:2056
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "In this scenario is your outgoing mail forwarded to another machine, called "
@@ -3018,13 +3036,13 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2053
+#: using-d-i.xml:2069
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "local delivery only"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2054
+#: using-d-i.xml:2070
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Your system is not on a network and mail is sent or received only between "
@@ -3036,13 +3054,13 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2067
+#: using-d-i.xml:2083
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "no configuration at this time"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2068
+#: using-d-i.xml:2084
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Choose this if you are absolutely convinced you know what you are doing. "
@@ -3052,7 +3070,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2079
+#: using-d-i.xml:2095
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If none of these scenarios suits your needs, or if you need a finer setup, "
@@ -3063,13 +3081,13 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2094
+#: using-d-i.xml:2110
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Making Your System Bootable"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2096
+#: using-d-i.xml:2112
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you are installing a diskless workstation, obviously, booting off the "
@@ -3079,7 +3097,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2104
+#: using-d-i.xml:2120
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still "
@@ -3090,13 +3108,13 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2119
+#: using-d-i.xml:2135
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Detecting other operating systems"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2121
+#: using-d-i.xml:2137
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Before a boot loader is installed, the installer will attempt to probe for "
@@ -3107,7 +3125,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2129
+#: using-d-i.xml:2145
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still "
@@ -3118,13 +3136,13 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2147
+#: using-d-i.xml:2163
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Install <command>aboot</command> on a Hard Disk"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2148
+#: using-d-i.xml:2164
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you have booted from SRM, if you select this option, the installer will "
@@ -3138,13 +3156,13 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2168
+#: using-d-i.xml:2184
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<command>palo</command>-installer"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2169
+#: using-d-i.xml:2185
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The bootloader on PA-RISC is <quote>palo</quote>. <command>PALO</command> is "
@@ -3155,19 +3173,19 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2178
+#: using-d-i.xml:2194
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "hppa FIXME ( need more info )"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2190
+#: using-d-i.xml:2206
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Install the <command>Grub</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2192
+#: using-d-i.xml:2208
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The main &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>grub</quote>. Grub is a "
@@ -3176,7 +3194,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2198
+#: using-d-i.xml:2214
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "By default, grub will be installed into the Master Boot Record (MBR), where "
@@ -3185,7 +3203,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2204
+#: using-d-i.xml:2220
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you do not want to install grub at all, use the Back button to get to the "
@@ -3193,13 +3211,13 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2218
+#: using-d-i.xml:2234
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Install the <command>LILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2220
+#: using-d-i.xml:2236
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The second &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>LILO</quote>. It is "
@@ -3210,7 +3228,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2230
+#: using-d-i.xml:2246
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Currently the LILO installation will only create menu entries for other "
@@ -3220,7 +3238,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2238
+#: using-d-i.xml:2254
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "&d-i; presents you three choices where to install the <command>LILO</"
@@ -3228,13 +3246,13 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2245
+#: using-d-i.xml:2261
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Master Boot Record (MBR)"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2245
+#: using-d-i.xml:2261
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "This way the <command>LILO</command> will take complete control of the boot "
@@ -3242,13 +3260,13 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2252
+#: using-d-i.xml:2268
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "new Debian partition"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2252
+#: using-d-i.xml:2268
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Choose this if you want to use another boot manager. <command>LILO</command> "
@@ -3257,13 +3275,13 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2261
+#: using-d-i.xml:2277
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Other choice"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2261
+#: using-d-i.xml:2277
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Useful for advanced users who want to install <command>LILO</command> "
@@ -3275,7 +3293,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2273
+#: using-d-i.xml:2289
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you can no longer boot into Windows 9x (or DOS) after this step, you'll "
@@ -3287,13 +3305,13 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2290
+#: using-d-i.xml:2306
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Install the <command>ELILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2292
+#: using-d-i.xml:2308
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>elilo</quote>. It is modeled "
@@ -3310,7 +3328,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2308
+#: using-d-i.xml:2324
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The <quote>elilo</quote> configuration and installation is done as the last "
@@ -3322,13 +3340,13 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2320
+#: using-d-i.xml:2336
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Choose the correct partition!"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2322
+#: using-d-i.xml:2338
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The criteria for selecting a partition is that it is FAT format filesystem "
@@ -3340,13 +3358,13 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2337
+#: using-d-i.xml:2353
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "EFI Partition Contents"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2339
+#: using-d-i.xml:2355
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The EFI partition is a FAT filesystem format partition on one of the hard "
@@ -3364,13 +3382,13 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2361
+#: using-d-i.xml:2377
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "elilo.conf"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2362
+#: using-d-i.xml:2378
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "This is the configuration file read by the boot loader when it starts. It is "
@@ -3379,13 +3397,13 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2371
+#: using-d-i.xml:2387
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "elilo.efi"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2372
+#: using-d-i.xml:2388
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "This is the boot loader program that the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> "
@@ -3395,13 +3413,13 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2382
+#: using-d-i.xml:2398
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "initrd.img"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2383
+#: using-d-i.xml:2399
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "This is the initial root filesystem used to boot the kernel. It is a copy of "
@@ -3411,13 +3429,13 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2395
+#: using-d-i.xml:2411
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "readme.txt"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2396
+#: using-d-i.xml:2412
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "This is a small text file warning you that the contents of the directory are "
@@ -3426,13 +3444,13 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2406
+#: using-d-i.xml:2422
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "vmlinuz"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2407
+#: using-d-i.xml:2423
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "This is the compressed kernel itself. It is a copy of the file referenced in "
@@ -3442,13 +3460,13 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2427
+#: using-d-i.xml:2443
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<command>arcboot</command>-installer"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2428
+#: using-d-i.xml:2444
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The boot loader on SGI machines is <command>arcboot</command>. It has to be "
@@ -3473,13 +3491,13 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: replaceable
-#: using-d-i.xml:2447
+#: using-d-i.xml:2463
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "scsi"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2448
+#: using-d-i.xml:2464
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "is the SCSI bus to be booted from, this is <userinput>0</userinput> for the "
@@ -3487,13 +3505,13 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: replaceable
-#: using-d-i.xml:2456
+#: using-d-i.xml:2472
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "disk"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2457
+#: using-d-i.xml:2473
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>arcboot</command> is "
@@ -3501,13 +3519,13 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: replaceable
-#: using-d-i.xml:2465 using-d-i.xml:2534
+#: using-d-i.xml:2481 using-d-i.xml:2550
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "partnr"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2466
+#: using-d-i.xml:2482
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</"
@@ -3515,13 +3533,13 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: replaceable
-#: using-d-i.xml:2474
+#: using-d-i.xml:2490
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "config"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2475
+#: using-d-i.xml:2491
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</"
@@ -3529,13 +3547,13 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2496
+#: using-d-i.xml:2512
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<command>delo</command>-installer"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2497
+#: using-d-i.xml:2513
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The boot loader on DECstations is <command>DELO</command>. It has to be "
@@ -3552,13 +3570,13 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: replaceable
-#: using-d-i.xml:2516
+#: using-d-i.xml:2532
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<replaceable>#</replaceable>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2517
+#: using-d-i.xml:2533
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "is the TurboChannel device to be booted from, on most DECstations this is "
@@ -3566,20 +3584,20 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: replaceable
-#: using-d-i.xml:2525
+#: using-d-i.xml:2541
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<replaceable>id</replaceable>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2526
+#: using-d-i.xml:2542
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>DELO</command> is installed"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2535
+#: using-d-i.xml:2551
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> "
@@ -3587,13 +3605,13 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: replaceable
-#: using-d-i.xml:2543
+#: using-d-i.xml:2559
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "name"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2544
+#: using-d-i.xml:2560
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/delo.conf</"
@@ -3601,7 +3619,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2554
+#: using-d-i.xml:2570
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "In case <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> is on the first partition on the "
@@ -3609,19 +3627,19 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: screen
-#: using-d-i.xml:2560
+#: using-d-i.xml:2576
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<userinput>boot #/rz<replaceable>id</replaceable></userinput>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2570
+#: using-d-i.xml:2586
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Install <command>Yaboot</command> on a Hard Disk"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2571
+#: using-d-i.xml:2587
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Newer (mid 1998 and on) PowerMacs use <command>yaboot</command> as their "
@@ -3634,13 +3652,13 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2589
+#: using-d-i.xml:2605
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Install <command>Quik</command> on a Hard Disk"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2590
+#: using-d-i.xml:2606
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The boot loader for OldWorld Power Macintosh machines is <command>quik</"
@@ -3650,13 +3668,13 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2606
+#: using-d-i.xml:2622
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<command>zipl</command>-installer"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2607
+#: using-d-i.xml:2623
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The boot loader on &arch-title; is <quote>zipl</quote>. <command>ZIPL</"
@@ -3667,13 +3685,13 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2624
+#: using-d-i.xml:2640
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Install the <command>SILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2626
+#: using-d-i.xml:2642
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The standard &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>silo</quote>. It is "
@@ -3691,13 +3709,13 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2651
+#: using-d-i.xml:2667
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Continue Without Boot Loader"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2653
+#: using-d-i.xml:2669
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "This option can be used to complete the installation even when no boot "
@@ -3709,7 +3727,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2662
+#: using-d-i.xml:2678
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you plan to manually configure your bootloader, you should check the name "
@@ -3723,13 +3741,13 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2679
+#: using-d-i.xml:2695
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Finishing the Installation"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2680
+#: using-d-i.xml:2696
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "These are the last bits to do before rebooting to your new system. It mostly "
@@ -3737,13 +3755,13 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2692
+#: using-d-i.xml:2708
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Finish the Installation and Reboot"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2694
+#: using-d-i.xml:2710
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "This is the last step in the initial Debian installation process. You will "
@@ -3753,7 +3771,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2701
+#: using-d-i.xml:2717
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Select the <guimenuitem>Finish the installation</guimenuitem> menu item "
@@ -3763,13 +3781,13 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2715
+#: using-d-i.xml:2731
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Miscellaneous"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2716
+#: using-d-i.xml:2732
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The components listed in this section are usually not involved in the "
@@ -3778,13 +3796,13 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2729
+#: using-d-i.xml:2745
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Saving the installation logs"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2731
+#: using-d-i.xml:2747
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If the installation is successful, the logfiles created during the "
@@ -3793,7 +3811,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2738
+#: using-d-i.xml:2754
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Choosing <guimenuitem>Save debug logs</guimenuitem> from the main menu "
@@ -3804,13 +3822,13 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2758
+#: using-d-i.xml:2774
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Using the Shell and Viewing the Logs"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2761
+#: using-d-i.xml:2777
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "There is an <guimenuitem>Execute a Shell</guimenuitem> item on the menu. If "
@@ -3824,7 +3842,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2773
+#: using-d-i.xml:2789
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "At this point you are booted from the RAM disk, and there is a limited set "
@@ -3836,7 +3854,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2782
+#: using-d-i.xml:2798
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Use the menus to perform any task that they are able to do &mdash; the shell "
@@ -3849,13 +3867,13 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2801
+#: using-d-i.xml:2817
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Installation Over the Network"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2803
+#: using-d-i.xml:2819
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "One of the more interesting components is <firstterm>network-console</"
@@ -3867,7 +3885,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2813
+#: using-d-i.xml:2829
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "This component is not loaded into the main installation menu by default, so "
@@ -3881,7 +3899,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2826
+#: using-d-i.xml:2842
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "For installations on &arch-title;, this is the default method after setting "
@@ -3889,7 +3907,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2831
+#: using-d-i.xml:2847
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "<phrase arch=\"not-s390\">After selecting this new entry, you</phrase> "
@@ -3903,7 +3921,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2843
+#: using-d-i.xml:2859
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Should you decide to continue with the installation locally, you can always "
@@ -3912,7 +3930,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2849
+#: using-d-i.xml:2865
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Now let's switch to the other side of the wire. As a prerequisite, you need "
@@ -3931,7 +3949,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2866
+#: using-d-i.xml:2882
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you install several computers in turn and they happen to have the same IP "
@@ -3943,7 +3961,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2875
+#: using-d-i.xml:2891
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "After the login you will be presented with an initial screen where you have "
@@ -3956,7 +3974,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2885
+#: using-d-i.xml:2901
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "After you have started the installation remotely over SSH, you should not go "
@@ -3967,7 +3985,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2893
+#: using-d-i.xml:2909
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Also, if you are running the SSH session from an X terminal, you should not "
diff --git a/po/ru/using-d-i.po b/po/ru/using-d-i.po
index e8ba84ad2..e9229df44 100644
--- a/po/ru/using-d-i.po
+++ b/po/ru/using-d-i.po
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: using-d-i\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-29 17:11+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-11-17 09:33+0000\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-10-29 21:10+0300\n"
 "Last-Translator: Yuri Kozlov <kozlov.y@gmail.com>\n"
 "Language-Team: Russian <debian-l10n-russian@lists.debian.org>\n"
@@ -13,7 +13,8 @@ msgstr ""
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
 "X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.2\n"
-"Plural-Forms:  nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n"
+"Plural-Forms:  nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%"
+"10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n"
 
 #. Tag: title
 #: using-d-i.xml:5
@@ -354,7 +355,8 @@ msgstr "iso-scan"
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:184
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Looks for ISO file systems, which may be on a CD-ROM or on the hard drive."
+msgid ""
+"Looks for ISO file systems, which may be on a CD-ROM or on the hard drive."
 msgstr "Ищет файловые системы ISO в приводе CD-ROM или на жёстком диске."
 
 #. Tag: term
@@ -453,7 +455,8 @@ msgstr "autopartkit"
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:242
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Automatically partitions an entire disk according to preset user preferences."
+msgid ""
+"Automatically partitions an entire disk according to preset user preferences."
 msgstr ""
 "Автоматически создаёт разделы на всём диске, согласно заданным пользователем "
 "установкам."
@@ -558,7 +561,8 @@ msgstr "user-setup"
 #: using-d-i.xml:306
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Sets up the root password, and adds a non-root user."
-msgstr "Настраивает пароль суперпользователя и добавляет обычного пользователя."
+msgstr ""
+"Настраивает пароль суперпользователя и добавляет обычного пользователя."
 
 #. Tag: term
 #: using-d-i.xml:314
@@ -660,7 +664,8 @@ msgstr "shell"
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:363
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Allows the user to execute a shell from the menu, or in the second console."
+msgid ""
+"Allows the user to execute a shell from the menu, or in the second console."
 msgstr ""
 "Позволяет пользователю вызвать интерпретатор командной строки из меню или на "
 "второй консоли."
@@ -1219,8 +1224,10 @@ msgstr ""
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:766
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "The option to use (encrypted) LVM may not be available on all architectures."
-msgstr "LVM или LVM с шифрованием может быть недоступно на некоторых архитектурах."
+msgid ""
+"The option to use (encrypted) LVM may not be available on all architectures."
+msgstr ""
+"LVM или LVM с шифрованием может быть недоступно на некоторых архитектурах."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:771
@@ -2764,7 +2771,8 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ""
 "Once you are satisfied with the partitioning scheme, continue with the "
 "installation."
-msgstr "После того как вас полностью устроит схема разметки, продолжайте установку."
+msgstr ""
+"После того как вас полностью устроит схема разметки, продолжайте установку."
 
 #. Tag: title
 #: using-d-i.xml:1694
@@ -3148,7 +3156,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:1944
-#, no-c-format
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "So, you have the ability to choose <emphasis>tasks</emphasis> first, and "
 "then add on more individual packages later. These tasks loosely represent a "
@@ -3156,8 +3164,8 @@ msgid ""
 "as <quote>Desktop environment</quote>, <quote>Web server</quote>, or "
 "<quote>Print server</quote><footnote> <para> You should know that to present "
 "this list, the installer is merely invoking the <command>tasksel</command> "
-"program. It can be run at any time after installation to install (or remove) "
-"more packages, or you can use a more fine-grained tool such as "
+"program. It can be run at any time after installation to install more "
+"packages or remove them), or you can use a more fine-grained tool such as "
 "<command>aptitude</command>. If you are looking for a specific single "
 "package, after installation is complete, simply run <userinput>aptitude "
 "install <replaceable>package</replaceable></userinput>, where "
@@ -3183,6 +3191,38 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:1969
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Some tasks may be pre-selected based on the characteristics of the computer "
+"you are installing. If you disagree with these selections you can un-select "
+"the tasks. You can even opt to install no tasks at all at this point."
+msgstr ""
+"Заметим, что некоторые задачи могут быть уже выбраны в зависимости от "
+"характеристик компьютера на который производится установка. Если вы не "
+"согласны с таким выбором, то можете отменить выбор лишних задач. Вы даже "
+"можете вообще ничего не устанавливать с помощью задач."
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:1976
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"The <quote>Desktop environment</quote> task will install the Gnome desktop "
+"environment. The options offered by the installer currently do not allow to "
+"select a different desktop environment like for example KDE."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:1982
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"It is however possible to get the installer to install KDE by using "
+"preseeding (see <xref linkend=\"preseed-pkgsel\"/>) or by adding "
+"<literal>tasksel/first=kde-desktop</literal> at the boot prompt when "
+"starting the installer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:1990
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Once you've selected your tasks, select <guibutton>Ok</guibutton>. At this "
@@ -3192,7 +3232,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "<command>aptitude</command> начнёт установку выбранных пакетов. "
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1976
+#: using-d-i.xml:1998
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "In the standard user interface of the installer, you can use the space bar "
@@ -3202,21 +3242,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "отмены задач используется клавиша пробел."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1983
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"Note that some tasks may be pre-selected based on the characteristics of the "
-"computer you are installing. If you disagree with these selections you can "
-"un-select the tasks. You can even opt to install no tasks at all at this "
-"point."
-msgstr ""
-"Заметим, что некоторые задачи могут быть уже выбраны в зависимости от "
-"характеристик компьютера на который производится установка. Если вы не "
-"согласны с таким выбором, то можете отменить выбор лишних задач. Вы даже "
-"можете вообще ничего не устанавливать с помощью задач."
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1991
+#: using-d-i.xml:2007
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Each package you selected with <command>tasksel</command> is downloaded, "
@@ -3231,13 +3257,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "этого процесса."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2000
+#: using-d-i.xml:2016
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Configuring Your Mail Transport Agent"
 msgstr "Настройка программы пересылки почты (MTA)"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2002
+#: using-d-i.xml:2018
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Today, email is a very important part of many people's life, so it's no "
@@ -3253,7 +3279,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "маленькая, гибкая и лёгкая в освоении программа."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2010
+#: using-d-i.xml:2026
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "You may ask if this is needed even if your computer is not connected to any "
@@ -3268,7 +3294,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "электронной почте."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2018
+#: using-d-i.xml:2034
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "So on the first screen you will be presented with several common mail "
@@ -3278,13 +3304,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "Выберите тот, который подходит вам больше всего:"
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2027
+#: using-d-i.xml:2043
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "internet site"
 msgstr "интернет-сайт"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2028
+#: using-d-i.xml:2044
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Your system is connected to a network and your mail is sent and received "
@@ -3298,13 +3324,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "которых вы принимаете или передаёте почту."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2039
+#: using-d-i.xml:2055
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "mail sent by smarthost"
 msgstr "отправка почты через компьютер-шлюз (smarthost)"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2040
+#: using-d-i.xml:2056
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "In this scenario is your outgoing mail forwarded to another machine, called "
@@ -3323,13 +3349,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "подключение по телефонной линии."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2053
+#: using-d-i.xml:2069
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "local delivery only"
 msgstr "доставка только локальной почты"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2054
+#: using-d-i.xml:2070
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Your system is not on a network and mail is sent or received only between "
@@ -3347,13 +3373,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "пользователям, потому что далее не задаётся больше никаких вопросов."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2067
+#: using-d-i.xml:2083
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "no configuration at this time"
 msgstr "в данный момент конфигурация отсутствует"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2068
+#: using-d-i.xml:2084
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Choose this if you are absolutely convinced you know what you are doing. "
@@ -3367,7 +3393,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "пропустить некоторые важные сообщения от ваших системных утилит."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2079
+#: using-d-i.xml:2095
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If none of these scenarios suits your needs, or if you need a finer setup, "
@@ -3383,13 +3409,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "filename>."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2094
+#: using-d-i.xml:2110
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Making Your System Bootable"
 msgstr "Установка и настройка системного загрузчика"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2096
+#: using-d-i.xml:2112
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you are installing a diskless workstation, obviously, booting off the "
@@ -3403,7 +3429,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "умолчанию; смотрите <xref linkend=\"boot-dev-select-sun\"/>.</phrase>"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2104
+#: using-d-i.xml:2120
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still "
@@ -3419,13 +3445,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "в документации по менеджеру загрузки."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2119
+#: using-d-i.xml:2135
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Detecting other operating systems"
 msgstr "Обнаружение операционных систем"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2121
+#: using-d-i.xml:2137
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Before a boot loader is installed, the installer will attempt to probe for "
@@ -3441,7 +3467,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "операционную систему в дополнении к Debian."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2129
+#: using-d-i.xml:2145
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still "
@@ -3457,13 +3483,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "информацию можно найти в документации по менеджеру загрузки."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2147
+#: using-d-i.xml:2163
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Install <command>aboot</command> on a Hard Disk"
 msgstr "Установка <command>aboot</command> на жёсткий диск"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2148
+#: using-d-i.xml:2164
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you have booted from SRM, if you select this option, the installer will "
@@ -3485,13 +3511,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "установлен Debian, то используйте загрузку GNU/Linux с дискеты."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2168
+#: using-d-i.xml:2184
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<command>palo</command>-installer"
 msgstr "Системный загрузчик <command>palo</command>"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2169
+#: using-d-i.xml:2185
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The bootloader on PA-RISC is <quote>palo</quote>. <command>PALO</command> is "
@@ -3507,19 +3533,20 @@ msgstr ""
 "есть <command>PALO</command> умеет работать с разделами Linux."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2178
+#: using-d-i.xml:2194
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "hppa FIXME ( need more info )"
 msgstr "hppa FIXME (нужно больше информации)"
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2190
+#: using-d-i.xml:2206
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Install the <command>Grub</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk"
-msgstr "Установка системного загрузчика <command>Grub</command> на жёсткий диск"
+msgstr ""
+"Установка системного загрузчика <command>Grub</command> на жёсткий диск"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2192
+#: using-d-i.xml:2208
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The main &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>grub</quote>. Grub is a "
@@ -3531,7 +3558,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "хорошим выбором по умолчанию для новичков и опытных пользователей."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2198
+#: using-d-i.xml:2214
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "By default, grub will be installed into the Master Boot Record (MBR), where "
@@ -3544,7 +3571,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "grub."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2204
+#: using-d-i.xml:2220
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you do not want to install grub at all, use the Back button to get to the "
@@ -3555,13 +3582,14 @@ msgstr ""
 "использовать."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2218
+#: using-d-i.xml:2234
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Install the <command>LILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk"
-msgstr "Установка системного загрузчика <command>LILO</command> на жёсткий диск"
+msgstr ""
+"Установка системного загрузчика <command>LILO</command> на жёсткий диск"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2220
+#: using-d-i.xml:2236
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The second &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>LILO</quote>. It is "
@@ -3578,7 +3606,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "ulink>."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2230
+#: using-d-i.xml:2246
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Currently the LILO installation will only create menu entries for other "
@@ -3592,7 +3620,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "операционных систем, например, GNU/Linux и GNU/Hurd после установки."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2238
+#: using-d-i.xml:2254
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "&d-i; presents you three choices where to install the <command>LILO</"
@@ -3602,13 +3630,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "<command>LILO</command>:"
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2245
+#: using-d-i.xml:2261
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Master Boot Record (MBR)"
 msgstr "Главная загрузочная запись (MBR)"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2245
+#: using-d-i.xml:2261
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "This way the <command>LILO</command> will take complete control of the boot "
@@ -3618,13 +3646,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "загрузки."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2252
+#: using-d-i.xml:2268
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "new Debian partition"
 msgstr "раздел, созданный для Debian"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2252
+#: using-d-i.xml:2268
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Choose this if you want to use another boot manager. <command>LILO</command> "
@@ -3636,13 +3664,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "Debian и будет играть роль вторичного системного загрузчика."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2261
+#: using-d-i.xml:2277
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Other choice"
 msgstr "Другой"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2261
+#: using-d-i.xml:2277
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Useful for advanced users who want to install <command>LILO</command> "
@@ -3660,7 +3688,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "filename> или <filename>/dev/sda</filename>."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2273
+#: using-d-i.xml:2289
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you can no longer boot into Windows 9x (or DOS) after this step, you'll "
@@ -3678,13 +3706,14 @@ msgstr ""
 "читайте в <xref linkend=\"reactivating-win\"/>."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2290
+#: using-d-i.xml:2306
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Install the <command>ELILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk"
-msgstr "Установка системного загрузчика <command>ELILO</command> на жёсткий диск"
+msgstr ""
+"Установка системного загрузчика <command>ELILO</command> на жёсткий диск"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2292
+#: using-d-i.xml:2308
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>elilo</quote>. It is modeled "
@@ -3712,7 +3741,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "quote>, чтобы загрузить и выполнить ядро Linux."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2308
+#: using-d-i.xml:2324
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The <quote>elilo</quote> configuration and installation is done as the last "
@@ -3729,13 +3758,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "диске что и <emphasis>корневая</emphasis> файловая система."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2320
+#: using-d-i.xml:2336
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Choose the correct partition!"
 msgstr "Выберите правильный раздел!"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2322
+#: using-d-i.xml:2338
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The criteria for selecting a partition is that it is FAT format filesystem "
@@ -3753,13 +3782,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "установки, стерев его содержимое!"
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2337
+#: using-d-i.xml:2353
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "EFI Partition Contents"
 msgstr "Содержимое EFI раздела"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2339
+#: using-d-i.xml:2355
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The EFI partition is a FAT filesystem format partition on one of the hard "
@@ -3789,13 +3818,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "настройки системы."
 
 #. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2361
+#: using-d-i.xml:2377
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "elilo.conf"
 msgstr "elilo.conf"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2362
+#: using-d-i.xml:2378
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "This is the configuration file read by the boot loader when it starts. It is "
@@ -3807,13 +3836,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "указывающими на файлы в EFI разделе."
 
 #. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2371
+#: using-d-i.xml:2387
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "elilo.efi"
 msgstr "elilo.efi"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2372
+#: using-d-i.xml:2388
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "This is the boot loader program that the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> "
@@ -3827,13 +3856,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "<quote>менеджер загрузки EFI</quote>."
 
 #. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2382
+#: using-d-i.xml:2398
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "initrd.img"
 msgstr "initrd.img"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2383
+#: using-d-i.xml:2399
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "This is the initial root filesystem used to boot the kernel. It is a copy of "
@@ -3848,13 +3877,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "символическая ссылка <filename>/initrd.img</filename>."
 
 #. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2395
+#: using-d-i.xml:2411
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "readme.txt"
 msgstr "readme.txt"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2396
+#: using-d-i.xml:2412
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "This is a small text file warning you that the contents of the directory are "
@@ -3866,13 +3895,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "будут уничтожены при следующем запуске <filename>/usr/sbin/elilo</filename>."
 
 #. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2406
+#: using-d-i.xml:2422
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "vmlinuz"
 msgstr "vmlinuz"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2407
+#: using-d-i.xml:2423
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "This is the compressed kernel itself. It is a copy of the file referenced in "
@@ -3886,13 +3915,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "символическая ссылка <filename>/vmlinuz</filename>."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2427
+#: using-d-i.xml:2443
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<command>arcboot</command>-installer"
 msgstr "Системный загрузчик <command>arcboot</command>"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2428
+#: using-d-i.xml:2444
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The boot loader on SGI machines is <command>arcboot</command>. It has to be "
@@ -3936,13 +3965,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "<command>boot</command>."
 
 #. Tag: replaceable
-#: using-d-i.xml:2447
+#: using-d-i.xml:2463
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "scsi"
 msgstr "scsi"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2448
+#: using-d-i.xml:2464
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "is the SCSI bus to be booted from, this is <userinput>0</userinput> for the "
@@ -3952,42 +3981,44 @@ msgstr ""
 "userinput> для встроенных контроллеров"
 
 #. Tag: replaceable
-#: using-d-i.xml:2456
+#: using-d-i.xml:2472
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "disk"
 msgstr "disk"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2457
+#: using-d-i.xml:2473
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>arcboot</command> is "
 "installed"
-msgstr "это SCSI ID жёсткого диска, на котором установлен <command>arcboot</command>"
+msgstr ""
+"это SCSI ID жёсткого диска, на котором установлен <command>arcboot</command>"
 
 # index.docbook:1600, index.docbook:1669
 #. Tag: replaceable
-#: using-d-i.xml:2465 using-d-i.xml:2534
+#: using-d-i.xml:2481 using-d-i.xml:2550
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "partnr"
 msgstr "partnr"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2466
+#: using-d-i.xml:2482
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</"
 "filename> resides"
-msgstr "это номер раздела, на котором хранится <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</filename>"
+msgstr ""
+"это номер раздела, на котором хранится <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</filename>"
 
 #. Tag: replaceable
-#: using-d-i.xml:2474
+#: using-d-i.xml:2490
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "config"
 msgstr "config"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2475
+#: using-d-i.xml:2491
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</"
@@ -3997,13 +4028,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "<quote>linux</quote>."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2496
+#: using-d-i.xml:2512
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<command>delo</command>-installer"
 msgstr "Системный загрузчик <command>delo</command>"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2497
+#: using-d-i.xml:2513
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The boot loader on DECstations is <command>DELO</command>. It has to be "
@@ -4031,13 +4062,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "</screen></informalexample> в приглашении микропрограммы."
 
 #. Tag: replaceable
-#: using-d-i.xml:2516
+#: using-d-i.xml:2532
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<replaceable>#</replaceable>"
 msgstr "<replaceable>#</replaceable>"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2517
+#: using-d-i.xml:2533
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "is the TurboChannel device to be booted from, on most DECstations this is "
@@ -4048,33 +4079,36 @@ msgstr ""
 "встроенных контроллеров"
 
 #. Tag: replaceable
-#: using-d-i.xml:2525
+#: using-d-i.xml:2541
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<replaceable>id</replaceable>"
 msgstr "<replaceable>id</replaceable>"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2526
+#: using-d-i.xml:2542
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>DELO</command> is installed"
-msgstr "это SCSI ID жёсткого диска, на котором установлен <command>DELO</command>"
+msgid ""
+"is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>DELO</command> is installed"
+msgstr ""
+"это SCSI ID жёсткого диска, на котором установлен <command>DELO</command>"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2535
+#: using-d-i.xml:2551
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> "
 "resides"
-msgstr "это номер раздела, на котором хранится <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename>"
+msgstr ""
+"это номер раздела, на котором хранится <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename>"
 
 #. Tag: replaceable
-#: using-d-i.xml:2543
+#: using-d-i.xml:2559
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "name"
 msgstr "name"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2544
+#: using-d-i.xml:2560
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/delo.conf</"
@@ -4084,7 +4118,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "<quote>linux</quote>."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2554
+#: using-d-i.xml:2570
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "In case <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> is on the first partition on the "
@@ -4094,19 +4128,20 @@ msgstr ""
 "должна быть загружена конфигурация по умолчанию, то достаточно набрать"
 
 #. Tag: screen
-#: using-d-i.xml:2560
+#: using-d-i.xml:2576
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<userinput>boot #/rz<replaceable>id</replaceable></userinput>"
 msgstr "<userinput>boot #/rz<replaceable>id</replaceable></userinput>"
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2570
+#: using-d-i.xml:2586
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Install <command>Yaboot</command> on a Hard Disk"
-msgstr "Установка системного загрузчика <command>Yaboot</command> на жёсткий диск"
+msgstr ""
+"Установка системного загрузчика <command>Yaboot</command> на жёсткий диск"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2571
+#: using-d-i.xml:2587
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Newer (mid 1998 and on) PowerMacs use <command>yaboot</command> as their "
@@ -4126,13 +4161,14 @@ msgstr ""
 "OpenFirmware установлена на загрузку &debian;."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2589
+#: using-d-i.xml:2605
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Install <command>Quik</command> on a Hard Disk"
-msgstr "Установка системного загрузчика <command>Quik</command> на жёсткий диск"
+msgstr ""
+"Установка системного загрузчика <command>Quik</command> на жёсткий диск"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2590
+#: using-d-i.xml:2606
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The boot loader for OldWorld Power Macintosh machines is <command>quik</"
@@ -4147,13 +4183,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "на некоторых клонах Power Computing."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2606
+#: using-d-i.xml:2622
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<command>zipl</command>-installer"
 msgstr "Установка системного загрузчика <command>zipl</command>"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2607
+#: using-d-i.xml:2623
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The boot loader on &arch-title; is <quote>zipl</quote>. <command>ZIPL</"
@@ -4169,13 +4205,14 @@ msgstr ""
 "developerWorks, если хотите узнать больше о <command>ZIPL</command>."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2624
+#: using-d-i.xml:2640
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Install the <command>SILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk"
-msgstr "Установка системного загрузчика <command>SILO</command> на жёсткий диск"
+msgstr ""
+"Установка системного загрузчика <command>SILO</command> на жёсткий диск"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2626
+#: using-d-i.xml:2642
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The standard &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>silo</quote>. It is "
@@ -4206,13 +4243,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "Solaris."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2651
+#: using-d-i.xml:2667
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Continue Without Boot Loader"
 msgstr "Продолжение без системного загрузчика"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2653
+#: using-d-i.xml:2669
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "This option can be used to complete the installation even when no boot "
@@ -4231,7 +4268,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "phrase>"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2662
+#: using-d-i.xml:2678
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you plan to manually configure your bootloader, you should check the name "
@@ -4253,13 +4290,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "то также и раздел файловой системы с <filename>/boot</filename>."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2679
+#: using-d-i.xml:2695
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Finishing the Installation"
 msgstr "Завершение установки"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2680
+#: using-d-i.xml:2696
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "These are the last bits to do before rebooting to your new system. It mostly "
@@ -4269,13 +4306,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "уборка за &d-i;."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2692
+#: using-d-i.xml:2708
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Finish the Installation and Reboot"
 msgstr "Завершение установки и перезагрузка"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2694
+#: using-d-i.xml:2710
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "This is the last step in the initial Debian installation process. You will "
@@ -4289,7 +4326,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "действия, а затем перезагрузит машину в новую систему Debian."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2701
+#: using-d-i.xml:2717
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Select the <guimenuitem>Finish the installation</guimenuitem> menu item "
@@ -4303,13 +4340,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "качестве корневой файловой системы в самом начале установки."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2715
+#: using-d-i.xml:2731
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Miscellaneous"
 msgstr "Разное"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2716
+#: using-d-i.xml:2732
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The components listed in this section are usually not involved in the "
@@ -4321,13 +4358,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "пойдёт не так."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2729
+#: using-d-i.xml:2745
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Saving the installation logs"
 msgstr "Сохранение протокола установки"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2731
+#: using-d-i.xml:2747
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If the installation is successful, the logfiles created during the "
@@ -4339,7 +4376,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "installer/</filename> в новой системе Debian."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2738
+#: using-d-i.xml:2754
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Choosing <guimenuitem>Save debug logs</guimenuitem> from the main menu "
@@ -4355,13 +4392,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "протокол на другой системе или послать его вместе с отчётом об ошибке."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2758
+#: using-d-i.xml:2774
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Using the Shell and Viewing the Logs"
 msgstr "Использование командной строки и просмотр журнальных файлов"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2761
+#: using-d-i.xml:2777
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "There is an <guimenuitem>Execute a Shell</guimenuitem> item on the menu. If "
@@ -4384,7 +4421,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "называемый <command>ash</command>."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2773
+#: using-d-i.xml:2789
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "At this point you are booted from the RAM disk, and there is a limited set "
@@ -4402,7 +4439,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "такие как автодополнение и история команд."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2782
+#: using-d-i.xml:2798
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Use the menus to perform any task that they are able to do &mdash; the shell "
@@ -4423,13 +4460,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "меню для входа в режим командной строки."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2801
+#: using-d-i.xml:2817
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Installation Over the Network"
 msgstr "Установка по сети"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2803
+#: using-d-i.xml:2819
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "One of the more interesting components is <firstterm>network-console</"
@@ -4447,7 +4484,7 @@ msgstr ""
 ">.)"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2813
+#: using-d-i.xml:2829
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "This component is not loaded into the main installation menu by default, so "
@@ -4469,7 +4506,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "<guimenuitem>Продолжение установки через SSH</guimenuitem>."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2826
+#: using-d-i.xml:2842
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "For installations on &arch-title;, this is the default method after setting "
@@ -4479,7 +4516,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "после настройки сети."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2831
+#: using-d-i.xml:2847
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "<phrase arch=\"not-s390\">After selecting this new entry, you</phrase> "
@@ -4501,7 +4538,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "<quote>человеку, который будет продолжать установку удалённо</quote>."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2843
+#: using-d-i.xml:2859
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Should you decide to continue with the installation locally, you can always "
@@ -4513,7 +4550,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "компоненту."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2849
+#: using-d-i.xml:2865
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Now let's switch to the other side of the wire. As a prerequisite, you need "
@@ -4544,7 +4581,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "чтобы вы смогли убедиться, что это именно тот компьютер."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2866
+#: using-d-i.xml:2882
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you install several computers in turn and they happen to have the same IP "
@@ -4562,7 +4599,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "<filename>~/.ssh/known_hosts</filename> и попробовать подключиться ещё раз."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2875
+#: using-d-i.xml:2891
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "After the login you will be presented with an initial screen where you have "
@@ -4582,7 +4619,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "для установочного меню и несколько для оболочки командной строки."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2885
+#: using-d-i.xml:2901
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "After you have started the installation remotely over SSH, you should not go "
@@ -4597,7 +4634,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "завершению установки или проблемам в установленной системой."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2893
+#: using-d-i.xml:2909
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Also, if you are running the SSH session from an X terminal, you should not "
@@ -4605,4 +4642,3 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Также, если SSH сессия запускается из X терминала, вы не должны изменять "
 "размеры окна, так как это приведёт к разрыву соединения."
-
diff --git a/po/sv/using-d-i.po b/po/sv/using-d-i.po
index 1b2352534..1830e8df1 100644
--- a/po/sv/using-d-i.po
+++ b/po/sv/using-d-i.po
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: installation-guide 20051025 using d-i\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-29 17:11+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-11-17 09:33+0000\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-05 23:55+0100\n"
 "Last-Translator: Daniel Nylander <po@danielnylander.se>\n"
 "Language-Team: Swedish <tp-sv@listor.tp-sv.se>\n"
@@ -29,62 +29,182 @@ msgstr "Hur installeraren fungerar"
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:8
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "The Debian Installer consists of a number of special-purpose components to perform each installation task. Each component performs its task, asking the user questions as necessary to do its job. The questions themselves are given priorities, and the priority of questions to be asked is set when the installer is started."
-msgstr "Debian-installeraren innehåller ett antal komponenter för speciella ändamål för att genomföra varje funktion i installationen. Varje komponent gör sin funktion och ställer frågor till användaren som behövs för att utföra jobbet. Själva frågorna ger olika prioriteringar och prioriteten för frågorna som kommer att ställas ställs in när installeraren har startat."
+msgid ""
+"The Debian Installer consists of a number of special-purpose components to "
+"perform each installation task. Each component performs its task, asking the "
+"user questions as necessary to do its job. The questions themselves are "
+"given priorities, and the priority of questions to be asked is set when the "
+"installer is started."
+msgstr ""
+"Debian-installeraren innehåller ett antal komponenter för speciella ändamål "
+"för att genomföra varje funktion i installationen. Varje komponent gör sin "
+"funktion och ställer frågor till användaren som behövs för att utföra "
+"jobbet. Själva frågorna ger olika prioriteringar och prioriteten för "
+"frågorna som kommer att ställas ställs in när installeraren har startat."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:16
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "When a default installation is performed, only essential (high priority) questions will be asked. This results in a highly automated installation process with little user interaction. Components are automatically run in sequence; which components are run depends mainly on the installation method you use and on your hardware. The installer will use default values for questions that are not asked."
-msgstr "När en standardinstallation är genomförd kommer endast viktiga (hög prioritet) frågor att ställas. Det här resulterar i en mycket automatiserad installationsprocess med liten interaktivitet för användaren. Komponenter körs automatiskt i sekvens; vilka komponenter som körs beror huvudsakligen på installationsmetoden du använder och på din maskinvara. Installeraren kommer att använda förvalda värden för frågor som inte ställs."
+msgid ""
+"When a default installation is performed, only essential (high priority) "
+"questions will be asked. This results in a highly automated installation "
+"process with little user interaction. Components are automatically run in "
+"sequence; which components are run depends mainly on the installation method "
+"you use and on your hardware. The installer will use default values for "
+"questions that are not asked."
+msgstr ""
+"När en standardinstallation är genomförd kommer endast viktiga (hög "
+"prioritet) frågor att ställas. Det här resulterar i en mycket automatiserad "
+"installationsprocess med liten interaktivitet för användaren. Komponenter "
+"körs automatiskt i sekvens; vilka komponenter som körs beror huvudsakligen "
+"på installationsmetoden du använder och på din maskinvara. Installeraren "
+"kommer att använda förvalda värden för frågor som inte ställs."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:25
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "If there is a problem, the user will see an error screen, and the installer menu may be shown in order to select some alternative action. If there are no problems, the user will never see the installer menu, but will simply answer questions for each component in turn. Serious error notifications are set to priority <quote>critical</quote> so the user will always be notified."
-msgstr "Om problem uppstår kommer användaren att se ett felmeddelande och installationsmenyn kan visas för att välja en alternativ åtgärd. Om det inte uppstår problem kommer användaren aldrig att se installationsmenyn men kommer helt enkelt svara på frågor för varje komponent i turordning. Allvarliga felnotifieringar är satta till <quote>kritisk</quote> prioritet så att användaren alltid blir notifierad."
+msgid ""
+"If there is a problem, the user will see an error screen, and the installer "
+"menu may be shown in order to select some alternative action. If there are "
+"no problems, the user will never see the installer menu, but will simply "
+"answer questions for each component in turn. Serious error notifications are "
+"set to priority <quote>critical</quote> so the user will always be notified."
+msgstr ""
+"Om problem uppstår kommer användaren att se ett felmeddelande och "
+"installationsmenyn kan visas för att välja en alternativ åtgärd. Om det inte "
+"uppstår problem kommer användaren aldrig att se installationsmenyn men "
+"kommer helt enkelt svara på frågor för varje komponent i turordning. "
+"Allvarliga felnotifieringar är satta till <quote>kritisk</quote> prioritet "
+"så att användaren alltid blir notifierad."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:34
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Some of the defaults that the installer uses can be influenced by passing boot arguments when &d-i; is started. If, for example, you wish to force static network configuration (DHCP is used by default if available), you could add the boot parameter <userinput>netcfg/disable_dhcp=true</userinput>. See <xref linkend=\"installer-args\"/> for available options."
-msgstr "Några av de förvalda värden som installeraren använder kan ges genom att skicka med uppstartsargument när &d-i; startas. Om, till exempel du önskar att tvinga fram statisk nätverkskonfiguration (DHCP används som standard om tillgänglig) kan du lägga till uppstartsparametern <userinput>netcfg/disable_dhcp=true</userinput>. Se <xref linkend=\"installer-args\"/> för tillgängliga flaggor."
+msgid ""
+"Some of the defaults that the installer uses can be influenced by passing "
+"boot arguments when &d-i; is started. If, for example, you wish to force "
+"static network configuration (DHCP is used by default if available), you "
+"could add the boot parameter <userinput>netcfg/disable_dhcp=true</"
+"userinput>. See <xref linkend=\"installer-args\"/> for available options."
+msgstr ""
+"Några av de förvalda värden som installeraren använder kan ges genom att "
+"skicka med uppstartsargument när &d-i; startas. Om, till exempel du önskar "
+"att tvinga fram statisk nätverkskonfiguration (DHCP används som standard om "
+"tillgänglig) kan du lägga till uppstartsparametern <userinput>netcfg/"
+"disable_dhcp=true</userinput>. Se <xref linkend=\"installer-args\"/> för "
+"tillgängliga flaggor."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:42
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Power users may be more comfortable with a menu-driven interface, where each step is controlled by the user rather than the installer performing each step automatically in sequence. To use the installer in a manual, menu-driven way, add the boot argument <userinput>priority=medium</userinput>."
-msgstr "Erfarna användare kan känna sig mer komfortabla med ett menydrivet gränssnitt där varje steg kontrolleras av användaren i stället för att installeraren genomför varje steg automatiskt i sekvens. För att använda installeraren på ett manuellt menydrivet sätt kan du lägga till uppstartsargumentet <userinput>priority=medium</userinput>."
+msgid ""
+"Power users may be more comfortable with a menu-driven interface, where each "
+"step is controlled by the user rather than the installer performing each "
+"step automatically in sequence. To use the installer in a manual, menu-"
+"driven way, add the boot argument <userinput>priority=medium</userinput>."
+msgstr ""
+"Erfarna användare kan känna sig mer komfortabla med ett menydrivet "
+"gränssnitt där varje steg kontrolleras av användaren i stället för att "
+"installeraren genomför varje steg automatiskt i sekvens. För att använda "
+"installeraren på ett manuellt menydrivet sätt kan du lägga till "
+"uppstartsargumentet <userinput>priority=medium</userinput>."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:50
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "If your hardware requires you to pass options to kernel modules as they are installed, you will need to start the installer in <quote>expert</quote> mode. This can be done by either using the <command>expert</command> command to start the installer or by adding the boot argument <userinput>priority=low</userinput>. Expert mode gives you full control over &d-i;."
-msgstr "Om din maskinvara kräver att du skickar med flaggor till kärnmodulerna när de installeras behöver du starta upp installeraren i <quote>expert</quote>läget. Det här kan göras genom att antingen använda kommandot <command>expert</command> för att starta installeraren eller genom att lägga till uppstartsargumentet <userinput>priority=low</userinput>. Expertläget ger dig full kontroll över &d-i;."
+msgid ""
+"If your hardware requires you to pass options to kernel modules as they are "
+"installed, you will need to start the installer in <quote>expert</quote> "
+"mode. This can be done by either using the <command>expert</command> command "
+"to start the installer or by adding the boot argument "
+"<userinput>priority=low</userinput>. Expert mode gives you full control over "
+"&d-i;."
+msgstr ""
+"Om din maskinvara kräver att du skickar med flaggor till kärnmodulerna när "
+"de installeras behöver du starta upp installeraren i <quote>expert</"
+"quote>läget. Det här kan göras genom att antingen använda kommandot "
+"<command>expert</command> för att starta installeraren eller genom att lägga "
+"till uppstartsargumentet <userinput>priority=low</userinput>. Expertläget "
+"ger dig full kontroll över &d-i;."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:59
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "The normal installer display is character-based (as opposed to the now more familiar graphical interface). The mouse is not operational in this environment. Here are the keys you can use to navigate within the various dialogs. The <keycap>Tab</keycap> or <keycap>right</keycap> arrow keys move <quote>forward</quote>, and the <keycombo> <keycap>Shift</keycap> <keycap>Tab</keycap> </keycombo> or <keycap>left</keycap> arrow keys move <quote>backward</quote> between displayed buttons and selections. The <keycap>up</keycap> and <keycap>down</keycap> arrow select different items within a scrollable list, and also scroll the list itself. In addition, in long lists, you can type a letter to cause the list to scroll directly to the section with items starting with the letter you typed and use <keycap>Pg-Up</keycap> and <keycap>Pg-Down</keycap> to scroll the list in sections. The <keycap>space bar</keycap> selects an item such as a checkbox. Use &enterkey; to activate choices."
-msgstr "Den normala installeraren är teckenbaserad (i motsättning till det nu mer kända grafiska gränssnittet). Mus är inte användbar i den här miljön. Här är tangenterna du kan använda  för att navigera i de olika dialogerna. <keycap>Tab</keycap> eller <keycap>höger</keycap> piltangent flyttar <quote>framåt</quote> och <keycombo> <keycap>Shift</keycap> <keycap>Tab</keycap> </keycombo> eller <keycap>vänster</keycap> piltangent flyttar <quote>bakåt</quote> mellan visade knappar och val.  <keycap>upp</keycap> och <keycap>ned</keycap>-pilarna väljer olika poster i den rullbara listan och rullar även själva listan. I tillägg till det, i långa listor, kan du trycka en bokstav för att rulla direkt till det avsnitt som börjar med den bokstav du tryckte och använda <keycap>PgUp</keycap> och <keycap>PgDown</keycap> för att rulla listan i avsnitt. <keycap>Mellanslag</keycap> väljer en post såsom en kryssruta. Använd &enterkey; för att aktivera val."
+msgid ""
+"The normal installer display is character-based (as opposed to the now more "
+"familiar graphical interface). The mouse is not operational in this "
+"environment. Here are the keys you can use to navigate within the various "
+"dialogs. The <keycap>Tab</keycap> or <keycap>right</keycap> arrow keys move "
+"<quote>forward</quote>, and the <keycombo> <keycap>Shift</keycap> "
+"<keycap>Tab</keycap> </keycombo> or <keycap>left</keycap> arrow keys move "
+"<quote>backward</quote> between displayed buttons and selections. The "
+"<keycap>up</keycap> and <keycap>down</keycap> arrow select different items "
+"within a scrollable list, and also scroll the list itself. In addition, in "
+"long lists, you can type a letter to cause the list to scroll directly to "
+"the section with items starting with the letter you typed and use <keycap>Pg-"
+"Up</keycap> and <keycap>Pg-Down</keycap> to scroll the list in sections. The "
+"<keycap>space bar</keycap> selects an item such as a checkbox. Use "
+"&enterkey; to activate choices."
+msgstr ""
+"Den normala installeraren är teckenbaserad (i motsättning till det nu mer "
+"kända grafiska gränssnittet). Mus är inte användbar i den här miljön. Här är "
+"tangenterna du kan använda  för att navigera i de olika dialogerna. "
+"<keycap>Tab</keycap> eller <keycap>höger</keycap> piltangent flyttar "
+"<quote>framåt</quote> och <keycombo> <keycap>Shift</keycap> <keycap>Tab</"
+"keycap> </keycombo> eller <keycap>vänster</keycap> piltangent flyttar "
+"<quote>bakåt</quote> mellan visade knappar och val.  <keycap>upp</keycap> "
+"och <keycap>ned</keycap>-pilarna väljer olika poster i den rullbara listan "
+"och rullar även själva listan. I tillägg till det, i långa listor, kan du "
+"trycka en bokstav för att rulla direkt till det avsnitt som börjar med den "
+"bokstav du tryckte och använda <keycap>PgUp</keycap> och <keycap>PgDown</"
+"keycap> för att rulla listan i avsnitt. <keycap>Mellanslag</keycap> väljer "
+"en post såsom en kryssruta. Använd &enterkey; för att aktivera val."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:77
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "S/390 does not support virtual consoles. You may open a second and third ssh session to view the logs described below."
-msgstr "S/390 har inte stöd för virtuella konsoller. Du kan öppna en andra och tredje ssh-session för att se loggar som beskrivs nedan."
+msgid ""
+"S/390 does not support virtual consoles. You may open a second and third ssh "
+"session to view the logs described below."
+msgstr ""
+"S/390 har inte stöd för virtuella konsoller. Du kan öppna en andra och "
+"tredje ssh-session för att se loggar som beskrivs nedan."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:82
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Error messages and logs are redirected to the fourth console. You can access this console by pressing <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap><keycap>F4</keycap></keycombo> (hold the left <keycap>Alt</keycap> key while pressing the <keycap>F4</keycap> function key); get back to the main installer process with <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>."
-msgstr "Felmeddelanden omdirigeras till den tredje konsollen. Du kan tillgå den här konsollen genom att trycka <keycombo><keycap>Vänster Alt</keycap><keycap>F3</keycap></keycombo> (håll nere vänster <keycap>Alt</keycap>-tangent när du trycker ned funktionstangenten <keycap>F3</keycap>); gå tillbaka till huvudkonsollen för installeraren med <keycombo><keycap>Vänster Alt</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>."
+msgid ""
+"Error messages and logs are redirected to the fourth console. You can access "
+"this console by pressing <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap><keycap>F4</"
+"keycap></keycombo> (hold the left <keycap>Alt</keycap> key while pressing "
+"the <keycap>F4</keycap> function key); get back to the main installer "
+"process with <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></"
+"keycombo>."
+msgstr ""
+"Felmeddelanden omdirigeras till den tredje konsollen. Du kan tillgå den här "
+"konsollen genom att trycka <keycombo><keycap>Vänster Alt</keycap><keycap>F3</"
+"keycap></keycombo> (håll nere vänster <keycap>Alt</keycap>-tangent när du "
+"trycker ned funktionstangenten <keycap>F3</keycap>); gå tillbaka till "
+"huvudkonsollen för installeraren med <keycombo><keycap>Vänster Alt</"
+"keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:92
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "These messages can also be found in <filename>/var/log/syslog</filename>. After installation, this log is copied to <filename>/var/log/installer/syslog</filename> on your new system. Other installation messages may be found in <filename>/var/log/</filename> during the installation, and <filename>/var/log/installer/</filename> after the computer has been booted into the installed system."
-msgstr "Dessa meddelanden kan också hittas i <filename>/var/log/syslog</filename>. Efter installation blir den här loggen kopierad till <filename>/var/log/installer/syslog</filename> på ditt nya system. Andra installationsmeddelanden kan hittas i <filename>/var/log/</filename> under installationen och <filename>/var/log/installer/</filename> efter att datorn har startats om till det nya systemet."
+msgid ""
+"These messages can also be found in <filename>/var/log/syslog</filename>. "
+"After installation, this log is copied to <filename>/var/log/installer/"
+"syslog</filename> on your new system. Other installation messages may be "
+"found in <filename>/var/log/</filename> during the installation, and "
+"<filename>/var/log/installer/</filename> after the computer has been booted "
+"into the installed system."
+msgstr ""
+"Dessa meddelanden kan också hittas i <filename>/var/log/syslog</filename>. "
+"Efter installation blir den här loggen kopierad till <filename>/var/log/"
+"installer/syslog</filename> på ditt nya system. Andra "
+"installationsmeddelanden kan hittas i <filename>/var/log/</filename> under "
+"installationen och <filename>/var/log/installer/</filename> efter att datorn "
+"har startats om till det nya systemet."
 
 #. Tag: title
 #: using-d-i.xml:106
@@ -95,8 +215,14 @@ msgstr "Introduktion till komponenter"
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:107
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Here is a list of installer components with a brief description of each component's purpose. Details you might need to know about using a particular component are in <xref linkend=\"module-details\"/>."
-msgstr "Här är en lista på installationskomponenter med en kort beskrivning av varje komponents syfte. Detaljer du kanske behöver känna till om en specifik komponent finns i <xref linkend=\"module-details\"/>."
+msgid ""
+"Here is a list of installer components with a brief description of each "
+"component's purpose. Details you might need to know about using a particular "
+"component are in <xref linkend=\"module-details\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+"Här är en lista på installationskomponenter med en kort beskrivning av varje "
+"komponents syfte. Detaljer du kanske behöver känna till om en specifik "
+"komponent finns i <xref linkend=\"module-details\"/>."
 
 #. Tag: term
 #: using-d-i.xml:118
@@ -107,14 +233,31 @@ msgstr "main-menu"
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:118
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Shows the list of components to the user during installer operation, and starts a component when it is selected. Main-menu's questions are set to priority medium, so if your priority is set to high or critical (high is the default), you will not see the menu. On the other hand, if there is an error which requires your intervention, the question priority may be downgraded temporarily to allow you to resolve the problem, and in that case the menu may appear."
-msgstr "Visar listan av komponenter för användaren under installationen och startar en komponent när den väljs. Huvudmenyns frågor är satta till medium prioritet så om din prioritet är satt till hög eller kritisk (hög är förvald) kommer du inte att se den här menyn. Om det inträffar fel som kräver ingripande från dig kommer prioriteten att nergraderas temporärt för att låta dig lösa problemet och i så fall kommer menyn att visas."
+msgid ""
+"Shows the list of components to the user during installer operation, and "
+"starts a component when it is selected. Main-menu's questions are set to "
+"priority medium, so if your priority is set to high or critical (high is the "
+"default), you will not see the menu. On the other hand, if there is an error "
+"which requires your intervention, the question priority may be downgraded "
+"temporarily to allow you to resolve the problem, and in that case the menu "
+"may appear."
+msgstr ""
+"Visar listan av komponenter för användaren under installationen och startar "
+"en komponent när den väljs. Huvudmenyns frågor är satta till medium "
+"prioritet så om din prioritet är satt till hög eller kritisk (hög är "
+"förvald) kommer du inte att se den här menyn. Om det inträffar fel som "
+"kräver ingripande från dig kommer prioriteten att nergraderas temporärt för "
+"att låta dig lösa problemet och i så fall kommer menyn att visas."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:128
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "You can get to the main menu by selecting the <quote>Back</quote> button repeatedly to back all the way out of the currently running component."
-msgstr "Du kan komma till huvudmenyn genom att välja <quote>Tillbaka</quote>-knappen flera gånger för att backa hela vägen ut ur nuvarande komponent."
+msgid ""
+"You can get to the main menu by selecting the <quote>Back</quote> button "
+"repeatedly to back all the way out of the currently running component."
+msgstr ""
+"Du kan komma till huvudmenyn genom att välja <quote>Tillbaka</quote>-knappen "
+"flera gånger för att backa hela vägen ut ur nuvarande komponent."
 
 #. Tag: term
 #: using-d-i.xml:137
@@ -125,8 +268,16 @@ msgstr "localechooser"
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:137
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Allows the user to select localization options for the installation and the installed system: language, country and locales. The installer will display messages in the selected language, unless the translation for that language is not complete in which case some messages may be shown in English."
-msgstr "Låter användaren lokalanpassa installationen och det installerade systemet: språk, land och lokaler. Installeraren kommer att visa meddelanden på det valda språket om inte översättningen för det språket inte är komplett och då kommer vissa meddelanden att visas på engelska."
+msgid ""
+"Allows the user to select localization options for the installation and the "
+"installed system: language, country and locales. The installer will display "
+"messages in the selected language, unless the translation for that language "
+"is not complete in which case some messages may be shown in English."
+msgstr ""
+"Låter användaren lokalanpassa installationen och det installerade systemet: "
+"språk, land och lokaler. Installeraren kommer att visa meddelanden på det "
+"valda språket om inte översättningen för det språket inte är komplett och då "
+"kommer vissa meddelanden att visas på engelska."
 
 #. Tag: term
 #: using-d-i.xml:149
@@ -137,8 +288,12 @@ msgstr "kbd-chooser"
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:149
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Shows a list of keyboards, from which the user chooses the model which matches his own."
-msgstr "Visar en lista på tangentbord från vilken användaren kan välja den modell som passar bäst."
+msgid ""
+"Shows a list of keyboards, from which the user chooses the model which "
+"matches his own."
+msgstr ""
+"Visar en lista på tangentbord från vilken användaren kan välja den modell "
+"som passar bäst."
 
 #. Tag: term
 #: using-d-i.xml:158
@@ -149,8 +304,12 @@ msgstr "hw-detect"
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:158
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Automatically detects most of the system's hardware, including network cards, disk drives, and PCMCIA."
-msgstr "Identifierar automatiskt det mesta av systemets maskinvara inklusive nätverkskort, diskettenheter och PCMCIA."
+msgid ""
+"Automatically detects most of the system's hardware, including network "
+"cards, disk drives, and PCMCIA."
+msgstr ""
+"Identifierar automatiskt det mesta av systemets maskinvara inklusive "
+"nätverkskort, diskettenheter och PCMCIA."
 
 #. Tag: term
 #: using-d-i.xml:167
@@ -173,8 +332,12 @@ msgstr "netcfg"
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:175
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Configures the computer's network connections so it can communicate over the internet."
-msgstr "Konfigurerar datorns nätverksanslutning så att den kan kommunicera mot Internet."
+msgid ""
+"Configures the computer's network connections so it can communicate over the "
+"internet."
+msgstr ""
+"Konfigurerar datorns nätverksanslutning så att den kan kommunicera mot "
+"Internet."
 
 #. Tag: term
 #: using-d-i.xml:184
@@ -185,8 +348,10 @@ msgstr "iso-scan"
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:184
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Looks for ISO file systems, which may be on a CD-ROM or on the hard drive."
-msgstr "Letar efter ISO-filsystem som kan finnas på en cd-rom eller på hårddisken."
+msgid ""
+"Looks for ISO file systems, which may be on a CD-ROM or on the hard drive."
+msgstr ""
+"Letar efter ISO-filsystem som kan finnas på en cd-rom eller på hårddisken."
 
 #. Tag: term
 #: using-d-i.xml:193
@@ -197,8 +362,12 @@ msgstr "choose-mirror"
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:193
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Presents a list of Debian archive mirrors. The user may choose the source of his installation packages."
-msgstr "Presenterar en lista av Debian-arkivets speglar. Användaren kan välja källan för sina installationspaket."
+msgid ""
+"Presents a list of Debian archive mirrors. The user may choose the source of "
+"his installation packages."
+msgstr ""
+"Presenterar en lista av Debian-arkivets speglar. Användaren kan välja källan "
+"för sina installationspaket."
 
 #. Tag: term
 #: using-d-i.xml:202
@@ -209,8 +378,12 @@ msgstr "cdrom-checker"
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:202
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Checks integrity of a CD-ROM. This way the user may assure him/herself that the installation CD-ROM was not corrupted."
-msgstr "Kontrollerar integriteten på en cd-rom. På det här sättet kan användare förlita sig på att installationsskivan inte är felaktig."
+msgid ""
+"Checks integrity of a CD-ROM. This way the user may assure him/herself that "
+"the installation CD-ROM was not corrupted."
+msgstr ""
+"Kontrollerar integriteten på en cd-rom. På det här sättet kan användare "
+"förlita sig på att installationsskivan inte är felaktig."
 
 #. Tag: term
 #: using-d-i.xml:211
@@ -221,8 +394,14 @@ msgstr "lowmem"
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:211
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Lowmem tries to detect systems with low memory and then does various tricks to remove unnecessary parts of &d-i; from the memory (at the cost of some features)."
-msgstr "Lowmem försöker att identifiera system med lite minne och gör då olika trick att ta bort onödiga delar av &d-i; från minnet (på bekostnad av vissa funktioner)."
+msgid ""
+"Lowmem tries to detect systems with low memory and then does various tricks "
+"to remove unnecessary parts of &d-i; from the memory (at the cost of some "
+"features)."
+msgstr ""
+"Lowmem försöker att identifiera system med lite minne och gör då olika trick "
+"att ta bort onödiga delar av &d-i; från minnet (på bekostnad av vissa "
+"funktioner)."
 
 #. Tag: term
 #: using-d-i.xml:221
@@ -233,8 +412,12 @@ msgstr "anna"
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:221
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Anna's Not Nearly APT. Installs packages which have been retrieved from the chosen mirror or CD."
-msgstr "Anna's Not Nearly APT. Installerar paket som har hämtats från den valda spegeln eller cd-skiva."
+msgid ""
+"Anna's Not Nearly APT. Installs packages which have been retrieved from the "
+"chosen mirror or CD."
+msgstr ""
+"Anna's Not Nearly APT. Installerar paket som har hämtats från den valda "
+"spegeln eller cd-skiva."
 
 #. Tag: term
 #: using-d-i.xml:230
@@ -245,8 +428,17 @@ msgstr "partman"
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:230
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Allows the user to partition disks attached to the system, create file systems on the selected partitions, and attach them to the mountpoints. Included are also interesting features like a fully automatic mode or LVM support. This is the preferred partitioning tool in Debian."
-msgstr "Låter användaren partitionera hårddiskar ansluta till systemet, skapa filsystem på de valda partitionerna och ansluta dem till monteringspunkter. Inkluderat är också intressanta funktioner som ett fullt automatiskt läge eller stöd för LVM. Det här är det verktyg som föredras för partitionering i Debian."
+msgid ""
+"Allows the user to partition disks attached to the system, create file "
+"systems on the selected partitions, and attach them to the mountpoints. "
+"Included are also interesting features like a fully automatic mode or LVM "
+"support. This is the preferred partitioning tool in Debian."
+msgstr ""
+"Låter användaren partitionera hårddiskar ansluta till systemet, skapa "
+"filsystem på de valda partitionerna och ansluta dem till monteringspunkter. "
+"Inkluderat är också intressanta funktioner som ett fullt automatiskt läge "
+"eller stöd för LVM. Det här är det verktyg som föredras för partitionering i "
+"Debian."
 
 #. Tag: term
 #: using-d-i.xml:242
@@ -257,8 +449,11 @@ msgstr "autopartkit"
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:242
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Automatically partitions an entire disk according to preset user preferences."
-msgstr "Partitionerar automatiskt en hel disk enligt förinställda egenskaper från användaren."
+msgid ""
+"Automatically partitions an entire disk according to preset user preferences."
+msgstr ""
+"Partitionerar automatiskt en hel disk enligt förinställda egenskaper från "
+"användaren."
 
 #. Tag: term
 #: using-d-i.xml:251
@@ -269,8 +464,12 @@ msgstr "partitioner"
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:251
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Allows the user to partition disks attached to the system. A partitioning program appropriate to your computer's architecture is chosen."
-msgstr "Låter användaren partitionera disks kopplade till systemet. Ett partitioneringsprogram som lämpar sig för din dators arkitektur väljs."
+msgid ""
+"Allows the user to partition disks attached to the system. A partitioning "
+"program appropriate to your computer's architecture is chosen."
+msgstr ""
+"Låter användaren partitionera disks kopplade till systemet. Ett "
+"partitioneringsprogram som lämpar sig för din dators arkitektur väljs."
 
 #. Tag: term
 #: using-d-i.xml:261
@@ -281,8 +480,12 @@ msgstr "partconf"
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:261
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Displays a list of partitions, and creates file systems on the selected partitions according to user instructions."
-msgstr "Visar en lista av partitioner och skapar filsystem på de valda partitionerna enligt användarens instruktioner."
+msgid ""
+"Displays a list of partitions, and creates file systems on the selected "
+"partitions according to user instructions."
+msgstr ""
+"Visar en lista av partitioner och skapar filsystem på de valda partitionerna "
+"enligt användarens instruktioner."
 
 #. Tag: term
 #: using-d-i.xml:270
@@ -293,8 +496,12 @@ msgstr "lvmcfg"
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:270
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Helps the user with the configuration of the <firstterm>LVM</firstterm> (Logical Volume Manager)."
-msgstr "Hjälper användaren med konfigurationen av <firstterm>LVM</firstterm> (logisk volymhantering)."
+msgid ""
+"Helps the user with the configuration of the <firstterm>LVM</firstterm> "
+"(Logical Volume Manager)."
+msgstr ""
+"Hjälper användaren med konfigurationen av <firstterm>LVM</firstterm> (logisk "
+"volymhantering)."
 
 #. Tag: term
 #: using-d-i.xml:279
@@ -305,8 +512,15 @@ msgstr "mdcfg"
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:279
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Allows the user to setup Software <firstterm>RAID</firstterm> (Redundant Array of Inexpensive Disks). This Software RAID is usually superior to the cheap IDE (pseudo hardware) RAID controllers found on newer motherboards."
-msgstr "Låter användaren ställa in programvaru-<firstterm>RAID</firstterm> (Redundant Array of Inexpensive Disks). Den här programvaru-RAID är normalt sett överlägsen till de billiga IDE (pseudomaskinvara) RAID-kontroller som finns på nyare moderkort."
+msgid ""
+"Allows the user to setup Software <firstterm>RAID</firstterm> (Redundant "
+"Array of Inexpensive Disks). This Software RAID is usually superior to the "
+"cheap IDE (pseudo hardware) RAID controllers found on newer motherboards."
+msgstr ""
+"Låter användaren ställa in programvaru-<firstterm>RAID</firstterm> "
+"(Redundant Array of Inexpensive Disks). Den här programvaru-RAID är normalt "
+"sett överlägsen till de billiga IDE (pseudomaskinvara) RAID-kontroller som "
+"finns på nyare moderkort."
 
 #. Tag: term
 #: using-d-i.xml:290
@@ -353,8 +567,12 @@ msgstr "base-installer"
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:314
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Installs the most basic set of packages which would allow the computer to operate under Linux when rebooted."
-msgstr "Installerar de mest enkla paketuppsättningar som tillåter datorn att köra Linux efter omstart."
+msgid ""
+"Installs the most basic set of packages which would allow the computer to "
+"operate under Linux when rebooted."
+msgstr ""
+"Installerar de mest enkla paketuppsättningar som tillåter datorn att köra "
+"Linux efter omstart."
 
 #. Tag: term
 #: using-d-i.xml:323
@@ -365,8 +583,12 @@ msgstr "apt-setup"
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:323
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Configures apt, mostly automatically, based on what media the installer is running from."
-msgstr "Konfigurerar apt, mestadels automatiskt, baserad på vilket media som installeraren körs från."
+msgid ""
+"Configures apt, mostly automatically, based on what media the installer is "
+"running from."
+msgstr ""
+"Konfigurerar apt, mestadels automatiskt, baserad på vilket media som "
+"installeraren körs från."
 
 #. Tag: term
 #: using-d-i.xml:332
@@ -377,8 +599,12 @@ msgstr "pkgsel"
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:332
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Uses <classname>tasksel</classname> to select and install additional software."
-msgstr "Använder <classname>tasksel</classname> för att välja och installera ytterligare programvara."
+msgid ""
+"Uses <classname>tasksel</classname> to select and install additional "
+"software."
+msgstr ""
+"Använder <classname>tasksel</classname> för att välja och installera "
+"ytterligare programvara."
 
 #. Tag: term
 #: using-d-i.xml:340
@@ -389,8 +615,18 @@ msgstr "os-prober"
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:340
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Detects currently installed operating systems on the computer and passes this information to the bootloader-installer, which may offer you an ability to add discovered operating systems to the bootloader's start menu. This way the user could easily choose at the boot time which operating system to start."
-msgstr "Identifierar nuvarande installerade operativsystem på datorn och skickar informationen till bootloader-installer vilken kan erbjuda dig möjligheten att lägga till upptäckta operativsystem till starthanterarens startmeny. Det här sättet gör att användaren lätt kan välja vilken operativsystem som ska startas vid uppstart."
+msgid ""
+"Detects currently installed operating systems on the computer and passes "
+"this information to the bootloader-installer, which may offer you an ability "
+"to add discovered operating systems to the bootloader's start menu. This way "
+"the user could easily choose at the boot time which operating system to "
+"start."
+msgstr ""
+"Identifierar nuvarande installerade operativsystem på datorn och skickar "
+"informationen till bootloader-installer vilken kan erbjuda dig möjligheten "
+"att lägga till upptäckta operativsystem till starthanterarens startmeny. Det "
+"här sättet gör att användaren lätt kan välja vilken operativsystem som ska "
+"startas vid uppstart."
 
 #. Tag: term
 #: using-d-i.xml:352
@@ -401,8 +637,17 @@ msgstr "bootloader-installer"
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:352
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "The various bootloader installers each install a boot loader program on the hard disk, which is necessary for the computer to start up using Linux without using a floppy or CD-ROM. Many boot loaders allow the user to choose an alternate operating system each time the computer boots."
-msgstr "De olika installerarna av starthanterare installerar ett starthanteringsprogram på hårddisken som är nödvändig för att datorn ska starta upp med Linux utan att använda en diskett eller cd-rom. Många starthanterare låter användaren välja ett alternativt operativsystem varje gång datorn startas."
+msgid ""
+"The various bootloader installers each install a boot loader program on the "
+"hard disk, which is necessary for the computer to start up using Linux "
+"without using a floppy or CD-ROM. Many boot loaders allow the user to choose "
+"an alternate operating system each time the computer boots."
+msgstr ""
+"De olika installerarna av starthanterare installerar ett "
+"starthanteringsprogram på hårddisken som är nödvändig för att datorn ska "
+"starta upp med Linux utan att använda en diskett eller cd-rom. Många "
+"starthanterare låter användaren välja ett alternativt operativsystem varje "
+"gång datorn startas."
 
 #. Tag: term
 #: using-d-i.xml:363
@@ -413,8 +658,10 @@ msgstr "shell"
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:363
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Allows the user to execute a shell from the menu, or in the second console."
-msgstr "Låter användaren starta ett skal från menyn eller på den andra konsollen."
+msgid ""
+"Allows the user to execute a shell from the menu, or in the second console."
+msgstr ""
+"Låter användaren starta ett skal från menyn eller på den andra konsollen."
 
 #. Tag: term
 #: using-d-i.xml:372
@@ -425,8 +672,15 @@ msgstr "save-logs"
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:372
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Provides a way for the user to record information on a floppy disk, network, hard disk, or other media when trouble is encountered, in order to accurately report installer software problems to Debian developers later."
-msgstr "Ger ett sätt för användaren att spela in information på en diskett, nätverk, hårddisk eller andra media när problem påträffas för att senare kunna skicka en noggrann rapport om problem i installationsprogramvaran till Debian-utvecklarna."
+msgid ""
+"Provides a way for the user to record information on a floppy disk, network, "
+"hard disk, or other media when trouble is encountered, in order to "
+"accurately report installer software problems to Debian developers later."
+msgstr ""
+"Ger ett sätt för användaren att spela in information på en diskett, nätverk, "
+"hårddisk eller andra media när problem påträffas för att senare kunna skicka "
+"en noggrann rapport om problem i installationsprogramvaran till Debian-"
+"utvecklarna."
 
 #. Tag: title
 #: using-d-i.xml:390
@@ -437,8 +691,20 @@ msgstr "Användning av individuella komponenter"
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:391
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "In this section we will describe each installer component in detail. The components have been grouped into stages that should be recognizable for users. They are presented in the order they appear during the install. Note that not all modules will be used for every installation; which modules are actually used depends on the installation method you use and on your hardware."
-msgstr "I det här avsnittet kommer vi att beskriva varje installationskomponent i detalj. Komponenterna har blivit grupperade i steg som bör kännas igen av användarna. De presenteras i den ordning de dyker upp under installationen. Observera att inte alla moduler kommer att användas för varje installation; vilka moduler som faktiskt används beror på installationsmetoden du använder och på din maskinvara."
+msgid ""
+"In this section we will describe each installer component in detail. The "
+"components have been grouped into stages that should be recognizable for "
+"users. They are presented in the order they appear during the install. Note "
+"that not all modules will be used for every installation; which modules are "
+"actually used depends on the installation method you use and on your "
+"hardware."
+msgstr ""
+"I det här avsnittet kommer vi att beskriva varje installationskomponent i "
+"detalj. Komponenterna har blivit grupperade i steg som bör kännas igen av "
+"användarna. De presenteras i den ordning de dyker upp under installationen. "
+"Observera att inte alla moduler kommer att användas för varje installation; "
+"vilka moduler som faktiskt används beror på installationsmetoden du använder "
+"och på din maskinvara."
 
 #. Tag: title
 #: using-d-i.xml:403
@@ -449,14 +715,43 @@ msgstr "Inställning av Debian-installeraren och maskinvarukonfiguration"
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:404
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Let's assume the Debian Installer has booted and you are facing its first screen. At this time, the capabilities of &d-i; are still quite limited. It doesn't know much about your hardware, preferred language, or even the task it should perform. Don't worry. Because &d-i; is quite clever, it can automatically probe your hardware, locate the rest of its components and upgrade itself to a capable installation system. However, you still need to help &d-i; with some information it can't determine automatically (like selecting your preferred language, keyboard layout or desired network mirror)."
-msgstr "Låt oss anta att Debian Installer har startat upp och du ser dess första skärm. Vid den här punkten är de färdigheter som &d-i; har ganska begränsade. Den vet inte mycket om din maskinvara, vilket språk som föredras eller inte ens vilken funktion installation ska ha. Var lugn. På grund av att &d-i; är ganska smart kan den automatiskt söka av din maskinvara, lokalisera resten av sina komponenter och uppgradera sig själv till ett kapabelt installationssystem. Dock, du behöver fortfarande hjälpa &d-i; med viss information som den inte kan fastställa automatiskt (såsom välja ditt föredragna språk, tangentbordslayout eller val av nätverksspegel). "
+msgid ""
+"Let's assume the Debian Installer has booted and you are facing its first "
+"screen. At this time, the capabilities of &d-i; are still quite limited. It "
+"doesn't know much about your hardware, preferred language, or even the task "
+"it should perform. Don't worry. Because &d-i; is quite clever, it can "
+"automatically probe your hardware, locate the rest of its components and "
+"upgrade itself to a capable installation system. However, you still need to "
+"help &d-i; with some information it can't determine automatically (like "
+"selecting your preferred language, keyboard layout or desired network "
+"mirror)."
+msgstr ""
+"Låt oss anta att Debian Installer har startat upp och du ser dess första "
+"skärm. Vid den här punkten är de färdigheter som &d-i; har ganska "
+"begränsade. Den vet inte mycket om din maskinvara, vilket språk som föredras "
+"eller inte ens vilken funktion installation ska ha. Var lugn. På grund av "
+"att &d-i; är ganska smart kan den automatiskt söka av din maskinvara, "
+"lokalisera resten av sina komponenter och uppgradera sig själv till ett "
+"kapabelt installationssystem. Dock, du behöver fortfarande hjälpa &d-i; med "
+"viss information som den inte kan fastställa automatiskt (såsom välja ditt "
+"föredragna språk, tangentbordslayout eller val av nätverksspegel). "
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:417
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "You will notice that &d-i; performs <firstterm>hardware detection</firstterm> several times during this stage. The first time is targeted specifically at the hardware needed to load installer components (e.g. your CD-ROM or network card). As not all drivers may be available during this first run, hardware detection needs to be repeated later in the process."
-msgstr "Du kommer att märka att &d-i; genomför <firstterm>identifiering av maskinvara</firstterm> flera gånger under det här steget. Första gången är målet den maskinvara som behövs för att läsa in komponenter för installeraren (exempelvis din cd-rom eller nätverkskort). Eftersom alla drivrutiner kanske inte finns tillgängliga under den första körningen behövs en repetering av identifieringen senare i processen. "
+msgid ""
+"You will notice that &d-i; performs <firstterm>hardware detection</"
+"firstterm> several times during this stage. The first time is targeted "
+"specifically at the hardware needed to load installer components (e.g. your "
+"CD-ROM or network card). As not all drivers may be available during this "
+"first run, hardware detection needs to be repeated later in the process."
+msgstr ""
+"Du kommer att märka att &d-i; genomför <firstterm>identifiering av "
+"maskinvara</firstterm> flera gånger under det här steget. Första gången är "
+"målet den maskinvara som behövs för att läsa in komponenter för "
+"installeraren (exempelvis din cd-rom eller nätverkskort). Eftersom alla "
+"drivrutiner kanske inte finns tillgängliga under den första körningen behövs "
+"en repetering av identifieringen senare i processen. "
 
 #. Tag: title
 #: using-d-i.xml:432
@@ -467,14 +762,28 @@ msgstr "Kontrollera tillgängligt minne"
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:434
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "One of the first things &d-i; does, is to check available memory. If the available memory is limited, this component will make some changes in the installation process which hopefully will allow you to install &debian; on your system."
-msgstr "En av de första sakerna som &d-i; gör är att kontrollera tillgängligt minne. Om det tillgängliga minnet är begränsat kommer den här komponenten att göra ändringar i installationsprocessen som förhoppningsvis låter dig installera &debian; på ditt system."
+msgid ""
+"One of the first things &d-i; does, is to check available memory. If the "
+"available memory is limited, this component will make some changes in the "
+"installation process which hopefully will allow you to install &debian; on "
+"your system."
+msgstr ""
+"En av de första sakerna som &d-i; gör är att kontrollera tillgängligt minne. "
+"Om det tillgängliga minnet är begränsat kommer den här komponenten att göra "
+"ändringar i installationsprocessen som förhoppningsvis låter dig installera "
+"&debian; på ditt system."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:441
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "During a low memory install, not all components will be available. One of the limitations is that you won't be able to choose a language for the installation."
-msgstr "Under en installation med lite minne kommer inte alla komponenter vara tillgängliga. En av de begränsningarna är att du inte kan välja språk för installationen."
+msgid ""
+"During a low memory install, not all components will be available. One of "
+"the limitations is that you won't be able to choose a language for the "
+"installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Under en installation med lite minne kommer inte alla komponenter vara "
+"tillgängliga. En av de begränsningarna är att du inte kan välja språk för "
+"installationen."
 
 #. Tag: title
 #: using-d-i.xml:456
@@ -485,38 +794,104 @@ msgstr "Val av lokalinställningar"
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:458
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "In most cases the first questions you will be asked concern the selection of localization options to be used both for the installation and for the installed system. The localization options consist of language, country and locales."
-msgstr "I de flesta fall är de första frågorna som ställs angående valet av lokaliseringsalternativ som kommer att användas både för installationen och för det installerade systemet. Lokaliseringsalternativen består av språk, land och lokaler."
+msgid ""
+"In most cases the first questions you will be asked concern the selection of "
+"localization options to be used both for the installation and for the "
+"installed system. The localization options consist of language, country and "
+"locales."
+msgstr ""
+"I de flesta fall är de första frågorna som ställs angående valet av "
+"lokaliseringsalternativ som kommer att användas både för installationen och "
+"för det installerade systemet. Lokaliseringsalternativen består av språk, "
+"land och lokaler."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:465
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "The language you choose will be used for the rest of the installation process, provided a translation of the different dialogs is available. If no valid translation is available for the selected language, the installer will default to English."
-msgstr "Språket du väljer kommer att användas i resten av installationsprocessen om en översättning av de olika dialogerna finns tillgänglig. Om ingen giltig översättning finns tillgänglig för det valda språket kommer installeraren att falla tillbaka på engelska."
+msgid ""
+"The language you choose will be used for the rest of the installation "
+"process, provided a translation of the different dialogs is available. If no "
+"valid translation is available for the selected language, the installer will "
+"default to English."
+msgstr ""
+"Språket du väljer kommer att användas i resten av installationsprocessen om "
+"en översättning av de olika dialogerna finns tillgänglig. Om ingen giltig "
+"översättning finns tillgänglig för det valda språket kommer installeraren "
+"att falla tillbaka på engelska."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:472
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "The selected country will be used later in the installation process to pick the default timezone and a Debian mirror appropriate for your geographic location. Language and country together will be used to set the default locale for your system and to help select your keyboard."
-msgstr "Det valda landet kommer att användas senare i installationsprocessen för att välja den tidszon som ska vara standard och en Debian-spegel som är lämplig för ditt geografiska område. Språk och land kommer att användas tillsammans för att ställa in standardlokalen för ditt system och att hjälpa till att välja ditt tangentbord."
+msgid ""
+"The selected country will be used later in the installation process to pick "
+"the default timezone and a Debian mirror appropriate for your geographic "
+"location. Language and country together will be used to set the default "
+"locale for your system and to help select your keyboard."
+msgstr ""
+"Det valda landet kommer att användas senare i installationsprocessen för att "
+"välja den tidszon som ska vara standard och en Debian-spegel som är lämplig "
+"för ditt geografiska område. Språk och land kommer att användas tillsammans "
+"för att ställa in standardlokalen för ditt system och att hjälpa till att "
+"välja ditt tangentbord."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:479
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "You will first be asked to select your preferred language. The language names are listed in both English (left side) and in the language itself (right side); the names on the right side are also shown in the proper script for the language. The list is sorted on the English names. At the top of the list is an extra option that allows you to select the <quote>C</quote> locale instead of a language. Choosing the <quote>C</quote> locale will result in the installation proceding in English; the installed system will have no localization support as the <classname>locales</classname> package will not be installed."
-msgstr "Du kommer först att bli frågad att välja ditt föredragna språk. Namnen på språken listas på både engelska (vänstra sidan) och på själva språket (högra sidan); namnen på högra sidan visas också i språkets korrekta skrift. Listan är sorterad efter de engelska namnen. På toppen av listan finns ett extra alternativ som låter dig att välja lokalen <quote>C</quote> istället för ett språk. Välja lokalen <quote>C</quote> betyder att installationen fortsätter på engelska; det installerade systemet kommer inte att ha något stöd för lokalisering eftersom paketet <classname>locales</classname> inte kommer att installeras."
+msgid ""
+"You will first be asked to select your preferred language. The language "
+"names are listed in both English (left side) and in the language itself "
+"(right side); the names on the right side are also shown in the proper "
+"script for the language. The list is sorted on the English names. At the top "
+"of the list is an extra option that allows you to select the <quote>C</"
+"quote> locale instead of a language. Choosing the <quote>C</quote> locale "
+"will result in the installation proceding in English; the installed system "
+"will have no localization support as the <classname>locales</classname> "
+"package will not be installed."
+msgstr ""
+"Du kommer först att bli frågad att välja ditt föredragna språk. Namnen på "
+"språken listas på både engelska (vänstra sidan) och på själva språket (högra "
+"sidan); namnen på högra sidan visas också i språkets korrekta skrift. Listan "
+"är sorterad efter de engelska namnen. På toppen av listan finns ett extra "
+"alternativ som låter dig att välja lokalen <quote>C</quote> istället för ett "
+"språk. Välja lokalen <quote>C</quote> betyder att installationen fortsätter "
+"på engelska; det installerade systemet kommer inte att ha något stöd för "
+"lokalisering eftersom paketet <classname>locales</classname> inte kommer att "
+"installeras."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:491
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "If you selected a language that is recognized as an official language for more than one country<footnote> <para> In technical terms: where multiple locales exist for that language with differing country codes. </para> </footnote>, you will next be asked to select a country. If you choose <guimenuitem>Other</guimenuitem> at the bottom of the list, you will be presented with a list of all countries, grouped by continent. If the language has only one country associated with it, that country will be selected automatically."
-msgstr "Om du valde ett språk som är erkänt som ett officiellt språk för fler än ett land<footnote> <para> I tekniska termer: där multipla lokaler existerar för det språket med olika landskoder. </para> </footnote>, du kommer härnäst att bli frågad att välja ett land. Om du väljer <guimenuitem>Annat</guimenuitem> i slutet av listan, kommer du bli visad en lista på alla länder, grupperade efter kontinent. Om språket endast har ett land associerat med sig kommer det landet att automatiskt väljas."
+msgid ""
+"If you selected a language that is recognized as an official language for "
+"more than one country<footnote> <para> In technical terms: where multiple "
+"locales exist for that language with differing country codes. </para> </"
+"footnote>, you will next be asked to select a country. If you choose "
+"<guimenuitem>Other</guimenuitem> at the bottom of the list, you will be "
+"presented with a list of all countries, grouped by continent. If the "
+"language has only one country associated with it, that country will be "
+"selected automatically."
+msgstr ""
+"Om du valde ett språk som är erkänt som ett officiellt språk för fler än ett "
+"land<footnote> <para> I tekniska termer: där multipla lokaler existerar för "
+"det språket med olika landskoder. </para> </footnote>, du kommer härnäst att "
+"bli frågad att välja ett land. Om du väljer <guimenuitem>Annat</guimenuitem> "
+"i slutet av listan, kommer du bli visad en lista på alla länder, grupperade "
+"efter kontinent. Om språket endast har ett land associerat med sig kommer "
+"det landet att automatiskt väljas."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:509
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "A default locale will be selected based on the selected language and country. If you are installing at medium or low priority, you will have the option of selecting a different default locale and of selecting additional locales to be generated for the installed system."
-msgstr "En standardlokal kommer att väljas baserad på det valda språket och landet. Om du installerar med medium eller låg prioritet, kommer du få möjligheten att välja en annan standardlokal och att välja ytterligare lokaler som ska genereras för det installerade systemet."
+msgid ""
+"A default locale will be selected based on the selected language and "
+"country. If you are installing at medium or low priority, you will have the "
+"option of selecting a different default locale and of selecting additional "
+"locales to be generated for the installed system."
+msgstr ""
+"En standardlokal kommer att väljas baserad på det valda språket och landet. "
+"Om du installerar med medium eller låg prioritet, kommer du få möjligheten "
+"att välja en annan standardlokal och att välja ytterligare lokaler som ska "
+"genereras för det installerade systemet."
 
 #. Tag: title
 #: using-d-i.xml:524
@@ -527,26 +902,70 @@ msgstr "Val av tangentbord"
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:526
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Keyboards are often tailored to the characters used in a language. Select a layout that conforms to the keyboard you are using, or select something close if the keyboard layout you want isn't represented. Once the system installation is complete, you'll be able to select a keyboard layout from a wider range of choices (run <command>kbdconfig</command> as root after you have completed the installation)."
-msgstr "Tangentbord är ofta anpassade efter de tecken som används i ett språk. Välj en layout som gäller för tangentbordet du använder, eller välj något som liknar det om tangentbordslayouten du vill välja inte finns. När installationen av systemet är färdig kommer du kunna välja en tangentbordslayout från en bredare skala (kör <command>kbdconfig</command> som root efter att du har färdigställt installationen)."
+msgid ""
+"Keyboards are often tailored to the characters used in a language. Select a "
+"layout that conforms to the keyboard you are using, or select something "
+"close if the keyboard layout you want isn't represented. Once the system "
+"installation is complete, you'll be able to select a keyboard layout from a "
+"wider range of choices (run <command>kbdconfig</command> as root after you "
+"have completed the installation)."
+msgstr ""
+"Tangentbord är ofta anpassade efter de tecken som används i ett språk. Välj "
+"en layout som gäller för tangentbordet du använder, eller välj något som "
+"liknar det om tangentbordslayouten du vill välja inte finns. När "
+"installationen av systemet är färdig kommer du kunna välja en "
+"tangentbordslayout från en bredare skala (kör <command>kbdconfig</command> "
+"som root efter att du har färdigställt installationen)."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:536
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Move the highlight to the keyboard selection you desire and press &enterkey;. Use the arrow keys to move the highlight &mdash; they are in the same place in all national language keyboard layouts, so they are independent of the keyboard configuration. An 'extended' keyboard is one with <keycap>F1</keycap> through <keycap>F10</keycap> keys along the top row."
-msgstr "Flytta markören till tangentbordsvalet du önskar och tryck på &enterkey;. Använd piltangenterna för att flytta markören &mdash; de är på samma plats för alla tangentbordslayouter på alla språk, så de är oberoende av tangentbordskonfiguration. Ett \"utökat\"-tangentbord är ett med tangenterna <keycap>F1</keycap> till <keycap>F10</keycap> längs översta raden."
+msgid ""
+"Move the highlight to the keyboard selection you desire and press "
+"&enterkey;. Use the arrow keys to move the highlight &mdash; they are in the "
+"same place in all national language keyboard layouts, so they are "
+"independent of the keyboard configuration. An 'extended' keyboard is one "
+"with <keycap>F1</keycap> through <keycap>F10</keycap> keys along the top row."
+msgstr ""
+"Flytta markören till tangentbordsvalet du önskar och tryck på &enterkey;. "
+"Använd piltangenterna för att flytta markören &mdash; de är på samma plats "
+"för alla tangentbordslayouter på alla språk, så de är oberoende av "
+"tangentbordskonfiguration. Ett \"utökat\"-tangentbord är ett med tangenterna "
+"<keycap>F1</keycap> till <keycap>F10</keycap> längs översta raden."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:545
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "On DECstations there is currently no loadable keymap available, so you have to skip the keyboard selection and keep the default kernel keymap (LK201 US). This may change in the future as it depends on further Linux/MIPS kernel development."
-msgstr "På DECstationer finns det för närvarande ingen inläsningsbar tangentstabell tillgänglig, så du kan hoppa över tangentbordsvalet och behålla kärnans standardtabeller (LK201 US). Det här kan ändras i framtiden eftersom det beror på ytterligare utveckling av Linux/MIPS-kärnan."
+msgid ""
+"On DECstations there is currently no loadable keymap available, so you have "
+"to skip the keyboard selection and keep the default kernel keymap (LK201 "
+"US). This may change in the future as it depends on further Linux/MIPS "
+"kernel development."
+msgstr ""
+"På DECstationer finns det för närvarande ingen inläsningsbar tangentstabell "
+"tillgänglig, så du kan hoppa över tangentbordsvalet och behålla kärnans "
+"standardtabeller (LK201 US). Det här kan ändras i framtiden eftersom det "
+"beror på ytterligare utveckling av Linux/MIPS-kärnan."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:552
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "There are two keyboard layouts for US keyboards; the qwerty/mac-usb-us (Apple USB) layout will place the Alt function on the <keycap>Command/Apple</keycap> key (in the keyboard position next to the <keycap>space</keycap> key similar to <keycap>Alt</keycap> on PC keyboards), while the qwerty/us (Standard) layout will place the Alt function on the <keycap>Option</keycap> key (engraved with 'alt' on most Mac keyboards). In other respects the two layouts are similar."
-msgstr "Det finns två tangentbordslayouter för amerikanska tangentbord; layouten qwerty/mac-usb-us (Apple USB) har placerat Alt function på tangenten <keycap>Command/Apple</keycap> (i tangentbordspositionen bredvid tangenten <keycap>blanksteg</keycap> liknande <keycap>Alt</keycap> på PC-tangentbord), medan layouten qwerty/us (Standard) kommer att placera Alt function på tangenten <keycap>Option</keycap> (markerad med \"alt\" på de flesta Mac-tangentbord). I övriga aspekter är de två layouterna lika."
+msgid ""
+"There are two keyboard layouts for US keyboards; the qwerty/mac-usb-us "
+"(Apple USB) layout will place the Alt function on the <keycap>Command/Apple</"
+"keycap> key (in the keyboard position next to the <keycap>space</keycap> key "
+"similar to <keycap>Alt</keycap> on PC keyboards), while the qwerty/us "
+"(Standard) layout will place the Alt function on the <keycap>Option</keycap> "
+"key (engraved with 'alt' on most Mac keyboards). In other respects the two "
+"layouts are similar."
+msgstr ""
+"Det finns två tangentbordslayouter för amerikanska tangentbord; layouten "
+"qwerty/mac-usb-us (Apple USB) har placerat Alt function på tangenten "
+"<keycap>Command/Apple</keycap> (i tangentbordspositionen bredvid tangenten "
+"<keycap>blanksteg</keycap> liknande <keycap>Alt</keycap> på PC-tangentbord), "
+"medan layouten qwerty/us (Standard) kommer att placera Alt function på "
+"tangenten <keycap>Option</keycap> (markerad med \"alt\" på de flesta Mac-"
+"tangentbord). I övriga aspekter är de två layouterna lika."
 
 #. Tag: title
 #: using-d-i.xml:582
@@ -557,26 +976,79 @@ msgstr "Leta efter en ISO-avbild för Debian Installer"
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:583
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "When installing via the <emphasis>hd-media</emphasis> method, there will be a moment where you need to find and mount the Debian Installer iso image in order to get the rest of the installation files. The component <command>iso-scan</command> does exactly this."
-msgstr "När installation görs via metoden <emphasis>hd-media</emphasis> kommer du till en punkt där du behöver hitta och montera iso-avbilden för Debian Installer för att få tag på resten av installationsfilerna. Komponenten <command>iso-scan</command> gör exakt det."
+msgid ""
+"When installing via the <emphasis>hd-media</emphasis> method, there will be "
+"a moment where you need to find and mount the Debian Installer iso image in "
+"order to get the rest of the installation files. The component <command>iso-"
+"scan</command> does exactly this."
+msgstr ""
+"När installation görs via metoden <emphasis>hd-media</emphasis> kommer du "
+"till en punkt där du behöver hitta och montera iso-avbilden för Debian "
+"Installer för att få tag på resten av installationsfilerna. Komponenten "
+"<command>iso-scan</command> gör exakt det."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:590
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "At first, <command>iso-scan</command> automatically mounts all block devices (e.g. partitions) which have some known filesystem on them and sequentially searches for filenames ending with <filename>.iso</filename> (or <filename>.ISO</filename> for that matter). Beware that the first attempt scans only files in the root directory and in the first level of subdirectories (i.e. it finds <filename>/<replaceable>whatever</replaceable>.iso</filename>, <filename>/data/<replaceable>whatever</replaceable>.iso</filename>, but not <filename>/data/tmp/<replaceable>whatever</replaceable>.iso</filename>). After an iso image has been found, <command>iso-scan</command> checks its content to determine if the image is a valid Debian iso image or not. In the former case we are done, in the latter <command>iso-scan</command> seeks for another image."
-msgstr "Först monterar <command>iso-scan</command> automatiskt alla blockenheter (exempelvis partitioner) som har något känt filsystem på sig och söker sekventiellt efter filnamn som slutar på <filename>.iso</filename> (eller <filename>.ISO</filename> för den sakens skull). Tänk på att det första försöket söker endast av filer i rotkatalogen på i första nivån av underkatalogerna (alltså, den hittar <filename>/<replaceable>vadsomhelst</replaceable>.iso</filename>, <filename>/data/<replaceable>vadsomhelst</replaceable>.iso</filename>, men inte <filename>/data/tmp/<replaceable>vadsomhelst</replaceable>.iso</filename>). Efter en iso-avbild har hittats, kontrollerar <command>iso-scan</command> dess innehåll för att fastställa om avbilden är en giltig Debian-avbild eller inte. I det första fallet är vi klara, i det senare söker <command>iso-scan</command> efter en annan avbild."
+msgid ""
+"At first, <command>iso-scan</command> automatically mounts all block devices "
+"(e.g. partitions) which have some known filesystem on them and sequentially "
+"searches for filenames ending with <filename>.iso</filename> (or <filename>."
+"ISO</filename> for that matter). Beware that the first attempt scans only "
+"files in the root directory and in the first level of subdirectories (i.e. "
+"it finds <filename>/<replaceable>whatever</replaceable>.iso</filename>, "
+"<filename>/data/<replaceable>whatever</replaceable>.iso</filename>, but not "
+"<filename>/data/tmp/<replaceable>whatever</replaceable>.iso</filename>). "
+"After an iso image has been found, <command>iso-scan</command> checks its "
+"content to determine if the image is a valid Debian iso image or not. In the "
+"former case we are done, in the latter <command>iso-scan</command> seeks for "
+"another image."
+msgstr ""
+"Först monterar <command>iso-scan</command> automatiskt alla blockenheter "
+"(exempelvis partitioner) som har något känt filsystem på sig och söker "
+"sekventiellt efter filnamn som slutar på <filename>.iso</filename> (eller "
+"<filename>.ISO</filename> för den sakens skull). Tänk på att det första "
+"försöket söker endast av filer i rotkatalogen på i första nivån av "
+"underkatalogerna (alltså, den hittar <filename>/<replaceable>vadsomhelst</"
+"replaceable>.iso</filename>, <filename>/data/<replaceable>vadsomhelst</"
+"replaceable>.iso</filename>, men inte <filename>/data/tmp/"
+"<replaceable>vadsomhelst</replaceable>.iso</filename>). Efter en iso-avbild "
+"har hittats, kontrollerar <command>iso-scan</command> dess innehåll för att "
+"fastställa om avbilden är en giltig Debian-avbild eller inte. I det första "
+"fallet är vi klara, i det senare söker <command>iso-scan</command> efter en "
+"annan avbild."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:607
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "In case the previous attempt to find an installer iso image fails, <command>iso-scan</command> will ask you whether you would like to perform a more thorough search. This pass doesn't just look into the topmost directories, but really traverses whole filesystem."
-msgstr "Om det tidigare försöket att hitta en iso-avbild för installeraren misslyckades, kommer <command>iso-scan</command> att fråga dig om du vill genomföra en mer genomgående sökning. Den här fasen kommer inte bara att se på de översta katalogerna utan gå igenom hela filsystemet."
+msgid ""
+"In case the previous attempt to find an installer iso image fails, "
+"<command>iso-scan</command> will ask you whether you would like to perform a "
+"more thorough search. This pass doesn't just look into the topmost "
+"directories, but really traverses whole filesystem."
+msgstr ""
+"Om det tidigare försöket att hitta en iso-avbild för installeraren "
+"misslyckades, kommer <command>iso-scan</command> att fråga dig om du vill "
+"genomföra en mer genomgående sökning. Den här fasen kommer inte bara att se "
+"på de översta katalogerna utan gå igenom hela filsystemet."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:614
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "If <command>iso-scan</command> does not discover your installer iso image, reboot back to your original operating system and check if the image is named correctly (ending in <filename>.iso</filename>), if it is placed on a filesystem recognizable by &d-i;, and if it is not corrupted (verify the checksum). Experienced Unix users could do this without rebooting on the second console."
-msgstr "Om <command>iso-scan</command> inte hittar din iso-avbild för installeraren,  starta om till ditt ursprungliga operativsystem och kontrollera om avbilden är namngiven korrekt (slutar på <filename>.iso</filename>), om den är placerad på ett filsystem som känns igen av &d-i;, och om det inte är skadat (validera kontrollsumman). Erfarna Unix-användare kunde ha gjort det här på andra konsollen, utan att starta om."
+msgid ""
+"If <command>iso-scan</command> does not discover your installer iso image, "
+"reboot back to your original operating system and check if the image is "
+"named correctly (ending in <filename>.iso</filename>), if it is placed on a "
+"filesystem recognizable by &d-i;, and if it is not corrupted (verify the "
+"checksum). Experienced Unix users could do this without rebooting on the "
+"second console."
+msgstr ""
+"Om <command>iso-scan</command> inte hittar din iso-avbild för "
+"installeraren,  starta om till ditt ursprungliga operativsystem och "
+"kontrollera om avbilden är namngiven korrekt (slutar på <filename>.iso</"
+"filename>), om den är placerad på ett filsystem som känns igen av &d-i;, och "
+"om det inte är skadat (validera kontrollsumman). Erfarna Unix-användare "
+"kunde ha gjort det här på andra konsollen, utan att starta om."
 
 #. Tag: title
 #: using-d-i.xml:635
@@ -587,26 +1059,94 @@ msgstr "Konfigurering av nätverk"
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:637
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "As you enter this step, if the system detects that you have more than one network device, you'll be asked to choose which device will be your <emphasis>primary</emphasis> network interface, i.e. the one which you want to use for installation. The other interfaces won't be configured at this time. You may configure additional interfaces after installation is complete; see the <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>interfaces</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry> man page."
-msgstr "När du kommer till det här steget, om systemet upptäcker att du har fler än en nätverksenhet, kommer du att bli frågad att välja vilken enhet som ska vara ditt <emphasis>primära</emphasis> nätverksgränssnitt, alltså det som du vill använda för installationen. Övriga gränssnitt kommer inte att bli konfigurerade vid den här tidpunkten. Du kan konfigurera ytterligare gränssnitt efter att installationen är färdig; se manualsidan <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>interfaces</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry>."
+msgid ""
+"As you enter this step, if the system detects that you have more than one "
+"network device, you'll be asked to choose which device will be your "
+"<emphasis>primary</emphasis> network interface, i.e. the one which you want "
+"to use for installation. The other interfaces won't be configured at this "
+"time. You may configure additional interfaces after installation is "
+"complete; see the <citerefentry> <refentrytitle>interfaces</refentrytitle> "
+"<manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </citerefentry> man page."
+msgstr ""
+"När du kommer till det här steget, om systemet upptäcker att du har fler än "
+"en nätverksenhet, kommer du att bli frågad att välja vilken enhet som ska "
+"vara ditt <emphasis>primära</emphasis> nätverksgränssnitt, alltså det som du "
+"vill använda för installationen. Övriga gränssnitt kommer inte att bli "
+"konfigurerade vid den här tidpunkten. Du kan konfigurera ytterligare "
+"gränssnitt efter att installationen är färdig; se manualsidan <citerefentry> "
+"<refentrytitle>interfaces</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>5</manvolnum> </"
+"citerefentry>."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:648
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "By default, &d-i; tries to configure your computer's network automatically via DHCP. If the DHCP probe succeeds, you are done. If the probe fails, it may be caused by many factors ranging from unplugged network cable, to a misconfigured DHCP setup. Or maybe you don't have a DHCP server in your local network at all. For further explanation check the error messages on the third console. In any case, you will be asked if you want to retry, or if you want to perform manual setup. DHCP servers are sometimes really slow in their responses, so if you are sure everything is in place, try again."
-msgstr "Som standard försöker &d-i; att konfigurera din dators nätverk automatiskt via DHCP. Om DHCP-sökningen lyckas, är du klar. Om sökningen misslyckas, kan det bero på många faktorer som sträcker sig från nätverkskablar som inte varit inkopplade till en felinställd DHCP-konfiguration. Det kan också vara så att du inte har en DHCP-server alls i ditt lokala nätverk. För vidare förklaringar kan du kontrollera felmeddelandena på den tredje konsollen. I alla fall, du kommer att bli frågad om du vill försöka igen, eller om du vill genomföra en manuell konfiguration. DHCP-servrar är ibland riktiga långsamma i sina svar, så om du är säker att allt ska fungera, försök igen."
+msgid ""
+"By default, &d-i; tries to configure your computer's network automatically "
+"via DHCP. If the DHCP probe succeeds, you are done. If the probe fails, it "
+"may be caused by many factors ranging from unplugged network cable, to a "
+"misconfigured DHCP setup. Or maybe you don't have a DHCP server in your "
+"local network at all. For further explanation check the error messages on "
+"the third console. In any case, you will be asked if you want to retry, or "
+"if you want to perform manual setup. DHCP servers are sometimes really slow "
+"in their responses, so if you are sure everything is in place, try again."
+msgstr ""
+"Som standard försöker &d-i; att konfigurera din dators nätverk automatiskt "
+"via DHCP. Om DHCP-sökningen lyckas, är du klar. Om sökningen misslyckas, kan "
+"det bero på många faktorer som sträcker sig från nätverkskablar som inte "
+"varit inkopplade till en felinställd DHCP-konfiguration. Det kan också vara "
+"så att du inte har en DHCP-server alls i ditt lokala nätverk. För vidare "
+"förklaringar kan du kontrollera felmeddelandena på den tredje konsollen. I "
+"alla fall, du kommer att bli frågad om du vill försöka igen, eller om du "
+"vill genomföra en manuell konfiguration. DHCP-servrar är ibland riktiga "
+"långsamma i sina svar, så om du är säker att allt ska fungera, försök igen."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:660
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "The manual network setup in turn asks you a number of questions about your network, notably <computeroutput>IP address</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>Netmask</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>Gateway</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>Name server addresses</computeroutput>, and a <computeroutput>Hostname</computeroutput>. Moreover, if you have a wireless network interface, you will be asked to provide your <computeroutput>Wireless ESSID</computeroutput> and a <computeroutput>WEP key</computeroutput>. Fill in the answers from <xref linkend=\"needed-info\"/>."
-msgstr "Den manuella nätverkskonfigurationen kommer att fråga dig ett antal frågor om ditt nätverk, speciellt <computeroutput>IP-adress</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>nätmask</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>gateway</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>adresser till namnservrar</computeroutput>, och ett <computeroutput>värdnamn</computeroutput>. Dessutom, om du har ett trådlöst nätverkskort, kommer du att bli frågad att ange <computeroutput>ESSID</computeroutput> och en <computeroutput>WEP-nyckel</computeroutput> för ditt trådlösa nätverk. Fyll i svaren från <xref linkend=\"needed-info\"/>."
+msgid ""
+"The manual network setup in turn asks you a number of questions about your "
+"network, notably <computeroutput>IP address</computeroutput>, "
+"<computeroutput>Netmask</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>Gateway</"
+"computeroutput>, <computeroutput>Name server addresses</computeroutput>, and "
+"a <computeroutput>Hostname</computeroutput>. Moreover, if you have a "
+"wireless network interface, you will be asked to provide your "
+"<computeroutput>Wireless ESSID</computeroutput> and a <computeroutput>WEP "
+"key</computeroutput>. Fill in the answers from <xref linkend=\"needed-info\"/"
+">."
+msgstr ""
+"Den manuella nätverkskonfigurationen kommer att fråga dig ett antal frågor "
+"om ditt nätverk, speciellt <computeroutput>IP-adress</computeroutput>, "
+"<computeroutput>nätmask</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>gateway</"
+"computeroutput>, <computeroutput>adresser till namnservrar</computeroutput>, "
+"och ett <computeroutput>värdnamn</computeroutput>. Dessutom, om du har ett "
+"trådlöst nätverkskort, kommer du att bli frågad att ange "
+"<computeroutput>ESSID</computeroutput> och en <computeroutput>WEP-nyckel</"
+"computeroutput> för ditt trådlösa nätverk. Fyll i svaren från <xref linkend="
+"\"needed-info\"/>."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:674
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Some technical details you might, or might not, find handy: the program assumes the network IP address is the bitwise-AND of your system's IP address and your netmask. It will guess the broadcast address is the bitwise OR of your system's IP address with the bitwise negation of the netmask. It will also guess your gateway. If you can't find any of these answers, use the system's guesses &mdash; you can change them once the system has been installed, if necessary, by editing <filename>/etc/network/interfaces</filename>. Alternatively, you can install <classname>etherconf</classname>, which will step you through your network setup."
-msgstr "Några tekniska detaljer du kanske eller kanske inte tycker är smidiga: programmet anser att nätverkets IP-adress är bitvis-OCH av ditt systems IP-adress och din nätmask. Den kommer att gissa att broadcastadressen är bitvis-ELLER av ditt systems IP-adress med bitvis negation av nätmasken. Den kommer även att gissa din gateway. Om du inte kan hitta något av de här svaren, använd systemets gissningar &mdash; du kan ändra dem när systemet har installerats, om nödvändigt, genom att redigera <filename>/etc/network/interfaces</filename>. Alternativt kan du installera <classname>etherconf</classname> som kommer att hjälpa dig med din nätverkskonfigurering."
+msgid ""
+"Some technical details you might, or might not, find handy: the program "
+"assumes the network IP address is the bitwise-AND of your system's IP "
+"address and your netmask. It will guess the broadcast address is the bitwise "
+"OR of your system's IP address with the bitwise negation of the netmask. It "
+"will also guess your gateway. If you can't find any of these answers, use "
+"the system's guesses &mdash; you can change them once the system has been "
+"installed, if necessary, by editing <filename>/etc/network/interfaces</"
+"filename>. Alternatively, you can install <classname>etherconf</classname>, "
+"which will step you through your network setup."
+msgstr ""
+"Några tekniska detaljer du kanske eller kanske inte tycker är smidiga: "
+"programmet anser att nätverkets IP-adress är bitvis-OCH av ditt systems IP-"
+"adress och din nätmask. Den kommer att gissa att broadcastadressen är bitvis-"
+"ELLER av ditt systems IP-adress med bitvis negation av nätmasken. Den kommer "
+"även att gissa din gateway. Om du inte kan hitta något av de här svaren, "
+"använd systemets gissningar &mdash; du kan ändra dem när systemet har "
+"installerats, om nödvändigt, genom att redigera <filename>/etc/network/"
+"interfaces</filename>. Alternativt kan du installera <classname>etherconf</"
+"classname> som kommer att hjälpa dig med din nätverkskonfigurering."
 
 #. Tag: title
 #: using-d-i.xml:713
@@ -617,8 +1157,20 @@ msgstr "Partitionering och val av monteringspunkter"
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:714
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "At this time, after hardware detection has been executed a final time, &d-i; should be at its full strength, customized for the user's needs and ready to do some real work. As the title of this section indicates, the main task of the next few components lies in partitioning your disks, creating filesystems, assigning mountpoints and optionally configuring closely related issues like LVM or RAID devices."
-msgstr "Vid den här tidpunkten, efter identifiering av maskinvara har startats en sista gång, bör &d-i; vara vid sin fulla kraft, anpassad för användarens behov och klar att göra ett riktigt jobb. Precis som titeln på det här avsnittet indikerar, är huvudfunktionen för de nästkommande komponenterna är partitionering av dina diskar, skapa filsystem, tilldela monteringspunkter och även konfigurering av närliggande saker som LVM eller RAID-enheter."
+msgid ""
+"At this time, after hardware detection has been executed a final time, &d-i; "
+"should be at its full strength, customized for the user's needs and ready to "
+"do some real work. As the title of this section indicates, the main task of "
+"the next few components lies in partitioning your disks, creating "
+"filesystems, assigning mountpoints and optionally configuring closely "
+"related issues like LVM or RAID devices."
+msgstr ""
+"Vid den här tidpunkten, efter identifiering av maskinvara har startats en "
+"sista gång, bör &d-i; vara vid sin fulla kraft, anpassad för användarens "
+"behov och klar att göra ett riktigt jobb. Precis som titeln på det här "
+"avsnittet indikerar, är huvudfunktionen för de nästkommande komponenterna är "
+"partitionering av dina diskar, skapa filsystem, tilldela monteringspunkter "
+"och även konfigurering av närliggande saker som LVM eller RAID-enheter."
 
 #. Tag: title
 #: using-d-i.xml:736
@@ -629,62 +1181,157 @@ msgstr "Partitionera dina diskar"
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:738
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Now it is time to partition your disks. If you are uncomfortable with partitioning, or just want to know more details, see <xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/>."
-msgstr "Nu är det dags för att partitionera dina diskar. Om du känner dig okomfortabel med partitionering eller bara vill veta mer detaljer, se <xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/>."
+msgid ""
+"Now it is time to partition your disks. If you are uncomfortable with "
+"partitioning, or just want to know more details, see <xref linkend="
+"\"partitioning\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+"Nu är det dags för att partitionera dina diskar. Om du känner dig "
+"okomfortabel med partitionering eller bara vill veta mer detaljer, se <xref "
+"linkend=\"partitioning\"/>."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:744
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "First you will be given the opportunity to automatically partition either an entire drive, or available free space on a drive. This is also called <quote>guided</quote> partitioning. If you do not want to autopartition, choose <guimenuitem>Manual</guimenuitem> from the menu."
-msgstr "Först kommer du få möjligheten att automatiskt partitionera antingen en hel disk eller ledigt utrymme på en disk. Det finns också en så kallad <quote>guidad</quote> partitionering. Om du inte vill partitionera automatiskt, välj <guimenuitem>Manuell</guimenuitem> från menyn."
+msgid ""
+"First you will be given the opportunity to automatically partition either an "
+"entire drive, or available free space on a drive. This is also called "
+"<quote>guided</quote> partitioning. If you do not want to autopartition, "
+"choose <guimenuitem>Manual</guimenuitem> from the menu."
+msgstr ""
+"Först kommer du få möjligheten att automatiskt partitionera antingen en hel "
+"disk eller ledigt utrymme på en disk. Det finns också en så kallad "
+"<quote>guidad</quote> partitionering. Om du inte vill partitionera "
+"automatiskt, välj <guimenuitem>Manuell</guimenuitem> från menyn."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:751
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "If you choose guided partitioning, you may have three options: to create partitions directly on the hard disk (classic method), or to create them using Logical Volume Management (LVM), or to create them using encrypted LVM<footnote> <para> The installer will encrypt the LVM volume group using a 256 bit AES key and makes use of the kernel's <quote>dm-crypt</quote> support. </para> </footnote>."
-msgstr "Om du väljer guidad partitionering har du tre alternativ: skapa partitioner direkt på hårddisken (klassisk metod), skapa dem med logisk volymhantering (LVM), eller att skapa dem med krypterad LVM<footnote> <para> Installeraren kommer att kryptera LVM-volymgruppen med en 256 bitars AES-nyckel och använder kärnans stöd för <quote>dm-crypt</quote>. </para> </footnote>."
+msgid ""
+"If you choose guided partitioning, you may have three options: to create "
+"partitions directly on the hard disk (classic method), or to create them "
+"using Logical Volume Management (LVM), or to create them using encrypted "
+"LVM<footnote> <para> The installer will encrypt the LVM volume group using a "
+"256 bit AES key and makes use of the kernel's <quote>dm-crypt</quote> "
+"support. </para> </footnote>."
+msgstr ""
+"Om du väljer guidad partitionering har du tre alternativ: skapa partitioner "
+"direkt på hårddisken (klassisk metod), skapa dem med logisk volymhantering "
+"(LVM), eller att skapa dem med krypterad LVM<footnote> <para> Installeraren "
+"kommer att kryptera LVM-volymgruppen med en 256 bitars AES-nyckel och "
+"använder kärnans stöd för <quote>dm-crypt</quote>. </para> </footnote>."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:766
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "The option to use (encrypted) LVM may not be available on all architectures."
-msgstr "Alternativet att använda (krypterad) LVM kanske inte är tillgängligt på alla arkitekturer."
+msgid ""
+"The option to use (encrypted) LVM may not be available on all architectures."
+msgstr ""
+"Alternativet att använda (krypterad) LVM kanske inte är tillgängligt på alla "
+"arkitekturer."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:771
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "When using LVM or encrypted LVM, the installer will create most partitions inside one big partition; the advantage of this method is that partitions inside this big partition can be resized relatively easily later. In the case of encrypted LVM the big partition will not be readable without knowing a special key phrase, thus providing extra security of your (personal) data."
-msgstr "När LVM eller krypterad LVM används kommer installeraren att skapa de flesta partitioner inne i en stor partition; fördelen med den här metoden är att partitioner inne i den här stora partitionen kan man enkelt ändra storlek på senare. I fallet med krypterad LVM, kommer den stora partitionen inte vara läsbar utan att känna till en speciell nyckelfras, vilket ger extra säkerhet för ditt (personliga) data."
+msgid ""
+"When using LVM or encrypted LVM, the installer will create most partitions "
+"inside one big partition; the advantage of this method is that partitions "
+"inside this big partition can be resized relatively easily later. In the "
+"case of encrypted LVM the big partition will not be readable without knowing "
+"a special key phrase, thus providing extra security of your (personal) data."
+msgstr ""
+"När LVM eller krypterad LVM används kommer installeraren att skapa de flesta "
+"partitioner inne i en stor partition; fördelen med den här metoden är att "
+"partitioner inne i den här stora partitionen kan man enkelt ändra storlek på "
+"senare. I fallet med krypterad LVM, kommer den stora partitionen inte vara "
+"läsbar utan att känna till en speciell nyckelfras, vilket ger extra säkerhet "
+"för ditt (personliga) data."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:780
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "When using encrypted LVM, the installer will also automatically erase the disk by writing random data to it. This further improves security (as it makes it impossible to tell which parts of the disk are in use and also makes sure that any traces of previous installations are erased), but may take some time depending on the size of your disk."
-msgstr "När krypterad LVM används, kommer installeraren även att automatiskt radera disken genom att skriva slumpmässig data till den. Det här ökar på säkerheten ytterligare (och gör det omöjligt att se vilka delar av disken som används och ser även till att eventuella spår av tidigare installationer raderas), men kan ta lite tid beroende på storleken på din disk."
+msgid ""
+"When using encrypted LVM, the installer will also automatically erase the "
+"disk by writing random data to it. This further improves security (as it "
+"makes it impossible to tell which parts of the disk are in use and also "
+"makes sure that any traces of previous installations are erased), but may "
+"take some time depending on the size of your disk."
+msgstr ""
+"När krypterad LVM används, kommer installeraren även att automatiskt radera "
+"disken genom att skriva slumpmässig data till den. Det här ökar på "
+"säkerheten ytterligare (och gör det omöjligt att se vilka delar av disken "
+"som används och ser även till att eventuella spår av tidigare installationer "
+"raderas), men kan ta lite tid beroende på storleken på din disk."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:789
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "If you choose guided partitioning using LVM or encrypted LVM, some changes in the partition table will need to be written to the selected disk while LVM is being set up. These changes effectively erase all data that is currently on the selected hard disk and you will not be able to undo them later. However, the installer will ask you to confirm these changes before they are written to disk."
-msgstr "Om du väljer guidad partitionering med LVM eller krypterad LVM, kommer vissa ändringar i partitionstabellen att behöva skrivas till den valda disken när LVM konfigureras. Dessa ändringar raderar effektivt all data som för närvarande finns på den valda hårddisken och du kommer inte kunna ångra den här åtgärden. Dock kommer installeraren fråga dig att bekräfta dessa ändringar innan de skrivs till disken."
+msgid ""
+"If you choose guided partitioning using LVM or encrypted LVM, some changes "
+"in the partition table will need to be written to the selected disk while "
+"LVM is being set up. These changes effectively erase all data that is "
+"currently on the selected hard disk and you will not be able to undo them "
+"later. However, the installer will ask you to confirm these changes before "
+"they are written to disk."
+msgstr ""
+"Om du väljer guidad partitionering med LVM eller krypterad LVM, kommer vissa "
+"ändringar i partitionstabellen att behöva skrivas till den valda disken när "
+"LVM konfigureras. Dessa ändringar raderar effektivt all data som för "
+"närvarande finns på den valda hårddisken och du kommer inte kunna ångra den "
+"här åtgärden. Dock kommer installeraren fråga dig att bekräfta dessa "
+"ändringar innan de skrivs till disken."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:799
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "If you choose guided partitioning (either classic or using (encrypted) LVM) for a whole disk, you will first be asked to select the disk you want to use. Check that all your disks are listed and, if you have several disks, make sure you select the correct one. The order they are listed in may differ from what you are used to. The size of the disks may help to identify them."
-msgstr "Om du väljer guidad partitionering (antingen klassisk eller med (krypterad) LVM) för en hel disk, kommer du först att bli tillfrågad att välja disken som du vill använda. Kontrollera att alla dina diskar är listade och, om du har flera diskar, se till att väljer den korrekta disken. Ordningen som de listas i kan skilja sig från vad du är van med. Storleken på diskarna kan hjälpa dig att särskilja dem."
+msgid ""
+"If you choose guided partitioning (either classic or using (encrypted) LVM) "
+"for a whole disk, you will first be asked to select the disk you want to "
+"use. Check that all your disks are listed and, if you have several disks, "
+"make sure you select the correct one. The order they are listed in may "
+"differ from what you are used to. The size of the disks may help to identify "
+"them."
+msgstr ""
+"Om du väljer guidad partitionering (antingen klassisk eller med (krypterad) "
+"LVM) för en hel disk, kommer du först att bli tillfrågad att välja disken "
+"som du vill använda. Kontrollera att alla dina diskar är listade och, om du "
+"har flera diskar, se till att väljer den korrekta disken. Ordningen som de "
+"listas i kan skilja sig från vad du är van med. Storleken på diskarna kan "
+"hjälpa dig att särskilja dem."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:808
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Any data on the disk you select will eventually be lost, but you will always be asked to confirm any changes before they are written to the disk. If you have selected the classic method of partitioning, you will be able to undo any changes right until the end; when using (encrypted) LVM this is not possible."
-msgstr "Allt data på disken du har valt kommer eventuellt att förloras, men du kommer alltid att bli tillfrågad att bekräfta ändringarna innan de skrivs på disken. Om du har valt klassisk metod för partitioneringen, kommer du kunna ångra ändringarna fram till slutet; när (krypterad) LVM används är det här inte möjligt."
+msgid ""
+"Any data on the disk you select will eventually be lost, but you will always "
+"be asked to confirm any changes before they are written to the disk. If you "
+"have selected the classic method of partitioning, you will be able to undo "
+"any changes right until the end; when using (encrypted) LVM this is not "
+"possible."
+msgstr ""
+"Allt data på disken du har valt kommer eventuellt att förloras, men du "
+"kommer alltid att bli tillfrågad att bekräfta ändringarna innan de skrivs på "
+"disken. Om du har valt klassisk metod för partitioneringen, kommer du kunna "
+"ångra ändringarna fram till slutet; när (krypterad) LVM används är det här "
+"inte möjligt."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:816
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Next, you will be able to choose from the schemes listed in the table below. All schemes have their pros and cons, some of which are discussed in <xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/>. If you are unsure, choose the first one. Bear in mind that guided partitioning needs a certain minimal amount of free space to operate with. If you don't give it at least about 1GB of space (depends on chosen scheme), guided partitioning will fail."
-msgstr "Härnäst kommer du att kunna välja från de planer som listas i tabellen nedan. Alla planer har sina för- och nackdelar, vissa av dem diskuteras i <xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/>. Om du är osäker, välj den första. Tänk dock på att guidad partitionering behöver en viss minimal mängd av ledigt utrymme att arbeta med. Om du inte ger den åtminstone 1 GB utrymme (beroende på vald plan), kommer den guidade partitioneringen att misslyckas."
+msgid ""
+"Next, you will be able to choose from the schemes listed in the table below. "
+"All schemes have their pros and cons, some of which are discussed in <xref "
+"linkend=\"partitioning\"/>. If you are unsure, choose the first one. Bear in "
+"mind that guided partitioning needs a certain minimal amount of free space "
+"to operate with. If you don't give it at least about 1GB of space (depends "
+"on chosen scheme), guided partitioning will fail."
+msgstr ""
+"Härnäst kommer du att kunna välja från de planer som listas i tabellen "
+"nedan. Alla planer har sina för- och nackdelar, vissa av dem diskuteras i "
+"<xref linkend=\"partitioning\"/>. Om du är osäker, välj den första. Tänk "
+"dock på att guidad partitionering behöver en viss minimal mängd av ledigt "
+"utrymme att arbeta med. Om du inte ger den åtminstone 1 GB utrymme (beroende "
+"på vald plan), kommer den guidade partitioneringen att misslyckas."
 
 #. Tag: entry
 #: using-d-i.xml:832
@@ -755,32 +1402,65 @@ msgstr "<entry>1GB</entry>"
 #. Tag: entry
 #: using-d-i.xml:852
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, <filename>/usr</filename>, <filename>/var</filename>, <filename>/tmp</filename>, swap"
-msgstr "<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, <filename>/usr</filename>, <filename>/var</filename>, <filename>/tmp</filename>, växl"
+msgid ""
+"<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, <filename>/usr</"
+"filename>, <filename>/var</filename>, <filename>/tmp</filename>, swap"
+msgstr ""
+"<filename>/</filename>, <filename>/home</filename>, <filename>/usr</"
+"filename>, <filename>/var</filename>, <filename>/tmp</filename>, växl"
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:861
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "If you choose guided partitioning using (encrypted) LVM, the installer will also create a separate <filename>/boot</filename> partition. The other partitions, except for the swap partition, will be created inside the LVM partition."
-msgstr "Om du väljer guidad partitionering med (krypterad) LVM kommer installeraren även att skapa en separat partition för <filename>/boot</filename>. De andra partitionerna, förutom växlingsutrymmet, kommer att skapas inom LVM-partitionen."
+msgid ""
+"If you choose guided partitioning using (encrypted) LVM, the installer will "
+"also create a separate <filename>/boot</filename> partition. The other "
+"partitions, except for the swap partition, will be created inside the LVM "
+"partition."
+msgstr ""
+"Om du väljer guidad partitionering med (krypterad) LVM kommer installeraren "
+"även att skapa en separat partition för <filename>/boot</filename>. De andra "
+"partitionerna, förutom växlingsutrymmet, kommer att skapas inom LVM-"
+"partitionen."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:867
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "If you choose guided partitioning for your IA64 system, there will be an additional partition, formatted as a FAT16 bootable filesystem, for the EFI boot loader. There is also an additional menu item in the formatting menu to manually set up a partition as an EFI boot partition."
-msgstr "Om du väljer en guidad partitionering för ditt IA64-system, kommer det att finnas ytterligare en partition, formaterad som ett startbart FAT16-filsystem, för EFI-starthanteraren. Det finns också ytterligare en menypost i formateringsmenyn för att manuellt ställa in en partition som en EFI-uppstartspartition."
+msgid ""
+"If you choose guided partitioning for your IA64 system, there will be an "
+"additional partition, formatted as a FAT16 bootable filesystem, for the EFI "
+"boot loader. There is also an additional menu item in the formatting menu to "
+"manually set up a partition as an EFI boot partition."
+msgstr ""
+"Om du väljer en guidad partitionering för ditt IA64-system, kommer det att "
+"finnas ytterligare en partition, formaterad som ett startbart FAT16-"
+"filsystem, för EFI-starthanteraren. Det finns också ytterligare en menypost "
+"i formateringsmenyn för att manuellt ställa in en partition som en EFI-"
+"uppstartspartition."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:875
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "If you choose guided partitioning for your Alpha system, an additional, unformatted partition will be allocated at the beginning of your disk to reserve this space for the aboot boot loader."
-msgstr "Om du väljer en guidad partitionering för ditt Alpha-system, kommer en extra oformaterad partition att allokeras i början av din disk för att reservera utrymme till starthanteraren aboot."
+msgid ""
+"If you choose guided partitioning for your Alpha system, an additional, "
+"unformatted partition will be allocated at the beginning of your disk to "
+"reserve this space for the aboot boot loader."
+msgstr ""
+"Om du väljer en guidad partitionering för ditt Alpha-system, kommer en extra "
+"oformaterad partition att allokeras i början av din disk för att reservera "
+"utrymme till starthanteraren aboot."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:881
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "After selecting a scheme, the next screen will show your new partition table, including information on whether and how partitions will be formatted and where they will be mounted."
-msgstr "Efter du valt en plan kommer nästa skärm att visa din nya partitionstabell, inklusive information om hur och om partitionerna kommer att formateras och var de kommer att monteras."
+msgid ""
+"After selecting a scheme, the next screen will show your new partition "
+"table, including information on whether and how partitions will be formatted "
+"and where they will be mounted."
+msgstr ""
+"Efter du valt en plan kommer nästa skärm att visa din nya partitionstabell, "
+"inklusive information om hur och om partitionerna kommer att formateras och "
+"var de kommer att monteras."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:887
@@ -802,7 +1482,12 @@ msgid ""
 "        #7 logical  498.8 MB      ext3\n"
 "        #8 logical  551.5 MB      swap       swap\n"
 "        #9 logical   65.8 GB      ext2\n"
-"</screen></informalexample> This example shows two IDE harddrives divided into several partitions; the first disk has some free space. Each partition line consists of the partition number, its type, size, optional flags, file system, and mountpoint (if any). Note: this particular setup cannot be created using guided partitioning but it does show possible variation that can be achieved using manual partitioning."
+"</screen></informalexample> This example shows two IDE harddrives divided "
+"into several partitions; the first disk has some free space. Each partition "
+"line consists of the partition number, its type, size, optional flags, file "
+"system, and mountpoint (if any). Note: this particular setup cannot be "
+"created using guided partitioning but it does show possible variation that "
+"can be achieved using manual partitioning."
 msgstr ""
 "Listan över partitioner kan se ut som den här: <informalexample><screen>\n"
 "  IDE1 master (hda) - 6.4 GB WDC AC36400L\n"
@@ -820,61 +1505,178 @@ msgstr ""
 "        #7 logisk   498.8 MB      ext3\n"
 "        #8 logisk   551.5 MB      växl       växl\n"
 "        #9 logisk    65.8 GB      ext2\n"
-"</screen></informalexample> Det här exemplet visar två IDE-hårddiskar som delats upp i flera partitioner; första disken har ledigt utrymme. Varje partitionsrad innehåller partitionsnumret, dess typ, storlek, valfria flaggor, filsystem och monteringspunkt (om det finns någon). Observera: denna specifika konfiguration kan inte skapas med en guidad partitionering men det visar en möjlig variation som kan uppnås med manuell partitionering."
+"</screen></informalexample> Det här exemplet visar två IDE-hårddiskar som "
+"delats upp i flera partitioner; första disken har ledigt utrymme. Varje "
+"partitionsrad innehåller partitionsnumret, dess typ, storlek, valfria "
+"flaggor, filsystem och monteringspunkt (om det finns någon). Observera: "
+"denna specifika konfiguration kan inte skapas med en guidad partitionering "
+"men det visar en möjlig variation som kan uppnås med manuell partitionering."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:900
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "This concludes the guided partitioning. If you are satisfied with the generated partition table, you can choose <guimenuitem>Finish partitioning and write changes to disk</guimenuitem> from the menu to implement the new partition table (as described at the end of this section). If you are not happy, you can choose to <guimenuitem>Undo changes to partitions</guimenuitem> and run guided partitioning again, or modify the proposed changes as described below for manual partitioning."
-msgstr "Det här sammanfattar den guidade partitioneringen. Om du är nöjd med den genererade partitionstabellen kan du välja <guimenuitem>Slutför partitioneringen och skriv ändringarna till hårddisken</guimenuitem> från menyn för att implementera den nya partitionstabellen (som beskrivs i slutet av det här avsnittet). Om du inte är nöjd kan du välja att <guimenuitem>Ångra ändringarna på partitionerna</guimenuitem> och köra den guidade partitioneringen igen eller modifiera de föreslagna ändringarna som beskrivs nedan för manuell partitionering."
+msgid ""
+"This concludes the guided partitioning. If you are satisfied with the "
+"generated partition table, you can choose <guimenuitem>Finish partitioning "
+"and write changes to disk</guimenuitem> from the menu to implement the new "
+"partition table (as described at the end of this section). If you are not "
+"happy, you can choose to <guimenuitem>Undo changes to partitions</"
+"guimenuitem> and run guided partitioning again, or modify the proposed "
+"changes as described below for manual partitioning."
+msgstr ""
+"Det här sammanfattar den guidade partitioneringen. Om du är nöjd med den "
+"genererade partitionstabellen kan du välja <guimenuitem>Slutför "
+"partitioneringen och skriv ändringarna till hårddisken</guimenuitem> från "
+"menyn för att implementera den nya partitionstabellen (som beskrivs i slutet "
+"av det här avsnittet). Om du inte är nöjd kan du välja att "
+"<guimenuitem>Ångra ändringarna på partitionerna</guimenuitem> och köra den "
+"guidade partitioneringen igen eller modifiera de föreslagna ändringarna som "
+"beskrivs nedan för manuell partitionering."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:910
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "A similar screen to the one shown just above will be displayed if you choose manual partitioning except that your existing partition table will be shown and without the mount points. How to manually setup your partition table and the usage of partitions by your new Debian system will be covered in the remainder of this section."
-msgstr "En liknande skärm till den som visades ovanför kommer att visas om du väljer manuell partitionering förutom att din existerande partitionstabell kommer att visas och utan monteringspunkterna. Hur du manuellt konfigurerar din partitionstabell och användningen av partitioner av ditt nya Debian-system kommer att täckas in av den återstående delen av det här avsnittet."
+msgid ""
+"A similar screen to the one shown just above will be displayed if you choose "
+"manual partitioning except that your existing partition table will be shown "
+"and without the mount points. How to manually setup your partition table and "
+"the usage of partitions by your new Debian system will be covered in the "
+"remainder of this section."
+msgstr ""
+"En liknande skärm till den som visades ovanför kommer att visas om du väljer "
+"manuell partitionering förutom att din existerande partitionstabell kommer "
+"att visas och utan monteringspunkterna. Hur du manuellt konfigurerar din "
+"partitionstabell och användningen av partitioner av ditt nya Debian-system "
+"kommer att täckas in av den återstående delen av det här avsnittet."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:918
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "If you select a pristine disk which has neither partitions nor free space on it, you will be offered to create a new partition table (this is needed so you can create new partitions). After this a new line entitled <quote>FREE SPACE</quote> should appear under the selected disk."
-msgstr "Om du väljer en ren disk som inte har några partitioner eller ledigt utrymme på sig kommer du bli tillfrågad att skapa en ny partitionstabell (det behövs så att du kan skapa nya partitioner). Efter det här ska en ny rad med texten <quote>LEDIGT UTRYMME</quote> visas under en valda disken."
+msgid ""
+"If you select a pristine disk which has neither partitions nor free space on "
+"it, you will be offered to create a new partition table (this is needed so "
+"you can create new partitions). After this a new line entitled <quote>FREE "
+"SPACE</quote> should appear under the selected disk."
+msgstr ""
+"Om du väljer en ren disk som inte har några partitioner eller ledigt utrymme "
+"på sig kommer du bli tillfrågad att skapa en ny partitionstabell (det behövs "
+"så att du kan skapa nya partitioner). Efter det här ska en ny rad med texten "
+"<quote>LEDIGT UTRYMME</quote> visas under en valda disken."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:926
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "If you select some free space, you will be offered to create new partition. You will have to answer a quick series of questions about its size, type (primary or logical), and location (beginning or end of the free space). After this, you will be presented with detailed overview of your new partition. There are options like mountpoint, mount options, bootable flag, or way of usage. If you don't like the preselected defaults, feel free to change them to your liking. E.g. by selecting the option <guimenuitem>Use as:</guimenuitem>, you can choose different filesystem for this partition including the possibility to use the partition for swap, software RAID, LVM, or not use it at all. Other nice feature is the possibility to copy data from existing partition onto this one. When you are satisfied with your new partition, select <guimenuitem>Done setting up the partition</guimenuitem> and you will be thrown back to <command>partman</command>'s main screen."
-msgstr "Om du väljer ett ledigt utrymme kommer du bli erbjuden att skapa en ny partition. Du kommer att få svara på några snabba frågor om dess storlek, typ (primär eller logisk), och platsen (början eller slutet på det lediga utrymmet). Efter det kommer du att bli visad en detaljerad överblick av din nya partition. Det finns alternativ såsom monteringspunkt, monteringsflaggor, startflagga eller användningssätt. Om du inte tycker om de förvalda standardvärdena, känn dig fri att ändra dem för att passa din smak. Exempelvis genom att välja alternativet <guimenuitem>Använd som:</guimenuitem>, kan du välja olika filsystem för den här partitionen inklusive möjligheten att använda partitionen som växlingsutrymme, programvaru-RAID, LVM eller inte använda den alls. En annan trevlig funktion är möjligheten att kopiera data från en existerande partition till den nya. När du är nöjd med din nya partition, välj <guimenuitem>Klar med partitionen</guimenuitem> och du kommer att skickas tillbaka till huvudskärmen i <command>partman</command>."
+msgid ""
+"If you select some free space, you will be offered to create new partition. "
+"You will have to answer a quick series of questions about its size, type "
+"(primary or logical), and location (beginning or end of the free space). "
+"After this, you will be presented with detailed overview of your new "
+"partition. There are options like mountpoint, mount options, bootable flag, "
+"or way of usage. If you don't like the preselected defaults, feel free to "
+"change them to your liking. E.g. by selecting the option <guimenuitem>Use as:"
+"</guimenuitem>, you can choose different filesystem for this partition "
+"including the possibility to use the partition for swap, software RAID, LVM, "
+"or not use it at all. Other nice feature is the possibility to copy data "
+"from existing partition onto this one. When you are satisfied with your new "
+"partition, select <guimenuitem>Done setting up the partition</guimenuitem> "
+"and you will be thrown back to <command>partman</command>'s main screen."
+msgstr ""
+"Om du väljer ett ledigt utrymme kommer du bli erbjuden att skapa en ny "
+"partition. Du kommer att få svara på några snabba frågor om dess storlek, "
+"typ (primär eller logisk), och platsen (början eller slutet på det lediga "
+"utrymmet). Efter det kommer du att bli visad en detaljerad överblick av din "
+"nya partition. Det finns alternativ såsom monteringspunkt, "
+"monteringsflaggor, startflagga eller användningssätt. Om du inte tycker om "
+"de förvalda standardvärdena, känn dig fri att ändra dem för att passa din "
+"smak. Exempelvis genom att välja alternativet <guimenuitem>Använd som:</"
+"guimenuitem>, kan du välja olika filsystem för den här partitionen inklusive "
+"möjligheten att använda partitionen som växlingsutrymme, programvaru-RAID, "
+"LVM eller inte använda den alls. En annan trevlig funktion är möjligheten "
+"att kopiera data från en existerande partition till den nya. När du är nöjd "
+"med din nya partition, välj <guimenuitem>Klar med partitionen</guimenuitem> "
+"och du kommer att skickas tillbaka till huvudskärmen i <command>partman</"
+"command>."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:944
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "If you decide you want to change something about your partition, simply select the partition, which will bring you to the partition configuration menu. Because this is the same screen like when creating a new partition, you can change the same set of options. One thing which might not be very obvious at a first glance is that you can resize the partition by selecting the item displaying the size of the partition. Filesystems known to work are at least fat16, fat32, ext2, ext3 and swap. This menu also allows you to delete a partition."
-msgstr "Om du bestämmer dig för att du vill ändra något på din partition, välj helt enkelt partitionen som kommer att ta dig till konfigurationsmenyn för partitioner. Därför att det här är samma skärm som när man skapar en ny partition, kan du ändra samma uppsättning av alternativ. En sak som kanske inte är självklar vid första anblicken är att du kan ändra storleken på partitionen genom att välja posten som visar partitionens storlek. Filsystem som är kända att fungera är bland annat fat16, fat32, ext2, ext3 och swap (växling). Den här menyn låter dig även ta bort en partition."
+msgid ""
+"If you decide you want to change something about your partition, simply "
+"select the partition, which will bring you to the partition configuration "
+"menu. Because this is the same screen like when creating a new partition, "
+"you can change the same set of options. One thing which might not be very "
+"obvious at a first glance is that you can resize the partition by selecting "
+"the item displaying the size of the partition. Filesystems known to work are "
+"at least fat16, fat32, ext2, ext3 and swap. This menu also allows you to "
+"delete a partition."
+msgstr ""
+"Om du bestämmer dig för att du vill ändra något på din partition, välj helt "
+"enkelt partitionen som kommer att ta dig till konfigurationsmenyn för "
+"partitioner. Därför att det här är samma skärm som när man skapar en ny "
+"partition, kan du ändra samma uppsättning av alternativ. En sak som kanske "
+"inte är självklar vid första anblicken är att du kan ändra storleken på "
+"partitionen genom att välja posten som visar partitionens storlek. Filsystem "
+"som är kända att fungera är bland annat fat16, fat32, ext2, ext3 och swap "
+"(växling). Den här menyn låter dig även ta bort en partition."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:955
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Be sure to create at least two partitions: one for the <emphasis>root</emphasis> filesystem (which must be mounted as <filename>/</filename>) and one for <emphasis>swap</emphasis>. If you forget to mount the root filesystem, <command>partman</command> won't let you continue until you correct this issue."
-msgstr "Var säker på att du skapar åtminstone två partitioner: en för <emphasis>rot</emphasis>filsystemet (som måste monteras som <filename>/</filename>) och en för <emphasis>swap</emphasis> (växlingsutrymme). Om du glömde att montera rotfilsystemet kommer <command>partman</command> inte låta dig fortsätta förrän du har rättat till det."
+msgid ""
+"Be sure to create at least two partitions: one for the <emphasis>root</"
+"emphasis> filesystem (which must be mounted as <filename>/</filename>) and "
+"one for <emphasis>swap</emphasis>. If you forget to mount the root "
+"filesystem, <command>partman</command> won't let you continue until you "
+"correct this issue."
+msgstr ""
+"Var säker på att du skapar åtminstone två partitioner: en för <emphasis>rot</"
+"emphasis>filsystemet (som måste monteras som <filename>/</filename>) och en "
+"för <emphasis>swap</emphasis> (växlingsutrymme). Om du glömde att montera "
+"rotfilsystemet kommer <command>partman</command> inte låta dig fortsätta "
+"förrän du har rättat till det."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:963
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "If you forget to select and format an EFI boot partition, <command>partman</command> will detect this and will not let you continue until you allocate one."
-msgstr "Om du glömmer att välja och formatera en uppstartspartition för EFI kommer <command>partman</command> att upptäcka det och inte låta dig fortsätta förrän du har allokerat en."
+msgid ""
+"If you forget to select and format an EFI boot partition, <command>partman</"
+"command> will detect this and will not let you continue until you allocate "
+"one."
+msgstr ""
+"Om du glömmer att välja och formatera en uppstartspartition för EFI kommer "
+"<command>partman</command> att upptäcka det och inte låta dig fortsätta "
+"förrän du har allokerat en."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:969
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Capabilities of <command>partman</command> can be extended with installer modules, but are dependent on your system's architecture. So if you can't see all promised goodies, check if you have loaded all required modules (e.g. <filename>partman-ext3</filename>, <filename>partman-xfs</filename>, or <filename>partman-lvm</filename>)."
-msgstr "Färdigheterna som <command>partman</command> besitter kan utökas med moduler, men är beroende på din systemarkitektur. Om du inte kan se alla utlovade godsaker, kontrollera om du har läst in alla nödvändiga moduler (exempelvis <filename>partman-ext3</filename>, <filename>partman-xfs</filename> eller <filename>partman-lvm</filename>)."
+msgid ""
+"Capabilities of <command>partman</command> can be extended with installer "
+"modules, but are dependent on your system's architecture. So if you can't "
+"see all promised goodies, check if you have loaded all required modules (e."
+"g. <filename>partman-ext3</filename>, <filename>partman-xfs</filename>, or "
+"<filename>partman-lvm</filename>)."
+msgstr ""
+"Färdigheterna som <command>partman</command> besitter kan utökas med "
+"moduler, men är beroende på din systemarkitektur. Om du inte kan se alla "
+"utlovade godsaker, kontrollera om du har läst in alla nödvändiga moduler "
+"(exempelvis <filename>partman-ext3</filename>, <filename>partman-xfs</"
+"filename> eller <filename>partman-lvm</filename>)."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:977
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "After you are satisfied with partitioning, select <guimenuitem>Finish partitioning and write changes to disk</guimenuitem> from the partitioning menu. You will be presented with a summary of changes made to the disks and asked to confirm that the filesystems should be created as requested."
-msgstr "Efter att du är nöjd med partitioneringen, välj <guimenuitem>Slutför partitioneringen och skriv ändringarna till hårddisken</guimenuitem> från partitioneringsmenyn. Du kommer att bli visad ett sammandrag på ändringar gjorda på diskarna och bli frågad att bekräfta skapandet av begärda filsystem."
+msgid ""
+"After you are satisfied with partitioning, select <guimenuitem>Finish "
+"partitioning and write changes to disk</guimenuitem> from the partitioning "
+"menu. You will be presented with a summary of changes made to the disks and "
+"asked to confirm that the filesystems should be created as requested."
+msgstr ""
+"Efter att du är nöjd med partitioneringen, välj <guimenuitem>Slutför "
+"partitioneringen och skriv ändringarna till hårddisken</guimenuitem> från "
+"partitioneringsmenyn. Du kommer att bli visad ett sammandrag på ändringar "
+"gjorda på diskarna och bli frågad att bekräfta skapandet av begärda "
+"filsystem."
 
 #. Tag: title
 #: using-d-i.xml:1005
@@ -885,20 +1687,116 @@ msgstr "Konfiguration av multidiskenhet (Programvaru-RAID)"
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:1006
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "If you have more than one harddrive<footnote><para> To be honest, you can construct MD device even from partitions residing on single physical drive, but that won't bring you anything useful. </para></footnote> in your computer, you can use <command>mdcfg</command> to setup your drives for increased performance and/or better reliability of your data. The result is called <firstterm>Multidisk Device</firstterm> (or after its most famous variant <firstterm>software RAID</firstterm>)."
-msgstr "Om du har fler än en hårddisk<footnote><para> För att vara ärlig kan du bygga en MD-enhet även från partitioner som finns på samma fysiska disk, men det kommer inte att ge dig något användbart. </para></footnote> i din dator, kan du använda <command>mdcfg</command> för att ställa in dina diskar för ökad prestanda och/eller bättre tillförlitlighet på ditt data. Resultat kallas för <firstterm>Multidisk Device</firstterm> (eller efter dess mest kända variant <firstterm>programvaru-RAID</firstterm>)."
+msgid ""
+"If you have more than one harddrive<footnote><para> To be honest, you can "
+"construct MD device even from partitions residing on single physical drive, "
+"but that won't bring you anything useful. </para></footnote> in your "
+"computer, you can use <command>mdcfg</command> to setup your drives for "
+"increased performance and/or better reliability of your data. The result is "
+"called <firstterm>Multidisk Device</firstterm> (or after its most famous "
+"variant <firstterm>software RAID</firstterm>)."
+msgstr ""
+"Om du har fler än en hårddisk<footnote><para> För att vara ärlig kan du "
+"bygga en MD-enhet även från partitioner som finns på samma fysiska disk, men "
+"det kommer inte att ge dig något användbart. </para></footnote> i din dator, "
+"kan du använda <command>mdcfg</command> för att ställa in dina diskar för "
+"ökad prestanda och/eller bättre tillförlitlighet på ditt data. Resultat "
+"kallas för <firstterm>Multidisk Device</firstterm> (eller efter dess mest "
+"kända variant <firstterm>programvaru-RAID</firstterm>)."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:1020
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "MD is basically a bunch of partitions located on different disks and combined together to form a <emphasis>logical</emphasis> device. This device can then be used like an ordinary partition (i.e. in <command>partman</command> you can format it, assign a mountpoint, etc.)."
-msgstr "MD är enkelt sett en samling partitioner som finns på olika diskar och kombinerade tillsammans för att forma en <emphasis>logisk</emphasis> enhet. Den här enheten kan sedan användas som en vanlig partition (alltså, i <command>partman</command> kan du formatera den, ge den en monteringspunkt, etc.)."
+msgid ""
+"MD is basically a bunch of partitions located on different disks and "
+"combined together to form a <emphasis>logical</emphasis> device. This device "
+"can then be used like an ordinary partition (i.e. in <command>partman</"
+"command> you can format it, assign a mountpoint, etc.)."
+msgstr ""
+"MD är enkelt sett en samling partitioner som finns på olika diskar och "
+"kombinerade tillsammans för att forma en <emphasis>logisk</emphasis> enhet. "
+"Den här enheten kan sedan användas som en vanlig partition (alltså, i "
+"<command>partman</command> kan du formatera den, ge den en monteringspunkt, "
+"etc.)."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:1028
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "The benefit you gain depends on a type of a MD device you are creating. Currently supported are: <variablelist> <varlistentry> <term>RAID0</term><listitem><para> Is mainly aimed at performance. RAID0 splits all incoming data into <firstterm>stripes</firstterm> and distributes them equally over each disk in the array. This can increase the speed of read/write operations, but when one of the disks fails, you will loose <emphasis>everything</emphasis> (part of the information is still on the healthy disk(s), the other part <emphasis>was</emphasis> on the failed disk). </para><para> The typical use for RAID0 is a partition for video editing. </para></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term>RAID1</term><listitem><para> Is suitable for setups where reliability is the first concern. It consists of several (usually two) equally sized partitions where every partition contains exactly the same data. This essentially means three things. First, if one of your disks fails, you still have the data mirrored on the remaining disks. Second, you can use only a fraction of the available capacity (more precisely, it is the size of the smallest partition in the RAID). Third, file reads are load balanced among the disks, which can improve performance on a server, such as a file server, that tends to be loaded with more disk reads than writes. </para><para> Optionally you can have a spare disk in the array which will take the place of the failed disk in the case of failure. </para></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term>RAID5</term><listitem><para> Is a good compromise between speed, reliability and data redundancy. RAID5 splits all incomming data into stripes and distributes them equally on all but one disks (similar to RAID0). Unlike RAID0, RAID5 also computes <firstterm>parity</firstterm> information, which gets written on the remaining disk. The parity disk is not static (that would be called RAID4), but is changing periodically, so the parity information is distributed equally on all disks. When one of the disks fails, the missing part of information can be computed from remaining data and its parity. RAID5 must consist of at least three active partitions. Optionally you can have a spare disk in the array which will take the place of the failed disk in the case of failure. </para><para> As you can see, RAID5 has similar degree of reliability like RAID1 while achieving less redundancy. On the other hand it might be a bit slower on write operation than RAID0 due to computation of parity information. </para></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> To sum it up:"
-msgstr "Fördelen du får beror på den typ av MD-enhet du skapar. För närvarande stöds: <variablelist> <varlistentry> <term>RAID0</term><listitem><para> Är huvudsakligen riktad mot prestanda. RAID0 delar upp all inkommande data i <firstterm>stripes</firstterm> och distribuerar dem jämnt över alla diskar i kedjan. Det här kan öka hastigheten på läs/skriv-operationer men när en av diskarna går sönder kommer du att förlora <emphasis>allt</emphasis> (del av informationen finns fortfarande på den friska disken (eller flera), den andra delen <emphasis>fanns</emphasis> på den trasiga disken). </para><para> Typisk användning för RAID0 är en partition för videoredigering. </para></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term>RAID1</term><listitem><para> Är lämplig för konfigurationer där tillförlitlighet är ledordet. Den innehåller flera (normalt sett två) lika stora partitioner där varje partition innehåller exakt samma data. Det här betyder tre saker. För det första, om en av dina diskar går sönder, kommer du fortfarande att ha data speglat på de återstående diskarna. För det andra, du kan endast använda en liten del av den tillgängliga kapaciteten (mer specifikt, det är storleken på den minsta partitionen i RAID-kedjan). För det tredje, filläsningar är lastbalanserade mellan diskarna, vilket kan öka prestandan på en server, såsom en filserver, som brukar vara belastad med fler diskläsningar än skrivningar. </para><para> Du kan även ha en reservdisk i kedjan som kommer att ta över platsen för den trasiga disken om något går fel. </para></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term>RAID5</term><listitem><para> Är en bra kompromiss mellan hastighet, tillförlitlighet och dataredundans. RAID5 delar upp all inkommande data i stripes och distribuerar dem jämnt på alla utan en disk (liknande RAID0). Tvärtemot RAID0, beräknar även RAID5 <firstterm>paritetsinformation</firstterm>, som skrivs på den återstående disken. Paritetsdisken är inte statisk (det skulle kallas för RAID4), men ändras periodvis, så att partitetsinformationen distribueras jämnt över alla diskar. När en av diskarna går sönder, kan den saknade delen av information beräknas från återstående data och dess paritet. RAID5 måste innehålla åtminstone tre aktiva partitioner. Du kan även ha en reservdisk i kedjan som kommer att ta över platsen för den trasiga disken om något går fel. </para><para> Som du kan se, RAID5 har liknande tillförlitlighet som för RAID1 men erbjuder mindre redundans. På andra sidan är den kanske lite långsammare på skrivningsoperationer än RAID0 på grund av beräkningarna av paritetsinformation. </para></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> Alltså:"
+msgid ""
+"The benefit you gain depends on a type of a MD device you are creating. "
+"Currently supported are: <variablelist> <varlistentry> <term>RAID0</"
+"term><listitem><para> Is mainly aimed at performance. RAID0 splits all "
+"incoming data into <firstterm>stripes</firstterm> and distributes them "
+"equally over each disk in the array. This can increase the speed of read/"
+"write operations, but when one of the disks fails, you will loose "
+"<emphasis>everything</emphasis> (part of the information is still on the "
+"healthy disk(s), the other part <emphasis>was</emphasis> on the failed "
+"disk). </para><para> The typical use for RAID0 is a partition for video "
+"editing. </para></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term>RAID1</"
+"term><listitem><para> Is suitable for setups where reliability is the first "
+"concern. It consists of several (usually two) equally sized partitions where "
+"every partition contains exactly the same data. This essentially means three "
+"things. First, if one of your disks fails, you still have the data mirrored "
+"on the remaining disks. Second, you can use only a fraction of the available "
+"capacity (more precisely, it is the size of the smallest partition in the "
+"RAID). Third, file reads are load balanced among the disks, which can "
+"improve performance on a server, such as a file server, that tends to be "
+"loaded with more disk reads than writes. </para><para> Optionally you can "
+"have a spare disk in the array which will take the place of the failed disk "
+"in the case of failure. </para></listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> "
+"<term>RAID5</term><listitem><para> Is a good compromise between speed, "
+"reliability and data redundancy. RAID5 splits all incomming data into "
+"stripes and distributes them equally on all but one disks (similar to "
+"RAID0). Unlike RAID0, RAID5 also computes <firstterm>parity</firstterm> "
+"information, which gets written on the remaining disk. The parity disk is "
+"not static (that would be called RAID4), but is changing periodically, so "
+"the parity information is distributed equally on all disks. When one of the "
+"disks fails, the missing part of information can be computed from remaining "
+"data and its parity. RAID5 must consist of at least three active partitions. "
+"Optionally you can have a spare disk in the array which will take the place "
+"of the failed disk in the case of failure. </para><para> As you can see, "
+"RAID5 has similar degree of reliability like RAID1 while achieving less "
+"redundancy. On the other hand it might be a bit slower on write operation "
+"than RAID0 due to computation of parity information. </para></listitem> </"
+"varlistentry> </variablelist> To sum it up:"
+msgstr ""
+"Fördelen du får beror på den typ av MD-enhet du skapar. För närvarande "
+"stöds: <variablelist> <varlistentry> <term>RAID0</term><listitem><para> Är "
+"huvudsakligen riktad mot prestanda. RAID0 delar upp all inkommande data i "
+"<firstterm>stripes</firstterm> och distribuerar dem jämnt över alla diskar i "
+"kedjan. Det här kan öka hastigheten på läs/skriv-operationer men när en av "
+"diskarna går sönder kommer du att förlora <emphasis>allt</emphasis> (del av "
+"informationen finns fortfarande på den friska disken (eller flera), den "
+"andra delen <emphasis>fanns</emphasis> på den trasiga disken). </para><para> "
+"Typisk användning för RAID0 är en partition för videoredigering. </para></"
+"listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term>RAID1</term><listitem><para> "
+"Är lämplig för konfigurationer där tillförlitlighet är ledordet. Den "
+"innehåller flera (normalt sett två) lika stora partitioner där varje "
+"partition innehåller exakt samma data. Det här betyder tre saker. För det "
+"första, om en av dina diskar går sönder, kommer du fortfarande att ha data "
+"speglat på de återstående diskarna. För det andra, du kan endast använda en "
+"liten del av den tillgängliga kapaciteten (mer specifikt, det är storleken "
+"på den minsta partitionen i RAID-kedjan). För det tredje, filläsningar är "
+"lastbalanserade mellan diskarna, vilket kan öka prestandan på en server, "
+"såsom en filserver, som brukar vara belastad med fler diskläsningar än "
+"skrivningar. </para><para> Du kan även ha en reservdisk i kedjan som kommer "
+"att ta över platsen för den trasiga disken om något går fel. </para></"
+"listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term>RAID5</term><listitem><para> "
+"Är en bra kompromiss mellan hastighet, tillförlitlighet och dataredundans. "
+"RAID5 delar upp all inkommande data i stripes och distribuerar dem jämnt på "
+"alla utan en disk (liknande RAID0). Tvärtemot RAID0, beräknar även RAID5 "
+"<firstterm>paritetsinformation</firstterm>, som skrivs på den återstående "
+"disken. Paritetsdisken är inte statisk (det skulle kallas för RAID4), men "
+"ändras periodvis, så att partitetsinformationen distribueras jämnt över alla "
+"diskar. När en av diskarna går sönder, kan den saknade delen av information "
+"beräknas från återstående data och dess paritet. RAID5 måste innehålla "
+"åtminstone tre aktiva partitioner. Du kan även ha en reservdisk i kedjan som "
+"kommer att ta över platsen för den trasiga disken om något går fel. </"
+"para><para> Som du kan se, RAID5 har liknande tillförlitlighet som för RAID1 "
+"men erbjuder mindre redundans. På andra sidan är den kanske lite långsammare "
+"på skrivningsoperationer än RAID0 på grund av beräkningarna av "
+"paritetsinformation. </para></listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> "
+"Alltså:"
 
 #. Tag: entry
 #: using-d-i.xml:1106
@@ -937,15 +1835,13 @@ msgid "RAID0"
 msgstr "RAID0"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1117
-#: using-d-i.xml:1125
+#: using-d-i.xml:1117 using-d-i.xml:1125
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<entry>2</entry>"
 msgstr "<entry>2</entry>"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1118
-#: using-d-i.xml:1119
+#: using-d-i.xml:1118 using-d-i.xml:1119
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<entry>no</entry>"
 msgstr "<entry>nej</entry>"
@@ -954,7 +1850,8 @@ msgstr "<entry>nej</entry>"
 #: using-d-i.xml:1120
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by number of devices in RAID"
-msgstr "Storlek för den minsta partitionen multiplicerad av antalet enheter i RAID"
+msgstr ""
+"Storlek för den minsta partitionen multiplicerad av antalet enheter i RAID"
 
 #. Tag: entry
 #: using-d-i.xml:1124
@@ -963,15 +1860,13 @@ msgid "RAID1"
 msgstr "RAID1"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1126
-#: using-d-i.xml:1134
+#: using-d-i.xml:1126 using-d-i.xml:1134
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "optional"
 msgstr "valfri"
 
 #. Tag: entry
-#: using-d-i.xml:1127
-#: using-d-i.xml:1135
+#: using-d-i.xml:1127 using-d-i.xml:1135
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<entry>yes</entry>"
 msgstr "<entry>ja</entry>"
@@ -997,62 +1892,153 @@ msgstr "<entry>3</entry>"
 #. Tag: entry
 #: using-d-i.xml:1136
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Size of the smallest partition multiplied by (number of devices in RAID minus one)"
-msgstr "Storlek för den minsta partitionen multiplicerad av (antalet enheter i RAID minus en)"
+msgid ""
+"Size of the smallest partition multiplied by (number of devices in RAID "
+"minus one)"
+msgstr ""
+"Storlek för den minsta partitionen multiplicerad av (antalet enheter i RAID "
+"minus en)"
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:1144
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "If you want to know the whole truth about Software RAID, have a look at <ulink url=\"&url-software-raid-howto;\">Software RAID HOWTO</ulink>."
-msgstr "Om du vill veta hela sanningen om programvaru-RAID, ta en titt på <ulink url=\"&url-software-raid-howto;\">Software RAID HOWTO</ulink>."
+msgid ""
+"If you want to know the whole truth about Software RAID, have a look at "
+"<ulink url=\"&url-software-raid-howto;\">Software RAID HOWTO</ulink>."
+msgstr ""
+"Om du vill veta hela sanningen om programvaru-RAID, ta en titt på <ulink url="
+"\"&url-software-raid-howto;\">Software RAID HOWTO</ulink>."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:1149
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "To create a MD device, you need to have the desired partitions it should consist of marked for use in a RAID. (This is done in <command>partman</command> in the <guimenu>Partition settings</guimenu> menu where you should select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Use as:</guimenu> <guimenuitem>physical volume for RAID</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>.)"
-msgstr "För att skapa en MD-enhet behöver du få de önskade partitionerna som den ska innehålla markerade för användning i ett RAID. (Det här gör man i <command>partman</command> i menyn <guimenu>Partitionsinställningar</guimenu> där du bör välja <menuchoice> <guimenu>Använd som:</guimenu> <guimenuitem>fysisk volym för RAID</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>.)"
+msgid ""
+"To create a MD device, you need to have the desired partitions it should "
+"consist of marked for use in a RAID. (This is done in <command>partman</"
+"command> in the <guimenu>Partition settings</guimenu> menu where you should "
+"select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Use as:</guimenu> <guimenuitem>physical volume "
+"for RAID</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>.)"
+msgstr ""
+"För att skapa en MD-enhet behöver du få de önskade partitionerna som den ska "
+"innehålla markerade för användning i ett RAID. (Det här gör man i "
+"<command>partman</command> i menyn <guimenu>Partitionsinställningar</"
+"guimenu> där du bör välja <menuchoice> <guimenu>Använd som:</guimenu> "
+"<guimenuitem>fysisk volym för RAID</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>.)"
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:1158
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Support for MD is a relatively new addition to the installer. You may experience problems for some RAID levels and in combination with some bootloaders if you try to use MD for the root (<filename>/</filename>) filesystem. For experienced users, it may be possible to work around some of these problems by executing some configuration or installation steps manually from a shell."
-msgstr "Stöd för MD är ett relativt nytt tillägg till installeraren. Du kan uppleva problem för vissa RAID-nivåer och i kombination med vissa starthanterare om du försöker använda MD för rotfilsystemet (<filename>/</filename>). För erfarna användare kan det vara möjligt att komma runt en del av problemen genom att starta vissa konfigurations- eller installationssteg manuellt från ett skal."
+msgid ""
+"Support for MD is a relatively new addition to the installer. You may "
+"experience problems for some RAID levels and in combination with some "
+"bootloaders if you try to use MD for the root (<filename>/</filename>) "
+"filesystem. For experienced users, it may be possible to work around some of "
+"these problems by executing some configuration or installation steps "
+"manually from a shell."
+msgstr ""
+"Stöd för MD är ett relativt nytt tillägg till installeraren. Du kan uppleva "
+"problem för vissa RAID-nivåer och i kombination med vissa starthanterare om "
+"du försöker använda MD för rotfilsystemet (<filename>/</filename>). För "
+"erfarna användare kan det vara möjligt att komma runt en del av problemen "
+"genom att starta vissa konfigurations- eller installationssteg manuellt från "
+"ett skal."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:1167
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Next, you should choose <guimenuitem>Configure software RAID</guimenuitem> from the main <command>partman</command> menu. (The menu will only appear after you mark at least one partition for use as <guimenuitem>physical volume for RAID</guimenuitem>.) On the first screen of <command>mdcfg</command> simply select <guimenuitem>Create MD device</guimenuitem>. You will be presented with a list of supported types of MD devices, from which you should choose one (e.g. RAID1). What follows depends on the type of MD you selected."
-msgstr "Efter det ska du välja <guimenuitem>Konfigurera programvaru-RAID</guimenuitem> från huvudmenyn i <command>partman</command>. (Menyn kommer endast att visas om du markerat minst en partition för användning som <guimenuitem>fysisk volym för RAID</guimenuitem>.) På första skärmen i <command>mdcfg</command>, välj helt enkelt <guimenuitem>Skapa MD-enhet</guimenuitem>. Du kommer att bli visad en lista på typer av MD-enheter som stöds, från vilken du bör välja en (t.ex. RAID1). Vad som kommer härnäst beror på den MD-typ du har valt."
+msgid ""
+"Next, you should choose <guimenuitem>Configure software RAID</guimenuitem> "
+"from the main <command>partman</command> menu. (The menu will only appear "
+"after you mark at least one partition for use as <guimenuitem>physical "
+"volume for RAID</guimenuitem>.) On the first screen of <command>mdcfg</"
+"command> simply select <guimenuitem>Create MD device</guimenuitem>. You will "
+"be presented with a list of supported types of MD devices, from which you "
+"should choose one (e.g. RAID1). What follows depends on the type of MD you "
+"selected."
+msgstr ""
+"Efter det ska du välja <guimenuitem>Konfigurera programvaru-RAID</"
+"guimenuitem> från huvudmenyn i <command>partman</command>. (Menyn kommer "
+"endast att visas om du markerat minst en partition för användning som "
+"<guimenuitem>fysisk volym för RAID</guimenuitem>.) På första skärmen i "
+"<command>mdcfg</command>, välj helt enkelt <guimenuitem>Skapa MD-enhet</"
+"guimenuitem>. Du kommer att bli visad en lista på typer av MD-enheter som "
+"stöds, från vilken du bör välja en (t.ex. RAID1). Vad som kommer härnäst "
+"beror på den MD-typ du har valt."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:1180
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "RAID0 is simple &mdash; you will be issued with the list of available RAID partitions and your only task is to select the partitions which will form the MD."
-msgstr "RAID0 är enkel &mdash; du kommer att visas en lista av tillgängliga RAID-partitioner och din enda funktion är att välja de partitioner som ska utgöra MD-enheten."
+msgid ""
+"RAID0 is simple &mdash; you will be issued with the list of available RAID "
+"partitions and your only task is to select the partitions which will form "
+"the MD."
+msgstr ""
+"RAID0 är enkel &mdash; du kommer att visas en lista av tillgängliga RAID-"
+"partitioner och din enda funktion är att välja de partitioner som ska utgöra "
+"MD-enheten."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:1187
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "RAID1 is a bit more tricky. First, you will be asked to enter the number of active devices and the number of spare devices which will form the MD. Next, you need to select from the list of available RAID partitions those that will be active and then those that will be spare. The count of selected partitions must be equal to the number provided few seconds ago. Don't worry. If you make a mistake and select different number of partitions, the &d-i; won't let you continue until you correct the issue."
-msgstr "RAID1 är lite mer besvärlig. Först kommer du bli frågad att ange antalet aktiva enheter och antalet reservenheter som ska forma din MD. Sedan behöver du välja från listan av tillgängliga RAID-partitioner vilka som ska vara aktiva och sedan de som ska vara reserver. Antalet valda partitioner måste vara samma som antalet som angavs ett par sekunder sedan. Var lugn, om du gör ett misstag och väljer ett olikt antal partitioner kommer &d-i; inte låta dig fortsätta tills du har rättat till det."
+msgid ""
+"RAID1 is a bit more tricky. First, you will be asked to enter the number of "
+"active devices and the number of spare devices which will form the MD. Next, "
+"you need to select from the list of available RAID partitions those that "
+"will be active and then those that will be spare. The count of selected "
+"partitions must be equal to the number provided few seconds ago. Don't "
+"worry. If you make a mistake and select different number of partitions, the "
+"&d-i; won't let you continue until you correct the issue."
+msgstr ""
+"RAID1 är lite mer besvärlig. Först kommer du bli frågad att ange antalet "
+"aktiva enheter och antalet reservenheter som ska forma din MD. Sedan behöver "
+"du välja från listan av tillgängliga RAID-partitioner vilka som ska vara "
+"aktiva och sedan de som ska vara reserver. Antalet valda partitioner måste "
+"vara samma som antalet som angavs ett par sekunder sedan. Var lugn, om du "
+"gör ett misstag och väljer ett olikt antal partitioner kommer &d-i; inte "
+"låta dig fortsätta tills du har rättat till det."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:1199
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "RAID5 has similar setup procedure as RAID1 with the exception that you need to use at least <emphasis>three</emphasis> active partitions."
-msgstr "RAID5 har liknande inställningsprocedur som RAID1 med undantaget att du behöver använda åtminstone <emphasis>tre</emphasis> aktiva partitioner."
+msgid ""
+"RAID5 has similar setup procedure as RAID1 with the exception that you need "
+"to use at least <emphasis>three</emphasis> active partitions."
+msgstr ""
+"RAID5 har liknande inställningsprocedur som RAID1 med undantaget att du "
+"behöver använda åtminstone <emphasis>tre</emphasis> aktiva partitioner."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:1207
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "It is perfectly possible to have several types of MD at once. For example if you have three 200 GB hard drives dedicated to MD, each containing two 100 GB partitions, you can combine first partitions on all three disks into the RAID0 (fast 300 GB video editing partition) and use the other three partitions (2 active and 1 spare) for RAID1 (quite reliable 100 GB partition for <filename>/home</filename>)."
-msgstr "Det är fullt möjligt att ha flera MD-typer samtidigt. Till exempel om du har tre stycken 200 GB stora hårddiskar dedicerade till MD, där varje hårddisk innehåller två stycken 100 GB stora partitioner, kan du kombinera de första partitionerna på alla tre hårddiskar till en RAID0 (300 GB stor för snabb videoredigering) och använda de övriga tre partitionerna (2 aktiva och 1 reserv) för RAID1 (ganska tillförlitlig 100 GB stor partition för <filename>/home</filename>)."
+msgid ""
+"It is perfectly possible to have several types of MD at once. For example if "
+"you have three 200 GB hard drives dedicated to MD, each containing two 100 "
+"GB partitions, you can combine first partitions on all three disks into the "
+"RAID0 (fast 300 GB video editing partition) and use the other three "
+"partitions (2 active and 1 spare) for RAID1 (quite reliable 100 GB partition "
+"for <filename>/home</filename>)."
+msgstr ""
+"Det är fullt möjligt att ha flera MD-typer samtidigt. Till exempel om du har "
+"tre stycken 200 GB stora hårddiskar dedicerade till MD, där varje hårddisk "
+"innehåller två stycken 100 GB stora partitioner, kan du kombinera de första "
+"partitionerna på alla tre hårddiskar till en RAID0 (300 GB stor för snabb "
+"videoredigering) och använda de övriga tre partitionerna (2 aktiva och 1 "
+"reserv) för RAID1 (ganska tillförlitlig 100 GB stor partition för <filename>/"
+"home</filename>)."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:1216
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "After you setup MD devices to your liking, you can <guimenuitem>Finish</guimenuitem> <command>mdcfg</command> to return back to the <command>partman</command> to create filesystems on your new MD devices and assign them the usual attributes like mountpoints."
-msgstr "Efter du har konfigurerat MD-enheterna efter dina behov kan du välja <guimenuitem>Slutför</guimenuitem> i <command>mdcfg</command> för att återgå till <command>partman</command> för att skapa filsystemen på dina nya MD-enheter och ge dem de vanliga attributen såsom monteringspunkter."
+msgid ""
+"After you setup MD devices to your liking, you can <guimenuitem>Finish</"
+"guimenuitem> <command>mdcfg</command> to return back to the "
+"<command>partman</command> to create filesystems on your new MD devices and "
+"assign them the usual attributes like mountpoints."
+msgstr ""
+"Efter du har konfigurerat MD-enheterna efter dina behov kan du välja "
+"<guimenuitem>Slutför</guimenuitem> i <command>mdcfg</command> för att återgå "
+"till <command>partman</command> för att skapa filsystemen på dina nya MD-"
+"enheter och ge dem de vanliga attributen såsom monteringspunkter."
 
 #. Tag: title
 #: using-d-i.xml:1231
@@ -1063,38 +2049,107 @@ msgstr "Konfigurering av den logiska volymhanteraren (LVM)"
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:1232
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "If you are working with computers at the level of system administrator or <quote>advanced</quote> user, you have surely seen the situation where some disk partition (usually the most important one) was short on space, while some other partition was grossly underused and you had to manage this situation with moving stuff around, symlinking, etc."
-msgstr "Om du arbetar med datorer som en systemadministratör eller <quote>avancerad</quote> användare har du säkert upplevt en situation där någon diskpartition (oftast den mest viktiga) fått slut på ledigt utrymme medan någon annan partition haft otroligt mycket oanvänt utrymme och du har behövt att hantera den här situationen genom att flytta runt saker, symboliska länkar, etc."
+msgid ""
+"If you are working with computers at the level of system administrator or "
+"<quote>advanced</quote> user, you have surely seen the situation where some "
+"disk partition (usually the most important one) was short on space, while "
+"some other partition was grossly underused and you had to manage this "
+"situation with moving stuff around, symlinking, etc."
+msgstr ""
+"Om du arbetar med datorer som en systemadministratör eller <quote>avancerad</"
+"quote> användare har du säkert upplevt en situation där någon diskpartition "
+"(oftast den mest viktiga) fått slut på ledigt utrymme medan någon annan "
+"partition haft otroligt mycket oanvänt utrymme och du har behövt att hantera "
+"den här situationen genom att flytta runt saker, symboliska länkar, etc."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:1240
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "To avoid the described situation you can use Logical Volume Manager (LVM). Simply said, with LVM you can combine your partitions (<firstterm>physical volumes</firstterm> in LVM lingo) to form a virtual disk (so called <firstterm>volume group</firstterm>), which can then be divided into virtual partitions (<firstterm>logical volumes</firstterm>). The point is that logical volumes (and of course underlying volume groups) can span across several physical disks."
-msgstr "För att undvika de beskrivna situationen kan du använda logisk volymhantering (LVM). Med LVM kan du kort sagt kombinera dina partitioner (<firstterm>fysiska volymer</firstterm> på LVM-språk) för att forma en virtuell disk (en så kallad <firstterm>volymgrupp</firstterm>) som sedan kan delas upp i virtuella partitioner (<firstterm>logiska volymer</firstterm>). Meningen är att logiska volymer (och så klart de underliggande volymgrupperna) kan spänna över ett flertal fysiska diskar."
+msgid ""
+"To avoid the described situation you can use Logical Volume Manager (LVM). "
+"Simply said, with LVM you can combine your partitions (<firstterm>physical "
+"volumes</firstterm> in LVM lingo) to form a virtual disk (so called "
+"<firstterm>volume group</firstterm>), which can then be divided into virtual "
+"partitions (<firstterm>logical volumes</firstterm>). The point is that "
+"logical volumes (and of course underlying volume groups) can span across "
+"several physical disks."
+msgstr ""
+"För att undvika de beskrivna situationen kan du använda logisk "
+"volymhantering (LVM). Med LVM kan du kort sagt kombinera dina partitioner "
+"(<firstterm>fysiska volymer</firstterm> på LVM-språk) för att forma en "
+"virtuell disk (en så kallad <firstterm>volymgrupp</firstterm>) som sedan kan "
+"delas upp i virtuella partitioner (<firstterm>logiska volymer</firstterm>). "
+"Meningen är att logiska volymer (och så klart de underliggande "
+"volymgrupperna) kan spänna över ett flertal fysiska diskar."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:1250
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Now when you realize you need more space for your old 160GB <filename>/home</filename> partition, you can simply add a new 300GB disk to the computer, join it with your existing volume group and then resize the logical volume which holds your <filename>/home</filename> filesystem and voila &mdash; your users have some room again on their renewed 460GB partition. This example is of course a bit oversimplified. If you haven't read it yet, you should consult the <ulink url=\"&url-lvm-howto;\">LVM HOWTO</ulink>."
-msgstr "Nu när du har insett att du behöver mer utrymme för din gamla 160 GB stora <filename>/home</filename>-partition kan du helt enkelt lägga till en ny 300 GB stor disk till datorn, låta den bli medlem av din existerande volymgrupp och sedan förändra storleken på den logiska volymen som tillhandahåller filsystemet för <filename>/home</filename> och voilá &mdash; dina användare har lite plats igen på sin nya 460 GB stora partition. Det här exemplet är så klart lite väl förenklat. Om du inte har läst det än bör du konsultera <ulink url=\"&url-lvm-howto;\">LVM HOWTO</ulink>."
+msgid ""
+"Now when you realize you need more space for your old 160GB <filename>/home</"
+"filename> partition, you can simply add a new 300GB disk to the computer, "
+"join it with your existing volume group and then resize the logical volume "
+"which holds your <filename>/home</filename> filesystem and voila &mdash; "
+"your users have some room again on their renewed 460GB partition. This "
+"example is of course a bit oversimplified. If you haven't read it yet, you "
+"should consult the <ulink url=\"&url-lvm-howto;\">LVM HOWTO</ulink>."
+msgstr ""
+"Nu när du har insett att du behöver mer utrymme för din gamla 160 GB stora "
+"<filename>/home</filename>-partition kan du helt enkelt lägga till en ny 300 "
+"GB stor disk till datorn, låta den bli medlem av din existerande volymgrupp "
+"och sedan förändra storleken på den logiska volymen som tillhandahåller "
+"filsystemet för <filename>/home</filename> och voilá &mdash; dina användare "
+"har lite plats igen på sin nya 460 GB stora partition. Det här exemplet är "
+"så klart lite väl förenklat. Om du inte har läst det än bör du konsultera "
+"<ulink url=\"&url-lvm-howto;\">LVM HOWTO</ulink>."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:1261
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "LVM setup in &d-i; is quite simple and completely supported inside <command>partman</command>. First, you have to mark the partition(s) to be used as physical volumes for LVM. This is done in the <guimenu>Partition settings</guimenu> menu where you should select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Use as:</guimenu> <guimenuitem>physical volume for LVM</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>."
-msgstr "LVM-konfiguration i &d-i; är ganska enkel och stöds fullständigt i <command>partman</command>. Först måste du markera de partitioner som ska användas som fysiska volymer för LVM. Det här görs i menyn <guimenu>Partitionsinställningar</guimenu> där du ska välja <menuchoice> <guimenu>Använd som:</guimenu> <guimenuitem>fysisk volym för LVM</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>."
+msgid ""
+"LVM setup in &d-i; is quite simple and completely supported inside "
+"<command>partman</command>. First, you have to mark the partition(s) to be "
+"used as physical volumes for LVM. This is done in the <guimenu>Partition "
+"settings</guimenu> menu where you should select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Use as:"
+"</guimenu> <guimenuitem>physical volume for LVM</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>."
+msgstr ""
+"LVM-konfiguration i &d-i; är ganska enkel och stöds fullständigt i "
+"<command>partman</command>. Först måste du markera de partitioner som ska "
+"användas som fysiska volymer för LVM. Det här görs i menyn "
+"<guimenu>Partitionsinställningar</guimenu> där du ska välja <menuchoice> "
+"<guimenu>Använd som:</guimenu> <guimenuitem>fysisk volym för LVM</"
+"guimenuitem> </menuchoice>."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:1270
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "When you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, you will see a new option <guimenuitem>Configure the Logical Volume Manager</guimenuitem>. When you select that, you will first be asked to confirm pending changes to the partition table (if any) and after that the LVM configuration menu will be shown. Above the menu a summary of the LVM configuration is shown. The menu itself is context sensitive and only shows valid actions. The possible actions are:"
-msgstr "När du återvänder till huvudskärmen i <command>partman</command> kommer du att se ett nytt alternativ <guimenuitem>Konfigurera den logiska volymhanteraren</guimenuitem>. När du väljer den kommer du att först bli frågad om att bekräfta väntande ändringar till partitionstabellen (om det finns några) och sedan kommer LVM-konfigurationsmenyn att visas. Ovanför menyn visas en sammanfattning av LVM-konfigurationen. Själva menyn är sammanhangskänslig och visar endast giltiga åtgärder. De möjliga åtgärderna är:"
+msgid ""
+"When you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, you will see "
+"a new option <guimenuitem>Configure the Logical Volume Manager</"
+"guimenuitem>. When you select that, you will first be asked to confirm "
+"pending changes to the partition table (if any) and after that the LVM "
+"configuration menu will be shown. Above the menu a summary of the LVM "
+"configuration is shown. The menu itself is context sensitive and only shows "
+"valid actions. The possible actions are:"
+msgstr ""
+"När du återvänder till huvudskärmen i <command>partman</command> kommer du "
+"att se ett nytt alternativ <guimenuitem>Konfigurera den logiska "
+"volymhanteraren</guimenuitem>. När du väljer den kommer du att först bli "
+"frågad om att bekräfta väntande ändringar till partitionstabellen (om det "
+"finns några) och sedan kommer LVM-konfigurationsmenyn att visas. Ovanför "
+"menyn visas en sammanfattning av LVM-konfigurationen. Själva menyn är "
+"sammanhangskänslig och visar endast giltiga åtgärder. De möjliga åtgärderna "
+"är:"
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:1281
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "<guimenuitem>Display configuration details</guimenuitem>: shows LVM device structure, names and sizes of logical volumes and more"
-msgstr "<guimenuitem>Visa konfigurationsdetaljer</guimenuitem>: visar LVM-enhetsstrukturen, namn och storlekar på logiska volymer och annat"
+msgid ""
+"<guimenuitem>Display configuration details</guimenuitem>: shows LVM device "
+"structure, names and sizes of logical volumes and more"
+msgstr ""
+"<guimenuitem>Visa konfigurationsdetaljer</guimenuitem>: visar LVM-"
+"enhetsstrukturen, namn och storlekar på logiska volymer och annat"
 
 #. Tag: guimenuitem
 #: using-d-i.xml:1286
@@ -1135,26 +2190,48 @@ msgstr "Minska volymgrupp"
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:1303
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "<guimenuitem>Finish</guimenuitem>: return to the main <command>partman</command> screen"
-msgstr "<guimenuitem>Slutför</guimenuitem>: återvänd till huvudskärmen för <command>partman</command>"
+msgid ""
+"<guimenuitem>Finish</guimenuitem>: return to the main <command>partman</"
+"command> screen"
+msgstr ""
+"<guimenuitem>Slutför</guimenuitem>: återvänd till huvudskärmen för "
+"<command>partman</command>"
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:1309
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Use the options in that menu to first create a volume group and then create your logical volumes inside it."
-msgstr "Använd alternativen i den menyn för att först skapa en volymgrupp och sedan skapa dina logiska volymer i den."
+msgid ""
+"Use the options in that menu to first create a volume group and then create "
+"your logical volumes inside it."
+msgstr ""
+"Använd alternativen i den menyn för att först skapa en volymgrupp och sedan "
+"skapa dina logiska volymer i den."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:1315
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "You can also use this menu to delete an existing LVM configuration from your hard disk before choosing <quote>Guided partitioning using LVM</quote>. Guided partitioning using LVM is not possible if there already are volume groups defined, but by removing them you can get a clean start."
-msgstr "Du kan även använda denna meny för att ta bort en existerande LVM-konfiguration från din hårddisk innan du väljer <quote>Guidad partitionering med LVM</quote>. Guidad partitionering med LVM är inte möjlig om det redan finns definierade volymgrupper men går att genomföra om du tar bort dem."
+msgid ""
+"You can also use this menu to delete an existing LVM configuration from your "
+"hard disk before choosing <quote>Guided partitioning using LVM</quote>. "
+"Guided partitioning using LVM is not possible if there already are volume "
+"groups defined, but by removing them you can get a clean start."
+msgstr ""
+"Du kan även använda denna meny för att ta bort en existerande LVM-"
+"konfiguration från din hårddisk innan du väljer <quote>Guidad partitionering "
+"med LVM</quote>. Guidad partitionering med LVM är inte möjlig om det redan "
+"finns definierade volymgrupper men går att genomföra om du tar bort dem."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:1323
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "After you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, any created logical volumes will be displayed in the same way as ordinary partitions (and you should treat them as such)."
-msgstr "Efter du återvänt till huvudskärmen i <command>partman</command> kommer du att se skapade logiska volymer på samma sätt som vanliga partitioner (och du bör även behandla dem som det)."
+msgid ""
+"After you return to the main <command>partman</command> screen, any created "
+"logical volumes will be displayed in the same way as ordinary partitions "
+"(and you should treat them as such)."
+msgstr ""
+"Efter du återvänt till huvudskärmen i <command>partman</command> kommer du "
+"att se skapade logiska volymer på samma sätt som vanliga partitioner (och du "
+"bör även behandla dem som det)."
 
 #. Tag: title
 #: using-d-i.xml:1337
@@ -1165,38 +2242,119 @@ msgstr "Konfigurera krypterade volymer"
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:1338
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "&d-i; allows you to set up encrypted partitions. Every file you write to such a partition is immediately saved to the device in encrypted form. Access to the encrypted data is granted only after entering the <firstterm>passphrase</firstterm> used when the encrypted partition was originally created. This feature is useful to protect sensitive data in case your laptop or hard drive gets stolen. The thief might get physical access to the hard drive, but without knowing the right passphrase, the data on the hard drive will look like random characters."
-msgstr "&d-i; låter dig konfigurera krypterade partitioner. Varje fil som du skriver på en sådan partition kommer omedelbart att sparas till enheten i krypterad form. Tillgång till krypterat data ges endast efter att en <firstterm>lösenfras</firstterm> har angivits när den krypterade partitionen ursprungligen skapades. Denna funktion är användbart för att skydda känsligt data om till exempel din bärbara dator eller hårddisk blir stulna. Tjuven kanske får fysisk tillgång till hårddisken men utan att känna till den rätta lösenfrasen kommer det data som finns på hårddisken bara att se ut som slumpmässiga tecken."
+msgid ""
+"&d-i; allows you to set up encrypted partitions. Every file you write to "
+"such a partition is immediately saved to the device in encrypted form. "
+"Access to the encrypted data is granted only after entering the "
+"<firstterm>passphrase</firstterm> used when the encrypted partition was "
+"originally created. This feature is useful to protect sensitive data in case "
+"your laptop or hard drive gets stolen. The thief might get physical access "
+"to the hard drive, but without knowing the right passphrase, the data on the "
+"hard drive will look like random characters."
+msgstr ""
+"&d-i; låter dig konfigurera krypterade partitioner. Varje fil som du skriver "
+"på en sådan partition kommer omedelbart att sparas till enheten i krypterad "
+"form. Tillgång till krypterat data ges endast efter att en "
+"<firstterm>lösenfras</firstterm> har angivits när den krypterade partitionen "
+"ursprungligen skapades. Denna funktion är användbart för att skydda känsligt "
+"data om till exempel din bärbara dator eller hårddisk blir stulna. Tjuven "
+"kanske får fysisk tillgång till hårddisken men utan att känna till den rätta "
+"lösenfrasen kommer det data som finns på hårddisken bara att se ut som "
+"slumpmässiga tecken."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:1350
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "The two most important partitions to encrypt are: the home partition, where your private data resides, and the swap partition, where sensitive data might be stored temporarily during operation. Of course, nothing prevents you from encrypting any other partitions that might be of interest. For example <filename>/var</filename> where database servers, mail servers or print servers store their data, or <filename>/tmp</filename> which is used by various programs to store potentially interesting temporary files. Some people may even want to encrypt their whole system. The only exception is the <filename>/boot</filename> partition which must remain unencrypted, because currently there is no way to load the kernel from an encrypted partition."
-msgstr "De två mest viktiga partitionerna att kryptera är: hempartitionen, där ditt privata data finns och växlingspartitionen, där känsligt data kan lagras temporärt under körning. Så klart, ingenting hindrar dig från att kryptera någon annan partition som är av intresse. Till exempel <filename>/var</filename> där databasservrar, e-postservrar eller utskriftsservrar lagras sitt data, eller <filename>/tmp</filename> som används av olika program för att lagra möjligen intressanta temporärfiler. Vissa personer kanske även vill kryptera hela sitt system. Det enda undantaget är partitionen för <filename>/boot</filename> som måste kvarstå som okrypterad, på grund av att det för närvarande inte finns något sätt att läsa in kärnan från en krypterad partition."
+msgid ""
+"The two most important partitions to encrypt are: the home partition, where "
+"your private data resides, and the swap partition, where sensitive data "
+"might be stored temporarily during operation. Of course, nothing prevents "
+"you from encrypting any other partitions that might be of interest. For "
+"example <filename>/var</filename> where database servers, mail servers or "
+"print servers store their data, or <filename>/tmp</filename> which is used "
+"by various programs to store potentially interesting temporary files. Some "
+"people may even want to encrypt their whole system. The only exception is "
+"the <filename>/boot</filename> partition which must remain unencrypted, "
+"because currently there is no way to load the kernel from an encrypted "
+"partition."
+msgstr ""
+"De två mest viktiga partitionerna att kryptera är: hempartitionen, där ditt "
+"privata data finns och växlingspartitionen, där känsligt data kan lagras "
+"temporärt under körning. Så klart, ingenting hindrar dig från att kryptera "
+"någon annan partition som är av intresse. Till exempel <filename>/var</"
+"filename> där databasservrar, e-postservrar eller utskriftsservrar lagras "
+"sitt data, eller <filename>/tmp</filename> som används av olika program för "
+"att lagra möjligen intressanta temporärfiler. Vissa personer kanske även "
+"vill kryptera hela sitt system. Det enda undantaget är partitionen för "
+"<filename>/boot</filename> som måste kvarstå som okrypterad, på grund av att "
+"det för närvarande inte finns något sätt att läsa in kärnan från en "
+"krypterad partition."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:1365
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Please note that the performance of encrypted partitions will be less than that of unencrypted ones because the data needs to be decrypted or encrypted for every read or write. The performance impact depends on your CPU speed, chosen cipher and a key length."
-msgstr "Observera att prestandan för krypterade partitioner kommer att vara mindre än för okrypterade eftersom datan behöver dekrypteras eller krypteras för varje läsning eller skrivning. Prestandaskillnaden beror på din processorhastighet, vald kryptering och nyckellängd."
+msgid ""
+"Please note that the performance of encrypted partitions will be less than "
+"that of unencrypted ones because the data needs to be decrypted or encrypted "
+"for every read or write. The performance impact depends on your CPU speed, "
+"chosen cipher and a key length."
+msgstr ""
+"Observera att prestandan för krypterade partitioner kommer att vara mindre "
+"än för okrypterade eftersom datan behöver dekrypteras eller krypteras för "
+"varje läsning eller skrivning. Prestandaskillnaden beror på din "
+"processorhastighet, vald kryptering och nyckellängd."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:1372
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "To use encryption, you have to create a new partition by selecting some free space in the main partitioning menu. Another option is to choose an existing partition (e.g. a regular partition, an LVM logical volume or a RAID volume). In the <guimenu>Partition setting</guimenu> menu, you need to select <guimenuitem>physical volume for encryption</guimenuitem> at the <menuchoice> <guimenu>Use as:</guimenu> </menuchoice> option. The menu will then change to include several cryptographic options for the partition."
-msgstr "För att använda kryptering måste du skapa en ny partition genom att välja ett fritt utrymme i huvudpartitioneringsmenyn. Ett annat alternativ är att välja en existerande partition (t.ex. en vanlig partition, en logisk volym (LVM) eller en RAID-volym). I menyn <guimenu>Partitionsinställning</guimenu>, behöver du välja <guimenuitem>fysisk volym för kryptering</guimenuitem> vid alternativet <menuchoice> <guimenu>Använd som:</guimenu> </menuchoice>. Menyn kommer att ändras till att inkludera flera krypteringsalternativ för partitionen."
+msgid ""
+"To use encryption, you have to create a new partition by selecting some free "
+"space in the main partitioning menu. Another option is to choose an existing "
+"partition (e.g. a regular partition, an LVM logical volume or a RAID "
+"volume). In the <guimenu>Partition setting</guimenu> menu, you need to "
+"select <guimenuitem>physical volume for encryption</guimenuitem> at the "
+"<menuchoice> <guimenu>Use as:</guimenu> </menuchoice> option. The menu will "
+"then change to include several cryptographic options for the partition."
+msgstr ""
+"För att använda kryptering måste du skapa en ny partition genom att välja "
+"ett fritt utrymme i huvudpartitioneringsmenyn. Ett annat alternativ är att "
+"välja en existerande partition (t.ex. en vanlig partition, en logisk volym "
+"(LVM) eller en RAID-volym). I menyn <guimenu>Partitionsinställning</"
+"guimenu>, behöver du välja <guimenuitem>fysisk volym för kryptering</"
+"guimenuitem> vid alternativet <menuchoice> <guimenu>Använd som:</guimenu> </"
+"menuchoice>. Menyn kommer att ändras till att inkludera flera "
+"krypteringsalternativ för partitionen."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:1383
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "&d-i; supports several encryption methods. The default method is <firstterm>dm-crypt</firstterm> (included in newer Linux kernels, able to host LVM physical volumes), the other is <firstterm>loop-AES</firstterm> (older, maintained separately from the Linux kernel tree). Unless you have compelling reasons to do otherwise, it is recommended to use the default."
-msgstr "&d-i; har stöd för flera krypteringsmetoder. Standardmetoden är <firstterm>dm-crypt</firstterm> (inkluderad i nyare Linux-kärnor, kan hantera fysiska LVM-volymer), den andra är <firstterm>loop-AES</firstterm> (äldre, underhålls separat från Linux-källkodsträd). Det rekommenderas att du använder standardmetoden såvida du inte har andra anledningar att göra annorlunda. "
+msgid ""
+"&d-i; supports several encryption methods. The default method is "
+"<firstterm>dm-crypt</firstterm> (included in newer Linux kernels, able to "
+"host LVM physical volumes), the other is <firstterm>loop-AES</firstterm> "
+"(older, maintained separately from the Linux kernel tree). Unless you have "
+"compelling reasons to do otherwise, it is recommended to use the default."
+msgstr ""
+"&d-i; har stöd för flera krypteringsmetoder. Standardmetoden är "
+"<firstterm>dm-crypt</firstterm> (inkluderad i nyare Linux-kärnor, kan "
+"hantera fysiska LVM-volymer), den andra är <firstterm>loop-AES</firstterm> "
+"(äldre, underhålls separat från Linux-källkodsträd). Det rekommenderas att "
+"du använder standardmetoden såvida du inte har andra anledningar att göra "
+"annorlunda. "
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:1395
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "First, let's have a look at the options available when you select <userinput>Device-mapper (dm-crypt)</userinput> as the encryption method. As always: when in doubt, use the defaults, because they have been carefully chosen with security in mind."
-msgstr "Låt oss först ta en titt på tillgängliga alternativ när du väljer <userinput>Device-mapper (dm-crypt)</userinput> som krypteringsmetod. Som vanligt: när du är osäker, använd standardvalen därför att de har noga valts ut med tanke på säkerhet."
+msgid ""
+"First, let's have a look at the options available when you select "
+"<userinput>Device-mapper (dm-crypt)</userinput> as the encryption method. As "
+"always: when in doubt, use the defaults, because they have been carefully "
+"chosen with security in mind."
+msgstr ""
+"Låt oss först ta en titt på tillgängliga alternativ när du väljer "
+"<userinput>Device-mapper (dm-crypt)</userinput> som krypteringsmetod. Som "
+"vanligt: när du är osäker, använd standardvalen därför att de har noga valts "
+"ut med tanke på säkerhet."
 
 #. Tag: term
 #: using-d-i.xml:1405
@@ -1207,8 +2365,27 @@ msgstr "Kryptering: <userinput>aes</userinput>"
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:1407
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "This option lets you select the encryption algorithm (<firstterm>cipher</firstterm>) which will be used to encrypt the data on the partition. &d-i; currently supports the following block ciphers: <firstterm>aes</firstterm>, <firstterm>blowfish</firstterm>, <firstterm>serpent</firstterm>, and <firstterm>twofish</firstterm>. It is beyond the scope of this document to discuss the qualities of these different algorithms, however, it might help your decision to know that in 2000, <emphasis>AES</emphasis> was chosen by the American National Institute of Standards and Technology as the standard encryption algorithm for protecting sensitive information in the 21st century."
-msgstr "Detta alternativ låter dig välja krypteringsalgoritm (<firstterm>chiffer</firstterm>) som kommer att användas för att kryptera data på partitionen. &d-i; har för närvarande stöd för följande blockchiffer: <firstterm>aes</firstterm>, <firstterm>blowfish</firstterm>, <firstterm>serpent</firstterm> och <firstterm>twofish</firstterm>. Det är utanför omfånget för detta dokument att diskutera kvaliteterna för dessa olika algoritmer, dock kan det hjälpa dig i ditt val att år 2000 valdes <emphasis>AES</emphasis> av American National Institute of Standards and Technology som standardkrypteringsalgoritm för skydd av känslig information för 2000-talet."
+msgid ""
+"This option lets you select the encryption algorithm (<firstterm>cipher</"
+"firstterm>) which will be used to encrypt the data on the partition. &d-i; "
+"currently supports the following block ciphers: <firstterm>aes</firstterm>, "
+"<firstterm>blowfish</firstterm>, <firstterm>serpent</firstterm>, and "
+"<firstterm>twofish</firstterm>. It is beyond the scope of this document to "
+"discuss the qualities of these different algorithms, however, it might help "
+"your decision to know that in 2000, <emphasis>AES</emphasis> was chosen by "
+"the American National Institute of Standards and Technology as the standard "
+"encryption algorithm for protecting sensitive information in the 21st "
+"century."
+msgstr ""
+"Detta alternativ låter dig välja krypteringsalgoritm (<firstterm>chiffer</"
+"firstterm>) som kommer att användas för att kryptera data på partitionen. &d-"
+"i; har för närvarande stöd för följande blockchiffer: <firstterm>aes</"
+"firstterm>, <firstterm>blowfish</firstterm>, <firstterm>serpent</firstterm> "
+"och <firstterm>twofish</firstterm>. Det är utanför omfånget för detta "
+"dokument att diskutera kvaliteterna för dessa olika algoritmer, dock kan det "
+"hjälpa dig i ditt val att år 2000 valdes <emphasis>AES</emphasis> av "
+"American National Institute of Standards and Technology som "
+"standardkrypteringsalgoritm för skydd av känslig information för 2000-talet."
 
 #. Tag: term
 #: using-d-i.xml:1425
@@ -1219,8 +2396,16 @@ msgstr "Nyckellängd: <userinput>256</userinput>"
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:1427
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Here you can specify the length of the encryption key. With a larger key size, the strength of the encryption is generally improved. On the other hand, increasing the length of the key usually has a negative impact on performance. Available key sizes vary depending on the cipher."
-msgstr "Här kan du ange längden för krypteringsnyckeln. En större nyckellängd ökar generellt styrkan på krypteringen. På andra sidan, ökning av längden på nyckeln har en negativ inverkan på prestandan. Tillgängliga nyckellängder är olika beroende på valt chiffer."
+msgid ""
+"Here you can specify the length of the encryption key. With a larger key "
+"size, the strength of the encryption is generally improved. On the other "
+"hand, increasing the length of the key usually has a negative impact on "
+"performance. Available key sizes vary depending on the cipher."
+msgstr ""
+"Här kan du ange längden för krypteringsnyckeln. En större nyckellängd ökar "
+"generellt styrkan på krypteringen. På andra sidan, ökning av längden på "
+"nyckeln har en negativ inverkan på prestandan. Tillgängliga nyckellängder är "
+"olika beroende på valt chiffer."
 
 #. Tag: term
 #: using-d-i.xml:1439
@@ -1231,14 +2416,34 @@ msgstr "IV-algoritm: <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</userinput>"
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:1441
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "The <firstterm>Initialization Vector</firstterm> or <firstterm>IV</firstterm> algorithm is used in cryptography to ensure that applying the cipher on the same <firstterm>clear text</firstterm> data with the same key always produces a unique <firstterm>cipher text</firstterm>. The idea is to prevent the attacker from deducing information from repeated patterns in the encrypted data."
-msgstr "<firstterm>Initieringsvektorn</firstterm> eller <firstterm>IV</firstterm>-algoritm används i kryptografi för att se till att tillämpningen av chiffret på samma <firstterm>klartext</firstterm>data med samma nyckel, alltid producerar en unik <firstterm>chiffertext</firstterm>. Idéen är att förhindra en attackerare från att ta bort information från upprepade mönster i krypterat data."
+msgid ""
+"The <firstterm>Initialization Vector</firstterm> or <firstterm>IV</"
+"firstterm> algorithm is used in cryptography to ensure that applying the "
+"cipher on the same <firstterm>clear text</firstterm> data with the same key "
+"always produces a unique <firstterm>cipher text</firstterm>. The idea is to "
+"prevent the attacker from deducing information from repeated patterns in the "
+"encrypted data."
+msgstr ""
+"<firstterm>Initieringsvektorn</firstterm> eller <firstterm>IV</firstterm>-"
+"algoritm används i kryptografi för att se till att tillämpningen av chiffret "
+"på samma <firstterm>klartext</firstterm>data med samma nyckel, alltid "
+"producerar en unik <firstterm>chiffertext</firstterm>. Idéen är att "
+"förhindra en attackerare från att ta bort information från upprepade mönster "
+"i krypterat data."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:1451
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "From the provided alternatives, the default <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</userinput> is currently the least vulnerable to known attacks. Use the other alternatives only when you need to ensure compatibility with some previously installed system that is not able to use newer algorithms."
-msgstr "Det minst sårbara alternativet för kända attacker av de som tillhandahålls är standardvalet <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</userinput>. Använd endast de andra alternativen när du behöver kompatibilitet med tidigare installerade system som inte kan använda nyare algoritmer."
+msgid ""
+"From the provided alternatives, the default <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</"
+"userinput> is currently the least vulnerable to known attacks. Use the other "
+"alternatives only when you need to ensure compatibility with some previously "
+"installed system that is not able to use newer algorithms."
+msgstr ""
+"Det minst sårbara alternativet för kända attacker av de som tillhandahålls "
+"är standardvalet <userinput>cbc-essiv:sha256</userinput>. Använd endast de "
+"andra alternativen när du behöver kompatibilitet med tidigare installerade "
+"system som inte kan använda nyare algoritmer."
 
 #. Tag: term
 #: using-d-i.xml:1463
@@ -1261,12 +2466,19 @@ msgstr "Lösenfras"
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:1472
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "The encryption key will be computed<footnote> <para> Using a passphrase as the key currently means that the partition will be set up using <ulink url=\"&url-luks;\">LUKS</ulink>. </para></footnote> on the basis of a passphrase which you will be able to enter later in the process."
-msgstr "Krypteringsnyckeln kommer att beräknas<footnote> <para> Att använda en lösenfras som nyckel betyder att partitionen måste konfigureras med <ulink url=\"&url-luks;\">LUKS</ulink>. </para></footnote> med en lösenfras som basis och som du kan ange senare i processen."
+msgid ""
+"The encryption key will be computed<footnote> <para> Using a passphrase as "
+"the key currently means that the partition will be set up using <ulink url="
+"\"&url-luks;\">LUKS</ulink>. </para></footnote> on the basis of a passphrase "
+"which you will be able to enter later in the process."
+msgstr ""
+"Krypteringsnyckeln kommer att beräknas<footnote> <para> Att använda en "
+"lösenfras som nyckel betyder att partitionen måste konfigureras med <ulink "
+"url=\"&url-luks;\">LUKS</ulink>. </para></footnote> med en lösenfras som "
+"basis och som du kan ange senare i processen."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:1487
-#: using-d-i.xml:1580
+#: using-d-i.xml:1487 using-d-i.xml:1580
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Random key"
 msgstr "Slumpmässig nyckel"
@@ -1274,18 +2486,44 @@ msgstr "Slumpmässig nyckel"
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:1488
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "A new encryption key will be generated from random data each time you try to bring up the encrypted partition. In other words: on every shutdown the content of the partition will be lost as the key is deleted from memory. (Of course, you could try to guess the key with a brute force attack, but unless there is an unknown weakness in the cipher algorithm, it is not achievable in our lifetime.)"
-msgstr "En ny krypteringsnyckel kommer att genereras från slumpmässigt data varje gång du försöker att ta fram den krypterade partitionen. Med andra ord: vid varje nedstängning av systemet kommer innehållet på partitionen att förloras eftersom nyckeln raderas från minnet. (Så klart, du kan försöka att ta fram nyckeln via en brute force-attack, men såvida det inte finns en okänd sårbarhet i chifferalgoritmen kommer detta inte kunna göras under vår livstid.)"
+msgid ""
+"A new encryption key will be generated from random data each time you try to "
+"bring up the encrypted partition. In other words: on every shutdown the "
+"content of the partition will be lost as the key is deleted from memory. (Of "
+"course, you could try to guess the key with a brute force attack, but unless "
+"there is an unknown weakness in the cipher algorithm, it is not achievable "
+"in our lifetime.)"
+msgstr ""
+"En ny krypteringsnyckel kommer att genereras från slumpmässigt data varje "
+"gång du försöker att ta fram den krypterade partitionen. Med andra ord: vid "
+"varje nedstängning av systemet kommer innehållet på partitionen att förloras "
+"eftersom nyckeln raderas från minnet. (Så klart, du kan försöka att ta fram "
+"nyckeln via en brute force-attack, men såvida det inte finns en okänd "
+"sårbarhet i chifferalgoritmen kommer detta inte kunna göras under vår "
+"livstid.)"
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:1497
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Random keys are useful for swap partitions because you do not need to bother yourself with remembering the passphrase or wiping sensitive information from the swap partition before shutting down your computer. However, it also means that you will <emphasis>not</emphasis> be able to use the <quote>suspend-to-disk</quote> functionality offered by newer Linux kernels as it will be impossible (during a subsequent boot) to recover the suspended data written to the swap partition."
-msgstr "Slumpmässiga nycklar är användbara för växlingspartitioner därför att du inte behöver bry dig om att komma ihåg lösenfrasen eller att radera känslig information från växlingspartitionen före nedstängning av din dator. Dock betyder det även att du <emphasis>inte</emphasis> kommer att kunna använda funktionalitet som <quote>suspend-to-disk</quote> som erbjuds av nyare Linux-kärnor eftersom det blir omöjligt (under en efterföljande uppstart) att återhämta suspenderat data som skrivits på växlingspartitionen."
+msgid ""
+"Random keys are useful for swap partitions because you do not need to bother "
+"yourself with remembering the passphrase or wiping sensitive information "
+"from the swap partition before shutting down your computer. However, it also "
+"means that you will <emphasis>not</emphasis> be able to use the "
+"<quote>suspend-to-disk</quote> functionality offered by newer Linux kernels "
+"as it will be impossible (during a subsequent boot) to recover the suspended "
+"data written to the swap partition."
+msgstr ""
+"Slumpmässiga nycklar är användbara för växlingspartitioner därför att du "
+"inte behöver bry dig om att komma ihåg lösenfrasen eller att radera känslig "
+"information från växlingspartitionen före nedstängning av din dator. Dock "
+"betyder det även att du <emphasis>inte</emphasis> kommer att kunna använda "
+"funktionalitet som <quote>suspend-to-disk</quote> som erbjuds av nyare Linux-"
+"kärnor eftersom det blir omöjligt (under en efterföljande uppstart) att "
+"återhämta suspenderat data som skrivits på växlingspartitionen."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:1516
-#: using-d-i.xml:1593
+#: using-d-i.xml:1516 using-d-i.xml:1593
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Erase data: <userinput>yes</userinput>"
 msgstr "Radera data: <userinput>ja</userinput>"
@@ -1293,14 +2531,36 @@ msgstr "Radera data: <userinput>ja</userinput>"
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:1518
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Determines whether the content of this partition should be overwritten with random data before setting up the encryption. This is recommended because it might otherwise be possible for an attacker to discern which parts of the partition are in use and which are not. In addition, this will make it harder to recover any leftover data from previous installations<footnote><para> It is believed that the guys from three-letter agencies can restore the data even after several rewrites of the magnetooptical media, though. </para></footnote>."
-msgstr "Bestämmer huruvida innehållet på denna partition ska skrivas över med slumpmässigt data före krypteringen ställs in. Detta rekommenderas därför att det kan annars vara möjligt för en attackerare att avgöra vilka delar av partitionen som används och vilka som inte används. I tillägg till det kommer det att göra det svårare att återskapa kvarliggande data från tidigare installationer<footnote><para> Det är dock troligt att grabbarna från tre-bokstavs-myndigheter kan återskapa data även efter ett flertal överskrivning av magnetoptiska media. </para></footnote>."
+msgid ""
+"Determines whether the content of this partition should be overwritten with "
+"random data before setting up the encryption. This is recommended because it "
+"might otherwise be possible for an attacker to discern which parts of the "
+"partition are in use and which are not. In addition, this will make it "
+"harder to recover any leftover data from previous "
+"installations<footnote><para> It is believed that the guys from three-letter "
+"agencies can restore the data even after several rewrites of the "
+"magnetooptical media, though. </para></footnote>."
+msgstr ""
+"Bestämmer huruvida innehållet på denna partition ska skrivas över med "
+"slumpmässigt data före krypteringen ställs in. Detta rekommenderas därför "
+"att det kan annars vara möjligt för en attackerare att avgöra vilka delar av "
+"partitionen som används och vilka som inte används. I tillägg till det "
+"kommer det att göra det svårare att återskapa kvarliggande data från "
+"tidigare installationer<footnote><para> Det är dock troligt att grabbarna "
+"från tre-bokstavs-myndigheter kan återskapa data även efter ett flertal "
+"överskrivning av magnetoptiska media. </para></footnote>."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:1538
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "If you select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Encryption method:</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Loopback (loop-AES)</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>, the menu changes to provide the following options:"
-msgstr "Om du väljer <menuchoice> <guimenu>Krypteringsmetod:</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Loopback (loop-AES)</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>, kommer menyn att ändras för att tillhandahålla följande alternativ:"
+msgid ""
+"If you select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Encryption method:</guimenu> "
+"<guimenuitem>Loopback (loop-AES)</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>, the menu "
+"changes to provide the following options:"
+msgstr ""
+"Om du väljer <menuchoice> <guimenu>Krypteringsmetod:</guimenu> "
+"<guimenuitem>Loopback (loop-AES)</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>, kommer menyn "
+"att ändras för att tillhandahålla följande alternativ:"
 
 #. Tag: term
 #: using-d-i.xml:1547
@@ -1311,8 +2571,15 @@ msgstr "Kryptering: <userinput>AES256</userinput>"
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:1549
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "For loop-AES, unlike dm-crypt, the options for cipher and key size are combined, so you can select both at the same time. Please see the above sections on ciphers and key sizes for further information."
-msgstr "För loop-AES, till skillnad från dm-crypt, kombineras alternativen för chiffer och nyckellängder så att du kan välja båda samtidigt. För ytterligare information, se ovanstående avsnitt angående chiffer och nyckellängder."
+msgid ""
+"For loop-AES, unlike dm-crypt, the options for cipher and key size are "
+"combined, so you can select both at the same time. Please see the above "
+"sections on ciphers and key sizes for further information."
+msgstr ""
+"För loop-AES, till skillnad från dm-crypt, kombineras alternativen för "
+"chiffer och nyckellängder så att du kan välja båda samtidigt. För "
+"ytterligare information, se ovanstående avsnitt angående chiffer och "
+"nyckellängder."
 
 #. Tag: term
 #: using-d-i.xml:1559
@@ -1335,8 +2602,17 @@ msgstr "Nyckelfil (GnuPG)"
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:1568
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "The encryption key will be generated from random data during the installation. Moreover this key will be encrypted with <application>GnuPG</application>, so to use it, you will need to enter the proper passphrase (you will be asked to provide one later in the process)."
-msgstr "Krypteringsnyckeln kommer att genereras från slumpmässigt data under installationen. Dessutom kommer denna nyckel att krypteras med <application>GnuPG</application>, så för att använda den behöver du ange den korrekta lösenfrasen (du kommer att bli tillfrågad att ange en senare i processen)."
+msgid ""
+"The encryption key will be generated from random data during the "
+"installation. Moreover this key will be encrypted with <application>GnuPG</"
+"application>, so to use it, you will need to enter the proper passphrase "
+"(you will be asked to provide one later in the process)."
+msgstr ""
+"Krypteringsnyckeln kommer att genereras från slumpmässigt data under "
+"installationen. Dessutom kommer denna nyckel att krypteras med "
+"<application>GnuPG</application>, så för att använda den behöver du ange den "
+"korrekta lösenfrasen (du kommer att bli tillfrågad att ange en senare i "
+"processen)."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:1581
@@ -1353,63 +2629,160 @@ msgstr "Se ovanstående avsnitt angående radering av data."
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:1604
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Please note that the <emphasis>graphical</emphasis> version of the installer still has some limitations when compared to the textual one. For cryptography it means you can set up only volumes using <emphasis>passphrases</emphasis> as the encryption keys."
-msgstr "Observera att den <emphasis>grafiska</emphasis> versionen av installeraren fortfarande har vissa begränsningar jämfört med den vanliga installeraren. För det kryptografiska betyder det att du endast kan ställa in volymer med <emphasis>lösenfraser</emphasis> som krypteringsnycklar."
+msgid ""
+"Please note that the <emphasis>graphical</emphasis> version of the installer "
+"still has some limitations when compared to the textual one. For "
+"cryptography it means you can set up only volumes using "
+"<emphasis>passphrases</emphasis> as the encryption keys."
+msgstr ""
+"Observera att den <emphasis>grafiska</emphasis> versionen av installeraren "
+"fortfarande har vissa begränsningar jämfört med den vanliga installeraren. "
+"För det kryptografiska betyder det att du endast kan ställa in volymer med "
+"<emphasis>lösenfraser</emphasis> som krypteringsnycklar."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:1611
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "After you have selected the desired parameters for your encrypted partitions, return back to the main partitioning menu. There should now be a new menu item called <guimenu>Configure encrypted volumes</guimenu>. After you select it, you will be asked to confirm the deletion of data on partitions marked to be erased and possibly other actions such as writing a new partition table. For large partitions this might take some time."
-msgstr "När du har valt de önskade parametrarna för dina krypterade partitioner, återgå till huvudmenyn för partitionering. Det ska nu finnas en ny menypost som kallas <guimenu>Konfigurera krypterade volymer</guimenu>. När du väljer den kommer du att bli frågad att bekräfta borttagningen av data på de partitioner som markerats för radering och möjligen även andra åtgärder såsom skrivning av en ny partitionstabell. För större partitioner kan detta ta lite tid."
+msgid ""
+"After you have selected the desired parameters for your encrypted "
+"partitions, return back to the main partitioning menu. There should now be a "
+"new menu item called <guimenu>Configure encrypted volumes</guimenu>. After "
+"you select it, you will be asked to confirm the deletion of data on "
+"partitions marked to be erased and possibly other actions such as writing a "
+"new partition table. For large partitions this might take some time."
+msgstr ""
+"När du har valt de önskade parametrarna för dina krypterade partitioner, "
+"återgå till huvudmenyn för partitionering. Det ska nu finnas en ny menypost "
+"som kallas <guimenu>Konfigurera krypterade volymer</guimenu>. När du väljer "
+"den kommer du att bli frågad att bekräfta borttagningen av data på de "
+"partitioner som markerats för radering och möjligen även andra åtgärder "
+"såsom skrivning av en ny partitionstabell. För större partitioner kan detta "
+"ta lite tid."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:1622
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Next you will be asked to enter a passphrase for partitions configured to use one. Good passphrases should be longer than 8 characters, should be a mixture of letters, numbers and other characters and should not contain common dictionary words or information easily associable with you (such as birthdates, hobbies, pet names, names of family members or relatives, etc.)."
-msgstr "Härnäst kommer du att bli frågad att ange en lösenfras för de partitioner som konfigurerats att använda en. Bra lösenfraser bör vara längre än 8 tecken, bör innehålla en blandning av bokstäver, siffror och andra tecken och bör inte innehålla vanliga ord som hittas i ordböcker eller information som lätt kan kopplas samman med dig (såsom födelsedatum, eventuell hobby, namn på husdjur, namn på familjemedlemmar eller närstående, etc.)."
+msgid ""
+"Next you will be asked to enter a passphrase for partitions configured to "
+"use one. Good passphrases should be longer than 8 characters, should be a "
+"mixture of letters, numbers and other characters and should not contain "
+"common dictionary words or information easily associable with you (such as "
+"birthdates, hobbies, pet names, names of family members or relatives, etc.)."
+msgstr ""
+"Härnäst kommer du att bli frågad att ange en lösenfras för de partitioner "
+"som konfigurerats att använda en. Bra lösenfraser bör vara längre än 8 "
+"tecken, bör innehålla en blandning av bokstäver, siffror och andra tecken "
+"och bör inte innehålla vanliga ord som hittas i ordböcker eller information "
+"som lätt kan kopplas samman med dig (såsom födelsedatum, eventuell hobby, "
+"namn på husdjur, namn på familjemedlemmar eller närstående, etc.)."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:1631
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Before you input any passphrases, you should have made sure that your keyboard is configured correctly and generates the expected characters. If you are unsure, you can switch to the second virtual console and type some text at the prompt. This ensures that you won't be surprised later, e.g. by trying to input a passphrase using a qwerty keyboard layout when you used an azerty layout during the installation. This situation can have several causes. Maybe you switched to another keyboard layout during the installation, or the selected keyboard layout might not have been set up yet when entering the passphrase for the root file system."
-msgstr "Innan du matar in några lösenfraser bör du se till att ditt tangentbord är konfigurerat korrekt och genererar de tecken som förväntas. Om du är osäker kan du växla till den andra virtuella konsollen och skriva in text vid prompten. Detta ser till att du inte bli förvånad senare, t.ex. genom att försöka mata in en lösenfras med ett qwerty-tangentbordslayout när du använder en azerty-layout under installationen. Denna situation kan ha flera orsaker. Kanske har du bytt till en annan tangentbordslayout under installationen, eller att den valda tangentbordslayouten kanske inte har ställts in ännu när lösenfrasen för rotfilsystemet anges."
+msgid ""
+"Before you input any passphrases, you should have made sure that your "
+"keyboard is configured correctly and generates the expected characters. If "
+"you are unsure, you can switch to the second virtual console and type some "
+"text at the prompt. This ensures that you won't be surprised later, e.g. by "
+"trying to input a passphrase using a qwerty keyboard layout when you used an "
+"azerty layout during the installation. This situation can have several "
+"causes. Maybe you switched to another keyboard layout during the "
+"installation, or the selected keyboard layout might not have been set up yet "
+"when entering the passphrase for the root file system."
+msgstr ""
+"Innan du matar in några lösenfraser bör du se till att ditt tangentbord är "
+"konfigurerat korrekt och genererar de tecken som förväntas. Om du är osäker "
+"kan du växla till den andra virtuella konsollen och skriva in text vid "
+"prompten. Detta ser till att du inte bli förvånad senare, t.ex. genom att "
+"försöka mata in en lösenfras med ett qwerty-tangentbordslayout när du "
+"använder en azerty-layout under installationen. Denna situation kan ha flera "
+"orsaker. Kanske har du bytt till en annan tangentbordslayout under "
+"installationen, eller att den valda tangentbordslayouten kanske inte har "
+"ställts in ännu när lösenfrasen för rotfilsystemet anges."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:1644
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "If you selected to use methods other than a passphrase to create encryption keys, they will be generated now. Because the kernel may not have gathered a sufficient amount of entropy at this early stage of the installation, the process may take a long time. You can help speed up the process by generating entropy: e.g. by pressing random keys, or by switching to the shell on the second virtual console and generating some network and disk traffic (downloading some files, feeding big files into <filename>/dev/null</filename>, etc.). This will be repeated for each partition to be encrypted."
-msgstr "Om du väljer att använda andra metoder än en lösenord för att skapa krypteringsnycklar, kan de genereras nu. På grund av att kärnan kanske inte att samlat in en tillräcklig mängd av slumpmässigt data så tidigt in i installationen, kan denna process ta lång tid. Du kan hjälpa till att snabba på processen genom att generera slumpmässigt data: t.ex. genom att trycka slumpmässigt valda tangenter eller genom att växla till skalet på den andra virtuella konsollen och generera lite nätverk- och disktrafik (hämta några filer, skicka stora filer till <filename>/dev/null</filename>, etc.). Detta kommer att upprepas för varje partition som ska krypteras."
+msgid ""
+"If you selected to use methods other than a passphrase to create encryption "
+"keys, they will be generated now. Because the kernel may not have gathered a "
+"sufficient amount of entropy at this early stage of the installation, the "
+"process may take a long time. You can help speed up the process by "
+"generating entropy: e.g. by pressing random keys, or by switching to the "
+"shell on the second virtual console and generating some network and disk "
+"traffic (downloading some files, feeding big files into <filename>/dev/null</"
+"filename>, etc.). This will be repeated for each partition to be encrypted."
+msgstr ""
+"Om du väljer att använda andra metoder än en lösenord för att skapa "
+"krypteringsnycklar, kan de genereras nu. På grund av att kärnan kanske inte "
+"att samlat in en tillräcklig mängd av slumpmässigt data så tidigt in i "
+"installationen, kan denna process ta lång tid. Du kan hjälpa till att snabba "
+"på processen genom att generera slumpmässigt data: t.ex. genom att trycka "
+"slumpmässigt valda tangenter eller genom att växla till skalet på den andra "
+"virtuella konsollen och generera lite nätverk- och disktrafik (hämta några "
+"filer, skicka stora filer till <filename>/dev/null</filename>, etc.). Detta "
+"kommer att upprepas för varje partition som ska krypteras."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:1660
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
-"After returning to the main partitioning menu, you will see all encrypted volumes as additional partitions which can be configured in the same way as ordinary partitions. The following example shows two different volumes. The first one is encrypted via dm-crypt, the second one via loop-AES. <informalexample><screen>\n"
-"Encrypted volume (<replaceable>sda2_crypt</replaceable>) - 115.1 GB Linux device-mapper\n"
+"After returning to the main partitioning menu, you will see all encrypted "
+"volumes as additional partitions which can be configured in the same way as "
+"ordinary partitions. The following example shows two different volumes. The "
+"first one is encrypted via dm-crypt, the second one via loop-AES. "
+"<informalexample><screen>\n"
+"Encrypted volume (<replaceable>sda2_crypt</replaceable>) - 115.1 GB Linux "
+"device-mapper\n"
 "     #1 115.1 GB  F ext3\n"
 "\n"
 "Loopback (<replaceable>loop0</replaceable>) - 515.2 MB AES256 keyfile\n"
 "     #1 515.2 MB  F ext3\n"
-"</screen></informalexample> Now is the time to assign mount points to the volumes and optionally change the file system types if the defaults do not suit you."
+"</screen></informalexample> Now is the time to assign mount points to the "
+"volumes and optionally change the file system types if the defaults do not "
+"suit you."
 msgstr ""
-"Efter att du har återvänt till huvudmenyn för partitioneringen kommer du att se alla krypterade volymer som ytterligare partitioner som kan konfigureras på samma sätt som vanliga partitioner. Följande exempel visar två olika volymer. Den första är krypterad via dm-crypt, den andra via loop-AES. <informalexample><screen>\n"
-"Krypterad volym (<replaceable>sda2_crypt</replaceable>) - 115.1 GB Linux device-mapper\n"
+"Efter att du har återvänt till huvudmenyn för partitioneringen kommer du att "
+"se alla krypterade volymer som ytterligare partitioner som kan konfigureras "
+"på samma sätt som vanliga partitioner. Följande exempel visar två olika "
+"volymer. Den första är krypterad via dm-crypt, den andra via loop-AES. "
+"<informalexample><screen>\n"
+"Krypterad volym (<replaceable>sda2_crypt</replaceable>) - 115.1 GB Linux "
+"device-mapper\n"
 "     #1 115.1 GB  F ext3\n"
 "\n"
 "Loopback (<replaceable>loop0</replaceable>) - 515.2 MB AES256 nyckelfil\n"
 "     #1 515.2 MB  F ext3\n"
-"</screen></informalexample> Nu är det dags att tilldela monteringspunkter till volymerna och eventuellt även ändra filsystemstypen om standardvalet inte passar för dig."
+"</screen></informalexample> Nu är det dags att tilldela monteringspunkter "
+"till volymerna och eventuellt även ändra filsystemstypen om standardvalet "
+"inte passar för dig."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:1673
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "One thing to note here are the identifiers in parentheses (<replaceable>sda2_crypt</replaceable> and <replaceable>loop0</replaceable> in this case) and the mount points you assigned to each encrypted volume. You will need this information later when booting the new system. The differences between ordinary boot process and boot process with encryption involved will be covered later in <xref linkend=\"mount-encrypted-volumes\"/>."
-msgstr "En sak att notera här är identifierarna inom parantes (<replaceable>sda2_crypt</replaceable> och <replaceable>loop0</replaceable> i detta fall) och monteringspunkterna du har tilldelat varje krypterad volym. Du kommer att behöva denna information senare vid uppstart av det nya systemet. Skillnaderna mellan en vanlig uppstartsprocess och en uppstartsprocess med kryptering kommer att beskrivas senare i  <xref linkend=\"mount-encrypted-volumes\"/>."
+msgid ""
+"One thing to note here are the identifiers in parentheses "
+"(<replaceable>sda2_crypt</replaceable> and <replaceable>loop0</replaceable> "
+"in this case) and the mount points you assigned to each encrypted volume. "
+"You will need this information later when booting the new system. The "
+"differences between ordinary boot process and boot process with encryption "
+"involved will be covered later in <xref linkend=\"mount-encrypted-volumes\"/"
+">."
+msgstr ""
+"En sak att notera här är identifierarna inom parantes "
+"(<replaceable>sda2_crypt</replaceable> och <replaceable>loop0</replaceable> "
+"i detta fall) och monteringspunkterna du har tilldelat varje krypterad "
+"volym. Du kommer att behöva denna information senare vid uppstart av det nya "
+"systemet. Skillnaderna mellan en vanlig uppstartsprocess och en "
+"uppstartsprocess med kryptering kommer att beskrivas senare i  <xref linkend="
+"\"mount-encrypted-volumes\"/>."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:1683
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Once you are satisfied with the partitioning scheme, continue with the installation."
+msgid ""
+"Once you are satisfied with the partitioning scheme, continue with the "
+"installation."
 msgstr "När du är nöjd med partitioneringsplanen, fortsätt med installationen."
 
 #. Tag: title
@@ -1421,8 +2794,12 @@ msgstr "Ställ in systemet"
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:1695
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "After partitioning the installer asks a few more questions that will be used to set up the system it is about to install."
-msgstr "Efter partitioneringen ställer installeraren ett par frågor som kommer att användas för att ställa in systemet den är på väg att installera."
+msgid ""
+"After partitioning the installer asks a few more questions that will be used "
+"to set up the system it is about to install."
+msgstr ""
+"Efter partitioneringen ställer installeraren ett par frågor som kommer att "
+"användas för att ställa in systemet den är på väg att installera."
 
 #. Tag: title
 #: using-d-i.xml:1707
@@ -1433,8 +2810,16 @@ msgstr "Konfigurera din tidszon"
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:1709
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Depending on the location selected at the beginning of the installation process, you might be shown a list of timezones relevant for that location. If your location has only one time zone, you will not be asked anything and the system will assume that time zone."
-msgstr "Beroende på platsen som valdes i början av installationsprocessen kommer du kanske att visas en lista på tidszoner som är relevanta för den platsen. Om din plats endast har en tidszon kommer du inte att bli frågad någonting och systemet kommer att anta att det är rätt tidszon."
+msgid ""
+"Depending on the location selected at the beginning of the installation "
+"process, you might be shown a list of timezones relevant for that location. "
+"If your location has only one time zone, you will not be asked anything and "
+"the system will assume that time zone."
+msgstr ""
+"Beroende på platsen som valdes i början av installationsprocessen kommer du "
+"kanske att visas en lista på tidszoner som är relevanta för den platsen. Om "
+"din plats endast har en tidszon kommer du inte att bli frågad någonting och "
+"systemet kommer att anta att det är rätt tidszon."
 
 #. Tag: title
 #: using-d-i.xml:1725
@@ -1445,20 +2830,48 @@ msgstr "Konfigurera klockan"
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:1727
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "The installer might ask you if the computer's clock is set to UTC. Normally this question is avoided if possible and the installer tries to work out whether the clock is set to UTC based on things like what other operating systems are installed."
-msgstr "Installeraren kan fråga dig om datorns klocka är inställd till UTC. Normalt sett undviks den här frågan om möjligt och installeraren försöker lista ut om klockan är inställd till UTC baserat på saker såsom vilka andra operativsystem som är installerade."
+msgid ""
+"The installer might ask you if the computer's clock is set to UTC. Normally "
+"this question is avoided if possible and the installer tries to work out "
+"whether the clock is set to UTC based on things like what other operating "
+"systems are installed."
+msgstr ""
+"Installeraren kan fråga dig om datorns klocka är inställd till UTC. Normalt "
+"sett undviks den här frågan om möjligt och installeraren försöker lista ut "
+"om klockan är inställd till UTC baserat på saker såsom vilka andra "
+"operativsystem som är installerade."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:1734
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "In expert mode you will always be able to choose whether or not the clock is set to UTC. <phrase arch=\"m68k;powerpc\">Macintosh hardware clocks are normally set to local time. If you want to dual-boot, select local time instead of GMT.</phrase> <phrase arch=\"x86\">Systems that (also) run Dos or Windows are normally set to local time. If you want to dual-boot, select local time instead of GMT.</phrase>"
-msgstr "I expertläget kan du alltid välja om eller inte klockan är inställd till UTC. <phrase arch=\"m68k;powerpc\">Maskinvaruklockor på Macintosh är vanligtvis inställda till lokal tid. Om du vill använda dubbel-uppstart, välj lokal tid istället för GMT.</phrase> <phrase arch=\"x86\">System som (även) kör Dos eller Windows är vanligtvis inställda till lokal tid. Om du vill använda dubbel uppstart, välj lokal tid istället för GMT.</phrase>"
+msgid ""
+"In expert mode you will always be able to choose whether or not the clock is "
+"set to UTC. <phrase arch=\"m68k;powerpc\">Macintosh hardware clocks are "
+"normally set to local time. If you want to dual-boot, select local time "
+"instead of GMT.</phrase> <phrase arch=\"x86\">Systems that (also) run Dos or "
+"Windows are normally set to local time. If you want to dual-boot, select "
+"local time instead of GMT.</phrase>"
+msgstr ""
+"I expertläget kan du alltid välja om eller inte klockan är inställd till "
+"UTC. <phrase arch=\"m68k;powerpc\">Maskinvaruklockor på Macintosh är "
+"vanligtvis inställda till lokal tid. Om du vill använda dubbel-uppstart, "
+"välj lokal tid istället för GMT.</phrase> <phrase arch=\"x86\">System som "
+"(även) kör Dos eller Windows är vanligtvis inställda till lokal tid. Om du "
+"vill använda dubbel uppstart, välj lokal tid istället för GMT.</phrase>"
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:1745
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Note that the installer does not currently allow you to actually set the time in the computer's clock. You can set the clock to the current time after you have installed, if it is incorrect or if it was previously not set to UTC."
-msgstr "Observera att installeraren för närvarande inte låter dig att faktiskt ställa in tiden på datorns klocka. Du kan ställa in klockan till aktuell tid efter du har installerat, om den är felaktig eller om den tidigare inte var inställd till UTC."
+msgid ""
+"Note that the installer does not currently allow you to actually set the "
+"time in the computer's clock. You can set the clock to the current time "
+"after you have installed, if it is incorrect or if it was previously not set "
+"to UTC."
+msgstr ""
+"Observera att installeraren för närvarande inte låter dig att faktiskt "
+"ställa in tiden på datorns klocka. Du kan ställa in klockan till aktuell tid "
+"efter du har installerat, om den är felaktig eller om den tidigare inte var "
+"inställd till UTC."
 
 #. Tag: title
 #: using-d-i.xml:1761
@@ -1475,20 +2888,44 @@ msgstr "Ställa in ett lösenord för root"
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:1766
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "The <emphasis>root</emphasis> account is also called the <emphasis>super-user</emphasis>; it is a login that bypasses all security protection on your system. The root account should only be used to perform system administration, and only used for as short a time as possible."
-msgstr "Kontot <emphasis>root</emphasis> kallas även för <emphasis>superanvändare</emphasis>; det är ett konto som kringgår alla säkerhetsskydd på ditt system. Root-kontot bör endast användas för systemadministration och endast användas under en så kort tid som möjligt."
+msgid ""
+"The <emphasis>root</emphasis> account is also called the <emphasis>super-"
+"user</emphasis>; it is a login that bypasses all security protection on your "
+"system. The root account should only be used to perform system "
+"administration, and only used for as short a time as possible."
+msgstr ""
+"Kontot <emphasis>root</emphasis> kallas även för <emphasis>superanvändare</"
+"emphasis>; det är ett konto som kringgår alla säkerhetsskydd på ditt system. "
+"Root-kontot bör endast användas för systemadministration och endast användas "
+"under en så kort tid som möjligt."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:1774
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Any password you create should contain at least 6 characters, and should contain both upper- and lower-case characters, as well as punctuation characters. Take extra care when setting your root password, since it is such a powerful account. Avoid dictionary words or use of any personal information which could be guessed."
-msgstr "Lösenord som du skapar bör innehålla åtminstone 6 tecken och bör innehålla både versaler och gemener, såväl som specialtecken. Ta extra hänsyn när du ställer in ditt root-lösenord eftersom det är ett sådant kraftfullt konto. Undvik ord som man hittar i ordböcker eller användning av personlig information som lätt kan gissas."
+msgid ""
+"Any password you create should contain at least 6 characters, and should "
+"contain both upper- and lower-case characters, as well as punctuation "
+"characters. Take extra care when setting your root password, since it is "
+"such a powerful account. Avoid dictionary words or use of any personal "
+"information which could be guessed."
+msgstr ""
+"Lösenord som du skapar bör innehålla åtminstone 6 tecken och bör innehålla "
+"både versaler och gemener, såväl som specialtecken. Ta extra hänsyn när du "
+"ställer in ditt root-lösenord eftersom det är ett sådant kraftfullt konto. "
+"Undvik ord som man hittar i ordböcker eller användning av personlig "
+"information som lätt kan gissas."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:1782
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "If anyone ever tells you they need your root password, be extremely wary. You should normally never give your root password out, unless you are administering a machine with more than one system administrator."
-msgstr "Om någon berättar för dig att de behöver ditt root-lösenord, var extremt försiktig. Du bör normalt sett aldrig ge ut ditt root-lösenord, om du inte administrerar en maskin med fler än en systemadministratör."
+msgid ""
+"If anyone ever tells you they need your root password, be extremely wary. "
+"You should normally never give your root password out, unless you are "
+"administering a machine with more than one system administrator."
+msgstr ""
+"Om någon berättar för dig att de behöver ditt root-lösenord, var extremt "
+"försiktig. Du bör normalt sett aldrig ge ut ditt root-lösenord, om du inte "
+"administrerar en maskin med fler än en systemadministratör."
 
 #. Tag: title
 #: using-d-i.xml:1792
@@ -1499,26 +2936,62 @@ msgstr "Skapa en vanlig användare"
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:1794
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "The system will ask you whether you wish to create an ordinary user account at this point. This account should be your main personal log-in. You should <emphasis>not</emphasis> use the root account for daily use or as your personal login."
-msgstr "Systemet kommer att fråga dig om du önskar att skapa ett vanligt användarkonto vid den här punkten. Det här kontot bör vara ditt huvudsakliga personliga konto. Du bör <emphasis>inte</emphasis> använda rootkontot för dagligt bruk eller som ditt personliga konto."
+msgid ""
+"The system will ask you whether you wish to create an ordinary user account "
+"at this point. This account should be your main personal log-in. You should "
+"<emphasis>not</emphasis> use the root account for daily use or as your "
+"personal login."
+msgstr ""
+"Systemet kommer att fråga dig om du önskar att skapa ett vanligt "
+"användarkonto vid den här punkten. Det här kontot bör vara ditt huvudsakliga "
+"personliga konto. Du bör <emphasis>inte</emphasis> använda rootkontot för "
+"dagligt bruk eller som ditt personliga konto."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:1801
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Why not? Well, one reason to avoid using root's privileges is that it is very easy to do irreparable damage as root. Another reason is that you might be tricked into running a <emphasis>Trojan-horse</emphasis> program &mdash; that is a program that takes advantage of your super-user powers to compromise the security of your system behind your back. Any good book on Unix system administration will cover this topic in more detail &mdash; consider reading one if it is new to you."
-msgstr "Varför inte? Tja, en anledning är att undvika att använda roots privilegier är att det är mycket lätt att skada något som root och som inte går att rätta till. En annan anledning är att du kanske luras till att köra en <emphasis>trojansk häst</emphasis> &mdash; det är ett program som utnyttjar krafterna av din superanvändare för att åsidosätta säkerheten i ditt system bakom din rygg. En bra bok om systemadministration i Unix täcker in det här ämnet mer i detalj &mdash; om det här är nytt för dig, fundera på att läsa en sådan bok."
+msgid ""
+"Why not? Well, one reason to avoid using root's privileges is that it is "
+"very easy to do irreparable damage as root. Another reason is that you might "
+"be tricked into running a <emphasis>Trojan-horse</emphasis> program &mdash; "
+"that is a program that takes advantage of your super-user powers to "
+"compromise the security of your system behind your back. Any good book on "
+"Unix system administration will cover this topic in more detail &mdash; "
+"consider reading one if it is new to you."
+msgstr ""
+"Varför inte? Tja, en anledning är att undvika att använda roots privilegier "
+"är att det är mycket lätt att skada något som root och som inte går att "
+"rätta till. En annan anledning är att du kanske luras till att köra en "
+"<emphasis>trojansk häst</emphasis> &mdash; det är ett program som utnyttjar "
+"krafterna av din superanvändare för att åsidosätta säkerheten i ditt system "
+"bakom din rygg. En bra bok om systemadministration i Unix täcker in det här "
+"ämnet mer i detalj &mdash; om det här är nytt för dig, fundera på att läsa "
+"en sådan bok."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:1811
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "You will first be prompted for the user's full name. Then you'll be asked for a name for the user account; generally your first name or something similar will suffice and indeed will be the default. Finally, you will be prompted for a password for this account."
-msgstr "Du kommer första att bli frågad efter användarens fullständiga namn. Sedan kommer du att bli frågad efter ett namn på användarens konto; generellt sett ditt förnamn eller något liknande det bör räcka och det är även standardvalet här. Till slut kommer du bli frågad efter ett lösenord för kontot."
+msgid ""
+"You will first be prompted for the user's full name. Then you'll be asked "
+"for a name for the user account; generally your first name or something "
+"similar will suffice and indeed will be the default. Finally, you will be "
+"prompted for a password for this account."
+msgstr ""
+"Du kommer första att bli frågad efter användarens fullständiga namn. Sedan "
+"kommer du att bli frågad efter ett namn på användarens konto; generellt sett "
+"ditt förnamn eller något liknande det bör räcka och det är även "
+"standardvalet här. Till slut kommer du bli frågad efter ett lösenord för "
+"kontot."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:1818
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "If at any point after installation you would like to create another account, use the <command>adduser</command> command."
-msgstr "Om du vill skapa en annan användare vid en senare punkt efter installationen, använd kommandot <command>adduser</command>."
+msgid ""
+"If at any point after installation you would like to create another account, "
+"use the <command>adduser</command> command."
+msgstr ""
+"Om du vill skapa en annan användare vid en senare punkt efter "
+"installationen, använd kommandot <command>adduser</command>."
 
 #. Tag: title
 #: using-d-i.xml:1830
@@ -1529,8 +3002,16 @@ msgstr "Installation av grundsystemet"
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:1831
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Although this stage is the least problematic, it consumes a significant fraction of the install because it downloads, verifies and unpacks the whole base system. If you have a slow computer or network connection, this could take some time."
-msgstr "Även om det här steget är det minst problematiska så tar det en större del av installationen på grund av att det hämtar, validerar och packar upp hela grundsystemet. Om du har en långsam dator eller nätverksanslutning kan det här ta en stund."
+msgid ""
+"Although this stage is the least problematic, it consumes a significant "
+"fraction of the install because it downloads, verifies and unpacks the whole "
+"base system. If you have a slow computer or network connection, this could "
+"take some time."
+msgstr ""
+"Även om det här steget är det minst problematiska så tar det en större del "
+"av installationen på grund av att det hämtar, validerar och packar upp hela "
+"grundsystemet. Om du har en långsam dator eller nätverksanslutning kan det "
+"här ta en stund."
 
 #. Tag: title
 #: using-d-i.xml:1845
@@ -1541,20 +3022,45 @@ msgstr "Installation av grundsystemet"
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:1847
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "During the Base installation, package unpacking and setup messages are redirected to <userinput>tty4</userinput>. You can access this terminal by pressing <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap><keycap>F4</keycap></keycombo>; get back to the main installer process with <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>."
-msgstr "Felmeddelanden omdirigeras till den tredje konsollen. Du kan komma åt den här konsollen genom att trycka <keycombo><keycap>Vänster Alt</keycap><keycap>F3</keycap></keycombo> (håll nere vänster <keycap>Alt</keycap>-tangent när du trycker ned funktionstangenten <keycap>F3</keycap>); gå tillbaka till huvudkonsollen för installeraren med <keycombo><keycap>Vänster Alt</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>."
+msgid ""
+"During the Base installation, package unpacking and setup messages are "
+"redirected to <userinput>tty4</userinput>. You can access this terminal by "
+"pressing <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap><keycap>F4</keycap></keycombo>; "
+"get back to the main installer process with <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</"
+"keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>."
+msgstr ""
+"Felmeddelanden omdirigeras till den tredje konsollen. Du kan komma åt den "
+"här konsollen genom att trycka <keycombo><keycap>Vänster Alt</"
+"keycap><keycap>F3</keycap></keycombo> (håll nere vänster <keycap>Alt</"
+"keycap>-tangent när du trycker ned funktionstangenten <keycap>F3</keycap>); "
+"gå tillbaka till huvudkonsollen för installeraren med "
+"<keycombo><keycap>Vänster Alt</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:1857
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "The unpack/setup messages generated by the base installation are saved in <filename>/var/log/syslog</filename> when the installation is performed over a serial console."
-msgstr "De olika meddelandena om uppackning/inställning som genereras av grundinstallationen sparas i <filename>/var/log/syslog</filename> när installationen genomförs över en seriekonsoll."
+msgid ""
+"The unpack/setup messages generated by the base installation are saved in "
+"<filename>/var/log/syslog</filename> when the installation is performed over "
+"a serial console."
+msgstr ""
+"De olika meddelandena om uppackning/inställning som genereras av "
+"grundinstallationen sparas i <filename>/var/log/syslog</filename> när "
+"installationen genomförs över en seriekonsoll."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:1863
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "As part of the installation, a Linux kernel will be installed. At the default priority, the installer will choose one for you that best matches your hardware. In lower priority modes, you will be able to choose from a list of available kernels."
-msgstr "Som en del av installationen kommer en Linux-kärna att installeras. Vid standardprioritet kommer installeraren att välja en åt dig som bäst passar din maskinvara. I lägre prioritetslägen kommer du kunna välja från en lista av tillgängliga kärnor."
+msgid ""
+"As part of the installation, a Linux kernel will be installed. At the "
+"default priority, the installer will choose one for you that best matches "
+"your hardware. In lower priority modes, you will be able to choose from a "
+"list of available kernels."
+msgstr ""
+"Som en del av installationen kommer en Linux-kärna att installeras. Vid "
+"standardprioritet kommer installeraren att välja en åt dig som bäst passar "
+"din maskinvara. I lägre prioritetslägen kommer du kunna välja från en lista "
+"av tillgängliga kärnor."
 
 #. Tag: title
 #: using-d-i.xml:1876
@@ -1565,8 +3071,18 @@ msgstr "Installera ytterligare programvara"
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:1877
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "After the base system is installed, you have a usable but limited system. Most users will want to add additional software to the system to tune it to their needs, and the installer lets you do so. This step can take even longer than installing the base system if you have a slow computer or network."
-msgstr "Efter att grundsystemet är installerat kommer du ha ett användbart men begränsat system. De flesta användare vill lägga till ytterligare programvara till systemet för att anpassa det till sina behov och installeraren låter dig göra det. Det här steget kan ta ännu längre tid än installationen av grundsystemet om du har en långsam dator eller nätverk."
+msgid ""
+"After the base system is installed, you have a usable but limited system. "
+"Most users will want to add additional software to the system to tune it to "
+"their needs, and the installer lets you do so. This step can take even "
+"longer than installing the base system if you have a slow computer or "
+"network."
+msgstr ""
+"Efter att grundsystemet är installerat kommer du ha ett användbart men "
+"begränsat system. De flesta användare vill lägga till ytterligare "
+"programvara till systemet för att anpassa det till sina behov och "
+"installeraren låter dig göra det. Det här steget kan ta ännu längre tid än "
+"installationen av grundsystemet om du har en långsam dator eller nätverk."
 
 #. Tag: title
 #: using-d-i.xml:1891
@@ -1577,14 +3093,54 @@ msgstr "Konfigurera apt"
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:1893
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "The main means that people use to install packages on their system is via a program called <command>apt-get</command>, from the <classname>apt</classname> package.<footnote> <para> Note that the actual program that installs packages is called <command>dpkg</command>. However, this program is more of a low-level tool. <command>apt-get</command> is a higher-level tool as it will invoke <command>dpkg</command> as appropriate and also because it knows to install other packages which are required for the package you're trying to install, as well as how to retrieve the package from your CD, the network, or wherever. </para> </footnote> Other front-ends for package management, like <command>aptitude</command> and <command>synaptic</command> are also in use and depend on <command>apt-get</command>. These front-ends are recommended for new users, since they integrate some additional features (package searching and status checks) in a nice user interface."
-msgstr "Det huvudsakliga sättet som folk använder för att installera paket på sina system är via ett program som kallas <command>apt-get</command>, från paketet <classname>apt</classname>.<footnote> <para> Observera att det faktiska programmet som installerar paketen kallas för <command>dpkg</command>. Dock är det här programmet mer av ett lågnivåverktyg. <command>apt-get</command> är ett verktyg på högre nivå eftersom det anropar <command>dpkg</command> som lämpligast och även på grund av att den känner till andra paket att installera som är nödvändiga för det paket som du försöker installera, såväl som hur paketet hämtas från din cd, nätverket, eller varifrån. </para> </footnote> Andra gränssnitt för pakethantering, såsom <command>aptitude</command> och <command>synaptic</command> används också och är beroende av <command>apt-get</command>. De här gränssnitten rekommenderas för nybörjare eftersom de innehåller vissa extrafunktioner (sökning av paket och statuskontroller) i ett trevligt användargränssnitt."
+msgid ""
+"The main means that people use to install packages on their system is via a "
+"program called <command>apt-get</command>, from the <classname>apt</"
+"classname> package.<footnote> <para> Note that the actual program that "
+"installs packages is called <command>dpkg</command>. However, this program "
+"is more of a low-level tool. <command>apt-get</command> is a higher-level "
+"tool as it will invoke <command>dpkg</command> as appropriate and also "
+"because it knows to install other packages which are required for the "
+"package you're trying to install, as well as how to retrieve the package "
+"from your CD, the network, or wherever. </para> </footnote> Other front-ends "
+"for package management, like <command>aptitude</command> and "
+"<command>synaptic</command> are also in use and depend on <command>apt-get</"
+"command>. These front-ends are recommended for new users, since they "
+"integrate some additional features (package searching and status checks) in "
+"a nice user interface."
+msgstr ""
+"Det huvudsakliga sättet som folk använder för att installera paket på sina "
+"system är via ett program som kallas <command>apt-get</command>, från "
+"paketet <classname>apt</classname>.<footnote> <para> Observera att det "
+"faktiska programmet som installerar paketen kallas för <command>dpkg</"
+"command>. Dock är det här programmet mer av ett lågnivåverktyg. <command>apt-"
+"get</command> är ett verktyg på högre nivå eftersom det anropar "
+"<command>dpkg</command> som lämpligast och även på grund av att den känner "
+"till andra paket att installera som är nödvändiga för det paket som du "
+"försöker installera, såväl som hur paketet hämtas från din cd, nätverket, "
+"eller varifrån. </para> </footnote> Andra gränssnitt för pakethantering, "
+"såsom <command>aptitude</command> och <command>synaptic</command> används "
+"också och är beroende av <command>apt-get</command>. De här gränssnitten "
+"rekommenderas för nybörjare eftersom de innehåller vissa extrafunktioner "
+"(sökning av paket och statuskontroller) i ett trevligt användargränssnitt."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:1917
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "<command>apt</command> must be configured so that it knows where to retrieve packages from. The installer largely takes care of this automatically based on what it knows about your installation medium. The results of this configuration are written to the file <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename>, and you can examine and edit it to your liking after the install is complete."
-msgstr "<command>apt</command> måste konfiguras så att den vet var den ska hämta paket ifrån. Installeraren tar i stora drag automatiskt hand om det här baserat på vad den vet om ditt installationsmedia. Resultat av den här konfigurationen skrivs till filen <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename> och du kan undersöka och redigera den för att passa dig efter att installationen är färdig."
+msgid ""
+"<command>apt</command> must be configured so that it knows where to retrieve "
+"packages from. The installer largely takes care of this automatically based "
+"on what it knows about your installation medium. The results of this "
+"configuration are written to the file <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</"
+"filename>, and you can examine and edit it to your liking after the install "
+"is complete."
+msgstr ""
+"<command>apt</command> måste konfiguras så att den vet var den ska hämta "
+"paket ifrån. Installeraren tar i stora drag automatiskt hand om det här "
+"baserat på vad den vet om ditt installationsmedia. Resultat av den här "
+"konfigurationen skrivs till filen <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename> "
+"och du kan undersöka och redigera den för att passa dig efter att "
+"installationen är färdig."
 
 #. Tag: title
 #: using-d-i.xml:1933
@@ -1595,743 +3151,1511 @@ msgstr "Val av och installation av programvara"
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:1935
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "During the installation process, you are given the opportunity to select additional software to install. Rather than picking individual software packages from the &num-of-distrib-pkgs; available packages, this stage of the installation process focuses on selecting and installing predefined collections of software to quickly set up your computer to perform various tasks."
-msgstr "Under installationsprocessen får du möjligheten att välja ytterligare programvara att installera. Hellre än att välja individuella programvarupaket från de &num-of-distrib-pkgs; paket som finns tillgängliga fokuserar det här steget av installationsprocessen på att välja och installera fördefinierade samlingar av programvara för att snabbt ställa in din dator att genomföra olika funktioner."
+msgid ""
+"During the installation process, you are given the opportunity to select "
+"additional software to install. Rather than picking individual software "
+"packages from the &num-of-distrib-pkgs; available packages, this stage of "
+"the installation process focuses on selecting and installing predefined "
+"collections of software to quickly set up your computer to perform various "
+"tasks."
+msgstr ""
+"Under installationsprocessen får du möjligheten att välja ytterligare "
+"programvara att installera. Hellre än att välja individuella "
+"programvarupaket från de &num-of-distrib-pkgs; paket som finns tillgängliga "
+"fokuserar det här steget av installationsprocessen på att välja och "
+"installera fördefinierade samlingar av programvara för att snabbt ställa in "
+"din dator att genomföra olika funktioner."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:1944
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "So, you have the ability to choose <emphasis>tasks</emphasis> first, and then add on more individual packages later. These tasks loosely represent a number of different jobs or things you want to do with your computer, such as <quote>Desktop environment</quote>, <quote>Web server</quote>, or <quote>Print server</quote><footnote> <para> You should know that to present this list, the installer is merely invoking the <command>tasksel</command> program. It can be run at any time after installation to install (or remove) more packages, or you can use a more fine-grained tool such as <command>aptitude</command>. If you are looking for a specific single package, after installation is complete, simply run <userinput>aptitude install <replaceable>package</replaceable></userinput>, where <replaceable>package</replaceable> is the name of the package you are looking for. </para> </footnote>. <xref linkend=\"tasksel-size-list\"/> lists the space requirements for the available tasks."
-msgstr "Du har alltså möjligheten att välja <emphasis>funktioner</emphasis> först, och sedan lägga till fler individuella paket senare. De här funktionerna representerar löst ett antal olika jobb eller saker du vill göra med din dator, såsom <quote>Skrivbordsmiljö</quote>, <quote>Webbserver</quote>, eller <quote>Utskriftsserver</quote><footnote> <para> Du bör veta att för att visa den här listan, anropar installeraren helt enkelt programmet <command>tasksel</command>. Det kan köras när som helst efter installationen för att installera (eller ta bort) fler paket, eller så kan du använda ett mer finkornigt verktyg såsom <command>aptitude</command>. Om du letar efter ett enda specifikt paket, efter att installationen är färdig, kör helt enkelt <userinput>aptitude install <replaceable>paket</replaceable></userinput>, där <replaceable>paket</replaceable> är namnet på paketet du letar efter. </para> </footnote>. <xref linkend=\"tasksel-size-list\"/> listar utrymmet som krävs för de tillgängliga funktionerna."
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"So, you have the ability to choose <emphasis>tasks</emphasis> first, and "
+"then add on more individual packages later. These tasks loosely represent a "
+"number of different jobs or things you want to do with your computer, such "
+"as <quote>Desktop environment</quote>, <quote>Web server</quote>, or "
+"<quote>Print server</quote><footnote> <para> You should know that to present "
+"this list, the installer is merely invoking the <command>tasksel</command> "
+"program. It can be run at any time after installation to install more "
+"packages or remove them), or you can use a more fine-grained tool such as "
+"<command>aptitude</command>. If you are looking for a specific single "
+"package, after installation is complete, simply run <userinput>aptitude "
+"install <replaceable>package</replaceable></userinput>, where "
+"<replaceable>package</replaceable> is the name of the package you are "
+"looking for. </para> </footnote>. <xref linkend=\"tasksel-size-list\"/> "
+"lists the space requirements for the available tasks."
+msgstr ""
+"Du har alltså möjligheten att välja <emphasis>funktioner</emphasis> först, "
+"och sedan lägga till fler individuella paket senare. De här funktionerna "
+"representerar löst ett antal olika jobb eller saker du vill göra med din "
+"dator, såsom <quote>Skrivbordsmiljö</quote>, <quote>Webbserver</quote>, "
+"eller <quote>Utskriftsserver</quote><footnote> <para> Du bör veta att för "
+"att visa den här listan, anropar installeraren helt enkelt programmet "
+"<command>tasksel</command>. Det kan köras när som helst efter installationen "
+"för att installera (eller ta bort) fler paket, eller så kan du använda ett "
+"mer finkornigt verktyg såsom <command>aptitude</command>. Om du letar efter "
+"ett enda specifikt paket, efter att installationen är färdig, kör helt "
+"enkelt <userinput>aptitude install <replaceable>paket</replaceable></"
+"userinput>, där <replaceable>paket</replaceable> är namnet på paketet du "
+"letar efter. </para> </footnote>. <xref linkend=\"tasksel-size-list\"/> "
+"listar utrymmet som krävs för de tillgängliga funktionerna."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:1969
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "Once you've selected your tasks, select <guibutton>Ok</guibutton>. At this point, <command>aptitude</command> will install the packages you've selected."
-msgstr "När du har valt dina funktioner, välj <guibutton>Ok</guibutton>. Vid den här punkten, kommer <command>aptitude</command> att installera de paket du har valt."
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Some tasks may be pre-selected based on the characteristics of the computer "
+"you are installing. If you disagree with these selections you can un-select "
+"the tasks. You can even opt to install no tasks at all at this point."
+msgstr ""
+"Observera att vissa funktioner kan vara förvalda baserade på egenskaperna "
+"för datorn du installerar. Om du inte godkänner de här valen kan du "
+"avmarkera funktionerna. Du kan även välja att inte installera några "
+"funktioner alls."
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:1976
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "In the standard user interface of the installer, you can use the space bar to toggle selection of a task."
-msgstr "I standardanvändargränssnittet för installeraren kan du använda mellanslag för att växla val av en funktion."
+msgid ""
+"The <quote>Desktop environment</quote> task will install the Gnome desktop "
+"environment. The options offered by the installer currently do not allow to "
+"select a different desktop environment like for example KDE."
+msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1983
+#: using-d-i.xml:1982
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Note that some tasks may be pre-selected based on the characteristics of the computer you are installing. If you disagree with these selections you can un-select the tasks. You can even opt to install no tasks at all at this point."
-msgstr "Observera att vissa funktioner kan vara förvalda baserade på egenskaperna för datorn du installerar. Om du inte godkänner de här valen kan du avmarkera funktionerna. Du kan även välja att inte installera några funktioner alls."
+msgid ""
+"It is however possible to get the installer to install KDE by using "
+"preseeding (see <xref linkend=\"preseed-pkgsel\"/>) or by adding "
+"<literal>tasksel/first=kde-desktop</literal> at the boot prompt when "
+"starting the installer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:1990
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Once you've selected your tasks, select <guibutton>Ok</guibutton>. At this "
+"point, <command>aptitude</command> will install the packages you've selected."
+msgstr ""
+"När du har valt dina funktioner, välj <guibutton>Ok</guibutton>. Vid den här "
+"punkten, kommer <command>aptitude</command> att installera de paket du har "
+"valt."
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:1998
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"In the standard user interface of the installer, you can use the space bar "
+"to toggle selection of a task."
+msgstr ""
+"I standardanvändargränssnittet för installeraren kan du använda mellanslag "
+"för att växla val av en funktion."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1991
+#: using-d-i.xml:2007
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Each package you selected with <command>tasksel</command> is downloaded, unpacked and then installed in turn by the <command>apt-get</command> and <command>dpkg</command> programs. If a particular program needs more information from the user, it will prompt you during this process."
-msgstr "Varje paket du väljer med <command>tasksel</command> hämtas ner, packas upp och sedan installeras i turordning av programmen <command>apt-get</command> och <command>dpkg</command>. Om ett speciellt program behöver mer information från användaren, kommer det att fråga dig under den här processen."
+msgid ""
+"Each package you selected with <command>tasksel</command> is downloaded, "
+"unpacked and then installed in turn by the <command>apt-get</command> and "
+"<command>dpkg</command> programs. If a particular program needs more "
+"information from the user, it will prompt you during this process."
+msgstr ""
+"Varje paket du väljer med <command>tasksel</command> hämtas ner, packas upp "
+"och sedan installeras i turordning av programmen <command>apt-get</command> "
+"och <command>dpkg</command>. Om ett speciellt program behöver mer "
+"information från användaren, kommer det att fråga dig under den här "
+"processen."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2000
+#: using-d-i.xml:2016
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Configuring Your Mail Transport Agent"
 msgstr "Konfigurera din e-postserver (MTA)"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2002
+#: using-d-i.xml:2018
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Today, email is a very important part of many people's life, so it's no surprise Debian lets you configure your mail system right as a part of the installation process. The standard mail transport agent in Debian is <command>exim4</command>, which is relatively small, flexible, and easy to learn."
-msgstr "I dag är e-post en mycket viktig del av många personers liv, så det är ingen överraskning att Debian låter dig konfigurera ditt e-postsystem som en del av installationsprocessen. Standardagenten för att transportera e-post i Debian är <command>exim4</command>, som är relativt liten, flexibel och enkel att lära sig."
+msgid ""
+"Today, email is a very important part of many people's life, so it's no "
+"surprise Debian lets you configure your mail system right as a part of the "
+"installation process. The standard mail transport agent in Debian is "
+"<command>exim4</command>, which is relatively small, flexible, and easy to "
+"learn."
+msgstr ""
+"I dag är e-post en mycket viktig del av många personers liv, så det är ingen "
+"överraskning att Debian låter dig konfigurera ditt e-postsystem som en del "
+"av installationsprocessen. Standardagenten för att transportera e-post i "
+"Debian är <command>exim4</command>, som är relativt liten, flexibel och "
+"enkel att lära sig."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2010
+#: using-d-i.xml:2026
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "You may ask if this is needed even if your computer is not connected to any network. The short answer is: Yes. The longer explanation: Some system utilities (like <command>cron</command>, <command>quota</command>, <command>aide</command>, &hellip;) may send you important notices via email."
-msgstr "Du kanske undrar om det här verkligen är nödvändigt om din dator inte är ansluten till ett nätverk. Det korta svaret är: Ja. Den längre förklaringen: Vissa systemverktyg (som <command>cron</command>, <command>quota</command>, <command>aide</command>, &hellip;) kan skicka dig viktiga meddelanden via e-post."
+msgid ""
+"You may ask if this is needed even if your computer is not connected to any "
+"network. The short answer is: Yes. The longer explanation: Some system "
+"utilities (like <command>cron</command>, <command>quota</command>, "
+"<command>aide</command>, &hellip;) may send you important notices via email."
+msgstr ""
+"Du kanske undrar om det här verkligen är nödvändigt om din dator inte är "
+"ansluten till ett nätverk. Det korta svaret är: Ja. Den längre förklaringen: "
+"Vissa systemverktyg (som <command>cron</command>, <command>quota</command>, "
+"<command>aide</command>, &hellip;) kan skicka dig viktiga meddelanden via e-"
+"post."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2018
+#: using-d-i.xml:2034
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "So on the first screen you will be presented with several common mail scenarios. Choose the one that most closely resembles your needs:"
-msgstr "På den första skärmen kommer du att bli presenterad med flera vanliga e-postscenarion. Välj det som ligger närmast dina behov:"
+msgid ""
+"So on the first screen you will be presented with several common mail "
+"scenarios. Choose the one that most closely resembles your needs:"
+msgstr ""
+"På den första skärmen kommer du att bli presenterad med flera vanliga e-"
+"postscenarion. Välj det som ligger närmast dina behov:"
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2027
+#: using-d-i.xml:2043
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "internet site"
 msgstr "internetsystem"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2028
+#: using-d-i.xml:2044
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Your system is connected to a network and your mail is sent and received directly using SMTP. On the following screens you will be asked a few basic questions, like your machine's mail name, or a list of domains for which you accept or relay mail."
-msgstr "Ditt system är anslutet till ett nätverk och din e-post skickas och tas emot direkt via SMTP. På de efterföljande skärmarna kommer du bli frågad en del enkla frågor, såsom postnamnet för din maskin, eller en lista på domäner för vilka du tar emot eller vidaresänder post."
+msgid ""
+"Your system is connected to a network and your mail is sent and received "
+"directly using SMTP. On the following screens you will be asked a few basic "
+"questions, like your machine's mail name, or a list of domains for which you "
+"accept or relay mail."
+msgstr ""
+"Ditt system är anslutet till ett nätverk och din e-post skickas och tas emot "
+"direkt via SMTP. På de efterföljande skärmarna kommer du bli frågad en del "
+"enkla frågor, såsom postnamnet för din maskin, eller en lista på domäner för "
+"vilka du tar emot eller vidaresänder post."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2039
+#: using-d-i.xml:2055
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "mail sent by smarthost"
 msgstr "e-post skickad av smart värd"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2040
+#: using-d-i.xml:2056
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "In this scenario is your outgoing mail forwarded to another machine, called a <quote>smarthost</quote>, which does the actual job for you. Smarthost also usually stores incoming mail addressed to your computer, so you don't need to be permanently online. That also means you have to download your mail from the smarthost via programs like fetchmail. This option is suitable for dial-up users."
-msgstr "I det här scenariot blir din utgående post vidaresänd till en annan maskin kallad en <quote>smart värd</quote>, som gör det faktiska jobbet åt dig. En smart värd lagrar även inkommande e-post som är adresserad till din dator så du inte behöver vara permanent uppkopplad. Det betyder även att du måste hämta din post från den smarta värden via program som fetchmail. Det här alternativet är lämpligt för uppringda användare."
+msgid ""
+"In this scenario is your outgoing mail forwarded to another machine, called "
+"a <quote>smarthost</quote>, which does the actual job for you. Smarthost "
+"also usually stores incoming mail addressed to your computer, so you don't "
+"need to be permanently online. That also means you have to download your "
+"mail from the smarthost via programs like fetchmail. This option is suitable "
+"for dial-up users."
+msgstr ""
+"I det här scenariot blir din utgående post vidaresänd till en annan maskin "
+"kallad en <quote>smart värd</quote>, som gör det faktiska jobbet åt dig. En "
+"smart värd lagrar även inkommande e-post som är adresserad till din dator så "
+"du inte behöver vara permanent uppkopplad. Det betyder även att du måste "
+"hämta din post från den smarta värden via program som fetchmail. Det här "
+"alternativet är lämpligt för uppringda användare."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2053
+#: using-d-i.xml:2069
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "local delivery only"
 msgstr "endast lokal leverans"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2054
+#: using-d-i.xml:2070
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Your system is not on a network and mail is sent or received only between local users. Even if you don't plan to send any messages, this option is highly recommended, because some system utilities may send you various alerts from time to time (e.g. beloved <quote>Disk quota exceeded</quote>). This option is also convenient for new users, because it doesn't ask any further questions."
-msgstr "Ditt system är inte anslutet till ett nätverk och posten skickas eller tas emot endast mellan lokala användare. Även om du inte planerar att skicka några meddelanden rekommenderas det här alternativet varmt därför att vissa systemverktyg kan skicka dig olika larm då och då (exempelvis omtyckta <quote>Diskkvot överstigen</quote>). Det här alternativet är också bekvämt för nya användare därför att det ställer inga fler frågor."
+msgid ""
+"Your system is not on a network and mail is sent or received only between "
+"local users. Even if you don't plan to send any messages, this option is "
+"highly recommended, because some system utilities may send you various "
+"alerts from time to time (e.g. beloved <quote>Disk quota exceeded</quote>). "
+"This option is also convenient for new users, because it doesn't ask any "
+"further questions."
+msgstr ""
+"Ditt system är inte anslutet till ett nätverk och posten skickas eller tas "
+"emot endast mellan lokala användare. Även om du inte planerar att skicka "
+"några meddelanden rekommenderas det här alternativet varmt därför att vissa "
+"systemverktyg kan skicka dig olika larm då och då (exempelvis omtyckta "
+"<quote>Diskkvot överstigen</quote>). Det här alternativet är också bekvämt "
+"för nya användare därför att det ställer inga fler frågor."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2067
+#: using-d-i.xml:2083
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "no configuration at this time"
 msgstr "ingen konfiguration för närvarande"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2068
+#: using-d-i.xml:2084
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Choose this if you are absolutely convinced you know what you are doing. This will leave you with an unconfigured mail system &mdash; until you configure it, you won't be able to send or receive any mail and you may miss some important messages from your system utilities."
-msgstr "Välj den här om du är absolut säker på att du vet vad du gör. Det innebär att du kommer att ha ett okonfigurerat e-postsystem &mdash; tills du konfigurerar det, du kommer inte att kunna ta emot eller skicka någon post och du kan missa viktiga meddelanden från dina systemverktyg."
+msgid ""
+"Choose this if you are absolutely convinced you know what you are doing. "
+"This will leave you with an unconfigured mail system &mdash; until you "
+"configure it, you won't be able to send or receive any mail and you may miss "
+"some important messages from your system utilities."
+msgstr ""
+"Välj den här om du är absolut säker på att du vet vad du gör. Det innebär "
+"att du kommer att ha ett okonfigurerat e-postsystem &mdash; tills du "
+"konfigurerar det, du kommer inte att kunna ta emot eller skicka någon post "
+"och du kan missa viktiga meddelanden från dina systemverktyg."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2079
+#: using-d-i.xml:2095
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "If none of these scenarios suits your needs, or if you need a finer setup, you will need to edit configuration files under the <filename>/etc/exim4</filename> directory after the installation is complete. More information about <command>exim4</command> may be found under <filename>/usr/share/doc/exim4</filename>."
-msgstr "Om ingen av de här scenarierna passar dina behov eller om du behöver en mer anpassad konfiguration kan du behöva redigera konfigurationsfilerna under katalogen <filename>/etc/exim4</filename> efter att installationen är färdig. Mer information om <command>exim4</command> kan hittas under <filename>/usr/share/doc/exim4</filename>."
+msgid ""
+"If none of these scenarios suits your needs, or if you need a finer setup, "
+"you will need to edit configuration files under the <filename>/etc/exim4</"
+"filename> directory after the installation is complete. More information "
+"about <command>exim4</command> may be found under <filename>/usr/share/doc/"
+"exim4</filename>."
+msgstr ""
+"Om ingen av de här scenarierna passar dina behov eller om du behöver en mer "
+"anpassad konfiguration kan du behöva redigera konfigurationsfilerna under "
+"katalogen <filename>/etc/exim4</filename> efter att installationen är "
+"färdig. Mer information om <command>exim4</command> kan hittas under "
+"<filename>/usr/share/doc/exim4</filename>."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2094
+#: using-d-i.xml:2110
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Making Your System Bootable"
 msgstr "Gör ditt system klart för uppstart"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2096
+#: using-d-i.xml:2112
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "If you are installing a diskless workstation, obviously, booting off the local disk isn't a meaningful option, and this step will be skipped. <phrase arch=\"sparc\">You may wish to set the OpenBoot to boot from the network by default; see <xref linkend=\"boot-dev-select-sun\"/>.</phrase>"
-msgstr "Om du installerar en disklös arbetsstation, så klart, starta upp på den lokala disken är inte ett användbart alternativ och det här steget kommer att hoppas över. <phrase arch=\"sparc\">Du kanske vill ställa in OpenBoot att starta upp från nätverket som standard; se <xref linkend=\"boot-dev-select-sun\"/>.</phrase>"
+msgid ""
+"If you are installing a diskless workstation, obviously, booting off the "
+"local disk isn't a meaningful option, and this step will be skipped. <phrase "
+"arch=\"sparc\">You may wish to set the OpenBoot to boot from the network by "
+"default; see <xref linkend=\"boot-dev-select-sun\"/>.</phrase>"
+msgstr ""
+"Om du installerar en disklös arbetsstation, så klart, starta upp på den "
+"lokala disken är inte ett användbart alternativ och det här steget kommer "
+"att hoppas över. <phrase arch=\"sparc\">Du kanske vill ställa in OpenBoot "
+"att starta upp från nätverket som standard; se <xref linkend=\"boot-dev-"
+"select-sun\"/>.</phrase>"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2104
+#: using-d-i.xml:2120
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still something of a black art. This document does not even attempt to document the various boot managers, which vary by architecture and even by subarchitecture. You should see your boot manager's documentation for more information."
-msgstr "Observera att uppstart av flera operativsystem på samma maskin fortfarande är lite av svart magi. Det här dokumentet försöker inte ens att dokumentera de olika startshanterarna, vilka varierar mellan arkitekturerna och även för underarkitekturerna. Du bör se dokumentationen för din startshanterare för mer information."
+msgid ""
+"Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still "
+"something of a black art. This document does not even attempt to document "
+"the various boot managers, which vary by architecture and even by "
+"subarchitecture. You should see your boot manager's documentation for more "
+"information."
+msgstr ""
+"Observera att uppstart av flera operativsystem på samma maskin fortfarande "
+"är lite av svart magi. Det här dokumentet försöker inte ens att dokumentera "
+"de olika startshanterarna, vilka varierar mellan arkitekturerna och även för "
+"underarkitekturerna. Du bör se dokumentationen för din startshanterare för "
+"mer information."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2119
+#: using-d-i.xml:2135
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Detecting other operating systems"
 msgstr "Sökning efter andra operativsystem"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2121
+#: using-d-i.xml:2137
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Before a boot loader is installed, the installer will attempt to probe for other operating systems which are installed on the machine. If it finds a supported operating system, you will be informed of this during the boot loader installation step, and the computer will be configured to boot this other operating system in addition to Debian."
-msgstr "Innan en starthanterare blir installerad kommer installeraren att försöka att söka efter andra operativsystem som finns installerade på maskinen. Om den hittar ett operativsystem som stöds kommer du bli informerad om det under installationssteget för starthanteraren och datorn kommer att bli konfigurerad att starta upp det här andra operativsystemet i tillägg till Debian."
+msgid ""
+"Before a boot loader is installed, the installer will attempt to probe for "
+"other operating systems which are installed on the machine. If it finds a "
+"supported operating system, you will be informed of this during the boot "
+"loader installation step, and the computer will be configured to boot this "
+"other operating system in addition to Debian."
+msgstr ""
+"Innan en starthanterare blir installerad kommer installeraren att försöka "
+"att söka efter andra operativsystem som finns installerade på maskinen. Om "
+"den hittar ett operativsystem som stöds kommer du bli informerad om det "
+"under installationssteget för starthanteraren och datorn kommer att bli "
+"konfigurerad att starta upp det här andra operativsystemet i tillägg till "
+"Debian."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2129
+#: using-d-i.xml:2145
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still something of a black art. The automatic support for detecting and setting up boot loaders to boot other operating systems varies by architecture and even by subarchitecture. If it does not work you should consult your boot manager's documentation for more information."
-msgstr "Observera att uppstart av flera operativsystem på samma maskin fortfarande är lite av svart magi. Det automatiska stödet för identifiering och inställning av starthanterare för att starta upp andra operativsystem varierar mellan arkitekturer och även för underarkitekturer. Om det inte fungerar bör du konsultera dokumentationen för din starthanterare för mer information."
+msgid ""
+"Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still "
+"something of a black art. The automatic support for detecting and setting up "
+"boot loaders to boot other operating systems varies by architecture and even "
+"by subarchitecture. If it does not work you should consult your boot "
+"manager's documentation for more information."
+msgstr ""
+"Observera att uppstart av flera operativsystem på samma maskin fortfarande "
+"är lite av svart magi. Det automatiska stödet för identifiering och "
+"inställning av starthanterare för att starta upp andra operativsystem "
+"varierar mellan arkitekturer och även för underarkitekturer. Om det inte "
+"fungerar bör du konsultera dokumentationen för din starthanterare för mer "
+"information."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2147
+#: using-d-i.xml:2163
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Install <command>aboot</command> on a Hard Disk"
 msgstr "Installera <command>aboot</command> på en hårddisk"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2148
+#: using-d-i.xml:2164
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "If you have booted from SRM, if you select this option, the installer will write <command>aboot</command> to the first sector of the disk on which you installed Debian. Be <emphasis>very</emphasis> careful &mdash; it is <emphasis>not</emphasis> possible to boot multiple operating systems (e.g. GNU/Linux, Free/Open/NetBSD, OSF/1 a.k.a. Digital Unix a.k.a. Tru64 Unix, or OpenVMS) from the same disk. If you also have a different operating system installed on the disk where you have installed Debian, you will have to boot GNU/Linux from a floppy instead."
-msgstr "Om du har startat upp från SRM; om du valt detta alternativ, kommer installeraren att skriva <command>aboot</command> till första sektorn på disken på vilken du installerade Debian. Var <emphasis>mycket</emphasis> försiktig &mdash; det är <emphasis>inte</emphasis> möjligt att starta upp flera operativsystem (exempelvis GNU/Linux, Free/Open/NetBSD, OSF/1 även känd som Digital Unix även känd som Tru64 Unix, eller OpenVMS) från samma disk. Om du även har ett annat operativsystem installerat på disken där du har installerat Debian, kommer du istället behöva starta upp GNU/Linux från en diskett."
+msgid ""
+"If you have booted from SRM, if you select this option, the installer will "
+"write <command>aboot</command> to the first sector of the disk on which you "
+"installed Debian. Be <emphasis>very</emphasis> careful &mdash; it is "
+"<emphasis>not</emphasis> possible to boot multiple operating systems (e.g. "
+"GNU/Linux, Free/Open/NetBSD, OSF/1 a.k.a. Digital Unix a.k.a. Tru64 Unix, or "
+"OpenVMS) from the same disk. If you also have a different operating system "
+"installed on the disk where you have installed Debian, you will have to boot "
+"GNU/Linux from a floppy instead."
+msgstr ""
+"Om du har startat upp från SRM; om du valt detta alternativ, kommer "
+"installeraren att skriva <command>aboot</command> till första sektorn på "
+"disken på vilken du installerade Debian. Var <emphasis>mycket</emphasis> "
+"försiktig &mdash; det är <emphasis>inte</emphasis> möjligt att starta upp "
+"flera operativsystem (exempelvis GNU/Linux, Free/Open/NetBSD, OSF/1 även "
+"känd som Digital Unix även känd som Tru64 Unix, eller OpenVMS) från samma "
+"disk. Om du även har ett annat operativsystem installerat på disken där du "
+"har installerat Debian, kommer du istället behöva starta upp GNU/Linux från "
+"en diskett."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2168
+#: using-d-i.xml:2184
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<command>palo</command>-installer"
 msgstr "<command>palo</command>-installerare"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2169
+#: using-d-i.xml:2185
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "The bootloader on PA-RISC is <quote>palo</quote>. <command>PALO</command> is similar in configuration and usage to <command>LILO</command>, with a few exceptions. First of all, <command>PALO</command> allows you to boot any kernel image on your boot partition. This is because <command>PALO</command> can actually read Linux partitions."
-msgstr "Starthanteraren på PA-RISC är <quote>palo</quote>. <command>PALO</command> är lik konfiguration och användning som <command>LILO</command> , med ett fåtal undantag. Först, <command>PALO</command> låter dig starta upp valfri kärnavbild på din uppstartspartition. Det är på grund av att <command>PALO</command> faktiskt kan läsa Linux-partitioner."
+msgid ""
+"The bootloader on PA-RISC is <quote>palo</quote>. <command>PALO</command> is "
+"similar in configuration and usage to <command>LILO</command>, with a few "
+"exceptions. First of all, <command>PALO</command> allows you to boot any "
+"kernel image on your boot partition. This is because <command>PALO</command> "
+"can actually read Linux partitions."
+msgstr ""
+"Starthanteraren på PA-RISC är <quote>palo</quote>. <command>PALO</command> "
+"är lik konfiguration och användning som <command>LILO</command> , med ett "
+"fåtal undantag. Först, <command>PALO</command> låter dig starta upp valfri "
+"kärnavbild på din uppstartspartition. Det är på grund av att <command>PALO</"
+"command> faktiskt kan läsa Linux-partitioner."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2178
+#: using-d-i.xml:2194
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "hppa FIXME ( need more info )"
 msgstr "hppa FIXME ( behöver mer info )"
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2190
+#: using-d-i.xml:2206
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Install the <command>Grub</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk"
 msgstr "Installera starthanteraren <command>Grub</command> på en hårddisk"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2192
+#: using-d-i.xml:2208
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "The main &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>grub</quote>. Grub is a flexible and robust boot loader and a good default choice for newbies and old hands alike."
-msgstr "Den starthanterare som är standard på &architecture; kallas för <quote>grub</quote>. Grub är en flexibel och robust starthanterare och ett bra standardval både för nybörjare och erfarna."
+msgid ""
+"The main &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>grub</quote>. Grub is a "
+"flexible and robust boot loader and a good default choice for newbies and "
+"old hands alike."
+msgstr ""
+"Den starthanterare som är standard på &architecture; kallas för <quote>grub</"
+"quote>. Grub är en flexibel och robust starthanterare och ett bra "
+"standardval både för nybörjare och erfarna."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2198
+#: using-d-i.xml:2214
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "By default, grub will be installed into the Master Boot Record (MBR), where it will take over complete control of the boot process. If you prefer, you can install it elsewhere. See the grub manual for complete information."
-msgstr "Som standard kommer grub att installeras i huvudstartsektorn (MBR), där den kommer att ta komplett kontroll över uppstartsprocessen. Om du önskar, kan du installera den någon annanstans. Se manualsidan för grub för mer komplett information."
+msgid ""
+"By default, grub will be installed into the Master Boot Record (MBR), where "
+"it will take over complete control of the boot process. If you prefer, you "
+"can install it elsewhere. See the grub manual for complete information."
+msgstr ""
+"Som standard kommer grub att installeras i huvudstartsektorn (MBR), där den "
+"kommer att ta komplett kontroll över uppstartsprocessen. Om du önskar, kan "
+"du installera den någon annanstans. Se manualsidan för grub för mer komplett "
+"information."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2204
+#: using-d-i.xml:2220
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "If you do not want to install grub at all, use the Back button to get to the main menu, and from there select whatever bootloader you would like to use."
-msgstr "Om du inte vill installera grub alls, använd Tillbaka-knappen för att komma till huvudmenyn och därifrån välj den starthanterare du vill använda."
+msgid ""
+"If you do not want to install grub at all, use the Back button to get to the "
+"main menu, and from there select whatever bootloader you would like to use."
+msgstr ""
+"Om du inte vill installera grub alls, använd Tillbaka-knappen för att komma "
+"till huvudmenyn och därifrån välj den starthanterare du vill använda."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2218
+#: using-d-i.xml:2234
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Install the <command>LILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk"
 msgstr "Installera starthanteraren <command>LILO</command> på en hårddisk"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2220
+#: using-d-i.xml:2236
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "The second &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>LILO</quote>. It is an old complex program which offers lots of functionality, including DOS, Windows, and OS/2 boot management. Please carefully read the instructions in the directory <filename>/usr/share/doc/lilo/</filename> if you have special needs; also see the <ulink url=\"&url-lilo-howto;\">LILO mini-HOWTO</ulink>."
-msgstr "Den andra starthanteraren för &architecture; kallas för <quote>LILO</quote>. Det är ett gammalt och komplext program som erbjuder massor av funktionalitet, inklusive starthantering för DOS, Windows och OS/2. Läs noga igenom instruktionerna i katalogen <filename>/usr/share/doc/lilo/</filename> om du har speciella behov; se även <ulink url=\"&url-lilo-howto;\">LILO mini-HOWTO</ulink>."
+msgid ""
+"The second &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>LILO</quote>. It is "
+"an old complex program which offers lots of functionality, including DOS, "
+"Windows, and OS/2 boot management. Please carefully read the instructions in "
+"the directory <filename>/usr/share/doc/lilo/</filename> if you have special "
+"needs; also see the <ulink url=\"&url-lilo-howto;\">LILO mini-HOWTO</ulink>."
+msgstr ""
+"Den andra starthanteraren för &architecture; kallas för <quote>LILO</quote>. "
+"Det är ett gammalt och komplext program som erbjuder massor av "
+"funktionalitet, inklusive starthantering för DOS, Windows och OS/2. Läs noga "
+"igenom instruktionerna i katalogen <filename>/usr/share/doc/lilo/</filename> "
+"om du har speciella behov; se även <ulink url=\"&url-lilo-howto;\">LILO mini-"
+"HOWTO</ulink>."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2230
+#: using-d-i.xml:2246
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Currently the LILO installation will only create menu entries for other operating systems if these can be <firstterm>chainloaded</firstterm>. This means you may have to manually add a menu entry for operating systems like GNU/Linux and GNU/Hurd after the installation."
-msgstr "För närvarande kommer LILO-installationen endast att skapa menyposter för andra operativsystem om de kan bli <firstterm>kedjeinlästa</firstterm>. Det betyder att du måste manuellt lägga till en menypost för operativsystem som GNU/Linux och GNU/Hurd efter installationen."
+msgid ""
+"Currently the LILO installation will only create menu entries for other "
+"operating systems if these can be <firstterm>chainloaded</firstterm>. This "
+"means you may have to manually add a menu entry for operating systems like "
+"GNU/Linux and GNU/Hurd after the installation."
+msgstr ""
+"För närvarande kommer LILO-installationen endast att skapa menyposter för "
+"andra operativsystem om de kan bli <firstterm>kedjeinlästa</firstterm>. Det "
+"betyder att du måste manuellt lägga till en menypost för operativsystem som "
+"GNU/Linux och GNU/Hurd efter installationen."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2238
+#: using-d-i.xml:2254
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "&d-i; presents you three choices where to install the <command>LILO</command> boot loader:"
-msgstr "&d-i; visar dig tre val var starthanteraren <command>LILO</command> ska installeras:"
+msgid ""
+"&d-i; presents you three choices where to install the <command>LILO</"
+"command> boot loader:"
+msgstr ""
+"&d-i; visar dig tre val var starthanteraren <command>LILO</command> ska "
+"installeras:"
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2245
+#: using-d-i.xml:2261
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Master Boot Record (MBR)"
 msgstr "Huvudstartsektor (MBR)"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2245
+#: using-d-i.xml:2261
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "This way the <command>LILO</command> will take complete control of the boot process."
-msgstr "På det här sättet kan <command>LILO</command> ta komplett kontroll över uppstartsprocessen."
+msgid ""
+"This way the <command>LILO</command> will take complete control of the boot "
+"process."
+msgstr ""
+"På det här sättet kan <command>LILO</command> ta komplett kontroll över "
+"uppstartsprocessen."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2252
+#: using-d-i.xml:2268
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "new Debian partition"
 msgstr "Ny Debianpartition"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2252
+#: using-d-i.xml:2268
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Choose this if you want to use another boot manager. <command>LILO</command> will install itself at the beginning of the new Debian partition and it will serve as a secondary boot loader."
-msgstr "Välj den här om du vill använda en annan starthanterare. <command>LILO</command> kommer att installera sig själv i början av den nya Debian-partitionen och kommer att fungera som en sekundär starthanterare."
+msgid ""
+"Choose this if you want to use another boot manager. <command>LILO</command> "
+"will install itself at the beginning of the new Debian partition and it will "
+"serve as a secondary boot loader."
+msgstr ""
+"Välj den här om du vill använda en annan starthanterare. <command>LILO</"
+"command> kommer att installera sig själv i början av den nya Debian-"
+"partitionen och kommer att fungera som en sekundär starthanterare."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2261
+#: using-d-i.xml:2277
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Other choice"
 msgstr "Annat val"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2261
+#: using-d-i.xml:2277
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Useful for advanced users who want to install <command>LILO</command> somewhere else. In this case you will be asked for desired location. You can use devfs style names, such as those that start with <filename>/dev/ide</filename>, <filename>/dev/scsi</filename>, and <filename>/dev/discs</filename>, as well as traditional names, such as <filename>/dev/hda</filename> or <filename>/dev/sda</filename>."
-msgstr "Användbar för avancerade användare som vill installera <command>LILO</command> någon annanstans. I det här fallet kommer du bli frågad efter önskad plats. Du kan använda devfs-liknande namn, såsom  de som börjar med <filename>/dev/ide</filename>, <filename>/dev/scsi</filename> och <filename>/dev/discs</filename>, såväl som traditionella namn som <filename>/dev/hda</filename> eller <filename>/dev/sda</filename>."
+msgid ""
+"Useful for advanced users who want to install <command>LILO</command> "
+"somewhere else. In this case you will be asked for desired location. You can "
+"use devfs style names, such as those that start with <filename>/dev/ide</"
+"filename>, <filename>/dev/scsi</filename>, and <filename>/dev/discs</"
+"filename>, as well as traditional names, such as <filename>/dev/hda</"
+"filename> or <filename>/dev/sda</filename>."
+msgstr ""
+"Användbar för avancerade användare som vill installera <command>LILO</"
+"command> någon annanstans. I det här fallet kommer du bli frågad efter "
+"önskad plats. Du kan använda devfs-liknande namn, såsom  de som börjar med "
+"<filename>/dev/ide</filename>, <filename>/dev/scsi</filename> och <filename>/"
+"dev/discs</filename>, såväl som traditionella namn som <filename>/dev/hda</"
+"filename> eller <filename>/dev/sda</filename>."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2273
+#: using-d-i.xml:2289
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "If you can no longer boot into Windows 9x (or DOS) after this step, you'll need to use a Windows 9x (MS-DOS) boot disk and use the <userinput>fdisk /mbr</userinput> command to reinstall the MS-DOS master boot record &mdash; however, this means that you'll need to use some other way to get back into Debian! For more information on this please read <xref linkend=\"reactivating-win\"/>."
-msgstr "Om du inte längre kan starta upp Windows 9x (eller DOS) efter det här steget, behöver du använda en startdiskett för Windows 9x (MS-DOS) och använda kommandot <userinput>fdisk /mbr</userinput> för att installera om MS-DOS egna huvudstartsektor (MBR) &mdash; det här betyder dock att du behöver använda något sätt att komma tillbaka in i Debian! För mer information om det här, läs <xref linkend=\"reactivating-win\"/>."
+msgid ""
+"If you can no longer boot into Windows 9x (or DOS) after this step, you'll "
+"need to use a Windows 9x (MS-DOS) boot disk and use the <userinput>fdisk /"
+"mbr</userinput> command to reinstall the MS-DOS master boot record &mdash; "
+"however, this means that you'll need to use some other way to get back into "
+"Debian! For more information on this please read <xref linkend="
+"\"reactivating-win\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+"Om du inte längre kan starta upp Windows 9x (eller DOS) efter det här "
+"steget, behöver du använda en startdiskett för Windows 9x (MS-DOS) och "
+"använda kommandot <userinput>fdisk /mbr</userinput> för att installera om MS-"
+"DOS egna huvudstartsektor (MBR) &mdash; det här betyder dock att du behöver "
+"använda något sätt att komma tillbaka in i Debian! För mer information om "
+"det här, läs <xref linkend=\"reactivating-win\"/>."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2290
+#: using-d-i.xml:2306
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Install the <command>ELILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk"
 msgstr "Installera starthanteraren <command>ELILO</command> på en hårddisk"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2292
+#: using-d-i.xml:2308
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "The &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>elilo</quote>. It is modeled on the <quote>lilo</quote> boot loader for the x86 architecture and uses a similar configuration file. However, instead of writing an MBR or partition boot record to the disk, it copies the necessary files to a separate FAT formatted disk partition and modifies the <guimenuitem>EFI Boot Manager</guimenuitem> menu in the firmware to point to the files in the EFI partition. The <command>elilo</command> boot loader is really in two parts. The <filename>/usr/sbin/elilo</filename> command manages the partition and copies file into it. The <filename>elilo.efi</filename> program is copied into the EFI partition and then run by the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> to actually do the work of loading and starting the Linux kernel."
-msgstr "Starthanteraren för &architecture; kallas <quote>elilo</quote>. Den är designad efter starthanteraren <quote>lilo</quote> för x86-arkitekturen och använder en liknande konfigurationsfil. Dock, istället för att skriva en MBR eller uppstartspartitionsfält på disken, kopierar den de nödvändiga filerna till en separat FAT-formaterad diskpartition och ändrar <guimenuitem>EFI Boot Manager</guimenuitem>-menyn i firmware för att peka till filerna på EFI-partitionen. Starthanteraren <command>elilo</command> är egentligen i två delar. Kommandot <filename>/usr/sbin/elilo</filename> hanterar partitionen och kopierar filer till den. Programmet <filename>elilo.efi</filename> kopieras till EFI-partitionen och körs sedan av <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> för att faktiskt göra inläsningen och starta Linux-kärnan."
+msgid ""
+"The &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>elilo</quote>. It is modeled "
+"on the <quote>lilo</quote> boot loader for the x86 architecture and uses a "
+"similar configuration file. However, instead of writing an MBR or partition "
+"boot record to the disk, it copies the necessary files to a separate FAT "
+"formatted disk partition and modifies the <guimenuitem>EFI Boot Manager</"
+"guimenuitem> menu in the firmware to point to the files in the EFI "
+"partition. The <command>elilo</command> boot loader is really in two parts. "
+"The <filename>/usr/sbin/elilo</filename> command manages the partition and "
+"copies file into it. The <filename>elilo.efi</filename> program is copied "
+"into the EFI partition and then run by the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> "
+"to actually do the work of loading and starting the Linux kernel."
+msgstr ""
+"Starthanteraren för &architecture; kallas <quote>elilo</quote>. Den är "
+"designad efter starthanteraren <quote>lilo</quote> för x86-arkitekturen och "
+"använder en liknande konfigurationsfil. Dock, istället för att skriva en MBR "
+"eller uppstartspartitionsfält på disken, kopierar den de nödvändiga filerna "
+"till en separat FAT-formaterad diskpartition och ändrar <guimenuitem>EFI "
+"Boot Manager</guimenuitem>-menyn i firmware för att peka till filerna på EFI-"
+"partitionen. Starthanteraren <command>elilo</command> är egentligen i två "
+"delar. Kommandot <filename>/usr/sbin/elilo</filename> hanterar partitionen "
+"och kopierar filer till den. Programmet <filename>elilo.efi</filename> "
+"kopieras till EFI-partitionen och körs sedan av <quote>EFI Boot Manager</"
+"quote> för att faktiskt göra inläsningen och starta Linux-kärnan."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2308
+#: using-d-i.xml:2324
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "The <quote>elilo</quote> configuration and installation is done as the last step of installing the packages of the base installation. &d-i; will present you with a list of potential disk partitions that it has found suitable for an EFI partition. Select the partition you set up earlier in the installation, typically a partition on the same disk that contains your <emphasis>root</emphasis> filesystem."
-msgstr "Konfigurationen och installation av <quote>elilo</quote> görs som det sista steget i installationen av paketen i grundinstallationen. &d-i; kommer att visa dig en lista på möjliga diskpartitioner som den har hittat som lämpliga för en EFI-partition. Välj den partition du ställt in tidigare i installationen, vanligtvis en partition på samma disk som innehåller ditt <emphasis>rot</emphasis>filsystem."
+msgid ""
+"The <quote>elilo</quote> configuration and installation is done as the last "
+"step of installing the packages of the base installation. &d-i; will present "
+"you with a list of potential disk partitions that it has found suitable for "
+"an EFI partition. Select the partition you set up earlier in the "
+"installation, typically a partition on the same disk that contains your "
+"<emphasis>root</emphasis> filesystem."
+msgstr ""
+"Konfigurationen och installation av <quote>elilo</quote> görs som det sista "
+"steget i installationen av paketen i grundinstallationen. &d-i; kommer att "
+"visa dig en lista på möjliga diskpartitioner som den har hittat som lämpliga "
+"för en EFI-partition. Välj den partition du ställt in tidigare i "
+"installationen, vanligtvis en partition på samma disk som innehåller ditt "
+"<emphasis>rot</emphasis>filsystem."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2320
+#: using-d-i.xml:2336
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Choose the correct partition!"
 msgstr "Välj den korrekta partitionen!"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2322
+#: using-d-i.xml:2338
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "The criteria for selecting a partition is that it is FAT format filesystem with its <emphasis>boot</emphasis> flag set. &d-i; may show multiple choices depending on what it finds from scanning all of the disks of the system including EFI partitions of other system disks and EFI diagnostic partitions. Remember, the <command>elilo</command> may format the partition during the installation, erasing any previous contents!"
-msgstr "Villkoret för val av partition är att den har ett FAT-formaterat filsystem med sin <emphasis>boot</emphasis>-flagga inställd. &d-i; kan visa flera val beroende på vad den hittar vid avsökning av alla diskar på systemet inklusive EFI-partitioner för andra systemdiskar och EFI-diagnostikpartitioner. Kom ihåg att <command>elilo</command> kan formatera partitionen under installationen, radera allt tidigare innehåll!"
+msgid ""
+"The criteria for selecting a partition is that it is FAT format filesystem "
+"with its <emphasis>boot</emphasis> flag set. &d-i; may show multiple choices "
+"depending on what it finds from scanning all of the disks of the system "
+"including EFI partitions of other system disks and EFI diagnostic "
+"partitions. Remember, the <command>elilo</command> may format the partition "
+"during the installation, erasing any previous contents!"
+msgstr ""
+"Villkoret för val av partition är att den har ett FAT-formaterat filsystem "
+"med sin <emphasis>boot</emphasis>-flagga inställd. &d-i; kan visa flera val "
+"beroende på vad den hittar vid avsökning av alla diskar på systemet "
+"inklusive EFI-partitioner för andra systemdiskar och EFI-"
+"diagnostikpartitioner. Kom ihåg att <command>elilo</command> kan formatera "
+"partitionen under installationen, radera allt tidigare innehåll!"
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2337
+#: using-d-i.xml:2353
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "EFI Partition Contents"
 msgstr "EFI-partitionens innehåll"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2339
+#: using-d-i.xml:2355
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "The EFI partition is a FAT filesystem format partition on one of the hard disks of the system, usually the same disk that contains the <emphasis>root</emphasis> filesystem. It is normally not mounted on a running system as it is only needed by the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> to load the system and the installer part of the <command>elilo</command> writes to the filesystem directly. The <command>/usr/sbin/elilo</command> utility writes the following files into the <filename>efi/debian</filename> directory of the EFI partition during the installation. Note that the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> would find these files using the path <filename>fs<replaceable>n</replaceable>:\\efi\\debian</filename>. There may be other files in this filesystem as well over time as the system is updated or re-configured."
-msgstr "EFI-partitionen är ett FAT-formaterat filsystem på en av hårddiskarna i systemet, normalt sett samma disk som innehåller <emphasis>rot</emphasis>filsystemet. Den är normalt sett inte monterad på ett körande system eftersom den endast behövs av <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> för att läsa in systemet och installerarens del av <command>elilo</command> skriver till filsystemet direkt. Verktyget <command>/usr/sbin/elilo</command> skriver följande filer till katalogen <filename>efi/debian</filename> på EFI-partitionen under installationen. Observera att <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> skulle hitta dessa filer med sökvägen <filename>fs<replaceable>n</replaceable>:\\efi\\debian</filename>. Det kan även finnas andra filer i detta filsystem framöver eftersom systemet uppdateras eller konfigureras om."
+msgid ""
+"The EFI partition is a FAT filesystem format partition on one of the hard "
+"disks of the system, usually the same disk that contains the <emphasis>root</"
+"emphasis> filesystem. It is normally not mounted on a running system as it "
+"is only needed by the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> to load the system and "
+"the installer part of the <command>elilo</command> writes to the filesystem "
+"directly. The <command>/usr/sbin/elilo</command> utility writes the "
+"following files into the <filename>efi/debian</filename> directory of the "
+"EFI partition during the installation. Note that the <quote>EFI Boot "
+"Manager</quote> would find these files using the path "
+"<filename>fs<replaceable>n</replaceable>:\\efi\\debian</filename>. There may "
+"be other files in this filesystem as well over time as the system is updated "
+"or re-configured."
+msgstr ""
+"EFI-partitionen är ett FAT-formaterat filsystem på en av hårddiskarna i "
+"systemet, normalt sett samma disk som innehåller <emphasis>rot</"
+"emphasis>filsystemet. Den är normalt sett inte monterad på ett körande "
+"system eftersom den endast behövs av <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> för att "
+"läsa in systemet och installerarens del av <command>elilo</command> skriver "
+"till filsystemet direkt. Verktyget <command>/usr/sbin/elilo</command> "
+"skriver följande filer till katalogen <filename>efi/debian</filename> på EFI-"
+"partitionen under installationen. Observera att <quote>EFI Boot Manager</"
+"quote> skulle hitta dessa filer med sökvägen <filename>fs<replaceable>n</"
+"replaceable>:\\efi\\debian</filename>. Det kan även finnas andra filer i "
+"detta filsystem framöver eftersom systemet uppdateras eller konfigureras om."
 
 #. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2361
+#: using-d-i.xml:2377
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "elilo.conf"
 msgstr "elilo.conf"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2362
+#: using-d-i.xml:2378
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "This is the configuration file read by the boot loader when it starts. It is a copy of the <filename>/etc/elilo.conf</filename> with the filenames re-written to refer to files in the EFI partition."
-msgstr "Det här är konfigurationsfilen som läses av starthanteraren när den startar. Det är en kopia av <filename>/etc/elilo.conf</filename> med filnamnen omskrivna för att referera till filer på EFI-partitionen."
+msgid ""
+"This is the configuration file read by the boot loader when it starts. It is "
+"a copy of the <filename>/etc/elilo.conf</filename> with the filenames re-"
+"written to refer to files in the EFI partition."
+msgstr ""
+"Det här är konfigurationsfilen som läses av starthanteraren när den startar. "
+"Det är en kopia av <filename>/etc/elilo.conf</filename> med filnamnen "
+"omskrivna för att referera till filer på EFI-partitionen."
 
 #. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2371
+#: using-d-i.xml:2387
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "elilo.efi"
 msgstr "elilo.efi"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2372
+#: using-d-i.xml:2388
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "This is the boot loader program that the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> runs to boot the system. It is the program behind the <guimenuitem>Debian GNU/Linux</guimenuitem> menu item of the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> command menu."
-msgstr "Det här är starthanterarprogrammet som <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> kör för att starta upp systemet. Det är programmet bakom menyposten <guimenuitem>Debian GNU/Linux</guimenuitem> i kommandomenyn i <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote>."
+msgid ""
+"This is the boot loader program that the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> "
+"runs to boot the system. It is the program behind the <guimenuitem>Debian "
+"GNU/Linux</guimenuitem> menu item of the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> "
+"command menu."
+msgstr ""
+"Det här är starthanterarprogrammet som <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> kör "
+"för att starta upp systemet. Det är programmet bakom menyposten "
+"<guimenuitem>Debian GNU/Linux</guimenuitem> i kommandomenyn i <quote>EFI "
+"Boot Manager</quote>."
 
 #. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2382
+#: using-d-i.xml:2398
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "initrd.img"
 msgstr "initrd.img"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2383
+#: using-d-i.xml:2399
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "This is the initial root filesystem used to boot the kernel. It is a copy of the file referenced in the <filename>/etc/elilo.conf</filename>. In a standard Debian installation it would be the file in <filename>/boot</filename> pointed to by the symbolic link <filename>/initrd.img</filename>."
-msgstr "Det här är det initiala rotfilsystemet som används för att starta upp kärnan. Det är en kopia av filen som omnämns i <filename>/etc/elilo.conf</filename>. I en standardinstallation av Debian skulle det vara filen i <filename>/boot</filename> pekad till av den symboliska länken <filename>/initrd.img</filename>."
+msgid ""
+"This is the initial root filesystem used to boot the kernel. It is a copy of "
+"the file referenced in the <filename>/etc/elilo.conf</filename>. In a "
+"standard Debian installation it would be the file in <filename>/boot</"
+"filename> pointed to by the symbolic link <filename>/initrd.img</filename>."
+msgstr ""
+"Det här är det initiala rotfilsystemet som används för att starta upp "
+"kärnan. Det är en kopia av filen som omnämns i <filename>/etc/elilo.conf</"
+"filename>. I en standardinstallation av Debian skulle det vara filen i "
+"<filename>/boot</filename> pekad till av den symboliska länken <filename>/"
+"initrd.img</filename>."
 
 #. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2395
+#: using-d-i.xml:2411
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "readme.txt"
 msgstr "readme.txt"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2396
+#: using-d-i.xml:2412
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "This is a small text file warning you that the contents of the directory are managed by the <command>elilo</command> and that any local changes would be lost at the next time <filename>/usr/sbin/elilo</filename> is run."
-msgstr "Det här är en liten textfil som varnar dig att innehållet i katalogen hanteras av <command>elilo</command> och att alla lokala ändringar kommer att förloras nästa gång som <filename>/usr/sbin/elilo</filename> kör."
+msgid ""
+"This is a small text file warning you that the contents of the directory are "
+"managed by the <command>elilo</command> and that any local changes would be "
+"lost at the next time <filename>/usr/sbin/elilo</filename> is run."
+msgstr ""
+"Det här är en liten textfil som varnar dig att innehållet i katalogen "
+"hanteras av <command>elilo</command> och att alla lokala ändringar kommer "
+"att förloras nästa gång som <filename>/usr/sbin/elilo</filename> kör."
 
 #. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2406
+#: using-d-i.xml:2422
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "vmlinuz"
 msgstr "vmlinuz"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2407
+#: using-d-i.xml:2423
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "This is the compressed kernel itself. It is a copy of the file referenced in the <filename>/etc/elilo.conf</filename>. In a standard Debian installation it would be the file in <filename>/boot</filename> pointed to by the symbolic link <filename>/vmlinuz</filename>."
-msgstr "Det här är själva kärnan i komprimerad form. Det är en kopia av filen som omnämns i <filename>/etc/elilo.conf</filename>. I en standardinstallation av Debian skulle det vara filen i <filename>/boot</filename> pekad till av den symboliska länken <filename>/vmlinuz</filename>."
+msgid ""
+"This is the compressed kernel itself. It is a copy of the file referenced in "
+"the <filename>/etc/elilo.conf</filename>. In a standard Debian installation "
+"it would be the file in <filename>/boot</filename> pointed to by the "
+"symbolic link <filename>/vmlinuz</filename>."
+msgstr ""
+"Det här är själva kärnan i komprimerad form. Det är en kopia av filen som "
+"omnämns i <filename>/etc/elilo.conf</filename>. I en standardinstallation av "
+"Debian skulle det vara filen i <filename>/boot</filename> pekad till av den "
+"symboliska länken <filename>/vmlinuz</filename>."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2427
+#: using-d-i.xml:2443
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<command>arcboot</command>-installer"
 msgstr "<command>arcboot</command>-installerare"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2428
+#: using-d-i.xml:2444
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
-"The boot loader on SGI machines is <command>arcboot</command>. It has to be installed on the same hard disk as the kernel (this is done automatically by the installer). Arcboot supports different configurations which are set up in <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</filename>. Each configuration has a unique name, the default setup as created by the installer is <quote>linux</quote>. After arcboot has been installed, the system can be booted from hard disk by setting some firmware environment variables entering <informalexample><screen>\n"
-"<userinput> setenv SystemPartition scsi(<replaceable>scsi</replaceable>)disk(<replaceable>disk</replaceable>)rdisk(0)partition(0)</userinput>\n"
-"<userinput> setenv OSLoadPartition scsi(<replaceable>scsi</replaceable>)disk(<replaceable>disk</replaceable>)rdisk(0)partition(<replaceable>partnr</replaceable>)</userinput>\n"
+"The boot loader on SGI machines is <command>arcboot</command>. It has to be "
+"installed on the same hard disk as the kernel (this is done automatically by "
+"the installer). Arcboot supports different configurations which are set up "
+"in <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</filename>. Each configuration has a unique "
+"name, the default setup as created by the installer is <quote>linux</quote>. "
+"After arcboot has been installed, the system can be booted from hard disk by "
+"setting some firmware environment variables entering "
+"<informalexample><screen>\n"
+"<userinput> setenv SystemPartition scsi(<replaceable>scsi</replaceable>)disk"
+"(<replaceable>disk</replaceable>)rdisk(0)partition(0)</userinput>\n"
+"<userinput> setenv OSLoadPartition scsi(<replaceable>scsi</replaceable>)disk"
+"(<replaceable>disk</replaceable>)rdisk(0)partition(<replaceable>partnr</"
+"replaceable>)</userinput>\n"
 "<userinput> setenv OSLoader arcboot</userinput>\n"
-"<userinput> setenv OSLoadFilename <replaceable>config</replaceable></userinput>\n"
+"<userinput> setenv OSLoadFilename <replaceable>config</replaceable></"
+"userinput>\n"
 "<userinput> setenv AutoLoad yes</userinput>\n"
-"</screen></informalexample> on the firmware prompt, and then typing <command>boot</command>."
+"</screen></informalexample> on the firmware prompt, and then typing "
+"<command>boot</command>."
 msgstr ""
-"Starthanteraren på SGI-maskiner är <command>arcboot</command>. Den måste installeras på samma hårddisk som kärnan (det här görs automatiskt av installeraren). Arcboot har stöd för olika konfigurationer som ställs in i <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</filename>. Varje konfiguration har ett unikt namn, standardkonfigurationen som skapats av installeraren är <quote>linux</quote>. Efter arcboot har installerats, kan systemet startas upp från hårddisken genom att ställa in några miljövariabler i firmware genom att ange <informalexample><screen>\n"
-"<userinput> setenv SystemPartition scsi(<replaceable>scsi</replaceable>)disk(<replaceable>disk</replaceable>)rdisk(0)partition(0)</userinput>\n"
-"<userinput> setenv OSLoadPartition scsi(<replaceable>scsi</replaceable>)disk(<replaceable>disk</replaceable>)rdisk(0)partition(<replaceable>partnr</replaceable>)</userinput>\n"
+"Starthanteraren på SGI-maskiner är <command>arcboot</command>. Den måste "
+"installeras på samma hårddisk som kärnan (det här görs automatiskt av "
+"installeraren). Arcboot har stöd för olika konfigurationer som ställs in i "
+"<filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</filename>. Varje konfiguration har ett unikt "
+"namn, standardkonfigurationen som skapats av installeraren är <quote>linux</"
+"quote>. Efter arcboot har installerats, kan systemet startas upp från "
+"hårddisken genom att ställa in några miljövariabler i firmware genom att "
+"ange <informalexample><screen>\n"
+"<userinput> setenv SystemPartition scsi(<replaceable>scsi</replaceable>)disk"
+"(<replaceable>disk</replaceable>)rdisk(0)partition(0)</userinput>\n"
+"<userinput> setenv OSLoadPartition scsi(<replaceable>scsi</replaceable>)disk"
+"(<replaceable>disk</replaceable>)rdisk(0)partition(<replaceable>partnr</"
+"replaceable>)</userinput>\n"
 "<userinput> setenv OSLoader arcboot</userinput>\n"
-"<userinput> setenv OSLoadFilename <replaceable>config</replaceable></userinput>\n"
+"<userinput> setenv OSLoadFilename <replaceable>config</replaceable></"
+"userinput>\n"
 "<userinput> setenv AutoLoad yes</userinput>\n"
-"</screen></informalexample> vid firmware-prompten, och sedan ange <command>boot</command>."
+"</screen></informalexample> vid firmware-prompten, och sedan ange "
+"<command>boot</command>."
 
 #. Tag: replaceable
-#: using-d-i.xml:2447
+#: using-d-i.xml:2463
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "scsi"
 msgstr "scsi"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2448
+#: using-d-i.xml:2464
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "is the SCSI bus to be booted from, this is <userinput>0</userinput> for the onboard controllers"
-msgstr "är SCSI-bussen som ska startas från, den här är <userinput>0</userinput> för inbyggda kontroller"
+msgid ""
+"is the SCSI bus to be booted from, this is <userinput>0</userinput> for the "
+"onboard controllers"
+msgstr ""
+"är SCSI-bussen som ska startas från, den här är <userinput>0</userinput> för "
+"inbyggda kontroller"
 
 #. Tag: replaceable
-#: using-d-i.xml:2456
+#: using-d-i.xml:2472
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "disk"
 msgstr "disk"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2457
+#: using-d-i.xml:2473
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>arcboot</command> is installed"
-msgstr "är SCSI ID på hårddisken på vilken <command>arcboot</command> är installerad"
+msgid ""
+"is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>arcboot</command> is "
+"installed"
+msgstr ""
+"är SCSI ID på hårddisken på vilken <command>arcboot</command> är installerad"
 
 #. Tag: replaceable
-#: using-d-i.xml:2465
-#: using-d-i.xml:2534
+#: using-d-i.xml:2481 using-d-i.xml:2550
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "partnr"
 msgstr "partnr"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2466
+#: using-d-i.xml:2482
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</filename> resides"
-msgstr "är numret på partitionen på vilken <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</filename> finns"
+msgid ""
+"is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</"
+"filename> resides"
+msgstr ""
+"är numret på partitionen på vilken <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</filename> "
+"finns"
 
 #. Tag: replaceable
-#: using-d-i.xml:2474
+#: using-d-i.xml:2490
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "config"
 msgstr "konfig"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2475
+#: using-d-i.xml:2491
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</filename>, which is <quote>linux</quote> by default."
-msgstr "är namnet på konfigurationsposten i <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</filename>, vilket är <quote>linux</quote> som standard."
+msgid ""
+"is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</"
+"filename>, which is <quote>linux</quote> by default."
+msgstr ""
+"är namnet på konfigurationsposten i <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</filename>, "
+"vilket är <quote>linux</quote> som standard."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2496
+#: using-d-i.xml:2512
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<command>delo</command>-installer"
 msgstr "<command>delo</command>-installerare"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2497
+#: using-d-i.xml:2513
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
-"The boot loader on DECstations is <command>DELO</command>. It has to be installed on the same hard disk as the kernel (this is done automatically by the installer). DELO supports different configurations which are set up in <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename>. Each configuration has a unique name, the default setup as created by the installer is <quote>linux</quote>. After DELO has been installed, the system can be booted from hard disk by entering <informalexample><screen>\n"
-"<userinput>boot <replaceable>#</replaceable>/rz<replaceable>id</replaceable> <replaceable>partnr</replaceable>/<replaceable>name</replaceable></userinput>\n"
+"The boot loader on DECstations is <command>DELO</command>. It has to be "
+"installed on the same hard disk as the kernel (this is done automatically by "
+"the installer). DELO supports different configurations which are set up in "
+"<filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename>. Each configuration has a unique name, "
+"the default setup as created by the installer is <quote>linux</quote>. After "
+"DELO has been installed, the system can be booted from hard disk by entering "
+"<informalexample><screen>\n"
+"<userinput>boot <replaceable>#</replaceable>/rz<replaceable>id</replaceable> "
+"<replaceable>partnr</replaceable>/<replaceable>name</replaceable></"
+"userinput>\n"
 "</screen></informalexample> on the firmware prompt."
 msgstr ""
-"Starthanteraren på DECstation är <command>DELO</command>. Den måste installeras på samma hårddisk som kärnan (det här görs automatiskt av installeraren). DELO har stöd för olika konfigurationer som ställs in i <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename>. Varje konfiguration har ett unikt namn, standardkonfigurationen som skapas av installeraren är <quote>linux</quote>. Efter DELO har installerats, kan systemet startas upp från hårddisken genom att ange <informalexample><screen>\n"
-"<userinput>boot <replaceable>#</replaceable>/rz<replaceable>id</replaceable> <replaceable>partnr</replaceable>/<replaceable>namn</replaceable></userinput>\n"
+"Starthanteraren på DECstation är <command>DELO</command>. Den måste "
+"installeras på samma hårddisk som kärnan (det här görs automatiskt av "
+"installeraren). DELO har stöd för olika konfigurationer som ställs in i "
+"<filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename>. Varje konfiguration har ett unikt namn, "
+"standardkonfigurationen som skapas av installeraren är <quote>linux</quote>. "
+"Efter DELO har installerats, kan systemet startas upp från hårddisken genom "
+"att ange <informalexample><screen>\n"
+"<userinput>boot <replaceable>#</replaceable>/rz<replaceable>id</replaceable> "
+"<replaceable>partnr</replaceable>/<replaceable>namn</replaceable></"
+"userinput>\n"
 "</screen></informalexample> vid firmware-prompten."
 
 #. Tag: replaceable
-#: using-d-i.xml:2516
+#: using-d-i.xml:2532
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<replaceable>#</replaceable>"
 msgstr "<replaceable>#</replaceable>"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2517
+#: using-d-i.xml:2533
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "is the TurboChannel device to be booted from, on most DECstations this is <userinput>3</userinput> for the onboard controllers"
-msgstr "är TurboChannel-enheten som ska startas från, på de flesta DECstationer är det här <userinput>3</userinput> för inbyggda kontroller"
+msgid ""
+"is the TurboChannel device to be booted from, on most DECstations this is "
+"<userinput>3</userinput> for the onboard controllers"
+msgstr ""
+"är TurboChannel-enheten som ska startas från, på de flesta DECstationer är "
+"det här <userinput>3</userinput> för inbyggda kontroller"
 
 #. Tag: replaceable
-#: using-d-i.xml:2525
+#: using-d-i.xml:2541
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<replaceable>id</replaceable>"
 msgstr "<replaceable>id</replaceable>"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2526
+#: using-d-i.xml:2542
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>DELO</command> is installed"
-msgstr "är det SCSI ID på hårddisken på vilken <command>DELO</command> finns installerad"
+msgid ""
+"is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>DELO</command> is installed"
+msgstr ""
+"är det SCSI ID på hårddisken på vilken <command>DELO</command> finns "
+"installerad"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2535
+#: using-d-i.xml:2551
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> resides"
-msgstr "är numret på den partition som <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> finns"
+msgid ""
+"is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> "
+"resides"
+msgstr ""
+"är numret på den partition som <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> finns"
 
 #. Tag: replaceable
-#: using-d-i.xml:2543
+#: using-d-i.xml:2559
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "name"
 msgstr "namn"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2544
+#: using-d-i.xml:2560
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename>, which is <quote>linux</quote> by default."
-msgstr "är namnet på konfigurationsposten i <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename>, vilket är <quote>linux</quote> som standard."
+msgid ""
+"is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/delo.conf</"
+"filename>, which is <quote>linux</quote> by default."
+msgstr ""
+"är namnet på konfigurationsposten i <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename>, "
+"vilket är <quote>linux</quote> som standard."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2554
+#: using-d-i.xml:2570
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "In case <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> is on the first partition on the disk and the default configuration shall be booted, it is sufficient to use"
-msgstr "Om <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> finns på första partitionen på disken och standardkonfigurationen ska startas upp, räcker det att använda"
+msgid ""
+"In case <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> is on the first partition on the "
+"disk and the default configuration shall be booted, it is sufficient to use"
+msgstr ""
+"Om <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> finns på första partitionen på disken "
+"och standardkonfigurationen ska startas upp, räcker det att använda"
 
 #. Tag: screen
-#: using-d-i.xml:2560
+#: using-d-i.xml:2576
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<userinput>boot #/rz<replaceable>id</replaceable></userinput>"
 msgstr "<userinput>boot #/rz<replaceable>id</replaceable></userinput>"
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2570
+#: using-d-i.xml:2586
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Install <command>Yaboot</command> on a Hard Disk"
 msgstr "Installera <command>Yaboot</command> på en hårddisk"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2571
+#: using-d-i.xml:2587
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Newer (mid 1998 and on) PowerMacs use <command>yaboot</command> as their boot loader. The installer will set up <command>yaboot</command> automatically, so all you need is a small 820k partition named <quote>bootstrap</quote> with type <emphasis>Apple_Bootstrap</emphasis> created back in the partitioning component. If this step completes successfully then your disk should now be bootable and OpenFirmware will be set to boot &debian;."
-msgstr "Nyare (mitten av 1998 och senare) PowerMac använder <command>yaboot</command> som sin starthanterare. Installeraren kommer att ställa in <command>yaboot</command> automatiskt, så allt du behöver är en liten 820k stor partition med namnet <quote>bootstrap</quote> med typen <emphasis>Apple_Bootstrap</emphasis> skapad tidigare i partitioneringskomponenten. Om det här steget slutförs korrekt ska din disk nu vara startbar och OpenFirmware kommer att vara inställd att starta upp &debian;."
+msgid ""
+"Newer (mid 1998 and on) PowerMacs use <command>yaboot</command> as their "
+"boot loader. The installer will set up <command>yaboot</command> "
+"automatically, so all you need is a small 820k partition named "
+"<quote>bootstrap</quote> with type <emphasis>Apple_Bootstrap</emphasis> "
+"created back in the partitioning component. If this step completes "
+"successfully then your disk should now be bootable and OpenFirmware will be "
+"set to boot &debian;."
+msgstr ""
+"Nyare (mitten av 1998 och senare) PowerMac använder <command>yaboot</"
+"command> som sin starthanterare. Installeraren kommer att ställa in "
+"<command>yaboot</command> automatiskt, så allt du behöver är en liten 820k "
+"stor partition med namnet <quote>bootstrap</quote> med typen "
+"<emphasis>Apple_Bootstrap</emphasis> skapad tidigare i "
+"partitioneringskomponenten. Om det här steget slutförs korrekt ska din disk "
+"nu vara startbar och OpenFirmware kommer att vara inställd att starta upp "
+"&debian;."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2589
+#: using-d-i.xml:2605
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Install <command>Quik</command> on a Hard Disk"
 msgstr "Installera <command>Quik</command> på en hårddisk"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2590
+#: using-d-i.xml:2606
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "The boot loader for OldWorld Power Macintosh machines is <command>quik</command>. You can also use it on CHRP. The installer will attempt to set up <command>quik</command> automatically. The setup has been known to work on 7200, 7300, and 7600 Powermacs, and on some Power Computing clones."
-msgstr "Starthanteraren för OldWorld Power Macintosh-maskiner är <command>quik</command>. Du kan även använda den på CHRP. Installeraren kommer att försöka att ställa in <command>quik</command> automatiskt. Konfigurationen är känd att fungera på 7200, 7300, och 7600 Powermac, och på vissa Power Computing-kloner."
+msgid ""
+"The boot loader for OldWorld Power Macintosh machines is <command>quik</"
+"command>. You can also use it on CHRP. The installer will attempt to set up "
+"<command>quik</command> automatically. The setup has been known to work on "
+"7200, 7300, and 7600 Powermacs, and on some Power Computing clones."
+msgstr ""
+"Starthanteraren för OldWorld Power Macintosh-maskiner är <command>quik</"
+"command>. Du kan även använda den på CHRP. Installeraren kommer att försöka "
+"att ställa in <command>quik</command> automatiskt. Konfigurationen är känd "
+"att fungera på 7200, 7300, och 7600 Powermac, och på vissa Power Computing-"
+"kloner."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2606
+#: using-d-i.xml:2622
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<command>zipl</command>-installer"
 msgstr "<command>zipl</command>-installerare"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2607
+#: using-d-i.xml:2623
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "The boot loader on &arch-title; is <quote>zipl</quote>. <command>ZIPL</command> is similar in configuration and usage to <command>LILO</command>, with a few exceptions. Please take a look at <quote>LINUX for &arch-title; Device Drivers and Installation Commands</quote> from IBM's developerWorks web site if you want to know more about <command>ZIPL</command>."
-msgstr "Starthanteraren på &arch-title; är <quote>zipl</quote>. <command>ZIPL</command> är lik i konfiguration och användning som <command>LILO</command>, med ett fåtal undantag. Ta en titt på <quote>LINUX for &arch-title; Device Drivers and Installation Commands</quote> från IBM:s developerWorks-webbsida om du vill veta mer om <command>ZIPL</command>."
+msgid ""
+"The boot loader on &arch-title; is <quote>zipl</quote>. <command>ZIPL</"
+"command> is similar in configuration and usage to <command>LILO</command>, "
+"with a few exceptions. Please take a look at <quote>LINUX for &arch-title; "
+"Device Drivers and Installation Commands</quote> from IBM's developerWorks "
+"web site if you want to know more about <command>ZIPL</command>."
+msgstr ""
+"Starthanteraren på &arch-title; är <quote>zipl</quote>. <command>ZIPL</"
+"command> är lik i konfiguration och användning som <command>LILO</command>, "
+"med ett fåtal undantag. Ta en titt på <quote>LINUX for &arch-title; Device "
+"Drivers and Installation Commands</quote> från IBM:s developerWorks-webbsida "
+"om du vill veta mer om <command>ZIPL</command>."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2624
+#: using-d-i.xml:2640
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Install the <command>SILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk"
 msgstr "Installera starthanteraren <command>SILO</command> på en hårddisk"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2626
+#: using-d-i.xml:2642
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "The standard &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>silo</quote>. It is documented in <filename>/usr/share/doc/silo/</filename>. <command>SILO</command> is similar in configuration and usage to <command>LILO</command>, with a few exceptions. First of all, <command>SILO</command> allows you to boot any kernel image on your drive, even if it is not listed in <filename>/etc/silo.conf</filename>. This is because <command>SILO</command> can actually read Linux partitions. Also, <filename>/etc/silo.conf</filename> is read at boot time, so there is no need to rerun <command>silo</command> after installing a new kernel like you would with <command>LILO</command>. <command>SILO</command> can also read UFS partitions, which means it can boot SunOS/Solaris partitions as well. This is useful if you want to install GNU/Linux alongside an existing SunOS/Solaris install."
-msgstr "Den starthanterare som är standard på &architecture; kallas för <quote>silo</quote>. Den finns dokumenterad i <filename>/usr/share/doc/silo/</filename>. <command>SILO</command> är lik i konfiguration och användning som <command>LILO</command>, med ett fåtal undantag. Först, <command>SILO</command> låter dig starta upp valfri kärnavbild på din disk, även om den inte är listad i <filename>/etc/silo.conf</filename>. Det är på grund av att <command>SILO</command> kan faktiskt läsa Linux-partitioner. Ytterligare, <filename>/etc/silo.conf</filename> läses in vid uppstart, så det finns inget behov att köra om <command>silo</command> efter installation av ny kärna som du skulle gjort med <command>LILO</command>. <command>SILO</command> kan även läsa UFS-partitioner, som betyder att den även kan starta upp SunOS/Solaris-partitioner. Det här är användbart om du vill installera GNU/Linux vid sidan av en existerande installation av SunOS/Solaris."
+msgid ""
+"The standard &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>silo</quote>. It is "
+"documented in <filename>/usr/share/doc/silo/</filename>. <command>SILO</"
+"command> is similar in configuration and usage to <command>LILO</command>, "
+"with a few exceptions. First of all, <command>SILO</command> allows you to "
+"boot any kernel image on your drive, even if it is not listed in <filename>/"
+"etc/silo.conf</filename>. This is because <command>SILO</command> can "
+"actually read Linux partitions. Also, <filename>/etc/silo.conf</filename> is "
+"read at boot time, so there is no need to rerun <command>silo</command> "
+"after installing a new kernel like you would with <command>LILO</command>. "
+"<command>SILO</command> can also read UFS partitions, which means it can "
+"boot SunOS/Solaris partitions as well. This is useful if you want to install "
+"GNU/Linux alongside an existing SunOS/Solaris install."
+msgstr ""
+"Den starthanterare som är standard på &architecture; kallas för <quote>silo</"
+"quote>. Den finns dokumenterad i <filename>/usr/share/doc/silo/</filename>. "
+"<command>SILO</command> är lik i konfiguration och användning som "
+"<command>LILO</command>, med ett fåtal undantag. Först, <command>SILO</"
+"command> låter dig starta upp valfri kärnavbild på din disk, även om den "
+"inte är listad i <filename>/etc/silo.conf</filename>. Det är på grund av att "
+"<command>SILO</command> kan faktiskt läsa Linux-partitioner. Ytterligare, "
+"<filename>/etc/silo.conf</filename> läses in vid uppstart, så det finns "
+"inget behov att köra om <command>silo</command> efter installation av ny "
+"kärna som du skulle gjort med <command>LILO</command>. <command>SILO</"
+"command> kan även läsa UFS-partitioner, som betyder att den även kan starta "
+"upp SunOS/Solaris-partitioner. Det här är användbart om du vill installera "
+"GNU/Linux vid sidan av en existerande installation av SunOS/Solaris."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2651
+#: using-d-i.xml:2667
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Continue Without Boot Loader"
 msgstr "Fortsätt utan starthanterare"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2653
+#: using-d-i.xml:2669
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "This option can be used to complete the installation even when no boot loader is to be installed, either because the arch/subarch doesn't provide one, or because none is desired (e.g. you will use existing boot loader). <phrase arch=\"m68k\">This option is especially useful for Macintosh, Atari, and Amiga systems, where the original operating system must be maintained on the box and used to boot GNU/Linux.</phrase>"
-msgstr "Det här alternativet kan användas för att färdigställa installationen även om inte starthanterare kommer att installeras, antingen på grund av att arkitekturen/underarkitekturen inte erbjuder en eller på grund av att ingen önskas (exempelvis, du vill använda den existerande starthanteraren). <phrase arch=\"m68k\">Det här alternativet är speciellt användbart för Macintosh, Atari, och Amiga-system, där det ursprungliga operativsystemet måste hållas kvar på burken och användas för att starta upp GNU/Linux.</phrase>"
+msgid ""
+"This option can be used to complete the installation even when no boot "
+"loader is to be installed, either because the arch/subarch doesn't provide "
+"one, or because none is desired (e.g. you will use existing boot loader). "
+"<phrase arch=\"m68k\">This option is especially useful for Macintosh, Atari, "
+"and Amiga systems, where the original operating system must be maintained on "
+"the box and used to boot GNU/Linux.</phrase>"
+msgstr ""
+"Det här alternativet kan användas för att färdigställa installationen även "
+"om inte starthanterare kommer att installeras, antingen på grund av att "
+"arkitekturen/underarkitekturen inte erbjuder en eller på grund av att ingen "
+"önskas (exempelvis, du vill använda den existerande starthanteraren). "
+"<phrase arch=\"m68k\">Det här alternativet är speciellt användbart för "
+"Macintosh, Atari, och Amiga-system, där det ursprungliga operativsystemet "
+"måste hållas kvar på burken och användas för att starta upp GNU/Linux.</"
+"phrase>"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2662
+#: using-d-i.xml:2678
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "If you plan to manually configure your bootloader, you should check the name of the installed kernel in <filename>/target/boot</filename>. You should also check that directory for the presence of an <firstterm>initrd</firstterm>; if one is present, you will probably have to instruct your bootloader to use it. Other information you will need are the disk and partition you selected for your <filename>/</filename> filesystem and, if you chose to install <filename>/boot</filename> on a separate partition, also your <filename>/boot</filename> filesystem."
-msgstr "Om du planerar att manuellt konfigurera din starthanterare, bör du kontrollera namnet på den installerade kärnan i <filename>/target/boot</filename>. Du bör också kontrollera den katalogen om det finns en <firstterm>initrd</firstterm>; om det finns en ska du antagligen instruera din starthanterare att använda den. Övrig information som du behöver ange är disken och partition du har valt för ditt <filename>/</filename>-filsystem och, om du valde att installera <filename>/boot</filename> på en separat partition, även ditt <filename>/boot</filename>-filsystem."
+msgid ""
+"If you plan to manually configure your bootloader, you should check the name "
+"of the installed kernel in <filename>/target/boot</filename>. You should "
+"also check that directory for the presence of an <firstterm>initrd</"
+"firstterm>; if one is present, you will probably have to instruct your "
+"bootloader to use it. Other information you will need are the disk and "
+"partition you selected for your <filename>/</filename> filesystem and, if "
+"you chose to install <filename>/boot</filename> on a separate partition, "
+"also your <filename>/boot</filename> filesystem."
+msgstr ""
+"Om du planerar att manuellt konfigurera din starthanterare, bör du "
+"kontrollera namnet på den installerade kärnan i <filename>/target/boot</"
+"filename>. Du bör också kontrollera den katalogen om det finns en "
+"<firstterm>initrd</firstterm>; om det finns en ska du antagligen instruera "
+"din starthanterare att använda den. Övrig information som du behöver ange är "
+"disken och partition du har valt för ditt <filename>/</filename>-filsystem "
+"och, om du valde att installera <filename>/boot</filename> på en separat "
+"partition, även ditt <filename>/boot</filename>-filsystem."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2679
+#: using-d-i.xml:2695
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Finishing the Installation"
 msgstr "Färdigställ installationen"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2680
+#: using-d-i.xml:2696
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "These are the last bits to do before rebooting to your new system. It mostly consists of tidying up after the &d-i;."
-msgstr "De här är de sista bitarna att göra före omstarten in i ditt nya system. Det består mestadels av att knyta ihop allt efter &d-i;."
+msgid ""
+"These are the last bits to do before rebooting to your new system. It mostly "
+"consists of tidying up after the &d-i;."
+msgstr ""
+"De här är de sista bitarna att göra före omstarten in i ditt nya system. Det "
+"består mestadels av att knyta ihop allt efter &d-i;."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2692
+#: using-d-i.xml:2708
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Finish the Installation and Reboot"
 msgstr "Färdigställ installationen och starta om systemet"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2694
+#: using-d-i.xml:2710
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "This is the last step in the initial Debian installation process. You will be prompted to remove the boot media (CD, floppy, etc) that you used to boot the installer. The installer will do any last minute tasks, and then reboot into your new Debian system."
-msgstr "Det här är det sista steget i den initiala installationsprocessen för Debian. Du kommer att bli frågad att mata ut uppstartsmedia (cd, diskett, etc) som du använde för att starta upp installeraren. Installeraren kommer att göra sista-minuten-funktioner och sedan starta om in i ditt nya Debian-system."
+msgid ""
+"This is the last step in the initial Debian installation process. You will "
+"be prompted to remove the boot media (CD, floppy, etc) that you used to boot "
+"the installer. The installer will do any last minute tasks, and then reboot "
+"into your new Debian system."
+msgstr ""
+"Det här är det sista steget i den initiala installationsprocessen för "
+"Debian. Du kommer att bli frågad att mata ut uppstartsmedia (cd, diskett, "
+"etc) som du använde för att starta upp installeraren. Installeraren kommer "
+"att göra sista-minuten-funktioner och sedan starta om in i ditt nya Debian-"
+"system."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2701
+#: using-d-i.xml:2717
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Select the <guimenuitem>Finish the installation</guimenuitem> menu item which will halt the system because rebooting is not supported on &arch-title; in this case. You then need to IPL GNU/Linux from the DASD which you selected for the root filesystem during the first steps of the installation."
-msgstr "Välj menyposten <guimenuitem>Slutför installationen</guimenuitem> som kommer att stänga ner systemet därför att omstarter stöds inte på &arch-title; i detta fallet. Du behöver sedan köra en IPL GNU/Linux från den DASD som du valde för rotfilsystemet under de första stegen av installationen."
+msgid ""
+"Select the <guimenuitem>Finish the installation</guimenuitem> menu item "
+"which will halt the system because rebooting is not supported on &arch-"
+"title; in this case. You then need to IPL GNU/Linux from the DASD which you "
+"selected for the root filesystem during the first steps of the installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Välj menyposten <guimenuitem>Slutför installationen</guimenuitem> som kommer "
+"att stänga ner systemet därför att omstarter stöds inte på &arch-title; i "
+"detta fallet. Du behöver sedan köra en IPL GNU/Linux från den DASD som du "
+"valde för rotfilsystemet under de första stegen av installationen."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2715
+#: using-d-i.xml:2731
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Miscellaneous"
 msgstr "Blandat"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2716
+#: using-d-i.xml:2732
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "The components listed in this section are usually not involved in the installation process, but are waiting in the background to help the user in case something goes wrong."
-msgstr "Komponenterna som listas i det här avsnittet är normalt sett inte inblandade i installationsprocessen men väntar i bakgrunden för att hjälpa användaren om något går fel."
+msgid ""
+"The components listed in this section are usually not involved in the "
+"installation process, but are waiting in the background to help the user in "
+"case something goes wrong."
+msgstr ""
+"Komponenterna som listas i det här avsnittet är normalt sett inte inblandade "
+"i installationsprocessen men väntar i bakgrunden för att hjälpa användaren "
+"om något går fel."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2729
+#: using-d-i.xml:2745
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Saving the installation logs"
 msgstr "Spara installationsloggar"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2731
+#: using-d-i.xml:2747
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "If the installation is successful, the logfiles created during the installation process will be automatically saved to <filename>/var/log/installer/</filename> on your new Debian system."
-msgstr "Om installationen lyckas, kommer loggfilerna som skapas under installationsprocessen att automatiskt sparas till <filename>/var/log/installer/</filename> på ditt nya Debian-system."
+msgid ""
+"If the installation is successful, the logfiles created during the "
+"installation process will be automatically saved to <filename>/var/log/"
+"installer/</filename> on your new Debian system."
+msgstr ""
+"Om installationen lyckas, kommer loggfilerna som skapas under "
+"installationsprocessen att automatiskt sparas till <filename>/var/log/"
+"installer/</filename> på ditt nya Debian-system."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2738
+#: using-d-i.xml:2754
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Choosing <guimenuitem>Save debug logs</guimenuitem> from the main menu allows you to save the log files to a floppy disk, network, hard disk, or other media. This can be useful if you encounter fatal problems during the installation and wish to study the logs on another system or attach them to an installation report."
-msgstr "Välj <guimenuitem>Spara felsökningsloggar</guimenuitem> från huvudmenyn låter dig spara loggfilerna till en diskett, nätverk, hårddisk eller annat media. Det kan vara användbart om du påträffar allvarliga problem under installationen och vill undersöka loggarna på ett annat system eller bifoga dem i en installationsrapport."
+msgid ""
+"Choosing <guimenuitem>Save debug logs</guimenuitem> from the main menu "
+"allows you to save the log files to a floppy disk, network, hard disk, or "
+"other media. This can be useful if you encounter fatal problems during the "
+"installation and wish to study the logs on another system or attach them to "
+"an installation report."
+msgstr ""
+"Välj <guimenuitem>Spara felsökningsloggar</guimenuitem> från huvudmenyn "
+"låter dig spara loggfilerna till en diskett, nätverk, hårddisk eller annat "
+"media. Det kan vara användbart om du påträffar allvarliga problem under "
+"installationen och vill undersöka loggarna på ett annat system eller bifoga "
+"dem i en installationsrapport."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2758
+#: using-d-i.xml:2774
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Using the Shell and Viewing the Logs"
 msgstr "Användning av skalet och visning av loggar"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2761
+#: using-d-i.xml:2777
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "There is an <guimenuitem>Execute a Shell</guimenuitem> item on the menu. If the menu is not available when you need to use the shell, press <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap> <keycap>F2</keycap></keycombo> (on a Mac keyboard, <keycombo><keycap>Option</keycap> <keycap>F2</keycap> </keycombo>) to switch to the second <emphasis>virtual console</emphasis>. That's the <keycap>Alt</keycap> key on the left-hand side of the <keycap>space bar</keycap>, and the <keycap>F2</keycap> function key, at the same time. This is a separate window running a Bourne shell clone called <command>ash</command>."
-msgstr "Det finns en post kallad <guimenuitem>Starta ett skal</guimenuitem> i menyn. Om menyn inte är tillgänglig när du behöver använda skalet, tryck <keycombo><keycap>Vänster Alt</keycap> <keycap>F2</keycap></keycombo> (på ett Mac-tangentbord, <keycombo><keycap>Option</keycap> <keycap>F2</keycap> </keycombo>) för att byta till den andra <emphasis>virtuella konsollen</emphasis>. Det är <keycap>Alt</keycap>-tangenten på vänster sida av <keycap>mellanslag</keycap>, och funktionstangenten <keycap>F2</keycap>, på samma gång. Det är ett separat fönster som kör en klon av skalet Bourne som kallas <command>ash</command>."
+msgid ""
+"There is an <guimenuitem>Execute a Shell</guimenuitem> item on the menu. If "
+"the menu is not available when you need to use the shell, press "
+"<keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap> <keycap>F2</keycap></keycombo> (on a Mac "
+"keyboard, <keycombo><keycap>Option</keycap> <keycap>F2</keycap> </keycombo>) "
+"to switch to the second <emphasis>virtual console</emphasis>. That's the "
+"<keycap>Alt</keycap> key on the left-hand side of the <keycap>space bar</"
+"keycap>, and the <keycap>F2</keycap> function key, at the same time. This is "
+"a separate window running a Bourne shell clone called <command>ash</command>."
+msgstr ""
+"Det finns en post kallad <guimenuitem>Starta ett skal</guimenuitem> i menyn. "
+"Om menyn inte är tillgänglig när du behöver använda skalet, tryck "
+"<keycombo><keycap>Vänster Alt</keycap> <keycap>F2</keycap></keycombo> (på "
+"ett Mac-tangentbord, <keycombo><keycap>Option</keycap> <keycap>F2</keycap> </"
+"keycombo>) för att byta till den andra <emphasis>virtuella konsollen</"
+"emphasis>. Det är <keycap>Alt</keycap>-tangenten på vänster sida av "
+"<keycap>mellanslag</keycap>, och funktionstangenten <keycap>F2</keycap>, på "
+"samma gång. Det är ett separat fönster som kör en klon av skalet Bourne som "
+"kallas <command>ash</command>."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2773
+#: using-d-i.xml:2789
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "At this point you are booted from the RAM disk, and there is a limited set of Unix utilities available for your use. You can see what programs are available with the command <command>ls /bin /sbin /usr/bin /usr/sbin</command> and by typing <command>help</command>. The text editor is <command>nano</command>. The shell has some nice features like autocompletion and history."
-msgstr "Vid den här tidpunkten har du startat upp från RAM-disken, och det finns en begränsad uppsättning Unix-verktyg tillgängliga för dig. Du kan se vilka program som finns tillgängliga med kommandot <command>ls /bin /sbin /usr/bin /usr/sbin</command> och genom att skriva <command>help</command>. Textredigeraren är <command>nano</command>. Skalet har några trevliga funktioner som automatisk färdigställning och historik."
+msgid ""
+"At this point you are booted from the RAM disk, and there is a limited set "
+"of Unix utilities available for your use. You can see what programs are "
+"available with the command <command>ls /bin /sbin /usr/bin /usr/sbin</"
+"command> and by typing <command>help</command>. The text editor is "
+"<command>nano</command>. The shell has some nice features like "
+"autocompletion and history."
+msgstr ""
+"Vid den här tidpunkten har du startat upp från RAM-disken, och det finns en "
+"begränsad uppsättning Unix-verktyg tillgängliga för dig. Du kan se vilka "
+"program som finns tillgängliga med kommandot <command>ls /bin /sbin /usr/"
+"bin /usr/sbin</command> och genom att skriva <command>help</command>. "
+"Textredigeraren är <command>nano</command>. Skalet har några trevliga "
+"funktioner som automatisk färdigställning och historik."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2782
+#: using-d-i.xml:2798
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Use the menus to perform any task that they are able to do &mdash; the shell and commands are only there in case something goes wrong. In particular, you should always use the menus, not the shell, to activate your swap partition, because the menu software can't detect that you've done this from the shell. Press <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap> <keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo> to get back to menus, or type <command>exit</command> if you used a menu item to open the shell."
-msgstr "Använd menyerna för att genomföra de funktioner som de kan göra &mdash; skalet och kommandona är endast där om något skulle på fel. Speciellt bör du alltid använda menyerna, inte skalet, för att aktivera din växlingspartition, på grund av att programvaran i menyn inte kan identifiera att du har gjort det från skalet. Tryck <keycombo><keycap>Vänster Alt</keycap> <keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo> för att komma tillbaka till menyerna, eller skriv <command>exit</command> om du använt en menypost för att öppna skalet."
+msgid ""
+"Use the menus to perform any task that they are able to do &mdash; the shell "
+"and commands are only there in case something goes wrong. In particular, you "
+"should always use the menus, not the shell, to activate your swap partition, "
+"because the menu software can't detect that you've done this from the shell. "
+"Press <keycombo><keycap>Left Alt</keycap> <keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo> to "
+"get back to menus, or type <command>exit</command> if you used a menu item "
+"to open the shell."
+msgstr ""
+"Använd menyerna för att genomföra de funktioner som de kan göra &mdash; "
+"skalet och kommandona är endast där om något skulle på fel. Speciellt bör du "
+"alltid använda menyerna, inte skalet, för att aktivera din "
+"växlingspartition, på grund av att programvaran i menyn inte kan identifiera "
+"att du har gjort det från skalet. Tryck <keycombo><keycap>Vänster Alt</"
+"keycap> <keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo> för att komma tillbaka till menyerna, "
+"eller skriv <command>exit</command> om du använt en menypost för att öppna "
+"skalet."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2801
+#: using-d-i.xml:2817
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Installation Over the Network"
 msgstr "Installation över nätverket"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2803
+#: using-d-i.xml:2819
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "One of the more interesting components is <firstterm>network-console</firstterm>. It allows you to do a large part of the installation over the network via SSH. The use of the network implies you will have to perform the first steps of the installation from the console, at least to the point of setting up the networking. (Although you can automate that part with <xref linkend=\"automatic-install\"/>.)"
-msgstr "En av de mer intressanta komponenterna är <firstterm>network-console</firstterm>. Den låter dig göra en stor del av installationen över nätverket via SSH. Användningen av nätverk antyder att du måste genomföra de första stegen av installationen från konsollen, åtminstone till punkten där nätverket ställs in. (Dock kan du automatisera den delen med <xref linkend=\"automatic-install\"/>.)"
+msgid ""
+"One of the more interesting components is <firstterm>network-console</"
+"firstterm>. It allows you to do a large part of the installation over the "
+"network via SSH. The use of the network implies you will have to perform the "
+"first steps of the installation from the console, at least to the point of "
+"setting up the networking. (Although you can automate that part with <xref "
+"linkend=\"automatic-install\"/>.)"
+msgstr ""
+"En av de mer intressanta komponenterna är <firstterm>network-console</"
+"firstterm>. Den låter dig göra en stor del av installationen över nätverket "
+"via SSH. Användningen av nätverk antyder att du måste genomföra de första "
+"stegen av installationen från konsollen, åtminstone till punkten där "
+"nätverket ställs in. (Dock kan du automatisera den delen med <xref linkend="
+"\"automatic-install\"/>.)"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2813
+#: using-d-i.xml:2829
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "This component is not loaded into the main installation menu by default, so you have to explicitly ask for it. If you are installing from CD, you need to boot with medium priority or otherwise invoke the main installation menu and choose <guimenuitem>Load installer components from CD</guimenuitem> and from the list of additional components select <guimenuitem>network-console: Continue installation remotely using SSH</guimenuitem>. Successful load is indicated by a new menu entry called <guimenuitem>Continue installation remotely using SSH</guimenuitem>."
-msgstr "Den här komponenten läses inte in i huvudmenyn som standard så du måste specifikt begära den. Om du installerar från en cd-skiva behöver du starta upp med mediumprioritet eller annars kan du starta huvudmenyn och välja <guimenuitem>Läs in installationskomponenter från cd</guimenuitem> och från listan av ytterligare komponenter välja <guimenuitem>network-console: Fortsätt installationen genom fjärråtkomst med SSH</guimenuitem>. En lyckad inläsning indikeras av en ny menypost kallad <guimenuitem>Fortsätt installationen genom fjärråtkomst med SSH</guimenuitem>."
+msgid ""
+"This component is not loaded into the main installation menu by default, so "
+"you have to explicitly ask for it. If you are installing from CD, you need "
+"to boot with medium priority or otherwise invoke the main installation menu "
+"and choose <guimenuitem>Load installer components from CD</guimenuitem> and "
+"from the list of additional components select <guimenuitem>network-console: "
+"Continue installation remotely using SSH</guimenuitem>. Successful load is "
+"indicated by a new menu entry called <guimenuitem>Continue installation "
+"remotely using SSH</guimenuitem>."
+msgstr ""
+"Den här komponenten läses inte in i huvudmenyn som standard så du måste "
+"specifikt begära den. Om du installerar från en cd-skiva behöver du starta "
+"upp med mediumprioritet eller annars kan du starta huvudmenyn och välja "
+"<guimenuitem>Läs in installationskomponenter från cd</guimenuitem> och från "
+"listan av ytterligare komponenter välja <guimenuitem>network-console: "
+"Fortsätt installationen genom fjärråtkomst med SSH</guimenuitem>. En lyckad "
+"inläsning indikeras av en ny menypost kallad <guimenuitem>Fortsätt "
+"installationen genom fjärråtkomst med SSH</guimenuitem>."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2826
+#: using-d-i.xml:2842
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "For installations on &arch-title;, this is the default method after setting up the network."
-msgstr "För installationer på &arch-title;, det här är standardmetoden efter konfiguration av nätverket."
+msgid ""
+"For installations on &arch-title;, this is the default method after setting "
+"up the network."
+msgstr ""
+"För installationer på &arch-title;, det här är standardmetoden efter "
+"konfiguration av nätverket."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2831
+#: using-d-i.xml:2847
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "<phrase arch=\"not-s390\">After selecting this new entry, you</phrase> <phrase arch=\"s390\">You</phrase> will be asked for a new password to be used for connecting to the installation system and for its confirmation. That's all. Now you should see a screen which instructs you to login remotely as the user <emphasis>installer</emphasis> with the password you just provided. Another important detail to notice on this screen is the fingerprint of this system. You need to transfer the fingerprint securely to the <quote>person who will continue the installation remotely</quote>."
-msgstr "<phrase arch=\"not-s390\">Efter du har valt den här nya posten kommer du</phrase> <phrase arch=\"s390\">Du</phrase> att bli frågad efter ett nytt lösenord som ska användas för anslutning till installationssystemet och för att bekräfta det. Det är allt. Nu bör du se en skärm som instruerar dig att göra en fjärrinloggning som användaren <emphasis>installer</emphasis> med lösenordet som du precis angav. En annan viktig detalj att notera på den här skärmen är fingeravtrycket av det här systemet. Du behöver överföra fingeravtrycket på ett säkert sätt till <quote>personen som kommer att fortsätta fjärrinstallationen</quote>."
+msgid ""
+"<phrase arch=\"not-s390\">After selecting this new entry, you</phrase> "
+"<phrase arch=\"s390\">You</phrase> will be asked for a new password to be "
+"used for connecting to the installation system and for its confirmation. "
+"That's all. Now you should see a screen which instructs you to login "
+"remotely as the user <emphasis>installer</emphasis> with the password you "
+"just provided. Another important detail to notice on this screen is the "
+"fingerprint of this system. You need to transfer the fingerprint securely to "
+"the <quote>person who will continue the installation remotely</quote>."
+msgstr ""
+"<phrase arch=\"not-s390\">Efter du har valt den här nya posten kommer du</"
+"phrase> <phrase arch=\"s390\">Du</phrase> att bli frågad efter ett nytt "
+"lösenord som ska användas för anslutning till installationssystemet och för "
+"att bekräfta det. Det är allt. Nu bör du se en skärm som instruerar dig att "
+"göra en fjärrinloggning som användaren <emphasis>installer</emphasis> med "
+"lösenordet som du precis angav. En annan viktig detalj att notera på den här "
+"skärmen är fingeravtrycket av det här systemet. Du behöver överföra "
+"fingeravtrycket på ett säkert sätt till <quote>personen som kommer att "
+"fortsätta fjärrinstallationen</quote>."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2843
+#: using-d-i.xml:2859
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Should you decide to continue with the installation locally, you can always press &enterkey;, which will bring you back to the main menu, where you can select another component."
-msgstr "Bestämmer du dig för att fortsätta med installationen lokalt kan du alltid trycka &enterkey;, vilket tar dig tillbaka till huvudmenyn, där du kan välja en annan komponent."
+msgid ""
+"Should you decide to continue with the installation locally, you can always "
+"press &enterkey;, which will bring you back to the main menu, where you can "
+"select another component."
+msgstr ""
+"Bestämmer du dig för att fortsätta med installationen lokalt kan du alltid "
+"trycka &enterkey;, vilket tar dig tillbaka till huvudmenyn, där du kan välja "
+"en annan komponent."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2849
+#: using-d-i.xml:2865
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
-"Now let's switch to the other side of the wire. As a prerequisite, you need to configure your terminal for UTF-8 encoding, because that is what the installation system uses. If you do not, remote installation will be still possible, but you may encounter strange display artefacts like destroyed dialog borders or unreadable non-ascii characters. Establishing a connection with the installation system is as simple as typing: <informalexample><screen>\n"
-"<prompt>$</prompt> <userinput>ssh -l installer <replaceable>install_host</replaceable></userinput>\n"
-"</screen></informalexample> Where <replaceable>install_host</replaceable> is either the name or IP address of the computer being installed. Before the actual login the fingerprint of the remote system will be displayed and you will have to confirm that it is correct."
+"Now let's switch to the other side of the wire. As a prerequisite, you need "
+"to configure your terminal for UTF-8 encoding, because that is what the "
+"installation system uses. If you do not, remote installation will be still "
+"possible, but you may encounter strange display artefacts like destroyed "
+"dialog borders or unreadable non-ascii characters. Establishing a connection "
+"with the installation system is as simple as typing: "
+"<informalexample><screen>\n"
+"<prompt>$</prompt> <userinput>ssh -l installer <replaceable>install_host</"
+"replaceable></userinput>\n"
+"</screen></informalexample> Where <replaceable>install_host</replaceable> is "
+"either the name or IP address of the computer being installed. Before the "
+"actual login the fingerprint of the remote system will be displayed and you "
+"will have to confirm that it is correct."
 msgstr ""
-"Låt oss nu hoppa över till andra sidan av kabeln. Som en förutsättning behöver du konfigurera din terminal för teckenkodningen UTF-8, på grund av att installationssystemet använder den kodningen. Om du inte gör det kommer fjärrinstallation fortfarande vara möjlig men du kommer att uppleva konstiga skärmproblem som förstörda dialogrutor eller oläsbara tecken som inte är ascii. Etablera en anslutning till installationssystemet är så enkelt som att ange: <informalexample><screen>\n"
-"<prompt>$</prompt> <userinput>ssh -l installer <replaceable>installationsvärd</replaceable></userinput>\n"
-"</screen></informalexample> Där <replaceable>installationsvärd</replaceable> är antingen namnet eller IP-adress till den dator som ska installeras. Före den faktiska inloggningen kommer fingeravtrycket för fjärrsystemet att visas och du behöver bekräfta att det är korrekt."
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2866
+"Låt oss nu hoppa över till andra sidan av kabeln. Som en förutsättning "
+"behöver du konfigurera din terminal för teckenkodningen UTF-8, på grund av "
+"att installationssystemet använder den kodningen. Om du inte gör det kommer "
+"fjärrinstallation fortfarande vara möjlig men du kommer att uppleva konstiga "
+"skärmproblem som förstörda dialogrutor eller oläsbara tecken som inte är "
+"ascii. Etablera en anslutning till installationssystemet är så enkelt som "
+"att ange: <informalexample><screen>\n"
+"<prompt>$</prompt> <userinput>ssh -l installer "
+"<replaceable>installationsvärd</replaceable></userinput>\n"
+"</screen></informalexample> Där <replaceable>installationsvärd</replaceable> "
+"är antingen namnet eller IP-adress till den dator som ska installeras. Före "
+"den faktiska inloggningen kommer fingeravtrycket för fjärrsystemet att visas "
+"och du behöver bekräfta att det är korrekt."
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:2882
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "If you install several computers in turn and they happen to have the same IP address or hostname, <command>ssh</command> will refuse to connect to such host. The reason is that it will have different fingerprint, which is usually a sign of a spoofing attack. If you are sure this is not the case, you will need to delete the relevant line from <filename>~/.ssh/known_hosts</filename> and try again."
-msgstr "Om du installerar flera datorer i turordning och de råkar ha samma IP-adress eller värdnamn kommer <command>ssh</command> att vägra att ansluta till en sådan värd. Anledningen är att den kommer att ha ett olikt fingeravtryck, vilket är ett vanligt tecken på en spoofingattack. Om du är säker att så inte är fallet, behöver du ta bort den relevanta raden från <filename>~/.ssh/known_hosts</filename> och försöka igen."
+msgid ""
+"If you install several computers in turn and they happen to have the same IP "
+"address or hostname, <command>ssh</command> will refuse to connect to such "
+"host. The reason is that it will have different fingerprint, which is "
+"usually a sign of a spoofing attack. If you are sure this is not the case, "
+"you will need to delete the relevant line from <filename>~/.ssh/known_hosts</"
+"filename> and try again."
+msgstr ""
+"Om du installerar flera datorer i turordning och de råkar ha samma IP-adress "
+"eller värdnamn kommer <command>ssh</command> att vägra att ansluta till en "
+"sådan värd. Anledningen är att den kommer att ha ett olikt fingeravtryck, "
+"vilket är ett vanligt tecken på en spoofingattack. Om du är säker att så "
+"inte är fallet, behöver du ta bort den relevanta raden från <filename>~/.ssh/"
+"known_hosts</filename> och försöka igen."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2875
+#: using-d-i.xml:2891
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "After the login you will be presented with an initial screen where you have two possibilities called <guimenuitem>Start menu</guimenuitem> and <guimenuitem>Start shell</guimenuitem>. The former brings you to the main installer menu, where you can continue with the installation as usual. The latter starts a shell from which you can examine and possibly fix the remote system. You should only start one SSH session for the installation menu, but may start multiple sessions for shells."
-msgstr "Efter inloggningen kommer du att se den initiala skärmen där du har två möjligheter kallade <guimenuitem>Starta menyn</guimenuitem> och <guimenuitem>Starta ett skal</guimenuitem>. Den första tar dig till huvudmenyn i installeraren, där du kan fortsätta med installationen som vanligt. Den senare startar upp ett skal från vilket du kan undersöka och möjligen rätta till fjärrsystemet. Du bör endast starta en SSH-session för installationsmenyn, men kan starta flera sessioner för skal."
+msgid ""
+"After the login you will be presented with an initial screen where you have "
+"two possibilities called <guimenuitem>Start menu</guimenuitem> and "
+"<guimenuitem>Start shell</guimenuitem>. The former brings you to the main "
+"installer menu, where you can continue with the installation as usual. The "
+"latter starts a shell from which you can examine and possibly fix the remote "
+"system. You should only start one SSH session for the installation menu, but "
+"may start multiple sessions for shells."
+msgstr ""
+"Efter inloggningen kommer du att se den initiala skärmen där du har två "
+"möjligheter kallade <guimenuitem>Starta menyn</guimenuitem> och "
+"<guimenuitem>Starta ett skal</guimenuitem>. Den första tar dig till "
+"huvudmenyn i installeraren, där du kan fortsätta med installationen som "
+"vanligt. Den senare startar upp ett skal från vilket du kan undersöka och "
+"möjligen rätta till fjärrsystemet. Du bör endast starta en SSH-session för "
+"installationsmenyn, men kan starta flera sessioner för skal."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2885
+#: using-d-i.xml:2901
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "After you have started the installation remotely over SSH, you should not go back to the installation session running on the local console. Doing so may corrupt the database that holds the configuration of the new system. This in turn may result in a failed installation or problems with the installed system."
-msgstr "Efter att du har startat fjärrinstallationen över SSH bör du inte gå tillbaka till installationssessionen som kör på den lokala konsollen. Om du gör det kan databasen som tillhandahåller konfigurationen av det nya systemet skadas. Det i sin tur kan resultera i en misslyckad installation eller problem med det installerade systemet."
+msgid ""
+"After you have started the installation remotely over SSH, you should not go "
+"back to the installation session running on the local console. Doing so may "
+"corrupt the database that holds the configuration of the new system. This in "
+"turn may result in a failed installation or problems with the installed "
+"system."
+msgstr ""
+"Efter att du har startat fjärrinstallationen över SSH bör du inte gå "
+"tillbaka till installationssessionen som kör på den lokala konsollen. Om du "
+"gör det kan databasen som tillhandahåller konfigurationen av det nya "
+"systemet skadas. Det i sin tur kan resultera i en misslyckad installation "
+"eller problem med det installerade systemet."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2893
+#: using-d-i.xml:2909
 #, no-c-format
-msgid "Also, if you are running the SSH session from an X terminal, you should not resize the window as that will result in the connection being terminated."
-msgstr "Tänk även på att om du kör en SSH-session från en X-terminal bör du inte förstora fönstret eftersom det kommer att resultera i att anslutningen bryts."
+msgid ""
+"Also, if you are running the SSH session from an X terminal, you should not "
+"resize the window as that will result in the connection being terminated."
+msgstr ""
+"Tänk även på att om du kör en SSH-session från en X-terminal bör du inte "
+"förstora fönstret eftersom det kommer att resultera i att anslutningen bryts."
 
 #~ msgid ""
 #~ "If you are installing on a system that has a Sun USB keyboard and have "
@@ -2347,6 +4671,7 @@ msgstr "Tänk även på att om du kör en SSH-session från en X-terminal bör d
 #~ "kommer att visa dig en lista på tangenttabeller av Sun-typ att välja "
 #~ "från, men välja en av dessa kommer att resultera i ett icke-fungerande "
 #~ "tangentbord. Om du installerar med en 2.6-kärna är det inga problem."
+
 #~ msgid ""
 #~ "To get a working keyboard, you should boot the installer with parameter "
 #~ "<userinput>priority=medium</userinput>. When you get to keyboard "
@@ -2370,6 +4695,7 @@ msgstr "Tänk även på att om du kör en SSH-session från en X-terminal bör d
 #~ "du har ett tangenbord med en lokalanpassad layout. Välja <quote>Det finns "
 #~ "inget tangentbord att konfigurera</quote> kommer att lämna kvar kärnans "
 #~ "tangentlayout, vilken är korrekt för amerikanska tangentbord."
+
 #~ msgid ""
 #~ "If you choose guided partitioning using LVM, it will not be possible to "
 #~ "undo changes made in the partition table. This effectively erases all "
@@ -2378,6 +4704,7 @@ msgstr "Tänk även på att om du kör en SSH-session från en X-terminal bör d
 #~ "Om du väljer den guidade partitioneringen med LVM är det inte möjligt att "
 #~ "ångra ändringar gjorda i partitionstabellen. Detta raderar effektivt all "
 #~ "data som för närvarande finns på den valda hårddisken."
+
 #~ msgid ""
 #~ "LVM setup in &d-i; is quite simple. At first, you have to mark your "
 #~ "partitions to be used as physical volumes for LVM. (This is done in "
@@ -2402,12 +4729,16 @@ msgstr "Tänk även på att om du kör en SSH-session från en X-terminal bör d
 #~ "volymgrupper (VG)</guimenuitem>. Efter det ska du skapa logiska volymer "
 #~ "på toppen av volymgrupper från menyn <guimenuitem>Konfigurera logiska "
 #~ "volymer (LV)</guimenuitem>."
+
 #~ msgid "Desktop machine"
 #~ msgstr "Skrivbordsdator"
+
 #~ msgid "Multi-user workstation"
 #~ msgstr "Arbetsstation med flera användare"
+
 #~ msgid "Running <command>base-config</command> From Within &d-i;"
 #~ msgstr "Kör <command>base-config</command> från &d-i;"
+
 #~ msgid ""
 #~ "It is possible to configure the base system within the first stage "
 #~ "installer (before rebooting from the hard drive), by running "
@@ -2420,8 +4751,10 @@ msgstr "Tänk även på att om du kör en SSH-session från en X-terminal bör d
 #~ "<command>base-config</command> i en <firstterm>chroot</firstterm>-miljö. "
 #~ "Det här är huvudsakligen användbart för att testa installeraren och bör "
 #~ "normalt sett undvikas."
+
 #~ msgid "languagechooser"
 #~ msgstr "languagechooser"
+
 #~ msgid ""
 #~ "Shows a list of languages and language variants. The installer will "
 #~ "display messages in the chosen language, unless the translation for that "
@@ -2432,14 +4765,18 @@ msgstr "Tänk även på att om du kör en SSH-session från en X-terminal bör d
 #~ "meddelanden på det valda språket om inte översättningen för det språket "
 #~ "inte är komplett. När en översättning inte är komplett kommer meddelanden "
 #~ "på engelska att visas."
+
 #~ msgid "countrychooser"
 #~ msgstr "countrychooser"
+
 #~ msgid ""
 #~ "Shows a list of countries. The user may choose the country he lives in."
 #~ msgstr ""
 #~ "Visar en lista på länder. Användaren kan välja det land han/hon bor i."
+
 #~ msgid "base-config"
 #~ msgstr "base-config"
+
 #~ msgid ""
 #~ "Provides dialogs for setting up the base system packages according to "
 #~ "user preferences. This is normally done after rebooting the computer; it "
@@ -2448,10 +4785,13 @@ msgstr "Tänk även på att om du kör en SSH-session från en X-terminal bör d
 #~ "Ger dialogrutor för att ställa in paket för grundsystemet enligt "
 #~ "användarens egenskaper. Detta görs normalt sett efter omstart av datorn; "
 #~ "det är den <quote>första körningen</quote> av det nya Debian-systemet."
+
 #~ msgid "bugreporter"
 #~ msgstr "bugreporter"
+
 #~ msgid "Language selection"
 #~ msgstr "Språkval"
+
 #~ msgid ""
 #~ "The language you choose will be used for the rest of the installation "
 #~ "process, provided a translation of the different dialogs is available. If "
@@ -2465,8 +4805,9 @@ msgstr "Tänk även på att om du kör en SSH-session från en X-terminal bör d
 #~ "valda språket kommer installeraren att gå över till engelska. Det valda "
 #~ "språket kommer också användas för att hjälpa till att välja ett lämpligt "
 #~ "tangentbordsarrangemang. "
+
 #~ msgid "Country selection"
 #~ msgstr "Val av land"
+
 #~ msgid "Finishing the First Stage"
 #~ msgstr "Färdigställande av första steget"
-
diff --git a/po/vi/using-d-i.po b/po/vi/using-d-i.po
index 99318e473..01a1de16a 100644
--- a/po/vi/using-d-i.po
+++ b/po/vi/using-d-i.po
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: using-d-i\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-29 17:11+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-11-17 09:33+0000\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-10-21 22:26+0930\n"
 "Last-Translator: Clytie Siddall <clytie@riverland.net.au>\n"
 "Language-Team: Vietnamese <vi-VN@googlegroups.com>\n"
@@ -3154,7 +3154,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:1944
-#, no-c-format
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "So, you have the ability to choose <emphasis>tasks</emphasis> first, and "
 "then add on more individual packages later. These tasks loosely represent a "
@@ -3162,8 +3162,8 @@ msgid ""
 "as <quote>Desktop environment</quote>, <quote>Web server</quote>, or "
 "<quote>Print server</quote><footnote> <para> You should know that to present "
 "this list, the installer is merely invoking the <command>tasksel</command> "
-"program. It can be run at any time after installation to install (or remove) "
-"more packages, or you can use a more fine-grained tool such as "
+"program. It can be run at any time after installation to install more "
+"packages or remove them), or you can use a more fine-grained tool such as "
 "<command>aptitude</command>. If you are looking for a specific single "
 "package, after installation is complete, simply run <userinput>aptitude "
 "install <replaceable>package</replaceable></userinput>, where "
@@ -3186,6 +3186,38 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:1969
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Some tasks may be pre-selected based on the characteristics of the computer "
+"you are installing. If you disagree with these selections you can un-select "
+"the tasks. You can even opt to install no tasks at all at this point."
+msgstr ""
+"Ghi chú rằng một số công việc có thể được chọn sẵn, dựa vào các đặc tính của "
+"máy tính nơi bạn cài đặt hệ thống. Nếu bạn không đồng ý với các công việc "
+"chọn sẵn, bạn có thể bỏ chọn điều nào. Tại điểm thời này, bạn có thể chọn "
+"ngay cả không cài đặt gì."
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:1976
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"The <quote>Desktop environment</quote> task will install the Gnome desktop "
+"environment. The options offered by the installer currently do not allow to "
+"select a different desktop environment like for example KDE."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:1982
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"It is however possible to get the installer to install KDE by using "
+"preseeding (see <xref linkend=\"preseed-pkgsel\"/>) or by adding "
+"<literal>tasksel/first=kde-desktop</literal> at the boot prompt when "
+"starting the installer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:1990
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Once you've selected your tasks, select <guibutton>Ok</guibutton>. At this "
@@ -3196,7 +3228,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "gói đã chọn."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1976
+#: using-d-i.xml:1998
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "In the standard user interface of the installer, you can use the space bar "
@@ -3206,21 +3238,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "dài để (bỏ) chọn công việc nào."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1983
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"Note that some tasks may be pre-selected based on the characteristics of the "
-"computer you are installing. If you disagree with these selections you can "
-"un-select the tasks. You can even opt to install no tasks at all at this "
-"point."
-msgstr ""
-"Ghi chú rằng một số công việc có thể được chọn sẵn, dựa vào các đặc tính của "
-"máy tính nơi bạn cài đặt hệ thống. Nếu bạn không đồng ý với các công việc "
-"chọn sẵn, bạn có thể bỏ chọn điều nào. Tại điểm thời này, bạn có thể chọn "
-"ngay cả không cài đặt gì."
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1991
+#: using-d-i.xml:2007
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Each package you selected with <command>tasksel</command> is downloaded, "
@@ -3234,13 +3252,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "sẽ nhắc bạn trong tiến trình này."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2000
+#: using-d-i.xml:2016
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Configuring Your Mail Transport Agent"
 msgstr "Cấu hình tác nhân truyền thư tín"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2002
+#: using-d-i.xml:2018
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Today, email is a very important part of many people's life, so it's no "
@@ -3255,7 +3273,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "học hiểu."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2010
+#: using-d-i.xml:2026
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "You may ask if this is needed even if your computer is not connected to any "
@@ -3269,7 +3287,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "thể gởi cho bạn thông báo quan trọng bằng thư điện tử."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2018
+#: using-d-i.xml:2034
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "So on the first screen you will be presented with several common mail "
@@ -3279,13 +3297,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "điều khớp trường hợp của bạn một cách gần nhất:"
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2027
+#: using-d-i.xml:2043
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "internet site"
 msgstr "nơi Mạng"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2028
+#: using-d-i.xml:2044
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Your system is connected to a network and your mail is sent and received "
@@ -3299,13 +3317,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "chuyển tiếp lại thư tín."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2039
+#: using-d-i.xml:2055
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "mail sent by smarthost"
 msgstr "thư được gởi bởi máy thông minh"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2040
+#: using-d-i.xml:2056
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "In this scenario is your outgoing mail forwarded to another machine, called "
@@ -3323,13 +3341,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "chọn này thích hợp với người dùng quay số."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2053
+#: using-d-i.xml:2069
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "local delivery only"
 msgstr "chỉ phát cục bộ"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2054
+#: using-d-i.xml:2070
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Your system is not on a network and mail is sent or received only between "
@@ -3347,13 +3365,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "câu thêm nữa."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2067
+#: using-d-i.xml:2083
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "no configuration at this time"
 msgstr "chưa cấu hình"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2068
+#: using-d-i.xml:2084
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Choose this if you are absolutely convinced you know what you are doing. "
@@ -3367,7 +3385,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "ích hệ thống."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2079
+#: using-d-i.xml:2095
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If none of these scenarios suits your needs, or if you need a finer setup, "
@@ -3383,13 +3401,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "usr/share/doc/exim4</filename>."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2094
+#: using-d-i.xml:2110
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Making Your System Bootable"
 msgstr "Cho hệ thống khả năng khởi động"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2096
+#: using-d-i.xml:2112
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you are installing a diskless workstation, obviously, booting off the "
@@ -3403,7 +3421,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "select-sun\"/>.</phrase>"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2104
+#: using-d-i.xml:2120
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still "
@@ -3418,13 +3436,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "tài liệu hướng dẫn sử dụng bộ tải khởi động riêng để tìm thông tin thêm."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2119
+#: using-d-i.xml:2135
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Detecting other operating systems"
 msgstr "Phát hiện hệ điều hành khác"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2121
+#: using-d-i.xml:2137
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Before a boot loader is installed, the installer will attempt to probe for "
@@ -3440,7 +3458,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "Debian."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2129
+#: using-d-i.xml:2145
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still "
@@ -3456,13 +3474,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "dẫn sử dụng bộ tải khởi động riêng để tìm thông tin thêm."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2147
+#: using-d-i.xml:2163
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Install <command>aboot</command> on a Hard Disk"
 msgstr "Cài đặt <command>aboot</command> vào đĩa cứng"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2148
+#: using-d-i.xml:2164
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you have booted from SRM, if you select this option, the installer will "
@@ -3484,13 +3502,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "thế."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2168
+#: using-d-i.xml:2184
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<command>palo</command>-installer"
 msgstr "Trình cài đặt <command>palo</command>"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2169
+#: using-d-i.xml:2185
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The bootloader on PA-RISC is <quote>palo</quote>. <command>PALO</command> is "
@@ -3506,19 +3524,19 @@ msgstr ""
 "<command>PALO</command> thật có thể đọc phân vùng Linux."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2178
+#: using-d-i.xml:2194
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "hppa FIXME ( need more info )"
 msgstr "hppa SỬA ĐI (cần thông tin thêm)"
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2190
+#: using-d-i.xml:2206
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Install the <command>Grub</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk"
 msgstr "Cài đặt bộ tải khởi động <command>Grub</command> vào đĩa cứng"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2192
+#: using-d-i.xml:2208
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The main &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>grub</quote>. Grub is a "
@@ -3530,7 +3548,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "ích cho cả người dùng mới lẫn nhà chuyên môn."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2198
+#: using-d-i.xml:2214
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "By default, grub will be installed into the Master Boot Record (MBR), where "
@@ -3542,7 +3560,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "nơi khác. Xem sổ tay GRUB để tìm thông tin đầy đủ."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2204
+#: using-d-i.xml:2220
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you do not want to install grub at all, use the Back button to get to the "
@@ -3552,13 +3570,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "chính, và từ đó, chọn bộ tải khởi động đã muốn."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2218
+#: using-d-i.xml:2234
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Install the <command>LILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk"
 msgstr "Cài đặt bộ tải khởi động <command>LILO</command> vào đĩa cứng"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2220
+#: using-d-i.xml:2236
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The second &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>LILO</quote>. It is "
@@ -3575,7 +3593,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "\"&url-lilo-howto;\">LILO mini-HOWTO</ulink>."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2230
+#: using-d-i.xml:2246
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Currently the LILO installation will only create menu entries for other "
@@ -3589,7 +3607,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "khi cài đặt."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2238
+#: using-d-i.xml:2254
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "&d-i; presents you three choices where to install the <command>LILO</"
@@ -3599,13 +3617,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "command>:"
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2245
+#: using-d-i.xml:2261
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Master Boot Record (MBR)"
 msgstr "Mục ghi khởi động cái (MBR)"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2245
+#: using-d-i.xml:2261
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "This way the <command>LILO</command> will take complete control of the boot "
@@ -3615,13 +3633,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "động."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2252
+#: using-d-i.xml:2268
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "new Debian partition"
 msgstr "phân vùng Debian mới"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2252
+#: using-d-i.xml:2268
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Choose this if you want to use another boot manager. <command>LILO</command> "
@@ -3633,13 +3651,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "việc như bộ tảo khởi động phụ."
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2261
+#: using-d-i.xml:2277
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Other choice"
 msgstr "Khác"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2261
+#: using-d-i.xml:2277
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Useful for advanced users who want to install <command>LILO</command> "
@@ -3657,7 +3675,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "<filename>/dev/sda</filename>."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2273
+#: using-d-i.xml:2289
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you can no longer boot into Windows 9x (or DOS) after this step, you'll "
@@ -3675,13 +3693,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "\"reactivating-win\"/>."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2290
+#: using-d-i.xml:2306
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Install the <command>ELILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk"
 msgstr "Cài đặt bộ tải khởi động <command>ELILO</command> vào đĩa cứng"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2292
+#: using-d-i.xml:2308
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>elilo</quote>. It is modeled "
@@ -3709,7 +3727,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "quote> thật để làm việc tải và khởi chạy hạt nhân Linux."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2308
+#: using-d-i.xml:2324
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The <quote>elilo</quote> configuration and installation is done as the last "
@@ -3727,13 +3745,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "<emphasis>gốc</emphasis> của máy tính."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2320
+#: using-d-i.xml:2336
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Choose the correct partition!"
 msgstr "Chọn phân vùng đúng đi."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2322
+#: using-d-i.xml:2338
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The criteria for selecting a partition is that it is FAT format filesystem "
@@ -3751,13 +3769,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "trong khi cài đặt, thì xoá bỏ hoàn toàn nội dung đã có !"
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2337
+#: using-d-i.xml:2353
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "EFI Partition Contents"
 msgstr "Nội dung phân vùng EFI"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2339
+#: using-d-i.xml:2355
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The EFI partition is a FAT filesystem format partition on one of the hard "
@@ -3788,13 +3806,13 @@ msgstr ""
 
 # Name: don't translate / Tên: đừng dịch
 #. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2361
+#: using-d-i.xml:2377
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "elilo.conf"
 msgstr "elilo.conf"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2362
+#: using-d-i.xml:2378
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "This is the configuration file read by the boot loader when it starts. It is "
@@ -3807,13 +3825,13 @@ msgstr ""
 
 # Name: don't translate / Tên: đừng dịch
 #. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2371
+#: using-d-i.xml:2387
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "elilo.efi"
 msgstr "elilo.efi"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2372
+#: using-d-i.xml:2388
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "This is the boot loader program that the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> "
@@ -3828,13 +3846,13 @@ msgstr ""
 
 # Name: don't translate / Tên: đừng dịch
 #. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2382
+#: using-d-i.xml:2398
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "initrd.img"
 msgstr "initrd.img"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2383
+#: using-d-i.xml:2399
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "This is the initial root filesystem used to boot the kernel. It is a copy of "
@@ -3850,13 +3868,13 @@ msgstr ""
 
 # Name: don't translate / Tên: đừng dịch
 #. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2395
+#: using-d-i.xml:2411
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "readme.txt"
 msgstr "readme.txt"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2396
+#: using-d-i.xml:2412
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "This is a small text file warning you that the contents of the directory are "
@@ -3869,13 +3887,13 @@ msgstr ""
 
 # Name: don't translate / Tên: đừng dịch
 #. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2406
+#: using-d-i.xml:2422
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "vmlinuz"
 msgstr "vmlinuz"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2407
+#: using-d-i.xml:2423
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "This is the compressed kernel itself. It is a copy of the file referenced in "
@@ -3889,13 +3907,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "bởi liên kết tượng trưng <filename>/vmlinuz</filename>."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2427
+#: using-d-i.xml:2443
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<command>arcboot</command>-installer"
 msgstr "Bộ cài đặt <command>arcboot</command>"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2428
+#: using-d-i.xml:2444
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The boot loader on SGI machines is <command>arcboot</command>. It has to be "
@@ -3939,13 +3957,13 @@ msgstr ""
 
 # Name: don't translate / Tên: đừng dịch
 #. Tag: replaceable
-#: using-d-i.xml:2447
+#: using-d-i.xml:2463
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "scsi"
 msgstr "scsi"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2448
+#: using-d-i.xml:2464
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "is the SCSI bus to be booted from, this is <userinput>0</userinput> for the "
@@ -3955,13 +3973,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "điều khiển có sẵn"
 
 #. Tag: replaceable
-#: using-d-i.xml:2456
+#: using-d-i.xml:2472
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "disk"
 msgstr "đĩa"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2457
+#: using-d-i.xml:2473
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>arcboot</command> is "
@@ -3971,13 +3989,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "được cài đặt"
 
 #. Tag: replaceable
-#: using-d-i.xml:2465 using-d-i.xml:2534
+#: using-d-i.xml:2481 using-d-i.xml:2550
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "partnr"
 msgstr "số_phân"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2466
+#: using-d-i.xml:2482
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</"
@@ -3987,13 +4005,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "filename>"
 
 #. Tag: replaceable
-#: using-d-i.xml:2474
+#: using-d-i.xml:2490
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "config"
 msgstr "cấu_hình"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2475
+#: using-d-i.xml:2491
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</"
@@ -4003,13 +4021,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "filename>, mà là <quote>linux</quote> theo mặc định."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2496
+#: using-d-i.xml:2512
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<command>delo</command>-installer"
 msgstr "Bộ cài đặt <command>delo</command>"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2497
+#: using-d-i.xml:2513
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The boot loader on DECstations is <command>DELO</command>. It has to be "
@@ -4038,13 +4056,13 @@ msgstr ""
 
 # Literal: don't translate / Nghĩa chữ: đừng dịch
 #. Tag: replaceable
-#: using-d-i.xml:2516
+#: using-d-i.xml:2532
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<replaceable>#</replaceable>"
 msgstr "<replaceable>#</replaceable>"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2517
+#: using-d-i.xml:2533
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "is the TurboChannel device to be booted from, on most DECstations this is "
@@ -4054,13 +4072,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "nó là <userinput>3</userinput> cho bộ điều khiển có sẵn"
 
 #. Tag: replaceable
-#: using-d-i.xml:2525
+#: using-d-i.xml:2541
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<replaceable>id</replaceable>"
 msgstr "<replaceable>mã</replaceable>"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2526
+#: using-d-i.xml:2542
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>DELO</command> is installed"
@@ -4069,7 +4087,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "được cài đặt"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2535
+#: using-d-i.xml:2551
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> "
@@ -4079,13 +4097,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "conf</filename>"
 
 #. Tag: replaceable
-#: using-d-i.xml:2543
+#: using-d-i.xml:2559
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "name"
 msgstr "tên"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2544
+#: using-d-i.xml:2560
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/delo.conf</"
@@ -4095,7 +4113,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "là <quote>linux</quote> theo mặc định."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2554
+#: using-d-i.xml:2570
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "In case <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> is on the first partition on the "
@@ -4106,19 +4124,19 @@ msgstr ""
 "là dùng"
 
 #. Tag: screen
-#: using-d-i.xml:2560
+#: using-d-i.xml:2576
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<userinput>boot #/rz<replaceable>id</replaceable></userinput>"
 msgstr "<userinput>boot #/rz<replaceable>mã</replaceable></userinput>"
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2570
+#: using-d-i.xml:2586
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Install <command>Yaboot</command> on a Hard Disk"
 msgstr "Cài đặt <command>Yaboot</command> vào đĩa cứng"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2571
+#: using-d-i.xml:2587
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Newer (mid 1998 and on) PowerMacs use <command>yaboot</command> as their "
@@ -4138,13 +4156,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "&debian;."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2589
+#: using-d-i.xml:2605
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Install <command>Quik</command> on a Hard Disk"
 msgstr "Cài đặt <command>Quik</command> vào đĩa cứng"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2590
+#: using-d-i.xml:2606
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The boot loader for OldWorld Power Macintosh machines is <command>quik</"
@@ -4158,13 +4176,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "PowerMac 7200, 7300, và 7600, và trên một số máy bắt chước Power Computing."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2606
+#: using-d-i.xml:2622
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<command>zipl</command>-installer"
 msgstr "Bộ cài đặt <command>zipl</command>"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2607
+#: using-d-i.xml:2623
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The boot loader on &arch-title; is <quote>zipl</quote>. <command>ZIPL</"
@@ -4181,13 +4199,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "command>."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2624
+#: using-d-i.xml:2640
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Install the <command>SILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk"
 msgstr "Cài đặt bộ tải khởi động <command>SILO</command> vào đĩa cứng"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2626
+#: using-d-i.xml:2642
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The standard &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>silo</quote>. It is "
@@ -4218,13 +4236,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "Linux kế bên bản cài đặt SunOS/Solaris đã có."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2651
+#: using-d-i.xml:2667
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Continue Without Boot Loader"
 msgstr "Tiếp tục không có bộ tải khởi động"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2653
+#: using-d-i.xml:2669
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "This option can be used to complete the installation even when no boot "
@@ -4242,7 +4260,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "đó và được dùng để khởi động hệ điều hành GNU/Linux.</phrase>"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2662
+#: using-d-i.xml:2678
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you plan to manually configure your bootloader, you should check the name "
@@ -4263,13 +4281,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "vùng riêng, tên hệ thống tập tin <filename>/boot</filename>."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2679
+#: using-d-i.xml:2695
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Finishing the Installation"
 msgstr "Cài đặt xong"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2680
+#: using-d-i.xml:2696
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "These are the last bits to do before rebooting to your new system. It mostly "
@@ -4279,13 +4297,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "chính là làm sạch theo sau &d-i;."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2692
+#: using-d-i.xml:2708
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Finish the Installation and Reboot"
 msgstr "Cài đặt xong và khởi động lại"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2694
+#: using-d-i.xml:2710
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "This is the last step in the initial Debian installation process. You will "
@@ -4299,7 +4317,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "lại vào hệ thống Debian mới."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2701
+#: using-d-i.xml:2717
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Select the <guimenuitem>Finish the installation</guimenuitem> menu item "
@@ -4314,13 +4332,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "tập tin gốc trong những bước đầu tiên của tiến trình cài đặt."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2715
+#: using-d-i.xml:2731
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Miscellaneous"
 msgstr "Lặt vặt"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2716
+#: using-d-i.xml:2732
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The components listed in this section are usually not involved in the "
@@ -4332,13 +4350,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "khó khăn."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2729
+#: using-d-i.xml:2745
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Saving the installation logs"
 msgstr "Lưu bản ghi cài đặt"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2731
+#: using-d-i.xml:2747
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If the installation is successful, the logfiles created during the "
@@ -4350,7 +4368,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "filename> trong hệ thống Debian mới."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2738
+#: using-d-i.xml:2754
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Choosing <guimenuitem>Save debug logs</guimenuitem> from the main menu "
@@ -4366,13 +4384,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "kèm báo cáo cài đặt."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2758
+#: using-d-i.xml:2774
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Using the Shell and Viewing the Logs"
 msgstr "Sử dụng hệ vỏ và xem bản ghi"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2761
+#: using-d-i.xml:2777
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "There is an <guimenuitem>Execute a Shell</guimenuitem> item on the menu. If "
@@ -4395,7 +4413,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "chạy một sự mô phỏng hệ vỏ Bourne có tên <command>ash</command>."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2773
+#: using-d-i.xml:2789
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "At this point you are booted from the RAM disk, and there is a limited set "
@@ -4413,7 +4431,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "như khả năng gõ xong tự động và lược sử."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2782
+#: using-d-i.xml:2798
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Use the menus to perform any task that they are able to do &mdash; the shell "
@@ -4433,13 +4451,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "(thoát) nếu bạn đã sử dụng trình đơn để mở hệ vỏ."
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2801
+#: using-d-i.xml:2817
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Installation Over the Network"
 msgstr "Cài đặt qua mạng"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2803
+#: using-d-i.xml:2819
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "One of the more interesting components is <firstterm>network-console</"
@@ -4456,7 +4474,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "thể tự động hoá phần đó bằng phần <xref linkend=\"automatic-install\"/>.)"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2813
+#: using-d-i.xml:2829
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "This component is not loaded into the main installation menu by default, so "
@@ -4478,7 +4496,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "tục lại cài đặt từ xa bằng SSH</guimenuitem>."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2826
+#: using-d-i.xml:2842
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "For installations on &arch-title;, this is the default method after setting "
@@ -4488,7 +4506,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "mặc định sau khi thiết lập mạng."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2831
+#: using-d-i.xml:2847
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "<phrase arch=\"not-s390\">After selecting this new entry, you</phrase> "
@@ -4510,7 +4528,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "sẽ tiếp tục cài đặt từ xa</quote>."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2843
+#: using-d-i.xml:2859
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Should you decide to continue with the installation locally, you can always "
@@ -4522,7 +4540,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "khác."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2849
+#: using-d-i.xml:2865
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Now let's switch to the other side of the wire. As a prerequisite, you need "
@@ -4552,7 +4570,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "nếu nó là đúng không."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2866
+#: using-d-i.xml:2882
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you install several computers in turn and they happen to have the same IP "
@@ -4570,7 +4588,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "filename> rồi thử lại."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2875
+#: using-d-i.xml:2891
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "After the login you will be presented with an initial screen where you have "
@@ -4590,7 +4608,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "cho các hệ vỏ."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2885
+#: using-d-i.xml:2901
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "After you have started the installation remotely over SSH, you should not go "
@@ -4606,7 +4624,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "cài đặt."
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2893
+#: using-d-i.xml:2909
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Also, if you are running the SSH session from an X terminal, you should not "
diff --git a/po/zh_CN/using-d-i.po b/po/zh_CN/using-d-i.po
index f3427231f..08733ae1b 100644
--- a/po/zh_CN/using-d-i.po
+++ b/po/zh_CN/using-d-i.po
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: d-i-manual\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-29 17:11+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-11-17 09:33+0000\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-10-31 22:04+0800\n"
 "Last-Translator: Ji YongGang<jungle@soforge.com>\n"
 "Language-Team: debian-chinese-gb <debian-chinese-gb@lists.debian.org>\n"
@@ -1083,7 +1083,10 @@ msgid ""
 "LVM<footnote> <para> The installer will encrypt the LVM volume group using a "
 "256 bit AES key and makes use of the kernel's <quote>dm-crypt</quote> "
 "support. </para> </footnote>."
-msgstr "如果您选择向导式分区，可以有三种选择：直接在硬盘上创建分区(经典方式)，或使用逻辑卷管理(LVM)，或使用加密 LVM。<para> 安装程序将使用 256 位的 AES 密钥加密 LVM 卷组，并使用内核的 <quote>dm-crypt</quote> 支持。</para> "
+msgstr ""
+"如果您选择向导式分区，可以有三种选择：直接在硬盘上创建分区(经典方式)，或使用"
+"逻辑卷管理(LVM)，或使用加密 LVM。<para> 安装程序将使用 256 位的 AES 密钥加密 "
+"LVM 卷组，并使用内核的 <quote>dm-crypt</quote> 支持。</para> "
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:766
@@ -1115,7 +1118,10 @@ msgid ""
 "makes it impossible to tell which parts of the disk are in use and also "
 "makes sure that any traces of previous installations are erased), but may "
 "take some time depending on the size of your disk."
-msgstr "使用加密 LVM 时，安装程序将随机写入数据自动清除磁盘。这提升了安全性(使得无法获知磁盘的哪一部分被使用，并使此前的安装轨迹被清除)，根据磁盘的大小会耗费一些时间。"
+msgstr ""
+"使用加密 LVM 时，安装程序将随机写入数据自动清除磁盘。这提升了安全性(使得无法"
+"获知磁盘的哪一部分被使用，并使此前的安装轨迹被清除)，根据磁盘的大小会耗费一些"
+"时间。"
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:789
@@ -1810,7 +1816,11 @@ msgid ""
 "RAID0 (fast 300 GB video editing partition) and use the other three "
 "partitions (2 active and 1 spare) for RAID1 (quite reliable 100 GB partition "
 "for <filename>/home</filename>)."
-msgstr "完美的解决方案或许是同时使用不同的 MD 类型。例如，您有三块 200 GB 的硬盘打算用于 MD，每块包含两个 100 GB 的分区，您可以将三块硬盘上的第一组分区组成 RAID0 (高速的 300 GB 视频编辑分区)，其余的三个分区(2 个活动 1 个备用) 用于 RAID1 (相当可靠的 100 GB 分区用于 <filename>/home</filename>)。"
+msgstr ""
+"完美的解决方案或许是同时使用不同的 MD 类型。例如，您有三块 200 GB 的硬盘打算"
+"用于 MD，每块包含两个 100 GB 的分区，您可以将三块硬盘上的第一组分区组成 "
+"RAID0 (高速的 300 GB 视频编辑分区)，其余的三个分区(2 个活动 1 个备用) 用于 "
+"RAID1 (相当可靠的 100 GB 分区用于 <filename>/home</filename>)。"
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:1216
@@ -2828,7 +2838,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:1944
-#, no-c-format
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "So, you have the ability to choose <emphasis>tasks</emphasis> first, and "
 "then add on more individual packages later. These tasks loosely represent a "
@@ -2836,8 +2846,8 @@ msgid ""
 "as <quote>Desktop environment</quote>, <quote>Web server</quote>, or "
 "<quote>Print server</quote><footnote> <para> You should know that to present "
 "this list, the installer is merely invoking the <command>tasksel</command> "
-"program. It can be run at any time after installation to install (or remove) "
-"more packages, or you can use a more fine-grained tool such as "
+"program. It can be run at any time after installation to install more "
+"packages or remove them), or you can use a more fine-grained tool such as "
 "<command>aptitude</command>. If you are looking for a specific single "
 "package, after installation is complete, simply run <userinput>aptitude "
 "install <replaceable>package</replaceable></userinput>, where "
@@ -2858,6 +2868,36 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:1969
+#, fuzzy, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Some tasks may be pre-selected based on the characteristics of the computer "
+"you are installing. If you disagree with these selections you can un-select "
+"the tasks. You can even opt to install no tasks at all at this point."
+msgstr ""
+"注意，根据所安装电脑的特征，有些任务被预先选择。如果您不需要它们，可以取消选"
+"择。此时甚至可以不选中任何任务。"
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:1976
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"The <quote>Desktop environment</quote> task will install the Gnome desktop "
+"environment. The options offered by the installer currently do not allow to "
+"select a different desktop environment like for example KDE."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:1982
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"It is however possible to get the installer to install KDE by using "
+"preseeding (see <xref linkend=\"preseed-pkgsel\"/>) or by adding "
+"<literal>tasksel/first=kde-desktop</literal> at the boot prompt when "
+"starting the installer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:1990
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Once you've selected your tasks, select <guibutton>Ok</guibutton>. At this "
@@ -2867,7 +2907,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "command> 将安装您选中的软件包。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1976
+#: using-d-i.xml:1998
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "In the standard user interface of the installer, you can use the space bar "
@@ -2875,19 +2915,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr "在安装程序的标准用户界面下，您可以使用空格键切换任务的选择。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1983
-#, no-c-format
-msgid ""
-"Note that some tasks may be pre-selected based on the characteristics of the "
-"computer you are installing. If you disagree with these selections you can "
-"un-select the tasks. You can even opt to install no tasks at all at this "
-"point."
-msgstr ""
-"注意，根据所安装电脑的特征，有些任务被预先选择。如果您不需要它们，可以取消选"
-"择。此时甚至可以不选中任何任务。"
-
-#. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1991
+#: using-d-i.xml:2007
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Each package you selected with <command>tasksel</command> is downloaded, "
@@ -2900,13 +2928,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "序需要用户提供信息，它会在此过程中给出提示。"
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2000
+#: using-d-i.xml:2016
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Configuring Your Mail Transport Agent"
 msgstr "配置您的邮件传输代理(MTA)"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2002
+#: using-d-i.xml:2018
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Today, email is a very important part of many people's life, so it's no "
@@ -2920,7 +2948,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "<command>exim4</command>。这是一个非常小巧、灵活并且容易理解的工具。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2010
+#: using-d-i.xml:2026
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "You may ask if this is needed even if your computer is not connected to any "
@@ -2934,7 +2962,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "送的。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2018
+#: using-d-i.xml:2034
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "So on the first screen you will be presented with several common mail "
@@ -2944,13 +2972,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "的。"
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2027
+#: using-d-i.xml:2043
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "internet site"
 msgstr "互联网站"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2028
+#: using-d-i.xml:2044
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Your system is connected to a network and your mail is sent and received "
@@ -2962,13 +2990,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "会询问您一些基本问题，如：您的机器的邮件名称、您接受或转发邮件的域等等。"
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2039
+#: using-d-i.xml:2055
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "mail sent by smarthost"
 msgstr "用 smarthost 发信"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2040
+#: using-d-i.xml:2056
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "In this scenario is your outgoing mail forwarded to another machine, called "
@@ -2984,13 +3012,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "将邮件从 smarthost 下载回来。这一选项通常适合拨号用户。"
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2053
+#: using-d-i.xml:2069
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "local delivery only"
 msgstr "仅在本地投递"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2054
+#: using-d-i.xml:2070
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Your system is not on a network and mail is sent or received only between "
@@ -3006,13 +3034,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "题，因此这一选项也非常适合新手。"
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2067
+#: using-d-i.xml:2083
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "no configuration at this time"
 msgstr "现在不进行配置"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2068
+#: using-d-i.xml:2084
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Choose this if you are absolutely convinced you know what you are doing. "
@@ -3025,7 +3053,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "工具发来的重要信息。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2079
+#: using-d-i.xml:2095
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If none of these scenarios suits your needs, or if you need a finer setup, "
@@ -3040,13 +3068,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "filename> 的资料。"
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2094
+#: using-d-i.xml:2110
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Making Your System Bootable"
 msgstr "创建启动系统"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2096
+#: using-d-i.xml:2112
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you are installing a diskless workstation, obviously, booting off the "
@@ -3059,7 +3087,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "linkend=\"boot-dev-select-sun\"/>。</phrase>"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2104
+#: using-d-i.xml:2120
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still "
@@ -3072,13 +3100,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "它们会依系统甚至是子系统而变化。您应该参考启动引导器的文档了解更多信息。"
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2119
+#: using-d-i.xml:2135
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Detecting other operating systems"
 msgstr "检测其他的操作系统"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2121
+#: using-d-i.xml:2137
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Before a boot loader is installed, the installer will attempt to probe for "
@@ -3092,7 +3120,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "计算机也将配置为可以启动其他操作系统。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2129
+#: using-d-i.xml:2145
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still "
@@ -3106,13 +3134,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "理器的文档了解更多信息。"
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2147
+#: using-d-i.xml:2163
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Install <command>aboot</command> on a Hard Disk"
 msgstr "安装 <command>aboot</command> 到硬盘上"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2148
+#: using-d-i.xml:2164
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you have booted from SRM, if you select this option, the installer will "
@@ -3132,13 +3160,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "Linux。"
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2168
+#: using-d-i.xml:2184
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<command>palo</command>-installer"
 msgstr "<command>palo</command>-installer"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2169
+#: using-d-i.xml:2185
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The bootloader on PA-RISC is <quote>palo</quote>. <command>PALO</command> is "
@@ -3153,19 +3181,19 @@ msgstr ""
 "<command>PALO</command> 能真正地读 Linux 分区。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2178
+#: using-d-i.xml:2194
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "hppa FIXME ( need more info )"
 msgstr "hppa FIXME ( need more info )"
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2190
+#: using-d-i.xml:2206
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Install the <command>Grub</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk"
 msgstr "硬盘上 <command>Grub</command> Boot Loader 的安装"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2192
+#: using-d-i.xml:2208
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The main &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>grub</quote>. Grub is a "
@@ -3176,7 +3204,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "定的 boot loader，它对新手来说是个不错的缺省选择。对老鸟来说，它也同样适合。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2198
+#: using-d-i.xml:2214
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "By default, grub will be installed into the Master Boot Record (MBR), where "
@@ -3188,7 +3216,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "息，请参阅 grub 的手册。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2204
+#: using-d-i.xml:2220
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you do not want to install grub at all, use the Back button to get to the "
@@ -3198,13 +3226,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "动引导器。"
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2218
+#: using-d-i.xml:2234
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Install the <command>LILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk"
 msgstr "硬盘上 <command>LILO</command> Boot Loader 的安装"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2220
+#: using-d-i.xml:2236
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The second &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>LILO</quote>. It is "
@@ -3220,7 +3248,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "HOWTO</ulink>。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2230
+#: using-d-i.xml:2246
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Currently the LILO installation will only create menu entries for other "
@@ -3233,7 +3261,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "统。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2238
+#: using-d-i.xml:2254
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "&d-i; presents you three choices where to install the <command>LILO</"
@@ -3241,13 +3269,13 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr "&d-i; 提供给您三种选择来安装 <command>LILO</command> 启动加载器："
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2245
+#: using-d-i.xml:2261
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Master Boot Record (MBR)"
 msgstr "主引导区(MBR)"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2245
+#: using-d-i.xml:2261
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "This way the <command>LILO</command> will take complete control of the boot "
@@ -3255,13 +3283,13 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr "这种方式 <command>LILO</command> 将完全控制启动过程。"
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2252
+#: using-d-i.xml:2268
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "new Debian partition"
 msgstr "新 Debian 分区"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2252
+#: using-d-i.xml:2268
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Choose this if you want to use another boot manager. <command>LILO</command> "
@@ -3272,13 +3300,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "新 Debian 分区的起始位置，并能作为第二 boot loader。"
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2261
+#: using-d-i.xml:2277
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Other choice"
 msgstr "其它选择"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2261
+#: using-d-i.xml:2277
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Useful for advanced users who want to install <command>LILO</command> "
@@ -3295,7 +3323,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "<filename>/dev/sda</filename>。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2273
+#: using-d-i.xml:2289
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you can no longer boot into Windows 9x (or DOS) after this step, you'll "
@@ -3311,13 +3339,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "息，请参阅 <xref linkend=\"reactivating-win\"/>。"
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2290
+#: using-d-i.xml:2306
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Install the <command>ELILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk"
 msgstr "安装 <command>ELILO</command> Boot Loader 到硬盘"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2292
+#: using-d-i.xml:2308
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>elilo</quote>. It is modeled "
@@ -3342,7 +3370,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "和启动 Linux 内核的工作。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2308
+#: using-d-i.xml:2324
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The <quote>elilo</quote> configuration and installation is done as the last "
@@ -3357,13 +3385,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "<emphasis>root</emphasis> 文件系统相同的磁盘。"
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2320
+#: using-d-i.xml:2336
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Choose the correct partition!"
 msgstr "选择正确的分区！"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2322
+#: using-d-i.xml:2338
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The criteria for selecting a partition is that it is FAT format filesystem "
@@ -3379,13 +3407,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "有内容！"
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2337
+#: using-d-i.xml:2353
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "EFI Partition Contents"
 msgstr "EFI 分区内容"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2339
+#: using-d-i.xml:2355
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The EFI partition is a FAT filesystem format partition on one of the hard "
@@ -3411,13 +3439,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "间，系统更新或重新配置，文件系统中也许会有其他文件。"
 
 #. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2361
+#: using-d-i.xml:2377
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "elilo.conf"
 msgstr "elilo.conf"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2362
+#: using-d-i.xml:2378
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "This is the configuration file read by the boot loader when it starts. It is "
@@ -3428,13 +3456,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "filename> 的复制，其文件名重写成 EFI 分区上的文件。"
 
 #. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2371
+#: using-d-i.xml:2387
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "elilo.efi"
 msgstr "elilo.efi"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2372
+#: using-d-i.xml:2388
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "This is the boot loader program that the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> "
@@ -3447,13 +3475,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "<quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> 命令菜单。"
 
 #. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2382
+#: using-d-i.xml:2398
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "initrd.img"
 msgstr "initrd.img"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2383
+#: using-d-i.xml:2399
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "This is the initial root filesystem used to boot the kernel. It is a copy of "
@@ -3466,13 +3494,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "filename> 符号链接 <filename>/initrd.img</filename> 指向的文件。"
 
 #. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2395
+#: using-d-i.xml:2411
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "readme.txt"
 msgstr "readme.txt"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2396
+#: using-d-i.xml:2412
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "This is a small text file warning you that the contents of the directory are "
@@ -3483,13 +3511,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "任何本地修改在下次 <filename>/usr/sbin/elilo</filename> 运行时将丢失。"
 
 #. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2406
+#: using-d-i.xml:2422
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "vmlinuz"
 msgstr "vmlinuz"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2407
+#: using-d-i.xml:2423
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "This is the compressed kernel itself. It is a copy of the file referenced in "
@@ -3502,13 +3530,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "<filename>/vmlinuz</filename> 指向的文件。"
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2427
+#: using-d-i.xml:2443
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<command>arcboot</command>-installer"
 msgstr "<command>arcboot</command>-installer"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2428
+#: using-d-i.xml:2444
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The boot loader on SGI machines is <command>arcboot</command>. It has to be "
@@ -3548,13 +3576,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "</screen></informalexample> ，然后键入 <command>boot</command>。"
 
 #. Tag: replaceable
-#: using-d-i.xml:2447
+#: using-d-i.xml:2463
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "scsi"
 msgstr "scsi"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2448
+#: using-d-i.xml:2464
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "is the SCSI bus to be booted from, this is <userinput>0</userinput> for the "
@@ -3562,13 +3590,13 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr "是启动的 SCSI 总线，<userinput>0</userinput> 为板载控制器"
 
 #. Tag: replaceable
-#: using-d-i.xml:2456
+#: using-d-i.xml:2472
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "disk"
 msgstr "disk"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2457
+#: using-d-i.xml:2473
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>arcboot</command> is "
@@ -3577,13 +3605,13 @@ msgstr "硬盘的 SCSI ID，<command>arcboot</command> 安装在其上"
 
 # index.docbook:1643, index.docbook:1712
 #. Tag: replaceable
-#: using-d-i.xml:2465 using-d-i.xml:2534
+#: using-d-i.xml:2481 using-d-i.xml:2550
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "partnr"
 msgstr "partnr"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2466
+#: using-d-i.xml:2482
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</"
@@ -3591,13 +3619,13 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr "分区号，<filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</filename> 处于该分区"
 
 #. Tag: replaceable
-#: using-d-i.xml:2474
+#: using-d-i.xml:2490
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "config"
 msgstr "config"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2475
+#: using-d-i.xml:2491
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</"
@@ -3607,13 +3635,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "quote> 。"
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2496
+#: using-d-i.xml:2512
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<command>delo</command>-installer"
 msgstr "<command>delo</command>-installer"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2497
+#: using-d-i.xml:2513
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The boot loader on DECstations is <command>DELO</command>. It has to be "
@@ -3639,13 +3667,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "</screen></informalexample> 。"
 
 #. Tag: replaceable
-#: using-d-i.xml:2516
+#: using-d-i.xml:2532
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<replaceable>#</replaceable>"
 msgstr "<replaceable>#</replaceable>"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2517
+#: using-d-i.xml:2533
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "is the TurboChannel device to be booted from, on most DECstations this is "
@@ -3655,20 +3683,20 @@ msgstr ""
 "userinput>"
 
 #. Tag: replaceable
-#: using-d-i.xml:2525
+#: using-d-i.xml:2541
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<replaceable>id</replaceable>"
 msgstr "<replaceable>id</replaceable>"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2526
+#: using-d-i.xml:2542
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>DELO</command> is installed"
 msgstr "硬盘上的 SCSI ID，<command>DELO</command> 安装在其上"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2535
+#: using-d-i.xml:2551
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> "
@@ -3676,13 +3704,13 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr "分区号，<filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> 处于此分区"
 
 #. Tag: replaceable
-#: using-d-i.xml:2543
+#: using-d-i.xml:2559
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "name"
 msgstr "name"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2544
+#: using-d-i.xml:2560
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/delo.conf</"
@@ -3692,7 +3720,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "quote>"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2554
+#: using-d-i.xml:2570
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "In case <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> is on the first partition on the "
@@ -3702,19 +3730,19 @@ msgstr ""
 "认的设置，但也可以用"
 
 #. Tag: screen
-#: using-d-i.xml:2560
+#: using-d-i.xml:2576
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<userinput>boot #/rz<replaceable>id</replaceable></userinput>"
 msgstr "<userinput>boot #/rz<replaceable>id</replaceable></userinput>"
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2570
+#: using-d-i.xml:2586
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Install <command>Yaboot</command> on a Hard Disk"
 msgstr "安装 <command>Yaboot</command> 至硬盘"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2571
+#: using-d-i.xml:2587
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Newer (mid 1998 and on) PowerMacs use <command>yaboot</command> as their "
@@ -3732,13 +3760,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "设为启动 &debian;。"
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2589
+#: using-d-i.xml:2605
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Install <command>Quik</command> on a Hard Disk"
 msgstr "安装 <command>Quik</command> 至硬盘"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2590
+#: using-d-i.xml:2606
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The boot loader for OldWorld Power Macintosh machines is <command>quik</"
@@ -3751,13 +3779,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "以工作在 7200，7300 和 7600 Powermacs，以及一些 Power Computing 克隆。"
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2606
+#: using-d-i.xml:2622
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<command>zipl</command>-installer"
 msgstr "<command>zipl</command>-installer"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2607
+#: using-d-i.xml:2623
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The boot loader on &arch-title; is <quote>zipl</quote>. <command>ZIPL</"
@@ -3772,13 +3800,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "Commands</quote>，它位于 IBM 的 developerWorks 网站<command>ZIPL</command>。"
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2624
+#: using-d-i.xml:2640
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Install the <command>SILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk"
 msgstr "安装 <command>SILO</command> Boot Loader 到硬盘"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2626
+#: using-d-i.xml:2642
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The standard &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>silo</quote>. It is "
@@ -3805,13 +3833,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "区启动。这对于安装 GNU/Linux 到一个已经存在 SunOS/Solaris 的系统很有用。"
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2651
+#: using-d-i.xml:2667
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Continue Without Boot Loader"
 msgstr "不使用启动引导器继续进行"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2653
+#: using-d-i.xml:2669
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "This option can be used to complete the installation even when no boot "
@@ -3827,7 +3855,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "护，以用于启动 GNU/Linux。</phrase>"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2662
+#: using-d-i.xml:2678
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you plan to manually configure your bootloader, you should check the name "
@@ -3846,13 +3874,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "filename> 到一个独立的分区，还需要 <filename>/boot</filename> 文件系统。"
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2679
+#: using-d-i.xml:2695
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Finishing the Installation"
 msgstr "完成安装"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2680
+#: using-d-i.xml:2696
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "These are the last bits to do before rebooting to your new system. It mostly "
@@ -3860,13 +3888,13 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr "这是在您启动新系统之前的最后一些工作。主要进行一些 &d-i; 之后的清理。"
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2692
+#: using-d-i.xml:2708
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Finish the Installation and Reboot"
 msgstr "完成安装并重启"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2694
+#: using-d-i.xml:2710
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "This is the last step in the initial Debian installation process. You will "
@@ -3878,7 +3906,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "等)。安装程序将做最后几分钟的任务，然后启动到您的新 Debian 系统。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2701
+#: using-d-i.xml:2717
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Select the <guimenuitem>Finish the installation</guimenuitem> menu item "
@@ -3891,13 +3919,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "安装步骤第一步里选做根文件系统。"
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2715
+#: using-d-i.xml:2731
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Miscellaneous"
 msgstr "杂项"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2716
+#: using-d-i.xml:2732
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The components listed in this section are usually not involved in the "
@@ -3908,13 +3936,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "题。"
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2729
+#: using-d-i.xml:2745
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Saving the installation logs"
 msgstr "保存安装记录"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2731
+#: using-d-i.xml:2747
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If the installation is successful, the logfiles created during the "
@@ -3925,7 +3953,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "<filename>/var/log/installer/</filename>。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2738
+#: using-d-i.xml:2754
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Choosing <guimenuitem>Save debug logs</guimenuitem> from the main menu "
@@ -3939,13 +3967,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "其它系统上研究记录，或者用于报告的附件。"
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2758
+#: using-d-i.xml:2774
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Using the Shell and Viewing the Logs"
 msgstr "使用 Shell 查看记录"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2761
+#: using-d-i.xml:2777
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "There is an <guimenuitem>Execute a Shell</guimenuitem> item on the menu. If "
@@ -3966,7 +3994,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "<command>ash</command>。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2773
+#: using-d-i.xml:2789
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "At this point you are booted from the RAM disk, and there is a limited set "
@@ -3982,7 +4010,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "shell 有一些好用的特性，如自动完成与历史纪录。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2782
+#: using-d-i.xml:2798
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Use the menus to perform any task that they are able to do &mdash; the shell "
@@ -3999,13 +4027,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "<keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>，或者键入 <command>exit</command> 返回菜单。"
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2801
+#: using-d-i.xml:2817
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Installation Over the Network"
 msgstr "通过网络安装"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2803
+#: using-d-i.xml:2819
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "One of the more interesting components is <firstterm>network-console</"
@@ -4020,7 +4048,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "先建立网络。(您可以使用 <xref linkend=\"automatic-install\"/> 做这部分工作。)"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2813
+#: using-d-i.xml:2829
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "This component is not loaded into the main installation menu by default, so "
@@ -4040,7 +4068,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "SSH</guimenuitem>。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2826
+#: using-d-i.xml:2842
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "For installations on &arch-title;, this is the default method after setting "
@@ -4048,7 +4076,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr "在 &arch-title; 上安装，建立网络之后这是默认的方法。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2831
+#: using-d-i.xml:2847
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "<phrase arch=\"not-s390\">After selecting this new entry, you</phrase> "
@@ -4068,7 +4096,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "quote>。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2843
+#: using-d-i.xml:2859
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Should you decide to continue with the installation locally, you can always "
@@ -4079,7 +4107,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "他的组件。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2849
+#: using-d-i.xml:2865
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Now let's switch to the other side of the wire. As a prerequisite, you need "
@@ -4107,7 +4135,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "确认是否正确。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2866
+#: using-d-i.xml:2882
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you install several computers in turn and they happen to have the same IP "
@@ -4123,7 +4151,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "再重新来过。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2875
+#: using-d-i.xml:2891
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "After the login you will be presented with an initial screen where you have "
@@ -4140,7 +4168,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "的系统。在安装菜单只能打开一个 SSH 会话，但 shell 可以打开多个。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2885
+#: using-d-i.xml:2901
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "After you have started the installation remotely over SSH, you should not go "
@@ -4153,7 +4181,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "配置的数据库。结果可能导致安装失败或者安装完成的系统出现问题。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2893
+#: using-d-i.xml:2909
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Also, if you are running the SSH session from an X terminal, you should not "
diff --git a/po/zh_TW/using-d-i.po b/po/zh_TW/using-d-i.po
index 818a2b06f..0cb05d618 100644
--- a/po/zh_TW/using-d-i.po
+++ b/po/zh_TW/using-d-i.po
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: d-i-manual\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-boot@lists.debian.org\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-29 17:11+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-11-17 09:33+0000\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-18 14:26+0800\n"
 "Last-Translator: Jhang, Jia-Wei <dreamcrer@gmail.com>\n"
 "Language-Team: debian-chinese-big5 <debian-chinese-big5@lists.debian.org>\n"
@@ -2691,8 +2691,8 @@ msgid ""
 "as <quote>Desktop environment</quote>, <quote>Web server</quote>, or "
 "<quote>Print server</quote><footnote> <para> You should know that to present "
 "this list, the installer is merely invoking the <command>tasksel</command> "
-"program. It can be run at any time after installation to install (or remove) "
-"more packages, or you can use a more fine-grained tool such as "
+"program. It can be run at any time after installation to install more "
+"packages or remove them), or you can use a more fine-grained tool such as "
 "<command>aptitude</command>. If you are looking for a specific single "
 "package, after installation is complete, simply run <userinput>aptitude "
 "install <replaceable>package</replaceable></userinput>, where "
@@ -2705,32 +2705,50 @@ msgstr ""
 #: using-d-i.xml:1969
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
-"Once you've selected your tasks, select <guibutton>Ok</guibutton>. At this "
-"point, <command>aptitude</command> will install the packages you've selected."
+"Some tasks may be pre-selected based on the characteristics of the computer "
+"you are installing. If you disagree with these selections you can un-select "
+"the tasks. You can even opt to install no tasks at all at this point."
 msgstr ""
-"當您選擇了軟體集之後，選擇 <guibutton>確定</guibutton>。此時，"
-"<command>aptitude</command> 將安裝您選中的軟體套件。"
 
 #. Tag: para
 #: using-d-i.xml:1976
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
-"In the standard user interface of the installer, you can use the space bar "
-"to toggle selection of a task."
+"The <quote>Desktop environment</quote> task will install the Gnome desktop "
+"environment. The options offered by the installer currently do not allow to "
+"select a different desktop environment like for example KDE."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:1982
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"It is however possible to get the installer to install KDE by using "
+"preseeding (see <xref linkend=\"preseed-pkgsel\"/>) or by adding "
+"<literal>tasksel/first=kde-desktop</literal> at the boot prompt when "
+"starting the installer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#: using-d-i.xml:1990
+#, no-c-format
+msgid ""
+"Once you've selected your tasks, select <guibutton>Ok</guibutton>. At this "
+"point, <command>aptitude</command> will install the packages you've selected."
 msgstr ""
+"當您選擇了軟體集之後，選擇 <guibutton>確定</guibutton>。此時，"
+"<command>aptitude</command> 將安裝您選中的軟體套件。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1983
+#: using-d-i.xml:1998
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
-"Note that some tasks may be pre-selected based on the characteristics of the "
-"computer you are installing. If you disagree with these selections you can "
-"un-select the tasks. You can even opt to install no tasks at all at this "
-"point."
+"In the standard user interface of the installer, you can use the space bar "
+"to toggle selection of a task."
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:1991
+#: using-d-i.xml:2007
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Each package you selected with <command>tasksel</command> is downloaded, "
@@ -2740,13 +2758,13 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2000
+#: using-d-i.xml:2016
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Configuring Your Mail Transport Agent"
 msgstr "設定您的郵件傳輸代理 (MTA)"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2002
+#: using-d-i.xml:2018
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Today, email is a very important part of many people's life, so it's no "
@@ -2760,7 +2778,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "<command>exim4</command>。這是一個非常小巧、靈活並且容易理解的工具。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2010
+#: using-d-i.xml:2026
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "You may ask if this is needed even if your computer is not connected to any "
@@ -2773,7 +2791,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "command>, <command>aide</command> 等) 的重要通知都是透過郵件發送的。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2018
+#: using-d-i.xml:2034
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "So on the first screen you will be presented with several common mail "
@@ -2783,13 +2801,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "的。"
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2027
+#: using-d-i.xml:2043
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "internet site"
 msgstr "網際網路站"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2028
+#: using-d-i.xml:2044
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Your system is connected to a network and your mail is sent and received "
@@ -2801,13 +2819,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "詢問您一些基本問題，如：您的機器的郵件名稱、您接受或轉發郵件的網域名稱等等。"
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2039
+#: using-d-i.xml:2055
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "mail sent by smarthost"
 msgstr "用 smarthost 發信"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2040
+#: using-d-i.xml:2056
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "In this scenario is your outgoing mail forwarded to another machine, called "
@@ -2823,13 +2841,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "程式將郵件從 smarthost 下載回來。這一選項通常適合撥號使用者。"
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2053
+#: using-d-i.xml:2069
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "local delivery only"
 msgstr "僅在本地發送"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2054
+#: using-d-i.xml:2070
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Your system is not on a network and mail is sent or received only between "
@@ -2845,13 +2863,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "問題，因此這一選項也非常適合新手。"
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2067
+#: using-d-i.xml:2083
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "no configuration at this time"
 msgstr "現在不進行設定"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2068
+#: using-d-i.xml:2084
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Choose this if you are absolutely convinced you know what you are doing. "
@@ -2864,7 +2882,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "具發出的重要資訊。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2079
+#: using-d-i.xml:2095
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If none of these scenarios suits your needs, or if you need a finer setup, "
@@ -2879,13 +2897,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "料。"
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2094
+#: using-d-i.xml:2110
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Making Your System Bootable"
 msgstr "使系統可開機"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2096
+#: using-d-i.xml:2112
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you are installing a diskless workstation, obviously, booting off the "
@@ -2898,7 +2916,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "linkend=\"boot-dev-select-sun\"/>。</phrase>"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2104
+#: using-d-i.xml:2120
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still "
@@ -2912,13 +2930,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "訊。"
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2119
+#: using-d-i.xml:2135
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Detecting other operating systems"
 msgstr "偵測其他的作業系統"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2121
+#: using-d-i.xml:2137
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Before a boot loader is installed, the installer will attempt to probe for "
@@ -2932,7 +2950,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "腦也將設定為可以啟動其他作業系統。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2129
+#: using-d-i.xml:2145
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Note that multiple operating systems booting on a single machine is still "
@@ -2946,13 +2964,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "boot-loader 的文件以瞭解更多資訊。"
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2147
+#: using-d-i.xml:2163
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Install <command>aboot</command> on a Hard Disk"
 msgstr "安裝 <command>aboot</command> 到硬碟上"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2148
+#: using-d-i.xml:2164
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you have booted from SRM, if you select this option, the installer will "
@@ -2971,13 +2989,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "您在安裝 Debian 的磁碟上裝有不同的作業系統，您將不得不從軟碟啟動 GNU/Linux。"
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2168
+#: using-d-i.xml:2184
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<command>palo</command>-installer"
 msgstr "<command>palo</command>-installer"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2169
+#: using-d-i.xml:2185
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The bootloader on PA-RISC is <quote>palo</quote>. <command>PALO</command> is "
@@ -2992,19 +3010,19 @@ msgstr ""
 "<command>PALO</command> 能真正地讀 Linux 分割區。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2178
+#: using-d-i.xml:2194
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "hppa FIXME ( need more info )"
 msgstr "hppa FIXME ( need more info )"
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2190
+#: using-d-i.xml:2206
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Install the <command>Grub</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk"
 msgstr "安裝 <command>Grub</command> Boot Loader 到硬碟上"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2192
+#: using-d-i.xml:2208
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The main &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>grub</quote>. Grub is a "
@@ -3015,7 +3033,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "定的 boot-loader，它對新手來說是個不錯的預設選擇。對老鳥來說，它也同樣適合。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2198
+#: using-d-i.xml:2214
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "By default, grub will be installed into the Master Boot Record (MBR), where "
@@ -3027,7 +3045,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "訊，請參閱 grub 的手冊。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2204
+#: using-d-i.xml:2220
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you do not want to install grub at all, use the Back button to get to the "
@@ -3038,13 +3056,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "請參閱 grub 的手冊。"
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2218
+#: using-d-i.xml:2234
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Install the <command>LILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk"
 msgstr "安裝 <command>LILO</command> Boot Loader 到硬碟上"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2220
+#: using-d-i.xml:2236
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The second &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>LILO</quote>. It is "
@@ -3060,7 +3078,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "ulink>。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2230
+#: using-d-i.xml:2246
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Currently the LILO installation will only create menu entries for other "
@@ -3073,7 +3091,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "統。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2238
+#: using-d-i.xml:2254
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "&d-i; presents you three choices where to install the <command>LILO</"
@@ -3081,13 +3099,13 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr "&d-i; 提供給您三種選擇來安裝 <command>LILO</command> boot-loader："
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2245
+#: using-d-i.xml:2261
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Master Boot Record (MBR)"
 msgstr "主開機區 (MBR)"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2245
+#: using-d-i.xml:2261
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "This way the <command>LILO</command> will take complete control of the boot "
@@ -3095,13 +3113,13 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr "這種方式 <command>LILO</command> 將完全控制開機過程。"
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2252
+#: using-d-i.xml:2268
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "new Debian partition"
 msgstr "新 Debian 分割區"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2252
+#: using-d-i.xml:2268
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Choose this if you want to use another boot manager. <command>LILO</command> "
@@ -3112,13 +3130,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "Debian 分割區的起始位置，並能作為第二 boot loader。"
 
 #. Tag: term
-#: using-d-i.xml:2261
+#: using-d-i.xml:2277
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Other choice"
 msgstr "其它選擇"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2261
+#: using-d-i.xml:2277
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Useful for advanced users who want to install <command>LILO</command> "
@@ -3135,7 +3153,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "或 <filename>/dev/sda</filename>。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2273
+#: using-d-i.xml:2289
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you can no longer boot into Windows 9x (or DOS) after this step, you'll "
@@ -3151,13 +3169,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "<xref linkend=\"reactivating-win\"/>。"
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2290
+#: using-d-i.xml:2306
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Install the <command>ELILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk"
 msgstr "安裝 <command>ELILO</command> Boot Loader 到硬碟"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2292
+#: using-d-i.xml:2308
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>elilo</quote>. It is modeled "
@@ -3182,7 +3200,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "行以掛載和啟動 Linux 核心。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2308
+#: using-d-i.xml:2324
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The <quote>elilo</quote> configuration and installation is done as the last "
@@ -3197,13 +3215,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "是與 <emphasis>root</emphasis> 檔案系統相同的磁碟。"
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2320
+#: using-d-i.xml:2336
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Choose the correct partition!"
 msgstr "選擇正確的分割區！"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2322
+#: using-d-i.xml:2338
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The criteria for selecting a partition is that it is FAT format filesystem "
@@ -3219,13 +3237,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "割區，這將清除以前的所有內容！"
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2337
+#: using-d-i.xml:2353
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "EFI Partition Contents"
 msgstr "EFI 分割區內容"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2339
+#: using-d-i.xml:2355
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The EFI partition is a FAT filesystem format partition on one of the hard "
@@ -3251,13 +3269,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "間，系統更新或重新設定，檔案系統中也許會有其他檔案。"
 
 #. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2361
+#: using-d-i.xml:2377
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "elilo.conf"
 msgstr "elilo.conf"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2362
+#: using-d-i.xml:2378
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "This is the configuration file read by the boot loader when it starts. It is "
@@ -3268,13 +3286,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "filename> 以同檔名複製到 EFI 分割區的檔案。"
 
 #. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2371
+#: using-d-i.xml:2387
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "elilo.efi"
 msgstr "elilo.efi"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2372
+#: using-d-i.xml:2388
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "This is the boot loader program that the <quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> "
@@ -3287,13 +3305,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "<quote>EFI Boot Manager</quote> 指令選單。"
 
 #. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2382
+#: using-d-i.xml:2398
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "initrd.img"
 msgstr "initrd.img"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2383
+#: using-d-i.xml:2399
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "This is the initial root filesystem used to boot the kernel. It is a copy of "
@@ -3306,13 +3324,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "filename> 符號鏈結 <filename>/initrd.img</filename> 指向的檔案。"
 
 #. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2395
+#: using-d-i.xml:2411
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "readme.txt"
 msgstr "readme.txt"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2396
+#: using-d-i.xml:2412
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "This is a small text file warning you that the contents of the directory are "
@@ -3323,13 +3341,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "本地修改在下次 <filename>/usr/sbin/elilo</filename> 執行時將丟失。"
 
 #. Tag: filename
-#: using-d-i.xml:2406
+#: using-d-i.xml:2422
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "vmlinuz"
 msgstr "vmlinuz"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2407
+#: using-d-i.xml:2423
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "This is the compressed kernel itself. It is a copy of the file referenced in "
@@ -3342,13 +3360,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "<filename>/vmlinuz</filename> 指向的檔案。"
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2427
+#: using-d-i.xml:2443
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<command>arcboot</command>-installer"
 msgstr "<command>arcboot</command>-installer"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2428
+#: using-d-i.xml:2444
 #, fuzzy, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The boot loader on SGI machines is <command>arcboot</command>. It has to be "
@@ -3388,13 +3406,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "</screen></informalexample> ，然後鍵入 <command>boot</command>。"
 
 #. Tag: replaceable
-#: using-d-i.xml:2447
+#: using-d-i.xml:2463
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "scsi"
 msgstr "scsi"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2448
+#: using-d-i.xml:2464
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "is the SCSI bus to be booted from, this is <userinput>0</userinput> for the "
@@ -3402,13 +3420,13 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr "是啟動的 SCSI 匯流排， <userinput>0</userinput> 為主機板內建控制器"
 
 #. Tag: replaceable
-#: using-d-i.xml:2456
+#: using-d-i.xml:2472
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "disk"
 msgstr "disk"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2457
+#: using-d-i.xml:2473
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>arcboot</command> is "
@@ -3417,13 +3435,13 @@ msgstr "是硬碟的 SCSI ID，<command>arcboot</command> 安裝在其上"
 
 # index.docbook:1643, index.docbook:1712
 #. Tag: replaceable
-#: using-d-i.xml:2465 using-d-i.xml:2534
+#: using-d-i.xml:2481 using-d-i.xml:2550
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "partnr"
 msgstr "partnr"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2466
+#: using-d-i.xml:2482
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</"
@@ -3431,13 +3449,13 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr "<filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</filename> 所處分割區編號。"
 
 #. Tag: replaceable
-#: using-d-i.xml:2474
+#: using-d-i.xml:2490
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "config"
 msgstr "config"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2475
+#: using-d-i.xml:2491
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/arcboot.conf</"
@@ -3447,13 +3465,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "<quote>linux</quote> 。"
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2496
+#: using-d-i.xml:2512
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<command>delo</command>-installer"
 msgstr "<command>delo</command>-installer"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2497
+#: using-d-i.xml:2513
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The boot loader on DECstations is <command>DELO</command>. It has to be "
@@ -3479,13 +3497,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "</screen></informalexample> 。"
 
 #. Tag: replaceable
-#: using-d-i.xml:2516
+#: using-d-i.xml:2532
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<replaceable>#</replaceable>"
 msgstr "<replaceable>#</replaceable>"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2517
+#: using-d-i.xml:2533
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "is the TurboChannel device to be booted from, on most DECstations this is "
@@ -3495,20 +3513,20 @@ msgstr ""
 "<userinput>3</userinput>"
 
 #. Tag: replaceable
-#: using-d-i.xml:2525
+#: using-d-i.xml:2541
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<replaceable>id</replaceable>"
 msgstr "<replaceable>id</replaceable>"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2526
+#: using-d-i.xml:2542
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "is the SCSI ID of the hard disk on which <command>DELO</command> is installed"
 msgstr "<command>DELO</command> 所處的硬碟的 SCSI ID。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2535
+#: using-d-i.xml:2551
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "is the number of the partition on which <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> "
@@ -3516,13 +3534,13 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr "<filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> 所處的分割區號。"
 
 #. Tag: replaceable
-#: using-d-i.xml:2543
+#: using-d-i.xml:2559
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "name"
 msgstr "name"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2544
+#: using-d-i.xml:2560
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "is the name of the configuration entry in <filename>/etc/delo.conf</"
@@ -3532,7 +3550,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "quote>"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2554
+#: using-d-i.xml:2570
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "In case <filename>/etc/delo.conf</filename> is on the first partition on the "
@@ -3542,19 +3560,19 @@ msgstr ""
 "預設的開機設定，但也可以用"
 
 #. Tag: screen
-#: using-d-i.xml:2560
+#: using-d-i.xml:2576
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<userinput>boot #/rz<replaceable>id</replaceable></userinput>"
 msgstr "<userinput>boot #/rz<replaceable>id</replaceable></userinput>"
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2570
+#: using-d-i.xml:2586
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Install <command>Yaboot</command> on a Hard Disk"
 msgstr "安裝 <command>Yaboot</command> 至硬碟"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2571
+#: using-d-i.xml:2587
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Newer (mid 1998 and on) PowerMacs use <command>yaboot</command> as their "
@@ -3572,13 +3590,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "將設為啟動 &debian;。"
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2589
+#: using-d-i.xml:2605
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Install <command>Quik</command> on a Hard Disk"
 msgstr "安裝 <command>Quik</command> 至硬碟"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2590
+#: using-d-i.xml:2606
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The boot loader for OldWorld Power Macintosh machines is <command>quik</"
@@ -3592,13 +3610,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "作。"
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2606
+#: using-d-i.xml:2622
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "<command>zipl</command>-installer"
 msgstr "<command>zipl</command>-installer"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2607
+#: using-d-i.xml:2623
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The boot loader on &arch-title; is <quote>zipl</quote>. <command>ZIPL</"
@@ -3613,13 +3631,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "Commands</quote>，它位於 IBM 的 developerWorks 網站 <command>ZIPL</command>。"
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2624
+#: using-d-i.xml:2640
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Install the <command>SILO</command> Boot Loader on a Hard Disk"
 msgstr "安裝 <command>SILO</command> Boot Loader 到硬碟"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2626
+#: using-d-i.xml:2642
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The standard &architecture; boot loader is called <quote>silo</quote>. It is "
@@ -3647,13 +3665,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "SunOS/Solaris 的系統很有用。"
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2651
+#: using-d-i.xml:2667
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Continue Without Boot Loader"
 msgstr "不使用 boot-loader 繼續進行"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2653
+#: using-d-i.xml:2669
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "This option can be used to complete the installation even when no boot "
@@ -3669,7 +3687,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "存在於機器上，以用於啟動 GNU/Linux。</phrase>"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2662
+#: using-d-i.xml:2678
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you plan to manually configure your bootloader, you should check the name "
@@ -3688,13 +3706,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "filename> 到一個獨立的分割區，還需要 <filename>/boot</filename> 檔案系統。"
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2679
+#: using-d-i.xml:2695
 #, fuzzy, no-c-format
 msgid "Finishing the Installation"
 msgstr "完成安裝並重開機"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2680
+#: using-d-i.xml:2696
 #, fuzzy, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "These are the last bits to do before rebooting to your new system. It mostly "
@@ -3702,13 +3720,13 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr "在啟動新 Debian 之前還有一些最後工作，主要是 &d-i; 之後的整理。"
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2692
+#: using-d-i.xml:2708
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Finish the Installation and Reboot"
 msgstr "完成安裝並重開機"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2694
+#: using-d-i.xml:2710
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "This is the last step in the initial Debian installation process. You will "
@@ -3720,7 +3738,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "碟等)。安裝程式將完成最後的工作，然後啟動您的新 Debian 系統。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2701
+#: using-d-i.xml:2717
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Select the <guimenuitem>Finish the installation</guimenuitem> menu item "
@@ -3733,13 +3751,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "Linux，它在安裝步驟第一步裡被選做根檔案系統。"
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2715
+#: using-d-i.xml:2731
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Miscellaneous"
 msgstr "雜項"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2716
+#: using-d-i.xml:2732
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "The components listed in this section are usually not involved in the "
@@ -3750,13 +3768,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "題。"
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2729
+#: using-d-i.xml:2745
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Saving the installation logs"
 msgstr "保存安裝記錄"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2731
+#: using-d-i.xml:2747
 #, fuzzy, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If the installation is successful, the logfiles created during the "
@@ -3767,7 +3785,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "<filename>/var/log/debian-installer/</filename>。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2738
+#: using-d-i.xml:2754
 #, fuzzy, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Choosing <guimenuitem>Save debug logs</guimenuitem> from the main menu "
@@ -3781,13 +3799,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "用於報告的附件。"
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2758
+#: using-d-i.xml:2774
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Using the Shell and Viewing the Logs"
 msgstr "使用 Shell 查看記錄"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2761
+#: using-d-i.xml:2777
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "There is an <guimenuitem>Execute a Shell</guimenuitem> item on the menu. If "
@@ -3808,7 +3826,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "<command>ash</command>。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2773
+#: using-d-i.xml:2789
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "At this point you are booted from the RAM disk, and there is a limited set "
@@ -3824,7 +3842,7 @@ msgstr ""
 "shell 有一些好用的特性，如自動完成與歷史紀錄。"
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2782
+#: using-d-i.xml:2798
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Use the menus to perform any task that they are able to do &mdash; the shell "
@@ -3842,13 +3860,13 @@ msgstr ""
 "command> 指令。"
 
 #. Tag: title
-#: using-d-i.xml:2801
+#: using-d-i.xml:2817
 #, no-c-format
 msgid "Installation Over the Network"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2803
+#: using-d-i.xml:2819
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "One of the more interesting components is <firstterm>network-console</"
@@ -3860,7 +3878,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2813
+#: using-d-i.xml:2829
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "This component is not loaded into the main installation menu by default, so "
@@ -3874,7 +3892,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2826
+#: using-d-i.xml:2842
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "For installations on &arch-title;, this is the default method after setting "
@@ -3882,7 +3900,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2831
+#: using-d-i.xml:2847
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "<phrase arch=\"not-s390\">After selecting this new entry, you</phrase> "
@@ -3896,7 +3914,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2843
+#: using-d-i.xml:2859
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Should you decide to continue with the installation locally, you can always "
@@ -3905,7 +3923,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2849
+#: using-d-i.xml:2865
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Now let's switch to the other side of the wire. As a prerequisite, you need "
@@ -3924,7 +3942,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2866
+#: using-d-i.xml:2882
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "If you install several computers in turn and they happen to have the same IP "
@@ -3936,7 +3954,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2875
+#: using-d-i.xml:2891
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "After the login you will be presented with an initial screen where you have "
@@ -3949,7 +3967,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2885
+#: using-d-i.xml:2901
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "After you have started the installation remotely over SSH, you should not go "
@@ -3960,7 +3978,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Tag: para
-#: using-d-i.xml:2893
+#: using-d-i.xml:2909
 #, no-c-format
 msgid ""
 "Also, if you are running the SSH session from an X terminal, you should not "
author	Frans Pop <elendil@planet.nl>	2006-11-17 09:36:29 +0000
committer	Frans Pop <elendil@planet.nl>	2006-11-17 09:36:29 +0000
commit	ca35cec15ed95478bc396da5b31b1f0d9bdc4a59 (patch)
tree	03941b233077d716d902259e0a54d24717b1b40a
parent	865d32d2890ccc736b63de6f566cf85960f4b3fc (diff)
download	installation-guide-ca35cec15ed95478bc396da5b31b1f0d9bdc4a59.zip